Full text of "Journal of the New York Entomological Society"

See other formats

(-,m ,ti.< tXSm

bPhBbb^

::i^ ^wA&sb-s

[ [n /Xtr

’; :::

• t>r<n.

JfT$3^n

■KCTftwt*ff#OTnf^- - ... ■

^;t^KgWjp{3 in <«£ ;

EfefJ^SC^SftSJ ;\OTi3 X—

^ - ; r ‘ ^ '

w5& ftfpg* $•*?!• HU*!

IfftMwt W * « SrtWrSfi My *f?f

n &w{ 1%

>i-'-(^'f:1' !.;i:;:;,::; ..:;;ri

IBiliSiiM

Ktiffitt Wf~f' ¥•£* * it;fU;{it»n J; « *>«►** j ,

™*m

v! fUwtrtWfWr >■( ' i Wf"t

bIwmk

■lli

BBi§9

■

iSBPiW

fe$l[f$§&
llfSi# sHm

:•;:

•RRlpLi. ..
. ...t;c,;:.:i.i

afetWS

IBBBfBwSw

W-lriK:

:;;":;:‘:h:i'i

*.-• <••«*** * •»•

.; f >•'».'• I •'-->'

»/ f &fW*Jvf '**'*<•+ *''w ^

•ISEfcKFw *Ii»T
•;;

Oil »''!>••■ ■••* “J

.fwrrjjiwiftjj” { — J

'furr'vlTtffWj'th I^i*. ri» ..Hu .».<• ! ffT^CC^JCniTtS»4w-«.- . »;•;■•*•;■• 5J ’»■. '•.■"•;• ■■'■

iiliir«

l 2JKh>* f»ru '■ tit lit

"" otS

Ivv nj A f » '*AVA 1

J^i^mrrrMw L „.Ii ►vfrmWfc™’*; n;r;jt , 4 rmH

: i,’:!-::;; i:^:;; ::^-: \ 'V- ; :“"i

bitf f rf ti ^T-X-^^Tri

v • khh ot; n;:r; ;: z ;*" •

( • » i • r * * * ' *
mho !';••

tam".

, WI JM- ’*
i •,< liwr* ■

*< • : ■_; *i:;-.:;:

crji

'*• f ,Vf . ... - -••'

***** ***

W-V 4- -* ■

[w’tn !•!*'■•' < •••;;■

5mkk^Hr^

,; ■'■■■■

. .

JOURNAL

OF THE

NEW YORK

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Urootefo to lEntomologg to (gpnrral

VOLUME LVI, 1948

jgu_ j *— “^rm

j^aoaia^^,

^§44833 ,1;

Published Quarterly by the Society
North Queen St. and McGovern Ave. Lancaster, Pa.

New York, N. Y.

BUSINESS PRESS, INC.
LANCASTER, PA.

CONTENTS OF VOLUME LVI

PAGE

Afzal, Muhammad, and M. A. Ghani

Studies on the Cotton Jassid (Empoasca devastans Dis-
tant) in the Western Punjab. XIII. Method of Cot-
ton Breeding for Jassid Resistance 209

Alexander, Charles P.

Records and Descriptions of Neotropical Crane-Flies

(Tipulidse Diptera), XXIII ' 137

Arnett, Jr., Ross H.

Notes on the Distribution, Habits and Habitats of Some

Panama Culicines (Diptera, Culicidse) 175

Book Notices 42, 69, 108, 194, 200

Bromley, S. W.

Honey-Bee Predators 195

Brown, Jr., William L.

Results of the Pennsylvania Mosquito Survey for 1947 219
Dreisbach, R. R.

The Description of a New Species of the Genus Cerop-
ales (Hymenoptera : Psammocharidse) with a Key to

the Species of North America 233

Forbes, Wm. T. M.

A Second Review of Melinaea and Mechanitis (Lepidop-

tera, Ithomiinae) 1

Ghani, M. A.

See Afzal, Muhammad
Goodnight, Clarence J., and Marie

A New Member of the Genus Caddo (Phalangida) 201

Hagan, Harold R.

A Brief Analysis of Viviparity in Insects 63

Hessel, Sidney A.

New Jersey Rhopalocera — Strymon cecrops Fabr 243

Jahn, Theodore Louis and Verner John Wulff

The Spectral Sensitivity of Dytiscus fasciventris 109

Levy, Howard A.

The Male Genitalia of Ephemerida (Mayflies) 25

iii

Linsley, E. Gorton

The Genus Trachys in the United States 251

Manzelli, M. A.

A Survey of the Arthropod Vectors of Equine Encepha-
lomyelitis and Encephalitis 79

McDunnough, J.

A New. Californian Apamea (Lepidoptera, Phalaenidae) 51
A New Race of Pseudohazis hera from Southern Colo-
rado • 249

Michener, Charles D.

Observations on the Mating Behavior of Harvester Ants 239

T. D. A. Cockerell 171

Needham, James G.

A Bucculatricid Gall Maker and its Hypermetamor-
phosis . 43

Pickford, Grace E.

Derallus altus (LeConte), a Southern Water Beetle in

New Jersey 53

Proceedings of the Society 71, 245

Rawson, George W.

A New Subspecies of Lycaena epixanthe Boisduval & Le-
Conte with Comments on the Identity of Typical

Epixanthe (Lepidoptera, Lycaenidae) 55

Smith, Marion R.

A New Genus and Species of Ant from India (Hymen-

optera : Formicidae) 205

Spieth, Herman T.

Notes on a Colon}" of Polistes fuscatus Hunteri Bequaert 155
Timberlake, P. H.

Additions and Corrections to the List of Nearctic Spe-
cies of Dianthidium (Hymenoptera, Apoidea) 149

Weiss, Harry B.

Insects Attracted to Smoke (Note) 78

Insects and Slang (Note) 170

Insects and Slang Again (Note) 250

The New York Entomological Club and “Papilio” 119

Old Entomological Signboards (Note) 252

Wulff, Verner John

See Jahn, Theodore Louis

Vol. LVI

No. 1

MARCH, 1948

; " r , ■ ^ J- ■

Journal

of the

■ • <\) < ; ‘ . >. • , f ! .. - ■. I'M • >'* ;.V^1 •’ '->V- 'Vt> r. V'' ' ' !

New York Entomological Society

Devoted to Entomology in General

Edited by HARRY B. WEISS

Publication Committee

HARRY B. WEISS JOHN D. SHERMAN, Jr.

DR. CHARLES D. MICHENER

Subscription $4.00 per Year

Published Quarterly by the Society
N. QUEEN ST

CONTENTS

A Second Review of Melinaea and Mechanitis (Lepidop-
tera, Ithomiinae)

By Wm. T. M. Forbes 1

The Male Genitalia of Ephemerida (Mayflies)

By Howard A. Levy 25

Book Notice 42

r v ' .{} ' ■ ; - , .i , t i i,

A Bucculatricid Gall Maker and Its Hypermetamorphosis

By James G. Needham 43

A New Californian Apamea (Lepidoptera, Phalaenidae)

By J. McDunnough 51

Derallus Altus (LeConte), a Southern Water Beetle, in
New Jersey

By Grace E. Pickford 53

A New Subspecies of Lycaena Epixanthe Boisduval & Le-
Conte with Comments on the Identity of Typical Epix-

anthe (Lepidoptera, Lycaenidae)

By George W. Rawson 55

A Brief Analysis of Viviparity in Insects

By Harold R. Hagan 63

■ ■■■' ■ ■ >

Book Notice 69

Death Notice 70

Proceedings of the Society 71

Insects Attracted to Smoke 78

NOTICE: Volume LV, Number 4, of the Journal of The
New York Entomological Society was published on
December 16, 1947.

( } : ' V ^ ° r ( ^ 7

Entered as second class matter July 7, 1925, at the post office at Lancaster, Pa.,
under the Act of August 24, 1912.

Acceptance for mailing at special rate of postage provided for in Section 1103.
Act of October 3, 1917, authorized March 27, 1924.

JOURNAL

OF THE

New York Entomological Society

Vol. LVI March, 1948 No. 1

A SECOND REVIEW OF MELINDA AND
MECHANITIS (LEPIDOPTERA,
ITHOMIINiE)

By Wm. T. M. Forbes

Cornell University, Ithaca, New York

Some years ago I published summary revisions of these two
genera.1 Since then considerable more material has been seen,
and there has been a good deal of activity in the Ithomiinas, which
cannot be completely reviewed here; but the following notes
appear of value to the writer. There has still been no line-breed-
ing in either of the two genera, and we have no more knowledge
than before as to the species or varietal status of many of the
names : on the contrary some of the specimens showing intermedi-
ate patterns throw doubt on the analysis presented before with-
out any indication of a better solution.

Indebtedness has as usual been too wide to acknowledge in full
detail. It includes the plate of British Museum types, and
further data on the types from N. D. Riley of the B.M., loans
from Pittsburgh, the American Museum, the National Museum,
Cambridge and Philadelphia, and from Dr. Pablo Anduze of
material destined for the Museum of Natural History at Caracas ;
also courtesies at visits to most of the museums of the east, and
to the British Museum, Tring and Oxford in England.

Melincea

Within this period the following names have been added to our
list.

1 Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 32: 145-157, 1924; 35: 23-36, 1927.

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVI

agricola Hall, Ent., 68 : 227, PI. 6, fig. 6, 1935 ; from Ega. I
have discussed this as a very striking race of mneme ( crameri )
(Bull. Ent. Ven., 1: 28, 1942).

aurantia Forbes, Bull. Ent. Ven., 1 : 27, 1942. Venezuela, possi-
bly Colombia.' Also considered a striking race of mneme (Fig. 3).

borealis Hall, Ent., 68 : 226. Venezuela. As described, a race
of mceonis with areas across cell of fore wing and through cell of
hind wing yellowish. From the locality this should be the same
as the form considered zamora in my revision, but Hall does not
mention the linear border of hind wing. Our specimen is from
Mucuchachi, and may be considered a topotype.

eratosthenes Hall, Ent., 68 : 227, pi. 6, fig. 5. French Guiana.
I have discussed this very distinct species, which also occurs in
Venezuelan Guiana, in Bull. Ent. Ven., 1: 26, 1942.

erica Bargmann, Ent. Anz., 9 : 141, 1929. Rio Dagua, West
Colombia. See below.

ezra Fox, Ent. News, 50 : 72, 1939. See below.
incisa Kaye, Proc. Ent. Soc. London, 1925, xxiii. A variant of
mneme ( crameri ) with the black of hind wing divided into two
patches.

juruaensis D ’Almeida, Papeis Avulsos Dep. Zool. (S. Paulo,
Brazil), 3 : 165, 1943 (fig.)- See below.

lateapicalis Hall, Ent., 68 : 227, 1935. Merida, Venezuela. See
below.

limitata Hall, l.c. Synonym of mneme sola Kaye, which is a
race of lilis, not mneme. See below.

lutzi Fox, Am. Mus. Novit., 1194: 1, fig. 2, 1942. A race of
lucifer Bates, nec auct. (l.c., fig. 1) from the Upper Maranon.
See below.

purusana Riley, Ent., 52 : 181, 1919 ( purusana Aurivillius, Ent.
Tid., 50: 155, 1929, romani Bryk) Rio Purus, Amazons. A race
of madeira, with base of cell and cell Cux solidly black, followed
by deep red-brown, with little or no yellow scaling in cell Cui ; but
hind wing with black markings reduced. The Carnegie Museum
series of this form is from Nova Olindia, Rio Purus.

rileyi Fox, Am. Mus. Novit., 1194: 3, 1942. Upper Amazon
Basin. The form of marsceus commonly called lucifer on the
basis of Staudinger’s misdetermination.

Mar., 1948]

Forbes: Ithomiin^e

romani Bryk, Lep. Cat., 80 : 641, 1937. See purusana.

sola Kaye, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1924, 413 ; Mem. Dept.
Agr. Trinidad and Tobago, 2 : 16, pi. 1, fig. 5, as tachypetis in
error. This has none of the special features of mneme, as de-
scribed ; I am treating it as a race of lilis. See below. Limitata
Hall is the same form, described from Venezuela.

M. eratosthenes and the true M. lucifer show a feature that is
otherwise unknown in the genus, namely a series of unpaired sub-
marginal spots, which lie a little further basally than the usual
paired ones, and in eratosthenes take the place of the usual sub-
apical patch or bar. So they should be inserted in the key just
after egina, in some such way as follows :

A2. Fore wing with unpaired white or yellow submarginal spots.

B. A complete series of five or six spots on fore wing, replacing the
subapical bar, spots also present on hind wing eratosthenes.

BB. Two or three spots on fore wing only near middle of outer margin,
and a large separate subapical patch lucifer.

C. Light areas in end of discal cell, cell CUi and submarginal spots
largely yellow (Upper Maranon in Peru) 1. lutzi.

CC. These areas largely or wholly tawny (Upper Amazons in Brazil).

1. lucifer.

A A,. No unpaired submarginal spots.

Considering the wide variation in the genus it is really not
impossible that lucifer and eratosthenes are subspecies of the
same species, from the Amazon Basin and Guiana, respectively.

The name purusana was used twice in the genus, by Riley and
Aurivillius; fortunately according to Fox (Ann. Carn. Mus., 29:
397, PI. 1, fig. 1) they are the same form. The general effect is
closely that of the Venezuela specimens I take to be zamora (pre-
sumably also borealis Hall), but the ground is much darker, the
median band on hind wing is partly broken into spots, and the
border a little broader.

On macaria and egesta G. & S., I have nothing to add to Fox
(Am. Mus. Novit., 1941:1) nor anything to say about brunnea
and strigilis, omitted before from complete lack of data.

M. lilis. Additional material has given quite a different ap-
pearance to this species and a new key to races and forms is in
order. Four of the names represent single small lots taken each
on a single occasion : erica, dodona, lateapicalis and ezra. Of

4 Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. lvi

these, ezra is not from the Magdalena basin, as one might assume
from the published locality, but the northwest corner of the Sierra
Marta; erica takes an intermediate position between two main
series of races, and as it should be, was taken in western Colombia.
Lateapicalis may well represent a mere field-form, but the residue
are well defined races, though the blend-zones are sometimes broad
(as with flavicans and typical imitata).

A. Apical half of fore wing black, with the pm. and st. bands represented
by series of white spots ; tawny basal area extending broadly to ’

inner margin.

B. Hind wing with a longitudinal black median band parallelis.

BB. Hind wing with only outer half of band visible messatis.

AA. Light portions of apical half of fore wing yellow ; basal half with inner
margin black, or at least a black band along anal vein.

B. Outer margin of fore wing with conspicuous double white marginal
dots.

C. Outer part of wing with a continuous postmedial yellow band, at
least down to vein M2; inner margin of fore wing tawny at
base (Rio Dagua, Col.) erica.

CC. Postmedial fascia represented by four separate spots, as in l. mes-
satis; inner margin broadly black (not seen) dodona.

BB. Outer margin of fore wing above without marginal white dots, or
at most with a few scattered ones ( lilis ) ; postmedial fascia con-
tinuous down to Ma and almost always much farther; base of
inner margin broadly and solidly blackish.

C. Fore wing with yellow postmedial band broad and continuous, more
than half as wide as distance from it to apex, broadly connected
to the tawny base, the black at end of cell only extending a
little below lower angle of cell (Venezuela and Trinidad).

sola ( limitata , tachypetis) .

CC. Fore wing with the black band across end of cell extending far out
in cell M3, cutting the postmedial fascia almost or quite com-
pletely off from the tawny basal area; pm. fascia narrow and
often broken.

D. Subapically with the pm. and st. spots of each cell fused into a
long streak, except for a small black spot in cell R5 (Merida,
Venezuela) lateapicalis.

DD. Pm. fascia narrow and zigzag or interrupted, separated from the
st. spots by an area which is black on costal half of wing,
black or tawny on inner half.

E. Fore wing with a continuous black stripe from base of costa,
out through cell, and along upper side of Cux half way or
more to margin ; apical markings of fore wing pure yellow.

Mar., 1948]

Forbes : Ithomiin^e

F. Hind wing with a yellow median stripe, as in M. ethra.

flavicans.

FF. Hind wing with ground concolorous tawny imitata.

EE. Fore wing with this stripe interrupted at lower angle of cell;

yellow markings in apical area normally more or less
edged or shaded with tawny.

F. Black bands across end of cell and between the postmedial
and subterminal yellow spots, both interrupted with
tawny submarginally, leaving only black marginal tri-
angles (Santa Marta ) ezra.

FF. Black bar across end of cell shortly interrupted in cell M3
(type) or complete, the one between the pm. and st.
yellow spots complete lilis.

Kaye’s figure of sola, cited above, was published under the
name of tachypetis in error, and I have seen material determined
with that name. I can see no significant difference between it
and a specimen from El Chorro, Sucre, Venezuela, which may be
considered typical of limitata.

Bryk, in the Lep. Cat., missed the original description of M. 1.
flavicans Hoffmann. It was Rev. Mex. Biol., 4: 70, 1924. As
Hoffmann reported it, it is definitely racial in the northern part
of its range (which includes Nayarit), but appears further south
as a casual variant. M. 1. erica Bargmann is also imperfectly
racial according to its describer. The single specimen I have seen
is in the Rothschild collection, standing as dodona, which is really
very close.

Under Melincea egina, Tessman has described manuelito, as
probably a race. I have seen it in the Rothschild collection, from
the Rio Palcazu, and a transitional specimen in the Reading
Museum from the R, Huallaga; and agree with Tessman, so in
place of paraiya in my key there should stand :

C. Fore wing with a broad median yellow fascia across end of cell;
only two postmedial yellow spots, the middle one being missing
(S. Brazil) e. paraiya.

CC. Fore wing tawny medially with only a slight paler shade at the
outer end; three pm. spots, as in typical egina; last two spots
on hind wing placed transversely (Peru) e. manuelito.

The Reading Museum specimen of manuelito has the proper
black pattern, but the yellow postmedial fascia of the fore wing is
preserved.

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVI

Melincea mcenius. While in its normal condition this appears
to be a quite distinct species from menophilus, being somewhat
larger as well as having a different comma-mark, the Reading
Museum has every possible intergrade in a series of specimens
with the typical menophilus coloring, finally with the exact pat-
tern of mcenius chincha, but the yellow pm. band of menophilus.
One specimen at Cornell is exactly of this type, and was taken at
Chuchurras, not far from Pozuzo, Peru, the type locality of
chincha. The question what constitutes a species becomes more
difficult than ever.

M. menophilus. In the key, instead of zaneka should be substi-

tuted :

B. . . . , or with limited and diffuse median spots.

C. Fore wing with yellow pm. fascia.

D. Black of inner margin of fore wing a narrow streak a little back

from margin ; hind wing without median spots zanelca.

DD. A very heavy black fascia along inner margin of fore wing, hind

wing with four diffuse black spots juruaensis.

CC. Fore wing without yellow markings; with heavy fascia like juru-
aensis; hind wing without spots clara.

Melincea isocomma, new species (Fig. 2; holotype)

Closely related to M. comma Fbs., but with the size and coloring
of M. menophilus messenina. Male fore tibio-tarsus slightly more
than half as long as femur plus trochanter (equal to the longest
condition in M. comma, much longer than in egina). Friction
area on fore wing above A with narrow hair-scales, like messenina,
etc., unlike comma. Male genitalia normal.

Head and body pattern normal, the present specimen with
tawny only on collar, sides of tegulae and a slight shade on pos-
terior face of thorax, but probably variable, as in other species of
Melingea. Yellow middorsal line and line across back of meso-
thorax stronger than in messenina specimens with an equal
amount of black on wings.

Fore wing above black at base to a third way out near costa, a
little beyond fork of Cu along lower side of cell and to two-thirds
on inner margin ; vein R tawny and with long pointed extensions
of the tawny extending nearly to base along costa and Cu. Median
area light tawny (the same color as menophilus, etc.), out as far

Mar., 1948]

Forbes: Ithomiin^:

as the cell spots, vein Cui and the comma-mark; marked by a
black spot over fork of Ri which is narrowly outlined with tawny,
a spot over the lower discocellular vein, filling lower angle of cell,
and a rather rounded spot in the fork of Cu, not filling the angle.
Comma-mark with its upper end tangent to Cui, definitely diverg-
ing from it to outer margin, and leaving a full quarter of that cell
yellow at outer margin (unlike all other Melinseas at hand), the
inner and marginal portions connected at their upper edges by a
fine and faint black line. Marginal patch smallish, sub triangular,
separated from margin except at its upper end by a tawny stripe,
not nearly reaching up to Cui, nor quite down to Cu2. Tawny
area reaching outer margin, except for the black terminal line
down to the fold, and black fringe; even the latter being inter-
rupted with tawny at anal angle (unlike M. comma , where it is
continuous). Yellow postmedial fascia wide, more than half as
wide as the following apical black area, and hardly narrowing to
the outer margin, its inner boundary normal, but its outer bound-
ary toothed out on Rx and Rs, squarely lobed on Mi, with a
rounded extension on M2, and with a long tooth reaching far to-
ward margin on M3 (the last unlike all other Melinaeas, but per-
haps not a trustworthy character). Terminal end of fascia sepa-
rated from margin only by a narrow black terminal line, for some
distance both above and below Cui, therefore ending squarely,
unlike all other Melinaeas at hand. Apex solid black. Hind wing
brown-black ; costal area dirty gray-brown, costal pencils cream ;
a small tawny apical patch with irregular but generally erect
inner boundary from costal area to tip of Cux, continued as a fine
terminal line halfway to Cu2, and interrupted by a small black
spot in tip of cell Mi. Fringe all black.

Under side approximately as above, fore wing with the comma-
mark with even less black ; inner margin below Cu and Cu2 light
tawny, but with a blackish streak along base of Cu. Hind wing
with apical patch continued narrowly along costa toward base,
then widened and overlaid with yellow on basal quarter, the small
black apical spot covering cell R as well as Mi. Expanse 87 mm.

Upper Rio Negro in Colombia (Fassl) ; 1 male holotype in col-
lection of Cornell University. The specimen is labelled 800 M.,
but the greatest height shown in that part of Colombia on the

Journal New York Entomological Society

[VOL. LVI

‘ ‘ Millionth 9 ’ map is 700 M., and the highest near the Rio Negro
300 M., or less. I think I have seen other specimens with nearer
the chincha coloring, but have no notes.

In my key the species will run to comma on the shape of the
comma-mark, length of fore tibia and marginal tawny in cell Cui
of fore wing ; but the pattern is entirely different from our series.
The specimen figured by Poulton from the Oxford collection,
Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1908, PI. 33, fig. 1, should be examined.
It is of the purely black and red mothone coloring. This form
may possibly be a hybrid of comma and messenina. M. isocomma
and comma may be separated in the key as follows :

C. Smaller (expanse 3 in.) ; yellow or possibly tawny area preceding
the black apex toothed out slightly on M3, ending roundly along
Cu! ; tawny area at tip of cell Cuj below enclosed in black ; anal
fringe black (Fig. 1) comma.

CC. Larger (3^ in.) ; yellow preceding the black apex toothed out almost
to margin along M3, ending squarely and separated from mar-
gin by only a black line both sides of vein Cu^ tawny area at
tip of cell Cu-l broadly connected below with the tawny ground;
fringe cut with tawny at anal angle (Fig. 2) isocomma.

The preceding notes by no means exhaust the possibilities of
variation in the genus, and the following further oddities may be
cited from the Cornell collection.

In the M. mneme complex, Fleming of the Tropical Research
Station has taken several more specimens of aurantia at Caripito,
Venezuela, and finds an occasional specimen transitional to typi-
cal mneme. The most striking, now in our collection, has gone
about half way to mneme , having the apical border of fore wing
solid black, the postmedial area black with only subordinate brown
scaling, and the black of hind wing extended to cover about half
the area, including broad stripes in the costal part of the discal
cell and cell Mi. Another interesting intermediate comes from
the Fassl collection ; it was taken on the Rio Songo, Bolivia, along
with normal satevis, but is much paler though without any more
yellowish tint, and the yellow pm. band obliterated by the light
reddish ground ; the black pattern is quite normal for satevis.

A specimen — also from the Fassl collection — was taken at Villa-
vicenzio, E. Colombia. It agrees with the telegraphic description
of macaria G. & S., described from the same region, but shows the

Mar., 1948]

Forbes: Ithomiiisle

hook in cell Cui of fore wing crossing the vein, and so should fall
to marsceus rather than menophilus, We obviously need a rede-
scription or figure of the type. If this is really marsceus, the key
to the forms of the latter species should be modified as follows;
in place of the misdetermined “lucifer”:

C. Postmedial area tawny ; subapical patch large and contrasting (yel-
low), of four fused spots m. rileyi Fox ( luciferX ).

CC. A contrasting yellow postmedial fascia; the subapical spots only
three, and the two lower small, the last in our specimen visible
only below m. macaria (supposition).

Another specimen from the Rio Madre de Dios in southern Peru
shows the fore wing pattern of marsceus, but wholly lacks yellow,
the basal two-thirds of the fore wing being black on an even
tawny ground, and the apical third solid black; while the hind
wing is wholly tawny except the usual blackish shading below the
costa and a fine black fringe.

It has not been noted, I think, that the sex-tuftings on the costal
area of the hind wing above show some variation in this genus.
In the normal group they are so variable individually as to give
little help in identifying species, but eratosthenes and comma
stand out in the very small first pencil, with the second starting
much nearer the base than usual in eratosthenes, actually before
the point of origin of Cu2. In the other species, even egina, tend-
encies are shown at most. Our specimen of borealis shows much
more space between the two pencils than the other maelus speci-
mens, which rather consistently have a moderate first pencil, with
only a short gap beyond it ; the lilis complex also fall rather defi-
nitely into two groups, the first pencil being much more massive
and second further out in messatis and parallelis than the more
northern types, while scylax stands between them. The most
variable species, to judge by present specimens is menophilus, the
most constant (of which more than two specimens were ex-
amined), maelus.

The development of the male fore leg is equally variable, and
further shows frequent asymmetry. Here it is egina which shows
the most constant difference, the fore tibio-tarsus being only about
one-fourth as long as the femur with trochanter ; comma comes
next, with the tibio-tarsus from half to two-thirds as long, while

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVI

it is longer in the residue; but occasional specimens show very
short tibise on one or both sides, and one idee actually matches the
shortest comma. The single specimens of eratosthenes and iso -
comma agree with the longest comma, but are matched by one
menophilus as well as the idee just mentioned, and approached by
several more. The most striking case of asymmetry was a mcenius
chincha, with the femur twice as long on one side as the other, but
somewhat less difference in the tibio-tarsi. The character may
be of some use in separating mcenius and menophilus, which gen-
erally have fore femora-trochanters shorter and longer than 0.046
length of fore wing, respectively.

The third neglected character is the scaling of the friction area
on the under side of the fore wing above A. In most of the spe-
cies this area is clothed with slender deciduous hair-scales, which
are lost, exposing the glossy membrane, in somewhat rubbed speci-
mens ; but in comma and eratosthenes the scales are broader, more
firmly attached, and match the yellow or tawny general wing sur-
face in color. M . egina has dense scaling like the rest of the wing,
with both under- and overscaling ; but menophilus and isocomma
have the fine-spaced deciduous hair-scales.

Mechanitis

In this genus most of the new data are on local variation in the
polymnia complex. Longer series have given a better idea of the
racial pattern, but some intermediates have appeared that can
hardly be placed in any workable key. The following names
come under consideration, partly recent, and partly which I was
unable to place when the first paper was written :

angustifascia Talbot, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 76: 411, etc., PI.
14, figs. 7, 16 ; 16, figs. 4, 7, 1928. An isolated colony nearest p.
polymnia, with the black costal stripe on hind wing below much
narrower. Rio Serragem, Matto Grosso.

argentea Priiffer, Tow. nauk. Warsz., Arch. nauk. biol., 1(2) : 5,
pi. 2, fig. 3 (not no. 1 as stated in Bryk, but no. 2). Peru. A
variant of eurydice, lacking yellow on the hind wing like most
specimens of eurydice from the limits of its distribution (Coroico,
Bolivia, and La Chorrera, Rio Putumayo), but with distinct white
marginal spots, as freqently in the Chanchamayo. Type locality

Mar., 1948]

Forbes: Ithomiin^i

the Maranon above Iquitos. The relationships between these
northern eurydice forms and the doryssides of the vicinity of
Iquitos are worth study.

blissi Fox, Sci. Publ. Reading Mus., 4: 26, 1942. A Central
American race of macrinus , almost completely lacking the yellow
postmedial fascia.

calif ornica Reakirt. I cannot see any validity to this name,
which is based on 'typical isthmia.

connectens Talbot, Trans, Ent. Soc. London, 76 : 412, etc., PL 14,
fig. 8; 16, figs. 2, 8. Rio Serragem, Matto Grosso, with angusti-
fascia. A form of elisa with the yellow spot in Cu! large, crossing
vein Cu2 and resting solidly on the discal cell like ocona, but with-
out the oblique pm. streak which is always present in male ocona.

contracta Riley, Entomologist, 52: 182, 1919 (figs. 14, 15,
types). Rio Purus. Close to egaensis Bates, but differing in the
subapical band being clear yellow without reddish, and narrow
border of hind wing. Rio Purus.

egaensis Bates, Trans, (not Proc.) Linn. Soc. London, 23: 531,
pi. 56, fig. 7a. This name was based on an array of specimens
from Ega (approximately modern Teffe). His typical lot were
very dark, wine-colored, and not very distinct from what Butler
afterward described as obscura (figs. 16, 17, types). His var. no.
1 was described as paler and yellower, with markings more like
polymnia, and therefore quite unlike the specimens which Butler
considered to be number 1 and named obscura. His number 2, of
course belongs to olivencia.

elevata Riley, Entomologist, 52: 182, 1919 (figs. 12, 13, types).
This was taken with contracta and raises a problem, since it would
generally be considered a separate race of mazceus, and in fact
similar specimens occur rather widely outside the area of wine-
colored and red-brown forms. We have it from Teffe, where
again it occurs with the wine-colored egaensis.

escalantei Hoffman, Anales Inst. biol. Mexico (Univ. nacional),
11: 636 (with figure). An aberration of doryssus saturata with
the apical half of wing almost solid black, containing two post-
medial and the subapical yellow spots. (Guerrero, Mexico.)

extrema Hoffman, l.c. (with figure). An aberration of dorys-
sus with the comma-mark and spot in base of cell Cui absent,

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVI

leaving the whole area between the cell and the black marginal
markings tawny. (Southern Chiapas.)

forbesi Bryk, Lep. Cat., 80: 491, 641 (not in index). A pure
synonym of limncea Fbs.

limncea Forbes, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 38 : 317. See below.
obscura Butler, Cist. Ent., 2: 149. (Figs. 16, 17, types.)
Stated to be a new name for egaensis var. 1 Bates, Tr. Linn. Soc.
23 : 531, but as shown by the types much more nearly represent-
ing dark specimens of the typical race.

ovata Distant, Pr. Ent. Soc. London, 1876 : 11. Kept as a Costa
Rica race by Bryk, but there is every reason to consider it a mere
synonym of lycidice, following Godman and Salvin.

peruana Hopffer, Stett. Ent. Zeit., 40: 419. Tawny area in
disc of hind wing narrow and yellow edged with tawny, instead
of broad and tawny. A mere variant of menapis, which we have
from Colombia with both the f ranis and menapis type of border.

plagigera Butler, Cist. Ent., 2 : 150. One of the chestnut Ama-
zon forms, the description totally inadequate to place it in
polymnia or mazceus.

septentrionalis Apolinar. Placed with egaensis. Fox informs
me this is an earlier name for caucaensis.

sylvanoides Godman and Salvin, Trans. Ent. Soc., 1898: 110.
Listed by Bryk as distinct, but clearly a pure synonym of equicola
as noted by d ’Almeida in Landfill. 39 : 81. Both are from Guiana,
not Ega as stated by Bryk.

visenda Butler, Cist. Ent., 2 : 150 (fig. 11, type). See below.
werneri Hering, Iris, 39 : 188. The West Colombian repre-
sentative of the normal group, discussed under mazceus.

williamsi Fox, Sci. Pub. Reading Public Mus., 2 : 6, 194. A
mazceus race from northeastern Peru. See below.

I now have the female of equicola, and have examined that of
proceris in the British Museum ; both have the long-stalked R and
Mi in the hind wing, like the species I called tr uncat a (which I
should have called olivencia, since Bates’s second form of “polym-
nia” definitely belongs to this species). Alternative 5 of my key
should be recast, since the distinctive Upper Amazon ground color
is the best character to use. Read in place of the second alterna-
tive 5 :

Mar., 1948]

Forbes: Ithomiin.®

5. Postmedial area of fore wing wholly brown or tawny or with a little

yellow toward costa 5$.

5i. Ground color deep red-brown ; o. olivencia.

5i. Ground color bright tawny , o. huallaga.

Our normally colored o. huallaga is from southern Peru; a
specimen from the Ucuyali (received as fallax) is a general inter-
mediate, with the ground tawny like huallaga and truncata, but
appearing extensively in the apical area, like olivencia , the post-
medial area rather heavily shaded with yellow (without a clearly
defined yellow area) and the median band of hind wing broad and
even, instead of narrow and waved or absent.

M. proceris. The male genitalia are like those of olivencia ;
also barely distinct from the normal group.

M. polymnia. Additional material of this species and the
mazceus complex, among them a block of caucaensis from the Fassl
collection, make the definition of this species more difficult than
ever, yet there are enough places where members of both these
complexes are found side by side (see maps), to indicate pretty
strongly that there are really two species. The localities from
which I have examined pairs of populations that appear to belong
to these two species are Venezuelan Guiana, the Tumatumari in
British Guiana, Paramaribo in Dutch Guiana, and the lower
Maroni in French Guiana, also several points on the middle and
lower Amazon. In northern Venezuela a block of specimens from
the State of Sucre (Fig. 5) plainly belong to a distinct race of
polymnia, while a colony from Caripito in the plains a short dis-
tance south, as obviously belong to mazceus (Fig. 6; near m. ele-
vata), and the two colonies may very probably overlap. The
dominant Mechanitis in northern Venezuela is of course a race of
doryssus, which also reaches Trinidad. From the eastern slopes
of the Andes I have only seen mazceus types, usually coexisting
in any given place with a colony of doryssus or doryssides ; but
the three forms seen from the western Andes are unique : chim-
borazona, from western Ecuador has the pattern of polymnia,
while werneri from western Colombia comes closer to mazceus;
both have lost the median band of the hind wing on the under
side and upper side of the female, like macrinus from the same
area, and many specimens of lycidice (and isthmia) from a little

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVI

further north. It looks as if there must have been some inter-
breeding and transfer of genes, if not an actual break-down of the
species character. The Cauca Valley race ( septentrionalis , i.e.,
caucaensis) goes in another direction. By the black pattern it
also suggests mazceus more than polymnia, but has almost the deep
coloring of a middle Amazon race.

To fill out the picture of polymnia, alternatives 10 and 11 of
the key should be replaced by the following :

10. Hind wing on both sides in female and under side in male with the post-
medial band reduced to a fragment, or lost, but broad on upper side
in male : . 10a.

10. Hind wing with black medial band as strong below as above and alike

in both sexes; yellow pm. band of fore wing about as broad at

margin as at end of cell 11.

10a. Two small well separated black spots at end of cells; pm. band much
narrowed toward inner margin (Western Ecuador).

p. chimborazona.

10a. A heavy black bar at end of cell; pm. band not narrowed at inner mar-
gin (western Colombia) m. werneri.

11.2 Yellow postmedial fascia of fore wing very broad, extending f way to
2 M . m. septentrionalis may run here ; the ground is red-brown, unlike any
of the forms of polymnia.

apex and filling the whole width of cell M3 toward outer margin;
subterminal band strong, partly tawny (NE. Venezuela) (Fig. 5).

new race solaria.

11. Yellow pm. fascia of fore wing extending only ^ way to apex, rounded

off below and not nearly filling width of cell M3, subterminal fascia

weaker or obsolete : 11a.

11a. Median black band of hind wing narrower and waved, fore wing with
cell CUi practically solid tawny and black; costal stripe of hind

wing below narrow p. an gusti fascia.

11a. Median band of hind wing more weakly scalloped across the two upper-
most cells only, stripe of hind wing typically broad lib.

lib. Outer third of discal cell largely tawny, cell Cux normally wholly tawny,
ground color somewhat deeper tawny (Middle Amazons) (Fig. 4).

p. mauensis.

lib. Outer third of discal cell almost wholly yellow, cell Cux heavily shaded
with yellow, the tawny ground paler 12.

Another character of considerable racial significance is the
black at end of cell ; typically there are two separate spots — one
out of fourteen from British and French Guiana with the bar,
two out of ten from southeastern Venezeuela, three out of ten

Mar., 1948]

Forbes: Ithomiinje

mauensis (all male), one male out of eleven from the Lower
Amazon, but half the females — while all the specimens from
southern Brazil, also the three specimens figured by Talbot of
p. angustifascia and most of the types of solaria have the complete
bar. The only specimen here of chimb or azona has well separated
spots. The single specimen at hand labelled Trinidad (Busck)
has a bar, though it is otherwise normal p. polymnia ; one would
have rather expected solaria in Trinidad, since its special model,
sola, occurs there.

Mechanitis polymnia solaria, new race (Fig. 5)

Similar to M. p. polymnia ; postmedial yellow fascia much broader, mimick-
ing Melincea sola; no yellow in cell or only a little scaling, the median yellow
showing mainly as a bar on costa; median black spot in cell large and tri-
angular, unlike most specimens of other races; bar at end of cell complete
or very shortly interrupted; subterminal yellow band strong, almost as wide
as the following black marginal area, often continuous from just below costa
to M2, but then curving around parallel to the margin below, even on under
side, not approximate to margin as usually in M. m. beeloei, yellow, only nar-
rowly edged with tawny. Expanse $ 66, $ 76 mm.

El Chorro, Sucre, Venezuela (Anduze) holotype June 27,
5 allotype June 23, 1937, in coll. Cornell University ; Cumanacoa
and Elvecia, near Mt. Turumquire, Sucre (G. Netting), female
paratypes in Carnegie Museum.

M. polymnia mauensis, new race (Fig. 4)

Similar to typical polymnia, but apparently slightly broader-
winged; the tawny ground a shade brighter, and the yellow
limited to a postmedian band, there being only a moderate amount
in end of cell and none in cell Cui. Two separate spots at end
of cell except in three males (including the paratype figured).

I have suspected this was the egaensis var. 1 of Bates (not
Butler) and from the very brief description had imagined it
might also be the visenda of Butler, but the type of the latter
(Fig. 11) is a much paler mazceus form.

Santarem, Amazons, Brazil, Jan., Feb., 1938, male type and
five male and one female paratypes; Maues, June, 1937, one fe-
male; Centenario, near Maues, August, 1937, one male; all col-
lected by Wucherpfennig, also one from Staudinger and Bang-

16 Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. lvi

Haas, received without locality, but most probably from San-
tarem; Teffe, Dec. 18, 1919, one female (Carnegie Museum).

Mechanitis mazceus

Variation in this species is becoming clearer with additional
material, and shows the complexity so frequent in South Ameri-
can butterflies belonging to mimetic associations ; while variation
is chiefly racial, there is always among specimens with the normal
coloring of any race, a proportion far from their proper area,
especially in the case of the more striking types, so that the dis-
tinction of race and dimorphic form becomes nearly meaningless.
For instance the messenoides coloring (black base and apex of
fore wing and hind wing, with half tawny and half yellow median
area) is before me from eastern Colombia close to the Cordillera,
from far away on the Upper Rio Negro, and also Bolivia, in
several specimens each, besides a single specimen from French
Guiana; while other color forms occur in each of these localities.
The chestnut coloring makes a pretty clear patch on the middle
Amazon, but Wucherpfennig also took examples of the bright
tawny coloring at Teffe, in the heart of the chestnut area, and
Riley’s elevata and contract a occur together on the Rio Purus.

The following revised key (beginning at no. 13 of the old key)
includes all the forms credited to mazceus by Bryk, except nescea,
which is really a race of lysimnia.

13. Fore wing with ground tawny or red-brown to base, at least in cell 14.

13. Fore wing with base solid black, or at most with slight reddish streaks,

hind wing all black except apex 181.

14. Fore wing with ground of medial and postmedial areas all or nearly all

tawny or brown, the subterminal band sometimes yellow.

14. Fore wing with a yellow postmedial band or a larger yellow area 18a.

15. Apical part of fore wing solid black; the bands of hind wing either

separate or fused m. nigroapicalis.

15. A distinct yellow or tawny subapical band 16.

16. Subapical marking a large patch, much wider than the preceding and

following black 17.

16. Subapical marking a narrow band, much narrower than the preceding

and following black areas 18.

17. Subterminal band dominantly yellow, the pm. area with considerable

yellow scaling though no complete yellow band J m. lucifera.

17. Subterminal and postmedial areas both wholly tawny m. phasianita.

Mar., 1948]

Forbes: Ithomiin.®

18. Subapical band connected or nearly connected with postmedial by tawny
suffusion along the outer margin, at least beneath; hind wing in
male with black border fading out to apex, in female with long
black streaks only in cells Cux and Cu m. jurimaguensis.

18. Subapical band ending abruptly both above and beneath, usually at vein
M3 or higher; border of hind wing in male continuous to apex, and
enclosing white spots there, in female with a long streak in cell M3
as well as below Cux m. mazceus.

18a. Hind wing below in male and on both sides in female lacking the median
black stripe, with only a short fragment outward m. werneri.

18a. Median stripe of hind wing strong in both seies above and below 18b.

18b. Yellow area of fore wing large, covering outer third of discal cell and
heavily shading area Cux before the comma, strongly contrasting
with the deep brown or mahogany general ground 18c.

18b. Yellow in the form of a postmedial band, with only slight shading in
outer part of cell, and not dominant in cell Cu^ more extended in
some light tawny specimens, but not contrasting 18 d.

18c. Ground rather lighter; black mark at end of cell in the form of two
separate spots m. septentriondlis (caucaensis) .

18c. Ground very deep mahogany brown; bar at end of cell complete; or the
lower spot very large, 5 mm. long (Fig. 9) Madeira race.

18d. Ground chestnut or mahogany brown 18e.

18d. Ground tawny 18 f.

18e. Subapical bar wholly yellow, contrasting (Figs. 14, 15, types).

contracta.

18e. Subapical bar shaded with red-brown (Figs. 16, 17, types of obscura).

m. egaensis (obscura) .

18f. Black spot at lower angle of cell and spot in cell, both small, at most
2 mm. in diameter, the spot at upper angle of cell small or obsolete ;
postmedial band very broad, extending | way to apex but without
an extension in cell M3 18g.

18f. Spots in cell much larger, and almost always black at upper angle of

cell also, yellow band narrower, or less often much extended in

cell M, ....... , 18h.

18g. Five small black spots in disc, representing the one in cell, costal spot

and spot at lower angle of cell, and apex of “comma-mark” (Fig.
11, type) . m. visenda.

. Only two small black spots on disc, the ones in and at lower angle of

cell — the costal one at end of cell being vestigial or absent, and the
comma mark fully developed (Fig. 7) m. bipuncta.

18h. Subterminal bar solid tawny, contrasting with the yellow postmedial
band m. williamsi.

18h. Subterminal band wholly or largely yellow :...- 18i.

18i. Hind wing with marginal series of black patches when conspicuous
strong toward inner margin above, sometimes fused with median
series, but leaving distal part of wing clear tawny, with only a black

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVI

terminal line (beneath much less developed and separate, when

present at all) 1 m. fallax

18i. Hind wing marginal markings in male short, and almost always present
at apex, where they often enclose white spots, in female elongate,
but not invariably joining the median series unless the black at apex

is heavy; about as well developed below as above 18 j.

18j. Subapical bar wholly yellow (a single exception at hand), rarely ex-
tending below M2; hind wing with black very heavy, the median and
marginal bands usually fused, and the median when free extending

heavily to inner margin (Fig. 10, type) m. pannifera.

18 j. Subapical bar partly tawny at least below; hind wing with marginal
and median black well separated, the median when broadened

sharply narrowing or obsolete to inner margin 18k.

18k. Median band of hind wing rather even in width, reaching practically to
inner margin, and not much narrowed below Cu2; subapical bar on
under side so far as examined suffusing out to outer margin below,
enclosing the white marginal spots, and leaving only fine black ter-

minal line and outlines (Figs. 12, 13, types) m. elevata.

18k. Median band on hind wing patch-like, especially in female, where it ends

abruptly or is very weak below 2d A (Fig. 6) m. beebei.

181. Fore wing with a yellow postmedial fascia m. messenoides.

181. Fore wing all black and reddish ! u.....m. deceptus.

The pattern formed by these (and more) races and forms is a
curious double one. In the case of the types with normal Mecha-
nitis coloring the variation seems local, but so subdivided that the
majority of types are represented by single spots; only pannifera
and fallax have wide distributions. On the other side the forms
that are dominantly red (with little or no yellow) or black (with
or without yellow) form a belt along the eastern foothills of the
Andes from Colombia to Bolivia, extending out on the Amazonian
plain as far as it remains hilly and well-drained (to La Chorrera
in the Putumayo Valley, and to the extreme southeast corner of
Colombia on the Rio Negro). I have a single specimen also of
normal mazceus from Caripito, Venezuela, taken with the block of
beebei, and a totally normal messenoides labelled French Guiana.
Where these specimens come from the same localities as tricolored
forms they may show a slight flavor of the special local pattern
( e.g ., the Caripito specimen) or not. From the Chanchamayo
south I have seen only these bicolored types.

Mechanitis mazceus beebei, new race (Fig. 6, paratype)

Ground pale tawny, about like fallax, paler than most races of mazceus.
Postmedial band yellow, tending to shade into the tawny base, with a little

Mar., 1948]

Forbes: Ithomiin.®

yellow scaling in outer part of cell, but usually none in the middle part of
cell Ouj; subterminal fascia yellow, shaded with orange in varying propor-
tion. Black pattern on fore wing somewhat reduced; the spot in cell small
and round, two well separated spots at end of cell, spot in base of cell Cuj
small, though triangular. Subapical band rather large, slightly diffuse,
about as wide as the following but much narrower than the preceding black
bands, generally extending below vein M2, often to vein M3, but tapering off
and curving around, not very close to the margin. Black streak along base
of A strong, usually more than twice as wide as the tawny stripe on inner
margin. Hind wing tawny, without yellow in cell; the median black stripe
very thick, much wider than the following tawny band, widest from M2 to
Cu2, in the male gradually tapering from Cu2 to inner margin, which it almost
reaches, in the female much reduced beyond Cu2 or even absent, most often
represented by two or three small shade-spots. Border narrow, roughly a
third as wide as median stripe in male ; in female wider, though hardly as wide
as the preceding tawny band, and deeply toothed between veins, but with no
tendency to fuse with the median stripe. Under side similar, the subapical
stripe of fore wing larger, often indented by the black areas around the
marginal white dots, but usually leaving a distinct black terminal line about
1 mm. wide; hind wing with marginal black nearly divided into triangles in
both sexes, enclosing conspicuous white dots, not nearly meeting the median
band, which is also more dentate than above.

The short oval median stripe of hind wing above will distinguish this race
from all others, and with the general light color makes it a mimic of the local
Melincea m. aurantia, though not as a rule so extreme. Closest to it is a
population from the vicinity of the Huallaga basin in Peru (south of wil-
liamsi but overlapping with it) in which the banding of the hind wing is
more normal and the tawny apical stripe below is wider, normally resting on
the margin, leaving only a black fringe.

Caripito, Monagas, Venezuela, holotype March 15, 1942 (Beebe
and Fleming), 12 paratypes May, 1937 (Anduze), and March to
May, 1942 (Beebe and Fleming), also in the Museum of Natural
History, Caracas.

M. mazceus bipuncta, new race (Fig. 7, holotype)

Fore wing with base and inner margin light tawny out to end of cell and
up to the comma mark; pm. area clear yellow, unusually broad, extending
two-fifths way from end of cell to apex, its outer end nearly confined to cell
M3, but extending somewhat across vein CUi to the comma mark; black spot
in outer part of cell small and rounded, at end of cell small, at lower angle;
the usual spot at upper angle represented by a shade of deeper tawny which
may contain a small black spot wholly above the cell; no spot in base of cell
Cux; comma mark moderately heavy, a good-sized round spot, connected by
a black band above its middle to the black border, as most usual in mazaeus

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVI

forms. Apex black with well marked, almost wholly yellow subapical stripe.
Stripe on inner margin .moderate, even to two -thirds wing, leaving a narrower
tawny inner margin. Hind wing tawny, the usual median stripe and border
about equally wide, and separated by a waved tawny stripe about half as
wide. Under side similar with large white marginal spots on both wings;
fore wing with subapical stripe stronger and more tawny, spot in cell larger,
and more or less traces of the spot in base of cell Cua; hind wing with a
strong black costal stripe. 65 mm.

Surukum Basin, Upper Caroni River, Venezuelan Guiana, De-
cember, 1941 (Pablo Anduze), five females in Cornell University
collection. The small size and peculiar pattern indicates that the
local model is probably the local Ceratinia mutilla strain, which
was much commoner than either the local M. polymnia or itself.
A single specimen of M. m. pannifera was also taken, but perhaps
not at the identical spot. This race is nearest visenda, from south
of the Amazon, but easily distinguished by the lack of the costal
spot and spot in cell Cui, and much larger comma-mark.

M. limncea Forbes (Fig. 8, holotype)

This tiny species really is very close to polymnia in most ways,
though it has a distinctive look. The best distinguishing charac-
ter is probably the combination of a very heavy bar or spots at
end of cell with the extreme reduction or absence of the spot in
the cell. M. mazceus bipuncta looks at first glance the same, but
in it the black at end of cell is also reduced, and the border of
hind wing shows the extensions between the veins distinctive of
mazceus, while it is narrow on both sides in limncea. It should be
taken out in the key at alternative 7 by these characters. M.
forbesi Bryk is a plain synonym of limncea, since the specimen
discussed in my first paper under mantineus was made one of the
types of limncea. The holotype, by the way, was male.

M. m. elevatus Riley (Figs. 12, 13, types). We have a fairly
typical pair from Teffe, and specimens transitional to williamsi
Fox from Oxapampa and Chuchurras, eastern Peru.

A Colombian specimen in the National Museum, without exact
locality, suggests hybridism, perhaps of polymnia with lycidice.
It would key to veritabilis, having the tawny anal area connected
to the basal tawny, but the bar at end of cell joined to the comma
mark into a solid black fascia, and the antennae largely black.

Mar., 1948]

Forbes: Ithomiin^:

But the postmedial band is much wider toward outer margin than
in any form except solaria, covering half of cell M2 as well as the
whole of cell M3. In contrast the costal half of the band is not
widened. The black median band on hind wing is widened, above,
like mazceus and lycidice forms, but much reduced below (like
lycidice, but not mazceus or polymnia, etc.) and there is no apical
tawny below. The habitus is most suggestive of lycidice, but I
have never seen a specimen with so little black.

We may also note the following corrections in Bryk’s catalogue :

Under Melincea brunnea, purusana, Mechanitis elevata, con-
tracta, Hypothyris wickhami, clara, medea and virgilini and Hya-
liris flavigera, the volume number in the Riley reference should
be 52, not 32.

P. 488, under isthmia, reduce calif ornica to a pure synonym.
The specimens were doubtless collected in Panama by some travel-
ler in the days when that was the comfortable way to go to
California.

P. 494. M. p. nescea Hiibner. Transfer to lycidice on p. 490,
where the name will combine with nesscea Haensch. I find this
method of listing minor misprints and emendations of names as
separate entries extremely confusing ; and in this particular case
it was evidently too confusing for Bryk himself.

Journal New York Entomological Society

[VOL. LVI

Map 1. Distribution of M. mazceus forms

Shading slanting down: bicolored races: D, deceptus and nigroapicalis ;
M, mazceus and jurimaguensis.

Shading slanting up : races with solid black apical area : D, deceptus and
nigroapiculis ; •, * messenoides.

Stippling: races with darkened ground: S, septentrionalis ; E, egaensis,
obscura, contracta, Madeira race.

Numbers: normally colored races: 1, lucifera; 2, werneri ; 3, visenda; 4,
bipuncta; 5, williamsi; 6, fallax ; 7, pannifera; 8, beebei; 9, elevata.

Mae., 1948]

Forbes: Ithomiin^:

Map 2. Distribution of M. polymnia forms. A, angustifascia ; C, casa-
branca ; Ch, chimb or azona; M, mauensis; P, polymnia; PI, plagigera ; S,
solaria.

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVI

Plate I

Figure 1.
Figure 2.

Figure 3.

Figure 4.

Figure 5.

Figure 6.

Figure 7.

Figure 8.

Figure 9.

Types of Forbes Species

Melincea comma, holotype. Chanchamayo, Peru.

Melincea isocomma, holotype. Upper Bio Negro, East Colombia,
800 M., Fassl.

Melincea mneme aurantia, holotype. Caripito, Monagas, Vene-
zuela, July 19, 1937, Pablo Anduze.

Mechanitis polymnia mauensis, paratype. Centenario, near Maues,
Amazons, Brazil, August, 1937, F. Wucherpfennig.

Mechanitis polymnia solaria, holotype. El Chorro, Sucre, Vene-
zuela, 800 M., June 27, 1937, Pablo Anduze.

Mechanitis mazeeus beebei, paratype. Caripito, Monagas, Vene-
zuela, April 24, 1942, Beebe and Fleming.

Mechanitis mazeeus bipuncta, holotype. Surukum Basin, Upper
Caroni Valley, Venezuela, December, 1941, Pablo Anduze.

Mechanitis limncea, holotype. St. Laurent, Maroni Biver, French
Guiana.

Mechanitis mazeeus, race. Manicote, Bio Madeira, Brazil, Decem-
ber, 1937, F. Wucherpfennig.

Plate II

Types of species in British Museum

Figure 10. Mechanitis uiazceus pannifera Butler, holotype. Obidos forest,
Amazons, Brazil, February 13, 1874, Traill.2

Figure 11. Mechanitis mazeeus visenda Butler, holotype. Trovador, B. Tapa-
jos, Brazil, Lat. 4°15' S., March 13, 1874, Trail.2

Figure 12. Mechanitis mazeeus elevata Biley, type male. Allianca, Canu-
tama, Bio Purus, Brazil, September, 1913, E. H. W. Wickham.

Figure 13. Same, female type, with same data.

Figure 14. Mechanitis mazeeus contracta Biley, type male. Same data.

Figure 15. Same, female type, with same data.

Figure 16. Mechanitis mazeeus obscura Butler, type male. Ega, Amazons,
Bates.

Figure 17. Same, female type, with same data. i

2 As spelled on original labels of the types.

(Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc.), Yol. LYI (Plate I)

(Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc.), Vol. LVI (Plate II)

ova. B«r.

Mar., 1948]

Levy: Ephemerida

THE MALE GENITALIA OF EPHEMERIDA
(MAYFLIES)

By Howard A. Levy
The City College, C. C. N. Y.

The male reproductive systems of seven species of mayflies were
studied in order to form a basis of comparison between their
morphology and that of those European species studied by Quadri
(1940), as well as that of several species of Stenonema used by
Needham et al. (1935).

Pickles (1931) devoted a portion of his paper to the role played
by the mayfly alimentary canal in the later development of the
male reproductive system, and discussed the theories of Palmen
(1884) and Fritze (1888).

Spieth (1933) described both the development of and the adult
form of the male genitalia of Ephemerida, and used the genitalia
as one of the factors in a study of the phylogeny of some mayfly
genera.

Needham et al. (1935) presented a brief description of the mor-
phology of the male genitalia and the internal anatomy of the
male reproductive system of mayflies, including the histology,
based on studies of nymphs and adults of Stenonema vicarum ,
with four other species of this genus used for comparison.

Snodgrass (1936) described the morphology of the male geni-
talia of mayflies and gave considerable material on the embry-
ology of these parts and their homologies in other insect groups.
He included diagrams of the male genitalia of Ephemera simu-
lans and Blasturus cupidus and went into detail concerning the
muscles of the accessory genitalia.

Quadri (1940) used data obtained from five species of mayflies,
Chleon dipterum, Ephemera vulgata, Heptagenia sp., Bhithro-
gena sp., and Bcetis sp. Under the heading of “Adult Organs, ”
he described the organs of the reproductive system, discussed
their histology, and gave a description of the penes and accessory
genitalia. Under ‘ 1 Development, ’ ’ he considered the embryology
and development of both internal and external genitalia.

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVI

In the present investigation, mature nymphs, subimagoes, and
imagoes of the following species were used i1

Hexagenia limbata occulta Walker
Siphlonurus quebecensis Provancher
Ephemera guttulata Pictet
Heptagenia hebe McDunnough
Blasturus cupidus Say
Stenonema rubromaculatum McDunnough
Isonychia bicolor Walker

The insects were studied by means of reconstructions from
serial sections, whole mounts, and microdissections. All speci-
mens had been fixed and preserved in 70-95 per cent ethyl alcohol,
and it was found that four hours of post-fixation in Zenker’s
Fluid resulted in somewhat better preparations. Both nymphs
and adults were treated in the same way.

The abdomens were removed just posterior to the fifth segment
and then post-fixed. It was occasionally found necessary to
squeeze air out of the abdomens to prevent them from floating
on the surface of the various fluids used during imbedding. Di-
oxane was used for dehydration and the regular procedure for
paraffin imbedding was followed. A 58-60° C. paraffin was found
to give the best results. The blocks were then sectioned at 10-12
microns and the ribbons were fixed to the slides with the aid of
albumin. After drying, the preparations were stained with a
dioxane technique, Levy (1943).

EXTERNAL GENITALIA

The following is a general description of the morphology and
histology of the male genitalia of H. limb at a occulta imagoes.
The general histological picture is the same in the other species
except where differences are specifically mentioned, although the
shape, size, and appearance of these structures may differ in each
species.

i All the specimens used were from the collection of Dr. Herman T. Spieth,
who identified all the material, and to whom I am indebted fo!r invaluable
suggestions and criticism during the progress of the work and the prepara-
tion of the manuscript. I would also like to thank Dr. James I. Kendall
and Dr. Charles D. Michener for their and and criticism.

Mar., 1948]

Levy: Ephemerida

The penes of H. limb at a occulta originate from the membrane
between the dorsal part of the styliger plate and the paraprocts
of the tenth sternum and appear as beak-like structures with their
posterior ends curving medially. They are covered by a thick
layer of cuticula which is heaviest at the basal region and on the
dorsal side. The hypodermis of the penis is well developed in the
imago.

The cuticula of the penes is apparently made up of a thick layer
of exocuticle and a well developed epicuticle, although the tips of
the penes seem to lack the latter. The endocuticle is either poorly
developed or absent.

The styli or forceps of occulta originate from the ventrolateral
parts of the styliger plate and are composed of a basal segment
(which has the only muscles found in these structures), a long,
slender subsegment, and two short terminal subsegments. Snod-
grass (1936) called these “subsegments,” claiming that they are
not true segments since they lack muscles. The long first sub-
segment of occulta is laterally constricted along most of its length,
so that it appears dumb-bell-shaped in cross-section. This condi-
tion is not found in any other species studied.

The medial surfaces of the styli are covered by many small
mating glands, derived from the hypodermis, which project
through the cuticula. These glands appear to have a thin layer
of endocuticle and are easily ruptured. Spieth (1933) noted that
the styli of Blasturus lack these glands, and this was found to be
the case in B. cupidus.

INTERNAL GENITALIA

In H. limb at a occulta, the muscles of the styli, as stated by
Snodgrass (1936), attach at the ventrolateral wall of the anterior
portion of the styliger plate and insert near the stricture between
the basal segment and the first subsegment. The rest of the
stylus, as stated by Needham et al. (1935), is filled with fluid
containing blood corpuscles. There are also a number of small
tracheoles.

The above description applies also to those structures in Siphlo-
uurus quebecensis, Isonychia bicoior, Stenonema rubromaculatum,
Heptagenia hebe, and Ephemera guttulata. Blasturus cupidus
shows some differences.

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVI

Spieth (1933) pointed out that the styli of Blasturus originate
from the dorsal surface of the styliger plate, while this is not the
case in most genera. He also noted that the styli of this genus
lack the basal articulation found in the Heptageniidse and Siphlo-
nurus, and that the styli of Blasturus are only three- jointed.

The anterior attachments of the muscles of the styli in B.
cupidus are on the ventrolateral wall of the styliger plate, as in
other species studied. However, these muscles attach posteriorly
on the dorsolateral wall of the posterior portion of the styliger
plate, this in view of the fact that the basal segment is lacking in
the styli of this species.

In H. limb at a occulta, the dorsal portion of the basal two-thirds
of each penis is almost completely filled by a heavy mass of muscle
fibers, the ventral portion being occupied by the ejaculatory duct
which extends to the tip. These muscles run obliquely in the
penes so that their anterior attachments are on the lateral walls
of the basal portions of the penes, and their posterior attachments
are on the medial walls of the distal portions, although there are
no attachments in or near the tips. Their probable action is to
bend the penes medially, and to aid in the ejaculation of sper-
matozoa. The rest of the penis is filled with fluid containing
spindle-like blood corpuscles.

These muscles first appear in the mature nymph, and may
develop from undifferentiated cells seen in the developing penes
of immature nymphs. It should be emphasized that these muscles
are attached only within the penes, and have neither origins nor
insertions on any other structure or part of the insect. No evi-
dence was found to indicate whether or not they may have mi-
grated to the penes from any other area.

These same muscles have also been found in mature nymphs,
subimagoes, and imagoes of Isonychia bicolor, and the above
description fits this species as well.

As shown in figures 5, 6, the penes of Heptagenia hebe and
Stenonema rubromaculatum are quite different in appearance
from those of H. limbata acculta, although the same penial mus-
cles are found in both of these species. Some of the medial or
posterior attachments of these muscles, are located more distally
than in H. limbata occulta and are found on the extreme postero-

Mar., 1948]

Levy: Ephemerida

medial walls. Since relatively more of the basal portions of the
penes in these two species are joined together than is true in
occulta, the muscles in the extreme basal regions *are attached on
the ventro-lateral walls, while the posterior attachments are on
the medial portions of the dorsal walls. This condition exists only
in the basal portions. The penial muscles do not have any at-
tachments in the distal lateral processes of the penes of either of
the two species.

The internal morphology of the penes of Siphlonurus quebec-
ensis is quite different from that of any other species studied.
The presence of muscles in the penes of mature nymphs, sub-
iihagoes, and imagoes has been noted, but these muscles have dif-
ferent positions and may have different origins than those of the
species previously discussed.

In mature nymphs of 8. quebecensis, the penial muscles origi-
nate on the ventrolateral walls of the ninth sternum, posterior
to the origins of the muscles of the styliger plate, and are attached
on the dorsolateral walls of the developing penes. The developing
styliger plate is found posterior to the origins of these muscles.
These muscles are better developed in the subimago and in the
imago. They originate on the ninth sternum walls just posterior
to the most anterior part of the styliger plate and are attached
to the dorsolateral walls in the middle portions of the penes.
They have no attachments in cither the basal or distal portions.

No undifferentiated cells, such as those seen in the penes of H.
limb at a occulta nymphs, were seen in the penes of near-mature,
8. quebecensis nymphs. Unfortunately, there is insufficient evi-
dence to indicate the embryological origin of these muscles in
queb ecensis.

The absence of muscles in the penes of mature nymphs, sub-
imagoes, and imagoes of both Ephemera guttulata and Blasturus
cupidus has been noted. No evidence was found in E. guttulata
of the existence of the basal arms or lateral prolongations of the
penes, nor of the muscles described and figured as activating these
structures in E. simulans by Snodgrass (1936).

In H. limbata occulta, the vasa#deferentia appear to originate
in the testes as a result of the coalescence of a number of small
testicular tubules. They proceed posteriorly between the dorso-

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVI

lateral muscles of the abdomen and enlarge in the posterior por-
tion of the eighth abdominal segment to form the seminal vesicles.
These, distended with spermatozoa, fill almost all of the ninth seg-
ment and the anterior part of the tenth.

The seminal vesicles are joined together to form a single tube
at the point where they empty into the ejaculatory ducts, in a
manner shown in figure 1, which are at this point also joined
together to form a single duct. This duct soon bifurcates, and
the ejaculatory ducts terminate at the gonopores at the tips of
the penes.

The ejaculatory ducts of occulta are enclosed by a thick layer
of circular muscles and are lined by a flattened epithelial layer.
The muscles are heaviest at the level of the basal portions of the
penes, gradually decreasing and disappearing as the ducts near
the gonopores.

The seminal vesicles of occulta are lined by a thin epithelial
layer with invisible cell boundaries and elongate, granular nuclei.
Enclosing this layer is an equally thin layer of circular muscles
of the same type found in the ejaculatory ducts.

The structure of the seminal vesicles in occulta shows some vari-
ation, not only between individuals, but between the two vesicles
of the same individual as well. Among the approximately thirty
specimens of this species examined, however, all showed the same
general characteristics.

Other workers have shown that there is a close relationship
between the changes in the gut in the mature nymph and sub-
imago and the changes in the reproductive system at this time.
Palmen (1884) suggested that air is taken into the gut of the
subimago, causing it to inflate, and that this pressure is responsi-
ble for histological changes in gut tissue.

Fritze (1888) claimed that the flattening of the epithelium and
the dilation of the mesenteron is due to intake of water by the
nymph shortly before the emergence of the subimago, the water
then being replaced by air.

Pickles (1931) described the reduction of the epithelium of the

alimentary canal and stated that the gut contents are expelled

before the transformation of the alimentary canal commences.
In his summary, he stated that extensive changes take place in

Mar., 1948]

Levy: Ephemerida

the structure of the gut in which both epithelium and musculature
become reduced, forming a thin membrane in the imago. He
claimed that no pressure exists in the gut until the tissue trans-
formation has taken place.

In all species used in this study, the mature nymphs ’ guts did
not contain any food material, indicating that they had ceased to
feed at some previous time, nor was any distortion of the gut
noted at this time. The movements of the gut at the time of the
emergence of the subimago are apparently of great importance in
the conformation of the parts of the reproductive system.

In the mature nymph, the genital tube is a straight, undiffer-
entiated structure with neither folds nor pouches. When the
mature nymph emerges to become the subimago, it takes in large
gulps of air, which inflate the gut like a balloon as far posteriorly
as the ilio-colic constriction, which acts like a valve. This violent
expansion of the gut, in addition to the action of the abdominal
muscles, serves to push the whole genital apparatus posteriorly.
The testes are moved back to the seventh and eighth segments,
and at the same time, are emptied of their spermatozoa, which
pass through the vasa deferentia into the seminal vesicles. These,
enormously distended, are forced posteriorly to occupy only the
ninth segment and the anterior part of the tenth.

Such movement causes a number of changes in the relative posi-
tion of the seminal vesicles, both in the horizontal and vertical
planes. In the vertical plane, they are folded to form Z-shaped
loops. Since the ninth segment is smaller and narrower than are
the preceding segments, in almost all mayflies, this same pressure
causes that region of the genital tube which includes the posterior
parts of the seminal vesicles and the extreme anterior parts of the
ejaculatory ducts to loop medially and anteriorly in the hori-
zontal plane. The medial walls of each loop are brought together
and break through, so that at this point there is a common ejacu-
latory duet receiving the contents of a common seminal vesicle.
This series of changes is apparently completed in the subimago,
and no further change has been noted in the imago.

The morphology of the genital tube in imagoes of Isonychia
bicolor is different from that seen in H. limbata occulta. In I.
bicolor, the seminal vesicles are separate and distinct structures

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVI

and there is no connection between them at any point. Similarly,
there is no fusion of the anterior parts of the ejaculatory ducts,
and the contents of each seminal vesicle pass into the ejaculatory
duct on that same side.

Each seminal vesicle, as it enters the ninth segment, enlarges
until it occupies about one-quarter of the abdominal cavity. At
about the middle of the ninth segment, these vesicles curve ven-
trally to enter the penes. Some specimens show the Z-shaped
loops seen in H. limb at a occulta to a moderate degree, but most
do not. The seminal vesicles are divided into compartments, at
right angles along almost their entire length, by a series of septa,
each of which is attached to the wall of the seminal vesicle by
trabeculae. Each septum is apparently made up of a core of con-
nective tissue with a thin epithelial covering. These septa can be
seen developing in mature nymphs. They are moderately well
developed in the subimago and very well developed in the imago.
The function and action of these septa are not known.

The ejaculatory ducts of I. bicolor have a less well developed
coat of circular muscles than do those of H. limb at a occulta, and
have a better developed epithelium with numerous small folds.

The seminal vesicles of Siphlonurus quebecensis resemble those
of H. limbata occulta, but there is no fusion of the anterior parts
of the ejaculatory ducts, nor is there any connection between the
seminal vesicles. The form taken by these structures is much the
same as in H. limbata occulta. The vesicles fill more than half
the abdominal cavity and are filled with spermatozoa.

The ejaculatory ducts of 8. quebecensis narrow abruptly in the
basal part of the penes and the circular muscles disappear at this
point, so that the posterior portions of these ducts consist of epi-
thelial tissue only.

The same form of the seminal vesicles occurs in Ephemera
guttulata as in H. limbata occulta, except that the Z-shaped loops
are not so well developed, nor is there any connection between any
of the parts of the two genital tubes. Testicular and Malpighian
tubules are frequently found in the lumena of the adult penes of
this species. The histology of the seminal vesicles and ejaculatory
ducts of guttulata is the same as that of H. limbata occulta, except
that the epithelial layer of the seminal vesicles is better developed
in guttulata and has folds that project into the lumen.

Mar., 1948]

Levy: Ephemerida

The looped form of the seminal vesicles is not so pronounced
in Stenonema rubromaculatum as it is in H. limbata occulta, nor
is there any connection between the two genital tubes. In occa-
sional specimens, the form taken by the seminal vesicles of rubro-
maculatum resembles that of I. bicolor very closely.

The distal portions of the seminal vesicles of 8. rubromacu-
latum, near where the ejaculatory ducts begin, are divided at
right angles to their length by septa similar in appearance to
those seen in I. bicolor. However, these septa are not so numer-
ous in rubromaculatum and are restricted to the distal portions
of the seminal vesicles. The histology of these septa is the same
as that of I. bicolor.

The ejaculatory ducts of 8. rubromaculatum have a well devel-
oped epithelial lining and a poorly developed musculature. These
ducts have been pushed into the seminal vesicles for a short dis-
tance somewhat like a piston into a cylinder. The ducts narrow
abruptly in the posterior parts of the penes and lose their muscu-
lature, as in 8iphlonurus quebecensis.

The morphology and histology of the seminal vesicles and
ejaculatory ducts of Heptagenia hebe is the same as that of 8.
rubromaculatum. There is no connection between any of the
parts of the two genital tubes. However, the septa in the seminal
vesicles of H. hebe are not so numerous as those of S. rubromacu-
latum.

In Blast ur us cupidus, the seminal vesicles, unlike the other
species studied, are found in the middle of the eighth abdominal
segment and are about four times the diameter of the vasa defer-
entia. In the middle of the ninth segment, they are collapsed
and empty, of about the same diameter as the vasa deferentia.
These slender tubes then proceed posteriorly and enter the basal
portions of the penes to become the ejaculatory ducts. This con-
dition has been found in six imagoes and two subimagoes and does
not appear to result from fixation effects. There is no connection
between the two genital tubes. It is to be noted that the seminal
vesicles are not looped, nor do they have any pouches in cupidus,
but are straight, unfolded tubes. Unlike the other species studied,
they fill less than one-eighth of the abdominal cavity in the ninth
segment, while the posterior collapsed portions occupy much less
space.

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Yol. LVI

The expanded parts of the seminal vesicles of B. cupidus con-
sist of an extremely thin circular muscle sheath with a much flat-
tened epithelium lining the tube. Tn the collapsed parts of the
vesicles, the epithelium is thicker and appears to be better devel-
oped. The ejaculatory ducts have a well-developed epithelium
with a fairly heavy layer of circular muscles in the basal portions
of the penes, which gradually disappears as the ducts near the
gonopores.

DISCUSSION

Considering the limited number of genera used in this study,
it is inadvisable to conduct more than a brief discussion of its
implications. Admittedly, the relationships of wings, gills, ex-
ternal genitalia, and mouthparts are more valuable than are the
internal organs of the reproductive system in studies of mayfly
phylogeny.

It is interesting to note that only in Hexagenia is there any
connection between the paired genital tubes, and that this occurs
in such a way that both the seminal vesicles and the ejaculatory
ducts are involved. The similarity in the septa seen in the semi-
nal vesicles of Isonychia, Heptagenia, and Stenonema indicates
a close relationship between these three genera as mentioned by
Spieth (1933). The morphology of the seminal vesicles of
Blast urus would seem to indicate that there is comparatively little
posterior movement of the reproductive organs with the emer-
gence of the subimago in this genus.

Although Spieth (1933) mentioned the close relationship be-
tween Hexagenia and Ephemera , it is noteworthy that Hexagenia
has penial muscles and Ephemera does not.

The genera used in this study may be divided into three groups :

1. Those that have penial muscles having an attachment out-

side the penis : Siphlonurus.

2. Those that have intrinsic penial muscles, i.e., muscles that

have all their attachments within the penes : Hexa-
genia, Isonychia, Heptagenia, and Stenonema.

3. Those that do not have penial muscles: Ephemera and

Blast urus.

Mar., 1948]

Levy: Ephemerida

The existence of muscles in the penes of Siphlonurus which
have one of their attachments on the ventrolateral wall of the
ninth segment introduces a question as to the embryological origin
of these muscles which is beyond the scope of this paper.

Spieth (1933) concluded that Siphlonurus is the most primitive
genus of the 25 genera that he studied, which includes all of the
genera used here. It is possible that the type of penial muscles
found in Siphlonurus represents the primitive condition, that
those found in Hexagenia represent more specialized and ad-
vanced conditions, and that the lack of penial muscles, such as
seen in Ephemera, indicate a different evolutionary branch.

The peculiarity of the posterior attachments of the styliger
plate muscles in Blasturus indicates that one of two things has
happened to the basal segment of the stylus. Either they have
disappeared entirely, or they have fused with the styliger plate.
From the unusual position of the styli in the genus, the latter
would seem to be the case, although there does not appear to be
any other evidence to support this.

No positive evidence has been presented here as to the embryo-
logical origin of either of the two types of penial muscles. It has
been suggested that apparently undifferentiated cells seen in the
developing penes of immature nymphs of those species having
intrinsic penial muscles may give rise to these muscles. It would
probably be necessary to rear large numbers of eggs of one or
more of these species in the laboratory, fixing and preserving
several individuals at regular intervals from the time that the
penes first begin to develop until the last nymphal instar. These
would have to be sectioned and carefully studied to establish the
embryology of the penial muscles. The same procedure could be
followed in studying the penial muscles of Siphlonurus.

Needham et al. (1935) stated that the ejaculatory ducts have
a layer of circular muscles enclosing a more or less glandular epi-
thelium. Quadri (1940) claimed that the ejaculatory ducts do
not have any circular muscles. Based on the seven species studied,
it has been found that the ejaculatory ducts do have a circular
muscle coat, but that it is restricted to the basal or anterior half
of the ducts in almost all cases. Such muscles are extremely well
developed *in H. limb at a occulta and moderately developed in the
other species.

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVI

The designation of the parts of the genital tube used here is
that of Needham et al. (1935), except that the whole length of the
genital tube that is swollen with spermatozoa is recognized as the
seminal vesicle, and not divided, as indicated by Needham, into
seminal vesicle and “coiled part of the ejaculatory duct.” In all
species studied, the terminus of the seminal vesicle and the be-
ginning of the ejaculatory duct was fairly well indicated by an
increase in the amount of circular muscle tissue.

SUMMARY

The male reproductive systems of seven species of mayflies were
studied by means of reconstructions from serial sections, whole
mounts, and microdissections.

Muscles have been found in the penes of mature male nymphs
and adults of Hexagenia limb at a occulta , Isonychia bicolor,
Heptagenia hebe, and Stenonema rubromaculatum which are at-
tached only within the. penes, having no attachment at the ninth
sternite nor at any other part of the insect.

Muscles have been found in the penes of mature male nymphs
and adults of Siphlonurus quebecensis which originate on the
ventrolateral walls of the ninth sternite and attach to the dorso-
lateral walls of the penes.

The absence of muscles in the penes of mature male nymphs
and adults of Ephemera guttulata and Blasturus cupidus has been
noted.

The later development, morphology, and relative disposition of
the various parts of the male reproductive systems of some may-
flies have been described.

LITERATURE CITED

Eritze, A. 1888. Uber den darmkanal der Ephemeriden, Berlin.

Levy, H. A. 1943. Dioxane as an aid in staining insect cuticle, St. Tech.,
18: 181-182.

Needham, J. G-., J. R. Traver, and Y. C., Hsu. 1935. The biology of may-
flies, Comstock Pub. Co., i-xvi, 1-759, pis. and figs.

Palmen, J. A. 1884. Ueber paarige Ausfuhremsgange der Geschlechts-
organe bie Insekt6n, Helsingfors.

Pickles, A. 1921. On the metamorphosis of the alimentary canal in cer-
tain Ephemeroptera. Trans. Roy. Ent. Soc., London, 79: 263-276, 2
plates.

Mar., 1948]

Levy: Ephemerida

Quadri, M. A. H. 1940. On the development of the genitalia and their
ducts of Orthopteroid insects. Trans. Roy. Ent. Soc., London, 90 : 121-
173, 17 figs, and 7 plates.

Snodgrass, R. E. 1936. Morphology of the insect abdomen. Part III.
The male genitalia (including arthropods other than insects). Smith.
Misc. Coll., 95 : 1-96.

Spieth, H. T. 1933. The phylogeny of some mayfly genera. Journ. N. Y.
Ent. Soc., 41 : 55-86, 327-390, pi. 16-29.

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVI

Plate III

Figures 1-

Figure 1.
Figure 2.
Figure 3.
Figure 4.

7. Dorsal aspects of dissections of the posterior portions of the
abdomens of male Ephemerid imagoes. On each specimen, the
styliger plate and the tenth abdominal segment have been re-
moved. Muscles are shown on the left, the genital tube on the
right.

Hexagenia limbata occulta
Isonychia bicolor
Siphlonurus quebecensis
Stenonema rubromaculatum

Key:

ej.d., — ejaculatory duct,
p., — penis.

s.v., — seminal vesicle,
st., — stylus.

st. msc., — stylus muscles.

p. msc., — penial muscle,
epi., — epicuticle.
exo ., — exo cuticle .
hyp ., — hyp o dermis .
sp., — spermatozoa.

(Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc.), Vol. LVI

(Plate III)

Journal New York Entomological Society

[VOL. LVI

Figure 5,
Figure 6,
Figure 7.
Figure 8

Plate IY

Eeptagenia hebe
Ephemera guttulata
Blasturus cupidus

Transv '^e section through the basal portion of a penis of an
H. lir , ta occulta imago.

(Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc.), Vol. LVI

(Plate IV)

FIG. 8

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVI

BOOK NOTICE

Stingless Bees (Meliponidce) of the Western Hemisphere. Les-
trimelitta and the Following Sul) genera of Trigona: Para-
trigona, Schwarziana , Par apart amona, Cephalotrigona, Oxy-
trigona, Sca/ur a, and Mourella. By Herbert F. Schwarz.
With a Bibliography by Herbert F. Schwarz and Annette L.
Bacon. Bulletin of the American Museum of Natural His-
tory. 10Jx7i inches, Volume 90, pages i-xviii, 1-546. 87
text figures. 8 plates. 5 tables. $7.00.

This impressive, well-printed volume, which is an outstanding
and important contribution to entomology, is deserving of the
highest praise. The Introduction of 166 pages is an authoritative
and highly interesting account of stingless bees, their structural
characters, phylogeny, distribution, nesting habits, activities in
the colony, castes, nocturnal activites, foraging, flight equipment,
honey, wax, etc., etc. Every one who reads Mr. Schwarz’s ac-
count of these moist tropic insects will appreciate the ability,
care and judgment which the author has lavished upon his work.
There is no longer any excuse for entomologists in general to be
totally ignorant about meliponids. Although Mr. Schwarz refers
to the Introduction as a “suggestion of the picture as a whole,”
it is a very capable, stimulating and informative “suggestion”
and the gaps in our knowledge are not the fault of the author.

The systematic account, which occupies the remainder of the
volume, is devoted to descriptions, keys, distribution, etc., of
species and varieties, including descriptions of some new species
and varieties. Although I am without the competence necessary
to evaluate this portion, I am aware of Mr. Schwarz ’s ability and
of his meticulous study of the Meliponidae for many years, in
view of which I am sure that the systematic portion is as precise
as it was possible to make it. Although insect descriptions are
not required reading for non-specialists, one should not pass over
lightly the author’s “discussion” of each form. These are well
worth reading. An extensive bibliography rounds out this well-
written, valuable, encyclopedic monograph. — H. B. Weiss.

Mar., 1948]

Needham: Gall Maker

A BUCCULATRICID GALL MAKER AND ITS
HYPERMETAMORPHOSIS

By James G. Needham

I have a pocket-knife that whittles, and once when I was out
in a South Florida wilderness in December, I came upon a patch
of wild sunflowers with knot-like swellings in their stems. I set
my knife to whittling, and soon found that the swellings had very
hard walls and were hollow inside. They were galls; and lying
inside each gall was a very curious larva. It was evidently a
moth larva of some sort, but it had a very small head, a nearly
moniliform body (by reason of deep and wide constrictions be-
tween the body segments), no hair or spines or setae on its dry,
tough skin, and no prolegs. It did not creep, but lay on its side
with the front end thrown back in a J-shaped hook, the head at
the tip of the hook. It spun no silk, not even enough to hold back
the pellets of frass. It lay among these dry pellets and tumbled
around with them when the gall was shaken. When the gall
was opened and inverted, the pellets fell out in a shower, like
that from an up-tipped pepper box.

Specimens of the larva were sent to Dr. W. T. M. Forbes and
Mr. H. W. Capps, and neither would venture a determination nor
even a reference to any Lepidopterous family. They both sug-
gested that I rear the larvae and send in some adult moths. So
that is what I did; and on the doing of it (and certain related
other things) I now herewith make report.

The plant is a native annual sunflower, Helianthus agrestis Pol-
lard ( H . curtissii Fernald). On the rich soil in which I found
it, it grows head-high, on wand-like stems. Crowded together in
close ranks, the stems rise unbranched to shoulder height ; where
not crowded they branch extensively at lower levels. I found
them in nearly pure stands in long patches of an acre or less,
these patches in the edge of low places in the flatwoods, in spots
too wet for saw palmetto and for most grasses, and too dry for
saw-grass and for marsh fleabane (P. lucked ), but with the two

Journal New York Entomological Society

[VOL. LVI

latter generally near at hand. All that I saw were within a mile
or two of salt water, between Sarasota and Englewood.

The gall is a thickening of the walls of the stem, about an inch
long and four-fifths as wide, and with a large oval cavity inside.
It varies in form from oblong to almost round. It tapers a little
more abruptly to the stem at the upper end. Its surface is gen-
erally bare and somewhat uneven. The outer layer of its walls
is filled with rosin, and is very hard, especially on the upper side.
Its cavity is normally centrally located in the axis of the stem,
but sometimes it is on one side, where it causes a jog in the stem.
In such a case the rosin is deposited only on the bulging side, the
opposite side remaining soft as elsewhere on the normal stem.

The walls of the gall vary in thickness and consistency. Gen-
erally when old and dry there is ah inner brittle layer formed by
the drying up of the pabulum tissue that earlier feeds the larva ;
and between this and the very hard resin-filled outer defense layer
there remains some softer parenchyma. Certain inquilines (to
be noted later) burrow in this softer tissue. Elsewhere in the
plant the stem is filled with pith.

Galls occur singly on the stems ; very rarely two, and when two,
one or both are imperfectly formed. They are generally located
somewhat below mid-height of the plant. Often growth con-
tinues above the gall, not in a single normal stem, but in several
weaker branches that may, however, bear perfectly normal heads
of flowers, at the general level above. A few belated flowers on
over-shaded and dwarfed stems were still present in December.
The blossoming heads are very pretty, with their bright yellow
rays, and disc flowers of deep violet.

The gall-making larvae in the winter season are full-grown and
full fed, awaiting the warmer weather of early spring for trans-
formation. Placed on a flat surface they are quite incapable of
locomotion, and lie always in a lateral position. Touched at any
point on the body, they respond with a sudden lashing motion
that may be repeated several times before coming to rest again.
The J-shaped hook at the front may be a position assumed in
preparation for attack by an enemy, for dead specimens lie
straight and fully extended.

The length of grown larvae varies from 10 to 12 mm. Dorsal

Mar., 1948]

Needham: Gall Maker

and ventral surfaces are similar in appearance, both being a little
flattened and narrowed toward each end.

Although the larva, if undisturbed, lies inactive within the gall
all winter long, important changes are going on inside it. It is
about to resume a more normal lepidopterous larval form, pre-
paratory to transformation to the pupal stage. What was my
surprise, on opening a gall in early March of 1946, to find a cast-
off larval skin of the form above described, and a living larva of
quite a different form beside it. The new larva was cylindric in
body. It crept about on regular caterpillar prolegs. Its body
bristled with setae. Its head was of the proper size for a normal
lepidopteran, and it could spin silk !

Here was a non-feeding instar, interpolated between larval and
pupal stages : a clear case of hypermetamorphosis.

The larva in this non-feeding stage has strong mandibles, and
it gnaws a hole through the wall of the gall to the outside. Then
it returns and casts off a very thin transparent skin ; thin, except
on the brown head, where the strong jaw muscles require solid
support for their gnawing. Behind the head the skin is soft and
papery. It gets compacted into a little bunch in which black
dots mark the bases of the body setae. The duration of this stage
is very short, probably less than a week.

The pupa is of ordinary lepidopterous form. The adult is a
little bucculatricid, whitish moth1 (length about 6 mm.) without
any brilliance of coloration; creamy white with just enough
touches of tan and brown to make its rough surface and frayed-
out wing margins look as lifeless as a bit of bark torn from a
broken sunflower stem by the wind.

I had my troubles rearing this larva. I collected galls by the
score, repeatedly, through two winter seasons at Sarasota, Florida.
I opened galls by the dozen looking for signs of development, and
finding none. I kept them under varied conditions of tempera-
ture, moisture, and exposure to sun, rain, and wind, opening some
of them weekly or oftener only to find in the end that none of
these measures was of any effect. My troubles were all due to
enemies : to mordellid beetle larvae : mites, and ants.

The final rearing of the moths came by partial successes. On

1 Now in the hands of Dr. Annette Braun for description.

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVI

the first of February, 1945, I found a gall that had a very active
larva inside it. I put back the chip removed in opening the gall,
fastened it securely, put it in a tray, covered the tray with a close-
fitting glass plate, set it in a South window where it was exposed
to sunshine in a warm room. Next day there appeared a white
cocoon on the smooth inner edge of the rim of the tray. It had
been spun during the night ; a beautiful cocoon, close-woven to fit
the body of the larva on the inside, overspread with a dainty outer
covering, raised in parallel ridges of exquisite weaving.

This pearly white, finely wrought, ribbed cocoon cover gave the
first hint as to the systematic position of the species. ' Well-known
apple pests of the genus Bucculatrix make similar ribbed cocoons.
This specimen, however, I was unable to rear. The ants got it ;
little yellow ants so small that they could go through a needle’s
eye in double columns ; and there ended that season.

I returned to Sarasota in January 1946 to finish the job. Other
enemies than ants had plagued my rearing jars during two pre-
ceding winter seasons, two kinds that were much harder to deal
with than ants. Mordellid beetle larvae and mites were thwart-
ing my attempts at rearing the gallmaker; and I had first to
study their habits.

Mordellid beetle larvae are well-known pith borers; generally
accounted herbivorous, but hitherto only vaguely suspected to be
partly carnivorous in their feeding habits. They are regular
residents in the stems of this species of Helianthus. Hardly a
stalk in a whole field was without their burrows, running up and
down through the pith. The burrows vary greatly in diameter
as the larvae do in size.

Larvae may be found by chipping off a bit of the stem wall, but
when so exposed, they make haste to get under the next chip.
One of them may be chased to the end of its burrow by removing
successive chips.

The form of the larva is roughly cylindric, with great humps
upon the back of several abdominal segments that look and func-
tion like prolegs. Travel up or down the burrow is done by
pushing or pulling one end of the body forward while holding
fast with the other.

The larva is superbly fitted for its tube-dwelling life, and un-

Mar., 1948]

Needham: Gall Maker

fitted for any other. Dumped out of its burrow and lying on
a plane surface, it is helpless. It can only lie on its side and
squirm and roll over. Other animals have been termed “side
winders” but this one surely best deserves that name. The
manner in which it uses its locomotor appendages may be seen
in detail by putting an uninjured larva in a glass tube of proper
diameter of bore (methods used by Anna May French in studying
the larva of Mordellistina nigricans Melsh. : see Psyche, 44 : 34,
1933).

In November and early December, when nearly every gall con-
tains a living larva of the gall-maker and while the Helianthus
stems are still green, the beetle larvae are to be found in the pith
below the galls. Later the beetle larvae extend their burrows up-
ward and enter the galls. They pass by the frass-filled conical
pit at the center of the gall base. They seek out the softer paren-
chyma of the middle layer of the side wall and often burrow
through it and beyond it before penetrating the inner brittle
layer that is the gall-maker’s last wall of defense. There is abun-
dant evidence that they enter and kill the moth larva.

A sample count of the contents of 80 galls, collected near Wood-
mere on February 19, 1946, will show this. Inside 80 of these
apparently normal galls were found :

20 living bucculatricid larvae, with no signs of mordellids
present.

11 dead bucculatricid larvae.

30 empty, with conecting mordellid burrows.

8 living mordellid larvae with dead bucculatricid larvae
alongside them.

1 living mordellid pupa.

10 aborted galls, with bulging inner-gall tissues and no
larvae of either species present.

Often, in an empty gall with a connecting mordellid burrow,
there would be a little tuft of hard fibro-vascular bundles of
Helianthus, lying loose in the bottom of the gall. I guess that
these were from the gall wall (for they seemed to be of special
hardness), and were stripped of their surrounding softer pith
cells by the entering larva and pushed inside.

Probably the predator leaves by the way it enters, and goes

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVI

back down the stem to pupate, for mordellid pupae generally were
found in burrows lower down on the stems, often near the ground
level.

The mites ( Pediculoides ventricosus Newport) are even more
destructive. They follow the mordellids in season, and seem to
be more or less dependent on the beetle larvae for gaining access
to the tightly closed galls. I found mites only in galls that had
an opening to the outside.

After slicing the side of a gall off smoothly and finding a
healthy moth larva inside, I tried many times by various means
to fasten the piece back in place securely, but never succeeded
in keeping the mites out. I lost every one. Sometimes when
finally re-examined there would be only a few mites present, some-
times scores of them. But even if only one or two, the moth
larva would be dead or dying. It probably exhausts its store of
energy by continuous repetition of its extremely vigorous avoid-
ance reaction. Where touched ever so lightly it lashes its body
and springs away.

These very little 8-legged mites (about length 0.5 mm.) are
well-known enemies of various lepidopterous larvae. When a
mite begins sucking up the juices of the moth larva, its abdomen
quickly swells up to spherical form, and takes on a shining honey-
yellow color. With its abdomen swollen to full rotundity, it
presents a miniature parallel, in appearance, to the storage-indi-
vidual honey-ant of Texas. With many mites sucking together,
the moth larva quickly shrivels to an empty, crumpled skin.

I finally succeeded in rearing a series of the bucculatricid moths
by collecting selectively in the field several hundred apparently
sound galls, cutting off the stem close to the gall and examining
the cut end to see that no mordellid burrow had penetrated it.
Then I divided the sound galls into lots, and put them in ant-
proof cages. I placed some outdoors, one exposed to rain and
sun, one under shelter and one in the shade ; kept some indoors,
in cool rooms and warm, in moist air and in dry. I soon saw that
the larvae in several of the cages were coming out to spin, and
before the first of March, when I had to leave Sarasota, moths
had emerged in all the cages.

The larvae spurned every sort of pupation shelter that I offered

Mar., 1948]

Needham: Gall Maker

them, and came out into the open and settled down in the most
exposed places available. Each larva spun for itself the ribbed,
silken coverlet and then the tight-fitting cocoon closely wrapped
around its body underneath.

OTHER INHABITANTS OF THE GALLS : INQUILINES, ETC.

There is a little moth larva that lives in a burrow of its own
in the softer middle tissue of the wall of the gall. This larva is
less than half an inch long, of the ordinary lepidopterous form
(with setae and prolegs) ; pale yellowish, with a mid-dorsal line
of red, and a row of diffuse reddish spots along each side on the
lateral prominences of the segments. I did not rear it. Only
two specimens were encountered and both were damaged in open-
ing the galls. The burrows entered from pith below the gall,
and this species is probably to be ranked as a stem borer.

Hippopsis lemniscata (F.). A small collection of galls with
stems attached yielded (on dissection) a score or more of larvae
of this curious little cerambycid (long-horn) beetle. Some of
these came from the softer tissues in the walls of the galls.

Toxotropis swbmetallicus Schaeffer. Of this small fungus
weevil (Curculionidae) hitherto reported from Texas and known
also (to Dr. Henry Dietrich) from Mississippi, many specimens
emerged in one of my rearing jars. Aborted galls often contain
growths of fungi, and this beetle may have developed in these.

A minute tenebrionid (darkling beetle) larva occurred spar-
ingly in the pith of both stem and gall. Mr. R. A. St. George
reported on it as being “close to Apkanotus.” It has a very
slender, strictly cylindric body, smooth on the surface, like a
“wireworm,” with a pair of sharp upcurving hooks on the tip
of its tail end.

Ormiscus sp.f A single larva of this genus (family Anthri-
bidae) was found in dissecting a gall; the genus, reported here-
tofore as “removed from dead twigs.”

Schizoprynus sp.f This braconid parasite emerged in one of
my rearing jars on April 21, 1945, among the late emergences
from that jar. When sent to Dr. C. F. W. Muesebeck, he re-
ported the above name, and commented : ‘ ‘ This genus is wholly
unworked. Specific distinctions . have not been established.

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVI

Therefore we have as yet no basis for specific identification. ’ ’
I can make no suggestion as to whether the Bucculatricid larva
or some other resident species is its host.

Such is the gall that set my knife to whittling, and such the
moth that causes the gall to grow, and to provide shelter for its
own curious larvae and for other insects besides: for its pith-
dwelling mordellid neighbors, that come up the stalk from below
and become its ememies; for hordes of devastating mites, seek-
ing entrance at every crevice; for the guests that take up their
abode in the outer wall of the gall and live apart; and for at
least one species of parasite.

Not least in interest concerning this little tatterdemalion moth
is its way of entering upon the pupal stage. As a larva it has
lived secure inside the gall with all its wants supplied. And in
form it has departed far from the ancestral pattern. It must
get back on the beaten track. Before it can enter the pupal stage
it must regain caterpillar form and functions. This requires a
making-over into the normal, with a restoration of jaws for hard
chewing and silk for spinning during a non-feeding stage. This
is hypermetamorphosis : an added change of form. There is no
other way it can become a pupa and then a moth than the old way
by which ancestral moths developed. Herein appears the force
and the meaning of biological tradition.

And when this restoration of form and of primeval powers has
been accomplished, the larva builds its pupal shelter out of gos-
samer threads of pearly whiteness, weaving its coverlet with
marvelous artistry.

Mar., 1948]

McDunnough: Apamea

A NEW CALIFORNIAN APAMEA (LEPIDOPTERA,
PHALiENIDiE)

By J. McDunnough

Recently an old friend, Mr. J. E. Cottle, sent in for identifica-
tion a pair of moths taken at Arrowhead Lake, San Bernardino
Co., California. These proved to belong to the genus Apamea,
the species being apparently undescribed. It is with much
pleasure that this new species is dedicated to Mr. Cottle and
described as follows :

Apamea cottlei, new species

Male antennae finely ciliate. Palpi upturned, deep purplish, red with
tinges of pale yellowish at apex of joint II. Anterior portion of the
front deep purplish red, the vertex and section adjacent to the antennae
pale yellowish. Basal half of collar pale yellowish, apical half, as well
as the entire thorax, deep purplish red. Primaries rather evenly deep
purplish red overlying and almost obscuring a pale ochreous ground
color which is best evident in the filling between the geminate crosslines.
Maculation much as in other species of Apamea. There is an obscure
purplish patch at base of wing. The t. a. line is widely geminate, the
lines being deep purplish red with the filling of the pale ochreous ground
color ; there is a sharp outward angle below the cubital vein and a
shorter inward angle on vein I. A rather obscure dark median line
runs from middle of costa to below the reniform, then forms a right-
angle running inwardly oblique and close to t. p. line to inner margin
beyond middle. Orbicular fairly distinct, small, circular, yellowish, ringed
with purplish red. Reniform kidney-shaped, yellowish, obscured by a
brownish shade which leaves a yellow central lunule and a band of the
same color along the outer margin, the whole outlined in deep purplish
red. T. p. line broadly geminate, the lines deep purplish, the inner
being lightly dentate on the veins, the filling of the pale ground color;
this line is bowed gently outwards between costa and vein 3. Veins in
terminal area marked in deep purplish. Some yellowish shading mixed
with purplish along outer margin. Apex of wing slightly paler than
remainder of terminal area. A brownish terminal line and fringes deep
purplish with a fine paler line at base. Secondaries pale yellowish,
lightly sprinkled with purplish red outwardly, more so in the female
than the male. Fringes light purplish with a pale yellowish line at base.
Beneath light ochreous with purplish sprinkled in the costal area of both

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVI

wings. Fringes of primaries deep purplish, of secondaries considerably
paler. Expanse 30 mm.

Holotype, $ and allotype, J, Arrowhead Lake, San Bernardino
Co., California, July 10, 1941 (J. B. Cottle). The holotype,
through the courtesy of Mr. Cottle, in the collection of The Amer-
ican Museum of Natural History, the allotype in Mr. Cottle’s
collection.

Figure 1. Eight clasper of male genitalia of Apamea cottlei.

The male genitalia are very similar to those of pacified Smith ;
the long spined clavus is thinner and less outcurved apically, and
the small adjacent spine on the dorsal margin of the sacculus is
more pronounced. The harpe is more sinuate and terminates in
a single sharp upeurved point, not bifid as in pacified. The
cueullus is rather chunkier with more rounded apical margin.
In the apical cluster of cornuti in the aedeagus the two cornuti
closest to apex are much longer than the others and also than the
corresponding ones in pacified.

Mar., 1948]

Pickford: Water Beetle

DERALLUS ALTUS (LECONTE), A SOUTHERN
WATER BEETLE, IN NEW JERSEY

By Grace E. Pickford

Osborn Zoological Laboratory and Bingham Oceanographic Labo-
ratory, Yale University

Among a small collection of water beetles from southern New
Jersey, the author discovered a little, somewhat compressed,
black, striate hydrophilid of unfamiliar appearance. A spec-
imen was sent to Mr. K. P. Chamberlain who identified the
species as Derallus altus (LeConte), a supposedly rare and, up
to the present, little known southern form. Mr. Chamberlain
pointed out that this discovery provides an interesting addition
to our knowledge of southern elements in the New Jersey fauna
and, at his suggestion, the following note has been prepared
for publication.

The locality from which the specimens were taken is situated
at the head of Magnolia Lake, Cape May County, N. J., at a
place where a dirt road crosses the inflowing stream. It is not
an entirely natural habitat since Magnolia Lake is itself the
result of an artificial damming of Mill Creek, and moreover
the grassy bank of the road, sloping down to the stream on
the side opposite the lake, is obviously in part the result of
human construction. D. altus was taken among debris obtained
by stomping up the submerged grass roots and marginal vege-
tation of the stream bank in this place. It was not found
among the reed beds, water lilies, or other aquatic vegetation
bordering the open water. Five specimens were taken on
August 17, 1947, by the author. Five more were taken on Sep-
tember 13, by Prof. A. Petrunkevitch and Mr. W. D. Hartman,
who revisited the locality at my request, and to whom my
best thanks are due.

Within the continental limits of the United States previous
records of this species are confined to the south-east. LeConte
(1855) recorded the original specimens from New Orleans and
the species was redescribed by Horn (1873). Louisiana is the

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVI

only record mentioned in Leng’s Catalogue, or its supplements
to date. Nevertheless D. altus was collected by Blatchley (1919)
in Florida and, more recently, it has been taken by Loding
(1945) in Alabama. I am indebted to Dr. F. N. Young, of
the University of Florida, for calling my attention to the last
mentioned record. Dr. Young informs me that he has taken
this species from a number of localities in Florida and expects
to publish the full records shortly. In regard to the habits
of this species he states (in lift.) : “My collecting notes indicate
that the species is fairly abundant at times, but usually rather
local. I think one reason for its rarity in collections may be
due to its secretive habits. It does not appear to be strictly
coastal, nor highly seasonal.”

Outside of the United States, d’Orchymont (1943) has
recorded the occurrence of D. altus in the Brasilian provinces
of Pernambuco, Ceara and Piauhy, collected by Dr. 0. Schubart,
and notes that it also occurs on the island of Guadeloupe.
According to d’Orchymont it is found chiefly in quiet water.
J. Balfour-Browne informs me (in litt.) that he has seen
specimens from Argentina and Bolivia, in addition to the
Brasilian specimens in the British Museum. I am greatly
indebted to him for permission to include this interesting exten-
sion to our knowledge of the southern range of the species.
New Jersey thus appears to be the northern limit for a species
of rather wide, and possibly even of peregrine, neotropical
distribution.

References

Blatchley, W. S. 1919. Insects of Florida. Y a. Supplementary notes
on the water beetles. Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., 41 : 320.

Horn, G. H. 1873. Revision of the genera and species of the tribe
Hydrobiini. Proc. Am. Phil. Soc., 90:124.

LeConte, J. L. 1855. Synopsis of the Hydrophilidse of the United States.

Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 7 : 366.

Loding, H. P. 1945. Catalogue of the beetles of Alabama. Geol. Surv.
Alabama, Monogr. 11 : 30.

Orchymont, A. d\ 1943. Faune du nord-est Bresilien (Recoltes du
Dr. O. Schubert). Palpicornia. Mem. Mus. R. d’hist. Nat. Belg.,
ser. 2, 28: 76-78.

Mar., 1948]

Rawson: Lyc^nid^e

A NEW SUBSPECIES OF LYCiENA EPIXANTHE
BOISDUVAL & LECONTE WITH COMMENTS
ON THE IDENTITY OF TYPICAL EPIX-
ANTHE (LEPIDOPTERA,

LYCiENIDiE)

By George W. Rawbon
Summit, N. J.

Type material of Lyccena epixanthe (Boisduval and LeConte)
(1) exists in the form of two female specimens (cotypes) which
were formerly in the Oberthiir collection, later acquired by Dr.
Wm. Barnes, and now in the United States National Museum in
Washington, D. C. (For more detailed information about these
specimens, see Barnes and Benjamin (2), Doubleday (3), and
Kirby (4).) Both cotypes are labeled under the Boisduval
manuscript name as “ Chrysoph. hypoxanthe ( epixanthe ) Type/’
but no data as to the date of capture or the locality are attached.
In their original description, the authors mention New Harmony,
Indiana as the type locality of epixanthe. However, some error
must have occurred because a number of circumstances strongly
suggest that the cotypes were not taken at New Harmony in the
extreme southwestern portion of Indiana, but probably some-
where along the eastern seaboard — quite likely in the State of
New Jersey. I have carefully examined large series of epixanthe
from most of the territory where the species is known to range
and it would appear that aside from the northern subspecies
L. e. amicetus (Scudder) ( phoedrus Hall), intermediate forms,
and a new mideastern subspecies about to be described, the east-
ern race (represented by the form occupying the southeastern
extent of the range, namely, southern New England, lower New
York and New Jersey) is recognizably distinct, chiefly by having
a shade of straw yellow as the ground color of the under surface
of the wings. It is advisable to mention here that a number of
authors have described epixanthe as having the ground color of
the under surface of the wings “various shades of grey,” appar-
ently overlooking the fact that Boisduval and LeConte’s original

Journal. New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVI

description calls for “whitish-yellow” (“Le dessons des ailes est
d’un jaune blanchatre”) (5). Furthermore, the under surface
of the figure of epixanthe illustrated in Boisduval and LeConte’s
original description (fig. 5, pi. 38) is definitely yellowish and not
grey or white. It is therefore difficult to understand what vari-
ous writers had in mind when describing epixanthe as greyish
below. Could it be that they based their description on faded
specimens, the occasional lighter colored (albinic) aberrational
form of the eastern race or the midwestern subspecies? This
should be taken into consideration; otherwise, it may lead to a
great deal of confusion in regard to the type of epixanthe or to
the taxonomy of the species. It should be mentioned that in
isolated cold bogs in some sections of the eastern states, minor
local races differ slightly from what may be considered as the
normal eastern subspecies. Specimens from the Passadumkeag
Bog in Maine presented to me a number of years ago by Mr. L.
Paul Grey of Lincoln, Maine, appear to be intermediate between
L. e. amicetus (Scudder) and the new midwestern subspecies;
that is, the under surface of the secondaries is grey and the dark
brown maculations are very much reduced in size. Furthermore,
these particular specimens are smaller than typical epixanthe.
The occurrence of minor, local or ecological races is what might
be expected of a butterfly with decidedly local habits after be-
coming isolated from the main stem or population, during the
course of perhaps thousands of years. Minor or local races may
be insignificant taxonomically, although they may be of decided
interest to the students of Ecology, Genetics or Evolution. A
great deal more study is necessary before the status of the races
of epixanthe is clearly understood, but for the present, I believe
that the species is represented by at least three recognizably dis-
tinct subspecies; namely, amicetus (Scudder) in the extreme
north (Newfoundland and Nova Scotia), epixanthe (B. & L.)
(subject to further study and possible division) in the eastern
states as far south as southeastern New Jersey, and a midwestern
subspecies, described below, occurring in Wisconsin, Michigan,
possibly northern Indiana and perhaps other adjacent states.

The evidence which indicates that the authors of epixanthe
were probably in error as to the type locality, New Harmony,

Mar., 1948]

Kawson: Lycl33Nid^

Indiana, is as follows : If Boisduval and LeConte’s type was taken
in New Harmony, it is logical to assume that it should correspond
with the midwestern race. But in comparing the cotypes in the
United States National Museum with specimens of typical eastern
and midwestern material, it can be clearly seen that these cotypes
are close to or identical with the eastern subspecies. For in-
stance, one of the cotypes has the under surface of the wings
“straw color” while the other is somewhat lighter in shade but
yellow enough to be recognized as belonging to the eastern sub-
species. They resemble particularly specimens from the south-
ern portion of the range, namely, southern New York and New
Jersey.

After corresponding with Indiana lepidopterists, I cannot find
any evidence that epixanthe has ever been taken in the vicinity
of New Harmony, or in fact, in the State of Indiana except in
Lake County which is approximately 250 miles north of New
Harmony. Blatchley (6) in 1892, recorded epixanthe as occur-
ring in Indiana (Lake County) in July and August and the most
recent list of Indiana butterflies by Montgomery (7) repeats
Blatchley ’s record without adding any new ones. Blatchley ’s
specimens do not appear to be available for study which is unfor-
tunate since they would undoubtedly correspond with the mid-
western subspecies judging by the geographical position of Lake
County, Indiana.

A report kindly sent by Professor B. Elwood Montgomery of
Purdue University (July 3, 1947), states that he could find no
evidence of either Lyccena epixanthe or its food plant (cran-
berry) while on a collecting trip of several days in South-central
Indiana from J efferson to Orange Counties.

Information which I have been able to obtain from botanists
also suggest that Boisduval and LeConte’s cotypes were not taken
in the neighborhood of New Harmony, Indiana, because there are
no records of the food plant of the species; namely, cranberry
( V actinium, macrocarpon Ait. or V. oxy coccus L.) occurring in
Indiana nearer to New Harmony than Delaware County. Dr.
Charles E. Olmstead, Associate Professor, Department of Botany,
University of Chicago, advises me that so far as he knows V.
oxycoccus is entirely northern in its distribution, occurring only
in the northern counties of Indiana, Ohio and further northward.

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVI

In “Shrubs in Indiana,” Dean lists cranberry as being confined
to northern Indiana. It is, of course, possible that plants other
than cranberry may be used by epixanthe larvae as a food plant.
However, this is not very likely because no lepidopterist to my
knowledge has reported finding the larvae of epixanthe feeding
on other than cranberry plants or the imagoes inhabiting other
than cranberry bogs. According to Scudder (8), “epixanthe
occurs only in cranberry bogs where it flies near the ground and
frequently rests on cranberry and sumac bushes.” Cook and
Watson (9) also describe the food plant as cranberry. Judging
by the evidence presented above, it would appear very improb-
able that Boisduval received the specimens of epixanthe on which
he founded the type from New Harmony. As to why such a
possible error was made, there does not seem to be any satis-
factory explanation. However, a note received from Mr. Wm.
D. Field, of the United States National Museum, Washington,
D. C., offers a plausible explanation. With Mr. Field's permis-
sion, I am publishing his note as follows :

The only entomologist known to have lived and collected at New Harmony,
Indiana, prior to 1833, was Thomas Say. This gentleman was one of the
original founders of the community in 1825. Prior to 1825, Say’s home was
in Philadelphia and he collected a great deal around this area as well as in
New Jersey forming quite a large collection of insects. This collection he
took with him to New Harmony. I suggest that it is quite possible that
Boisduval received epixanthe from Say. This material was probably un-
labeled and Boisduval assumed they were taken at New Harmony — the ad-
dress of his correspondent at that time. I can find no evidence in Boisduval ’s
or Say’s writings that they did correspond or exchange or that Say sold or
gave Boisduval any material. Say did write to numerous important ento-
mologists of the period. Major John LeConte (Boisduval ’s American col-
laborator) may have been the person who received epixanthe from Say and
the latter sent the specimens to Boisduval. If all this were true, then the
real type locality would probably be somewhere in New Jersey or the environs
of Philadelphia. It is recorded that Say collected in and around Great Egg
Harbor, New Jersey (see pages 109-110 of “Thomas Say, Early American
Naturalist,” by Harry B. Weiss and Grace M. Ziegler, 1931).

Apparently no lectotype has been selected from the cotypes in
the National Museum. Therefore, the female specimen labeled
“ Chrysoph. hypoxanthe Bdv. (epixanthe) Type,” showing the
least yellow on the tinder surface of the wings has been selected
and labeled “lectotype.” The other female specimen automati-

Mar., 1948]

Rawson: Lyc^nid.®

cally becomes a paratype. Furthermore, I have added to the
United States National Museum collection, a small series of
Lyccena epixanthe, comprising five J'J' and four 52 as represent-
ing the eastern subspecies because they correspond with the Bois-
duval and LeConte type material. These specimens were all
taken July 6, 1947 in a cranberry marsh near Lakehurst, New
Jersey. As we are not sure of the actual type locality of Bois-
duval and LeConte’s type, this small series will serve as a cri-
terion or basis of comparison by representing the eastern sub-
species. Each one has been labeled, “homotype.”

A new subspecies of Lyccena epixanthe (Boisduval and Le-
conte) from Michigan and Wisconsin is described as follows :

Lycaena epixanthe michiganensis, new subspecies

Eolotype, Proud Lake, Oakland County, Michigan, July 1, 1945.

Collector: George W. Rawson.

Pull expanse: 22.5 mm.

Description of upper surface :

Forewings : Similar to or identical with eastern epixanthe (as represented by
Boisduval and LeConte’s cotypical material in the United States National
Museum, Washington, D. C.)

Hindwings : Similar to typical epixanthe except that the submarginal band or
chain of orange-red lunules extends about two-thirds the length of the sub-
marginal border. In the majority of specimens of the eastern subspecies
the lunules extend along about one-half the length of the submarginal border.
Under surface :

Forewings : The ground color, greyish-yellow, is paler than in the eastern
subspecies of epixanthe, the maculations standing out in bolder contrast
against the lighter background. The black maculations running parallel
with the outer border are narrowly margined with reddish-brown outwardly.
Hindwings : Ground color light grey, somewhat pearly or with a trace or
suggestion of light blue when seen by reflected light. This is the chief or
distinctive feature of this subspecies. The blackish maculations on the under
surface of the secondaries are quite distinct and somewhat larger than in
average specimens of the eastern subspecies. The band of orange-red lunules
occurring on the lower surface is similar to that above although it does not
extend quite as far towards the coastal margin. The lunules are also of
somewhat brighter hue than in the eastern subspecies.

Allotype, Proud Lake, Oakland County, Michigan, July 5,
1944.

Collector: John H. Newman.

Full expanse : 25.5 mm.

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVI

Description of upper surface: Similar to the eastern subspecies on the
upper surface of both the primaries and secondaries except the maculations
are a trifle longer and broader. The band or chain of orange-red lunules
extends about one-half the length of the submarginal border.

On the under surface, the orange-red lunules of the secondaries are about
the same as on the upper surface and the ground color and the maculations
are practically the same as described for the holotype. As in the case of the
holotype, the pearly-grey ground color is the chief feature which distinguishes
this new subspecies from the eastern race. Both the holotype and allotype
have been deposited in the United States National Museum, Washington,
D. C.

Paratypes:

Thirty-two specimens have been designated as paratypes and so
labeled. Of these, eleven males and one female taken July 1-4:,
1944-45, Oakland County, Michigan, are in the possession of Mr.
John H. Newman, South Lyons, Michigan. A male specimen
taken July 4, 1947 at the same place has also been added. Five
males and one female taken in Washburn County, Wisconsin,
July 20, 1946, and one female same locality, July 18, 1944 by Mr.
Edward S. Thomas, Curator of Natural History, Ohio State Mu-
seum, Columbus, Ohio, are in the collection of the latter institu-
tion. Ten males and one female taken July 1-6, 1944-45 in Oak-
land County, Michigan are in my possession. Another female
specimen (used for genitalic study) is in the collection of Mr.
C. F. dos Passos, Mendham, New Jersey. Mr. Newman or I will
make arrangements to have a few paratypes, or at least topo-
typical material deposited in the collections of the Museum of
Zoology, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, the American Mu-
seum of Natural History, New York City and in other insti-
tutions.

So far as the distribution of Lyccena epixamthe michiganensis
is concerned, very little is yet known. We do know that this sub-
species occurs in Washburn County, Wisconsin, and in Oakland
County, Michigan, as well as in five other counties in Michigan
according to Moore (10), namely, Alger, July 25, Chippewa,
July, Dickinson, July 10- August 18, Keweenaw (Isle Royal) and
Schoolcraft, August 21. Macy and Shepard’s (11) reference to
epixanthe as occurring in Minnesota and Kansas undoubtedly ap-
plies to the subspecies, michiganensis. Intensive search for the

Mar., 1948]

RawsoN: Lyc^nid.®

species by Edward S. and John S. Thomas in the few cranberry
bogs which remain in Ohio has so far proved unsuccessful.

It may be of interest to mention that so far as we have ob-
served there appears to be no tendency towards noticeable vari-
ation in this new subspecies; in fact, it seems to be very stable
and uniform. However, a comparatively small number of speci-
mens have been collected and it is of course, possible that variants
or aberrations may be found when a sufficient number of speci-
mens have been obtained. Pale atypical or aberrant specimens
of epixanthe are occasionally found in colonies associated with the
typical eastern form. These closely resemble the new subspecies
michiganensis in lacking the straw yellow-colored under surface
of the wings. The principal difference is that the band of orange-
red lunules on the under surface of the hind wings is not so ex-
tensive or so brightly colored as in L. e. michiganensis.

The total width or expansion of thirty paratypes are as follows :

Minimum Maximum Average

27 males 23 mm. 26 mm. 24.0 mm.

3 females I 25 “ 26 “ 25.6 ‘ ‘

Acknowledgements

I wish to express my thanks for advice and assistance to Mr.
Wm. P. Comstock and Dr. Chas. D. Michener of the American
Museum of Natural History, New York, Mr. Wm. D. Field of the
National Museum, Washington, D. C., Professor W. T. M. Forbes
of Cornell University, Professor B. Elwood Montgomery of Pur-
due University, Mr. Cyril F. dos Passos, Mendham, N. J., Mr.
Edward S. Thomas, Ohio State Museum, Mr. W. S. Me Alpine of
Birmingham, Michigan, Mr. John H. Newman, South Lyons,
Michigan and to others whose names may have been inadvertently
omitted but whose assistance or cooperation is nevertheless ac-
knowledged and appreciated.

Note :

Slides of the male genitalia of amicetus , eastern epixanthe and
the new subspecies michiganensis have been prepared by Mr.
Cyril F. dos Passos with the following comments : “There appears
to be no substantial differences between amicetus (Scudder) and

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVI

your subspecies, except that the former is somewhat smaller.
However, both seem to differ from eastern epixanthe in that the
latter appears to have larger labides, especially the distal section
thereof. Further dissections should be made to ascertain if this
is due to a distortion in my mount or whether the particular
specimen dissected is somewhat aberrant.’ ’

References

1. Boisduval and LeConte. 1833. Histoire Generale et Iconographic

des Lepidopteres et des Chenilles de l’Ameriqiie Septentrionale.

2. Barnes, Wm., and Benjamin, F. H. 1926. Notes on diurnal Lepi-

doptera with additions and corrections to the recent 1 1 List of
Diurnal Lepidoptera ’ ’ Bull. Southern California Academy of
Sciences, Vol. 25 pp. 95-96.

3. Doubleday. 1847, List Lep. B. M., 11, 54, Polymmatus.

4. Kirby. 1862. Man. Europ., Butterflies, p. 91f. 11, Chrysophanus.

. 1871. Syn. Cat. Diur. Lep., p. 343. Lyccena.

. Europ, Butterflies & Moths, p. 54 (?), dorilis, Lyccena.

5. Boisduval and LeConte. 1833. Ibid.

6. Blatchley, W. S. 1892. A catalog of the butterflies known to occur

in Indiana. Ann. Rep. Ind. St. Geol., Vol. 17, pp. 365-408.

7. Montgomery, Robert W. 1931. Preliminary List of the butterflies

of Indiana. Proc. Ind. Acad. Sci, Vol. 40 i p. 351-355 (1930).

8. Scudder. 1889. Butterflies of the Eastern U. S. and Canada, Vol. 2

pp. 985-90.

9. Cook and Watson. 1908. Canadian Entomologist, Vol. 40, pp. 85-88.

10. Moore, Sherman. 1939. “A list of the butterflies of Michigan.’ ’

Occasional Papers of the Museum of Zoology, No. 411 Oct. 15,
University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, University Press.

11. Macy, R. W., and Shepard, II. H. 1941. “Butterflies,” p. 167,

University of Minnesota Press, Minneapolis, Minn.

Mar., 1948]

Hagan; Viviparity

A BRIEF ANALYSIS OF VIVIPARITY IN INSECTS

By Harold R. Hagan

The City College, College of the City of New York

Viviparity may be defined as the birth of offspring without an
enveloping egg shell. By way of contrast, oviparity means the
extrusion of eggs or offspring that are surrounded at birth with
such a membrane. To speak of the first case as the deposition
of living young and to say that eggs are laid in the second are
frequently misleading and erroneous statements which appear in
the literature. Birth products are usually living offspring in
more or less advanced stages of development. Only deposited
eggs that require subsequent fertilization contain no living off-
spring.

Every known variation in the production of the next genera-
tion may be found. There are parthenogenetic eggs requiring no
male contribution, inseminated eggs in which the culminating act
of fertilization is still to ensue after deposition, and extruded,
fertilized eggs in the zygotic stage. Eggs are also laid that may
contain embryos of any developmental age, even eggs with fully
grown embryos ready to fend for themselves immediately upon
extrusion and, finally, insects give birth to living offspring which
have hatched from the egg within the mother’s body, or the eggs
may never have been initially provided with a shell. All these
may be cited as examples of reproductive processes in insects. It
is with the last phenomenon that we are now concerned, and even
viviparous reproduction shows several variations in its expression.

A few years ago, the writer undertook a study of the reported
methods of viviparous reproduction in the hope of discovering
some underlying factor, or factors, common to all of them. The
study revealed, first, that a surprisingly large number of orders
possess at least some viviparous species ; second, despite profound
differences in viviparous reproduction, each species conforms to
one of four general patterns, or types, in the reproductive proc-
ess; third, the taxonomic relationship between orders gives no
clue to the viviparous reproductive pattern followed by their

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVI

species; fourth, related families within an order may possess
species differing from one another as greatly as may the orders
with respect to their viviparous patterns. From these facts we
can, perhaps, conclude that viviparity has arisen independently
several times without regard to the length of the evolutionary
history of the species concerned.

It should at once be evident that viviparity makes necessary
special cooperative adjustments on the part of both mother and
offspring beyond the comparatively simple demands of oviparity.
The viviparous types and some of the modifications required of
parent and offspring may now be reviewed.

1. 0 vo viviparity is that type in which the egg contains suffi-
cient yolk to nourish the embryo till hatching occurs and the off-
spring is deposited. This is by far the most commonly encoun-
tered kind of viviparity, occurring, or said to occur, in Thysan-
optera, Blattodea, Anoplura, Plectoptera, Homoptera, Lepidop-
tera, Coleoptera, Hymenoptera and many Diptera, especially in
the families Sarcophagidae, Tachinidae and Anthomyidae.

In ovoviviparity the maternal uterus is often greatly enlarged
in saccular form or as an elongate, spirally-twisted, wide tube.
The chorion, or egg-shell, is frequently reduced to a thin, deli-
cate, elastic membrane. Maternal physiological processes are
altered to limit ovulation to a single egg or a few eggs at a time
over a prolonged reproductive life. Her nervous system is ad-
justed for the retention of eggs till hatching is accomplished
rather than to deposit them at once after the manner of oviparous
species.

The offspring that hatches from the egg must escape from the
shell in the maternal uterus. This process is quite different from
rupturing the dry and brittle chorion of a deposited egg with an
abundance of room. The larva also must have undergone physio-
logical changes, too, for it does not attack the maternal tissues
but, upon deposition, will readily and immediately feed on the
tissues of its host if it happens to belong to a predatory or para-
sitic species.

2. Adenotrophic viviparity includes those insects whose re-
tained eggs contain sufficient yolk to nourish the embryo till
hatching occurs. After hatching, special maternal organs nour-

Mar., 1948]

Hagan: Viviparity

ish the offspring throughout larval life. All the pupipara (Hip-
poboscidse, Nycteribidse, Streblidse) and all species of the family
Glossinidse are of this type.

Females having this type of viviparity are physically and
physiologically limited to very few ovulations, perhaps ten or
fifteen, during their reproductive life. Further, the ovaries
alternate in the production of eggs so only one offspring at a
time is cared for by the mother. Accessory glands are altered to
function as nutrient organs, from which the larva derives its
sustenance till ready to pupate. The larva has lost most of its
ability to move, retaining only sufficient musculature to carry on
respiratory functions and, in the Glossinidae, to burrow in the
soil far enough to hide during the pupal stage.

3. Metagonadic viviparity is distinguished by the haemocoelous
development of the offspring for the ovaries do not discharge the
ova into genital ducts. Embryonic nutriment is derived from
maternal tissues by absorption through a trophamnion or a troph-
serosa. The developed larva often devours practically all of the
mother’s internal anatomy. Examples of this type of viviparity
occur in certain Diptera ( Miastor , etc.) and all species of
Strepsiptera.

Diptera with metagonadic viviparity exhibit parthenogenesis
in their viviparous phase although functional males appear sea-
sonally and the species then becomes oviparous for a generation.
The embryo absorbs nutriment from the surrounding maternal
tissues. The larva becomes a parasite and, contrary to the larva
of ovoviviparous species, immediately acts as a predator within
its mother. It devours her internal organs and must eventually
cut its own opening in the mother’s body wall in order to escape.
Strepsipterous females never develop into the adult form typical
of most insects but remain larva-like in appearance. The repro-
ductive organs have disappeared except for the ovaries which
cast their ova into the haemocoelar space where they lodge in the
vicinity of the lobes of the fat body. This tissue is absorbed by
the embryo. When the larva is ready to emerge from the ma-
ternal body cavity it does so, not by way of reproductive ducts,
but through minute canals segmentally distributed along the
maternal abdomen.

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVI

4. Pseudoplacental viviparity includes insects whose embryos
within the genital tract obtain at least part of their nutriment
by means of a pseudoplacenta. In every instance of this type of
viviparity one notes that the offspring has succeeded in adapting
itself to uterine life by the utilization of accessory, extra-embry-
onic structures normally quite passive, so far as has been ascer-
tained in oviparous species, or it has recalled to active service
degenerating organs, thought to be no longer of critical impor-
tance, and has given them new functions never before assigned
to them. In the first case, the serosa or the amnion, or both, have
taken over the role of nutrition while in the second, the much-
discussed first abdominal appendages (pleuropodia) have as-
sumed this function. It is the sole type of reproduction in which
the embryo is more than a passive recipient of embryonic nutri-
tion. Insects possessing this type of viviparity are some Der-
maptera, Blattodea, Anoplura, Hemiptera and all Aphididse.

The maternal and larval adjustments to the viviparous con-
dition more nearly approach those recited for the ovoviviparous
type. The offspring are deposited at the same developmental
age in both types, corresponding to the freshly hatched embryo
of an oviparously produced insect. There is no retention in the
maternal body of later larval stages nor their oral nutrition as
was the case in adenotrophic and metagonadic types of viviparity.

From this review of the types of viviparity, we may now draw
a second conclusion, that is : the viviparous condition has devel-
oped in several instances to its present manifestations by different
evolutionary processes in closely related species. As two ex-
amples to illustrate the meaning of this conclusion it is sufficient
to recall that polyembryony appears in some Strepsiptera while
the majority lack this interpolation in their metagonadic repro-
duction. More conclusively, the Diptera have representative
species in three of the four types of viviparity.

As in the preceding discussion, we must content ourselves now
with a very brief consideration of the evolutionary significance
of the viviparous condition. Ovoviviparity may be considered
the most elementary type of viviparity and the one most easily
achieved. This type digresses least from the oviparous condition
and, indeed, some insects show it only infrequently and usually

Mar., 1948]

Hagan: Viviparity

are not viviparous in most of their reproductive activity. Others,
such as the examples furnished, are constantly ovoviviparous but
show relatively minor adjustments to viviparity in contrast to the
three remaining types. However, these three types can, con-
ceivably, be derived from ovoviviparity and it is possible they
have thus arisen. In the adenotrophic type, for example, evolu-
tionary progression has resulted, perhaps, from changes fore-
shadowed by a few extreme cases in ovoviviparity ( Mesembrina
meridians, Musca larvipara). Pseudoplacental viviparity, too,
may merely employ in a different way structures commonly
present in ovoviviparous species, while the gradual loss of the
reproductive ducts in the metagonadic type could be considered
a reduction of the parts originally present before evolution re-
moved them.

These statements would lead one to assume that oviparity pre-
ceded viviparity : this seems to be a sound conclusion. There is,
certainly, much evidence in favor of this position with none to
prove the reverse might be true. It is an evolutionary axiom
that lost parts are not regained. If viviparity arose from ovi-
parity then several absent parts in various viviparous species,
(seminal receptacles, chorion of the egg, oviducts and yolk) can
be explained away as evolutionary losses. It would certainly be
more difficult to account for their uniform appearance in ovi-
parous species as new developments from viviparous ancestors,
especially for those who also believe in the polyphyletic origin of
insects.

Finally, it would appear from a careful examination of the
maternal structures affected in the known ovoviviparous insects,
and in those that are occasionally ovoviviparous under certain
conditions, that viviparity is a potentially important reproduc-
tive process, destined to supplant oviparity in a vast number of
species. It entails some additional hardships on the mother but
is, in the long run, the more economical process of perpetuating
the species. With few exceptions viviparous species are numer-
ous, specialized and highly successful in survival values. A
population is maintained, not alone by the reproductive rate but
equally by its death rate. Viviparous insects possess a very re-
stricted biotic potential compared with related oviparous species

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol., LVI

but maternal care and protection, the lessened drain of yolk pro-
duction in bearing limited numbers of offspring, and the reduced
death rate of these offspring are essential savings that make it
appear that viviparity is a decidedly favorable survival factor
in hexapod life.

Mar., 1948]

Book Notice

BOOK NOTICE

A Generic and Subgeneric Synopsis of the United States Ants,
Based on the Workers (Hymenoptera : Formicidae) by
Marion R. Smith. The American Midland Naturalist , Vol.
37, pp. 521-647. May, 1947.

It is a peculiarity of the Formicidae, more markedly than of
any other of the social insects, that the sexual forms, the normally
alate males and females, are much rarer insects than the workers.
Not only are they rarer in numbers, but in the majority of cases
they are either much more narrowly seasonal in occurrence or
more retiring in habits so that they are much less often taken
by collectors. Thus the males in the majority of forms appear
in some abundance only during a period of a very few weeks, or
even less, during a season. The winged females appear above
ground only during this same short period. For the rest of the
year the dealate forms are widely scattered in their individual
colonies and are more or less inaccessible underground.

As a consequence, ants as a group are much better represented
in most collections by worker specimens than they are by the
sexual forms. This situation has posed very considerable practi-
cal obstacles to taxonomic workers in the field who do not have
constant access to the largest and most modern collections. The
difficulty has been much increased by the marked sexual dimorph-
ism characteristic of nearly all ants and by the further remark-
able morphological polymorphism characteristic of the female sex
among many of them. So pronounced are these differences
that workers and females, workers and males, and males and
females of the same species, when taken separately, have fre-
quently been described as entirely different forms, and in some
cases, as in the males of many Dorylines, have so remained in the
literature for many years before they were properly correlated.
In consequence of this situation, ants have presented a very dif-
ficult arena for the average taxonomist, and many entomologists
have been discouraged from entering the field who undoubtedly
would have done so if adequate keys to the Formicidae, based on
worker characters, had been available.

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVI

The present very complete and beautifully organized paper
supplies this need most admirably for the ants of the United
States. It will undoubtedly find a warm welcome among myr-
mecologists as the answer to a very long standing and imperative
demand which has never before been adequately met, and it
should result in turning the efforts of a number of entomologists
who have not hitherto concerned themselves with the Formicidae
into this field, where additional workers are badly needed.

There is probably no entomologist in the United States at pres-
ent so well qualified to undertake this task as Dr. Smith. For
thirty years he has been engaged in an intensive study of No^th
American Formicidae and for the last ten, in Washington, he has
had continuous and intimate contact with all of the material in
the Wheeler collections, in addition to the even more extensive
material in the Smithsonian Institution. His knowledge of
North American Formicidae is profound.

This paper is very complete. The descriptions are extensive
and the arrangement is such that any worker concerned with the
group, even if he is but a tyro in the field, can readily use them.
The plates are numerous and clear. The format is excellent and
the historical background of the subject is very completely
covered. Altogether, too much praise can hardly be given to this
complete, clear, thorough, and very much needed contribution to
myrmecological literature. — C. P. Haskins.

DECEASED

We regret to announce that Professor T. D. A. Cockerell, an
honorary member of the New York Entomological Society and
widely known for his entomological work, died at the age of 81
years on January 26, 1948, at San Diego, California, where he
and Mrs. Cockerell were, spending the winter. Several months
ago he suffered a stroke, but recovered sufficiently to resume work
on the bees of Honduras, when the end came. An extended ac-
count of Professor Cockerell will appear in the next issue of this
Journal.

Mar., 1948]

Proceedings of the Society

PROCEEDINGS OF THE NEW YORK
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Meeting of January 7, 1947

A regular meeting of the New York Entomological Society was held
January 7, 1947, in the American Museum of Natural History. President
Stanley W. Bromley was in the chair. Fourteen members and six guests
were present.

The Nominating Committee’s recommendation for the officers for 1947
were read by Mr. Teale as follows and all nominees were elected.

President Dr. Harold R. Hagan

Vice-President Dr. T. C. Schneirla

Secretary Prank A. Soraci

Assistant Secretary * Lina Sordillo

Treasurer Dr. James C. King

Assistant Treasurer Leonard J. Sanford

Editor Harry B. Weiss

Trustees: Dr. Harold R. Hagan

William P. Comstock
Dr. Stanley W. Bromley
Dr. T. C. Schneirla
E. I. Huntington «

Publication Committee: Harry B. Weiss

John D. Sherman
Dr. Charles D. Michener

Dr. Bromley then turned the meeting over to the new president, Dr.
Harold R. Hagan.

Dr. Stanley W. Bromley spoke on ‘ ‘ The Last Few Years ’ ’ (illustrated by
Kodachrome slides). His paper will be published in the Journal.

Lina Sordillo, Secretary

Meeting of January 21, 1947

A regular meeting of the New York Entomological Society was held
January 21, 1947, in the American Museum of Natural History.

In the absence of the President, Doctor Hagan, Dr. T. C. Schneirla, Vice-
President, was in the chair. Fifteen members and four guests were present.

Doctor Spieth, chairman of the Auditing Committee reported that the
books of the society were audited and found to be correct. The report was
accepted as read.

Doctor Schneirla appointed Dr. Charles D. Michener, Chairman of a Com-
mittee on the Zoological Record. As such, Dr. Michener is soliciting con-
tributions for that publication. He reported that he had collected about

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LYI

$85.00 for this purpose and that he is hopeful that additional funds might
be subscribed.

Mr. Albert Zerkowitz who was to speak on the topic “ Collecting Lepi-
doptera in Europe’ ’ was unable to attend and in his absence, Dr. Schneirla
presented a very interesting paper on 1 1 The Coming and Passing of Males
of the Genus Eciton,” an abstract of which follows.

Dr. Schneirla ’s remarks were confined mostly to the species hurchelli.
This is a species of raiding ant, colonies of which are regularly nomadic and
statary, raiding for 17 days, then statary for about 20 days. Doctor
Schneirla ’s observations were made on Barro Colorado Island during a four-
month period commencing February 7, 1946, in the dry season of 1946.
E. hurchelli is a “swarm” raider, the males of which appear specifically
confined to the dry season. As many as 21 colonies of E. hurchelli and 30
of E. hamatum were studied from mid February to late April. Conditions
are similar for the column-raiding species E. hamatum, except that in this
species the males appear about one month later than in E. hurchelli.

Doctor Schneirla observed that male eggs are laid by the one true queen
in each colony and that she lays at least 18,000 to 20,000 eggs during her
egg-laying period which occurs regularly every 35 days. It is believed that a
given colony has only one male brood per dry season. The eggs are laid dur-
ing the early statary period. At the time male eggs are laid, worker eggs are
not found in the colony. With regard to the behavior relations of the males
to the colony, it is believed that the workers are stimulated by the larvae
into raids. When the callow males (about 3,000) emerge from cocoons,
large daily raids and nightly nomadic movements of the colony begin. At
other times a similar behavior change occurs when callow workers (about
30,000) appear.

The alate males remain within the bivouac during the day. After dusk
they are seen aroujid the bivouac. Usually one or more workers cling to the
males as they run about in the bivouac vicinity. Some workers are actually
carried off in this manner. Each evening many of the alate males fly from
the colony, probably for a distance of more than two or three hundred yards.
They soon lose their wings and after about 21 days all are gone. It has
been observed that the males often respond to raiding trails of colonies
other than their own but it is thought that only a few might make their way
into their own or those of another colony.

In the discussion that followed his remarks, Doctor Schneirla spoke of
the abundance (number and species) of “ant birds” that followed the
swarm raiders, taking prey flushed by the ants, but apparently not feeding
on the ants themselves.

Frank A. Soraci, Secretary
Meeting of February 4, 1947

A regular meeting of the New York Entomological Society was held
February 4, 1947, in the American Museum of Natural History. Ten mem-
bers and five visitors were present. In the absence of President Hagan and
of Vice-President Schneirla, Mr. Soraci, secretary, was in the chair.

The meeting was called to order at 8 : 15 p.m. Mr. Albro T. Gaul, speaker
of the evening, proceeded with his paper on “Decent Observations of Vespine
Wasps. ’ ’

Mr. Gaul described the seven distinct forms commonly found in a colony,
and related his interesting experiences in transplanting a colony of Vespula

Mar., 1948]

Proceedings of the Society

squamosum from Mr. Edwin Way Teale’s grounds at Baldwin, L. I., to his
own home in Brooklyn. This colony, found in 1945 by Mr. Gaul, was the
first one reported from New York. Mr. Gaul described the formation of a
new nest by this colony, and the build-up in numbers from 90 workers on
August 19 to 400 workers on September 9. The colony declined from that
point and by October 11, only a few males remained. Mr. Gaul was able to
introduce some specimens of Vespula maculifrons workers into the colony
with no apparent deleterious effects, finding on the contrary that the two
species got along very well.

F. A. Soraci, Secretary
Meeting of February 18, 1947

A regular meeting of the New York Entomological Society was held
February 18, 1947, in the American Museum of Natural History. Eleven
members and four visitors were present. President Harold R. Hagan was
in the chair.

Mr. Edwin A. Reddoch, 303 Fourth Avenue, New York City, was proposed
for membership.

Dr. James C. King, the speaker of the evening, presented an interesting
talk on the topic, (i Notes on the Genetics of Calasymloolus exceecatus.’ ’

The adults of this sphingid moth appear in late June and early July, and
it is one brooded in Westchester County, where Doctor King conducted his
work. The moths occur commonly on wild cherry, willow, poplar, oak and
many other common trees.

From the eggs of one moth taken in July 1943, he found that 75 per cent
of the caterpillars molted four times and 25 per cent molted five times.
Then 25 per cent of the adults were very yellow-green and 75 per cent were
very blue-green. Thus there were two mutant characters appearing in
proper, one to three, fashion. However, all 35 adults reared in this trial
were females. Since then, Doctor King has reared nine broods, and from
350 pupae he has obtained only 13 males. Usually only about half of the
eggs hatch, and males have been reared only from eggs with a high rate
of hatch. From one batch of eggs, 90 per cent of which hatched, 11 males
emerged, and two males came from a batch, 61 per cent of which hatched.
Doctor King concludes that this moth is not good genetics material. He sus-
pects that three pairs of alleles are concerned with the molting factor, since
a ratio of one to seven existed in caterpillars that molted four and five times.
With regard to the two color forms, two pairs of alleles are thought to be
present. He found that two blue-greens could give some yellow-green
progeny, and that two yellow-greens could give some blue-green progeny.

It was concluded that both these phenotypic differences are genetically
controlled. Doctor King observed that similar mutations are common in the
Sphingidse, and in the Lepidoptera generally.

F. A. Soraci, Secretary

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVI

Meeting of March 4, 1947

A regular meeting of the New York Entomological Society was held
March 4, 1947, in the American Museum of Natural History. Nine mem-
bers and seven visitors were present. President Harold B. Hagan was in
the chair.

Mr. Edwin A. Eeddoch was elected to membership. Mr. Albro T. Gaul,
401 Washington Avenue, Brooklyn, New York, was proposed for membership.

The following committees were appointed:

Field Committee
Mr. Chris Olsen, Chairman
Miss Lucy Clausen

Program Committee
Mr. Sam Harriot, Chairman
Mr. William P. Comstock

Mr. Albert Zerkowitz, speaker of the evening, presented a talk on “Col-
lecting Lepidoptera in Europe.’ ’ He spoke of his arrival in the United
States in 1941, and of his first catch in his new world. It was Pieris rapce.
He gave a brief history of collecting in Europe, mentioning the large Euro-
pean collections that had been established by the middle 1800 ’s. Mr. Zerko-
witz had the opportunity to see some of the Linnaeus types, and showed
pictures of these types which are still in fairly good condition. He spoke of
the many collections that had been lost and of the fact that the greatest
collection is that of the British Museum.

Mr. Zerkowitz spoke of the thousands of Lepidopterists in Europe and
the fact that each of its capitol cities has a Lepidopterological Club. It
would seem that preservation of the species rather than control is a problem
in many parts of Europe.

The talk was accompanied with a series of beautiful colored slides of
places in Europe where the speaker had collected.

F. A. Soraci, Secretary
Meeting of March 18, 1947

A regular meeting of the New York Entomological Society was held
March 18, 1947, in the American Museum of Natural History. Sixteen mem-
bers and eleven visitors were present. President Harold K. Hagan was in
the chair.

Mr. Albro T. Gaul was elected to membership.

Mr. Frank A. Soraci, speaker of the evening, presented a talk on “Ex-
periences in Medical Entomology in Japan,” touching on his work in Insect
Survey and Sanitation, as a member of the Sanitary Corps in the Army of
the United States, during the recent war.

F. A. Soraci, Secretary

Mae., 1948]

Proceedings of the Society

Meeting of April 1, 1947

A regular meeting of the New York Entomological Society was held April
1, 1947, in the American Museum of Natural History. President Harold E.
Hagan called the meeting to order at 8 : 00 p.m. Twelve members and four
visitors were present.

Dr. Theodore L. Jahn, Associate Professor of Zoology, The State Univer-
sity of Iowa, Iowa City, Iowa, was proposed for membership.

Doctor Hagan reported that the Society had need for additional funds
and that it was hoped that such funds might be obtained by additions to
our present membership.

Mr. William P. Comstock, speaker of the evening, spoke on 1 1 Modification
of Veins in the Wings of the Genus Anaea.” This is a genus of butter-
flies of the family Nymphalidce. He has divided the genus, containing over
100 species, into twelve groups on the basis of the structure of the wings.
His research leads to the conclusion that the genus Anaea is of South
American origin and that its extension into Central and North America was
subsequent. He does not find at present any justification for the division
of this large group of species with its subspecies into separate genera or
even subgenera. While the species present very diverse wing structure,
genitalia and color patterns, they are all bound together by a number of
definite characters in common which separate them from all other butterflies.
It is Mr. Comstock’s suggestion that this large group had a single origin
from some stem from which the genera Agrias and Prepona may also have
been derived. For simplicity of taxonomy the retention of all the Anaea
species in one genus seems advisable.

F. A. Soraci, Secretary
Meeting of April 15, 1947

A regular meeting of the New York Entomological Society was" held April
15, 1947, in the American Museum of Natural History. President Harold E.
Hagan was in the chair. Fourteen members and twelve visitors were present.

Dr. Theodore L. Jahn was elected to membership.

Under a suspension of rules Dr. H. Elishewitz of Caracas, Venezuela, was
proposed and elected to membership.

Mr. Eobert P. Owen of the Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine,
Inspection House, 209 Eiver Street, Hoboken, was proposed for membership.

The field committee reported that an outing was planned to the home of
Mr. Chris E. Olsen at West Nyack, N. Y., for June 7. The Society voted
to accept with thanks Mr. Olsen’s kind invitation. It was further reported
that a second outing to the home of Edwin Way Teale, on Long Island,
would be announced at a later date.

Dr. Mont Cazier, speaker of the evening, then addressed the Society on
his army experiences. As a Sanitary Corps officer, during the recent war,
he experienced a rather rough trip by water to India, then rougher trips by
land across that country, and then by air to China. His talk touched on his

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Yol. LVI

work with Anopheles phillipinensis and Anopheles subpictus, carriers of
human malaria in India, and with Anopheles hyrcanus sinensis and Anopheles
minimus in China. Dr. Cazier also mentioned that non-malaria carrying
mosquitoes came in for some attention, although his efforts were concerned
primarily in reducing the malaria rate in our troops. His talk was illus-
trated with some excellent photographs of general interest.

P. A. Soraci, Secretary

Meeting of May 6, 1947

A regular meeting of the New York Entomological Society was held May
6, 1947, in the American Museum of Natural History. President Harold R.
Hagan was in the chair. Thirteen members and seven visitors were present.

Mr. Robert P. Owen was elected to membership.

Directions for the field trip on June 7, to the home of Mr. Chris Olsen at
West Nyaek, N. Y., were received and the secretary was instructed to mail
these to all members living in the New York City area. He was also in-
structed to mail out the directions for the later field trip to the home of
Mr. Edwin W. Teale, when arrangements have been completed.

Dr. James Porbes, speaker of the evening,, talked on “Observations on the
Anatomy of Ants.” His observations were limited to the carpenter ant,
Camponotus herculeanus pennsylvanicus , and to the reproductive organs of
the male, primarilyr Diagrammatic illustrations of the male reproductive
system were shown and the unusual form of the various organs evoked con-
siderable discussion.

P. A. Soraci, Secretary
Meeting of May 20, 1947

A regular meeting of the New York Entomological Society was held May
20, 1947, in the American Museum of Natural History. President Harold
R. Hagan was in the chair. Fourteen members and twelve visitors were
present.

Dr. Caryl P. Haskins, speaker of the evening, gave his talk on the subject,
“The Ponerine Ants as Subjects for Systematic and Experimental Study.”
He proceeded with a history of the taxonomy of ants, discussing the basic
works of Linnaeus, Pabricius, Latreille, and others, then Lubbock’s separa-
tion of the family Formicidae into subfamilies, Formicinae, Ponerinae and
Myrmecinae was mentioned. Wheeler suspected the colony foundation of the
ponerines and under the present classification this subfamily is one of eight
subfamilies of the super-family Yespoidea.

Some characteristics of this subfamily ard that they have functional and
well developed stings and poison glands. The larvas have well developed
mandibles and feed on solid food. Cast distinctions are ill defined. Col-
onies are in many cases pliometric. In general queen fertility is low and
the colonies generally have few individuals. A colony of a thousand indi-
viduals is unusual in this subfamily, while some comprise only as few as 12

Mar., 1948]

Proceedings of the Society

individuals. All but two species nest in the soil. Of the two exceptions,
one nests in wasps nests and the other in epiphytic plants. No ponerines
keep or tolerate other species, and none keep aphids. In the subfamily there
are no fungus growers or seed sowers and social or internal parasites are
practically unknown. Since regurgitation is practically impossible in these
insects, the larvae make their way to the food which is usually just dumped
into the nest. Larval exudates are licked up by the nurses. The ponerines
are largely confined to the tropics.

Doctor Haskins then showed a series of slides and colored movies. He
also had several live colonies on hand which were viewed with interest by the
audience.

Following Doctor Haskins’ talk, President Hagan mentioned that our next
regular meeting would be held on October 7, 1947.

Frank A. Soraci, Secretary

Journal New York Entomological Society

t Vol. LVI

INSECTS ATTRACTED TO SMOKE

•

Apropos of the observations of Edward L. Kessel relative to the
attractiveness of smoke to the fly Microsania occidentalis as noted
in this Journal, vol. 58, p. 146, Vincent G. Dethier in his recent
book 4 ‘ Chemical Insect Attractants and Repellents/’ 1947, men-
tions the behavior of various species of beetles of the genus
Melanophila and their positive responses to the smoke, from burn-
ing conifers, burning oil, from a distillation plant, a smelter
plant, a sugar refinery and even to the smoke from cigarettes,
that hangs over a stadium during a big game. E. G. Linsley
investigated the behavior of these beetles to fire and smoke and
his interesting paper appeared in the Journal of Economic Ento-
mology, vol. 36, 341-342, 1943.— H. B. W.

VoL LVI

No. 2

JUNE, 1948

Journal

of the

New York Entomological Society

Devoted to Entomology in General

Edited by HARRY B. WEISS

Publication Committee

HARRY B. WEISS JOHN D. SHERMAN, Jr.

DR. CHARLES D. MICHENER

Subscription $4.00 per Year

Published Quarterly by the Society
N. QUEEN ST. AND McGOVERN AVE.

LANCASTER, PA.

NEW YORK, N. Y.

1948

CONTENTS

A Survey of the Arthropod Vectors of Equine Encephalo-
myelitis and Encephalitis

By M. A. Manzelli 79

Book Notice , 108

The Spectral Sensitivity of Dytiscus Fasciventris

By Theodore Louis Jahn and Verner Wulff 109

The New York Entomological Club and “Papilio”

By Harry B. Weiss 119

NOTICE: Volume LVI, Number 1, of The Journal of
The New York Entomological Society was pub-
lished on April 24, 1948.

Entered as second class matter July 7, 1925, at the post office at Lancaster, Pa.,
under the Act of August 24, 1912.

Acceptance for mailing at special rate of postage provided for in Section 1103.
Act of October 3, 1917, authorized March 27, 1924.

JOURNAL

OF THE

New York Entomological Society

Vol. LYI June, 1948 No. 2

A SURVEY OF THE ARTHROPOD VECTORS OF
EQUINE ENCEPHALOMYELITIS AND
ENCEPHALITIS*

By M. A. Manzelli, Research Fellow

Rutgers University, New Brunswick, New Jersey

Equine encephalomyelitis is a disease that attacks horses,
mules, donkeys, and other animals, causing a combined inflam-
mation of the brain and spinal cord. The causative agent of
this disease is a filterable virus with neurotropic properties (28).
The three known strains of equine encephalomyelities virus,
western, eastern, and Venezuelan, are serologically and immu-
nologically distinct from one another.

Within the boundaries of North America occur both the
western and eastern strains. The western strain of the virus,
since its discovery in California during 1930-31, has been
recovered in the states of Alabama, Arizona, Colorado, Idaho,
Illinois, Iowa, Kansas, Kentucky, Michigan, Minnesota, Montana,
Nebraska, Nevada, North Dakota, South Dakota, Texas, Utah
and Washington. The eastern strain has been found in
Alabama, Connecticut, Delaware, Florida, Georgia, Louisiana,
Maryland, Massachusetts, Michigan, Missouri, New Jersey, North
Carolina, South Carolina, Texas, and Virginia. As may be seen
both strains have been found in Alabama, Michigan, and Texas.
With the exception of Pennsylvania, Tennessee and West
Virginia, from which epizootic encephalomyelitis had not been

* Paper of the Journal Series, New Jersey Agricultural. Experiment
Station, Rutgers University, Department of Entomology.

AU6 1 2 1948

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVI

reported during the fifteen years preceding 1946, unidentified
strains of the virus have been found in the remaining unnamed"
fourteen states (4, 6, 40, 72).

In the report of the Chief of the Bureau of Animal Industry
for the year 1937 it was stated that the virus of equine
encephalomyelitis had been definitely recovered in 22 states,
and that during the summer and fall of 1937 more than
169,000 cases and approximately 40,000 deaths among horses
had been reported (32, 68). In 1938, 184,662 cases among
horses were recorded. The number of cases tabulated from
1935 through 1944 was 500,000, and Shahan and Giltner (72)
have estimated that at least 1,000,000 cases occurred in the
United States between 1930 and 1945. As the average mortality
rate is about 30 per cent, it is possible therefore that since 1930
as many as 300,000 horses and mules have died of infectious
equine encephalomyelitis.

In Canada, the western strain of the virus is predominant,
with a few cases of the eastern strain occurring only in the
region of Ontario. The eastern strain has also been identified
in Mexico (72).

Equine encephalomyelitis is found in many of the Central
and South American countries. Panama and Brazil have had
cases of eastern strain virus within their borders. The western
strain has been found in Argentina, where, according to
Rosenbusch, “Outbreaks of equine encephalomyelitis occurred
in horses over the whole agricultural zone of Argentina in the
summer of 1919, another of less intensity in the centre and
north of the country in 1933, and a third one in the eastern
provinces in 1935-36. There were a few isolated cases in
1938-39” (41).

The Venezuelan strain of the virus has been found in Ven-
ezuela, Trinidad, Colombia, and Ecuador. In Trinidad, the
Venezuelan strain had killed, as of October, 1943, approximately
70 horses and mules (37, 55, 72).

In recent years the equine encephalomyelitis disease has been
observed also in Uruguay, Chile, Peru, and Cuba. During 1944
five samples of equine encephalomyelitis virus obtained from
Cuba were typed and found to be all of the eastern type (37, 72).

June, 1948]

Manzelli : Encephalomyelitis

Encephalitis, a disease of man in which the brain becomes
inflamed, is caused by either the same virus strains that are
responsible for equine encephalomyelitis or by other strains.
The virus strains involved are serologically and immunologically
distinct from one another.

These strains of human encephalitis virus are known as:
St. Louis, Russian spring-summer, Russian autumn or Japanese
“B,” West Nile, and Semliki Forest. The St. Louis strain
occurs in the United States and has been found in many of the
states ranging from Massachusetts in the East to Washington
on the Pacific Coast.

The virus of the tick-borne spring-summer encephalitis has
been found in several parts of the Russian Union, including
European districts not in the forest zone, and in Siberia
(3, 21, 30). The virus of this disease is closely related to, or
identical with, the virus of louping-ill of sheep in Scotland,
which is also tick-borne (2). The virus of the autumn
encephalitis has been found in the maritime district and is
identical with the Japanese “B” virus.

The Japanese “B” virus was isolated about the year 1934,
ten years after it had caused one of the most severe epidemics
of encephalitis described. During the summer of 1924 there had
occurred in Tokyo over 6,000 cases of encephalitis with 3,797
resultant deaths. This virus was named “B” to distinguish it
from “type A,” or the von Economo type which was responsible
for many cases of encephalitis between the years 1918 and
1926, but which has since vanished (63).

The virus of West Nile encephalitis was first isolated in 1937
from the blood of a native woman in the West Nile district
of Uganda, Africa (36, 73).

Smithburn and Haddow, while investigating the vectors of
the yellow fever virus in the Semliki Forest, Western Uganda,
Africa, isolated a neurotropic virus from mosquitoes of the
Aedes abnormalis Theobald group. The virus has been named
the Semliki Forest virus (74).

EQUINE ENCEPHALOMYELITIS

In 1933, R. A. Kelser reported the first successful transmission
of the virus of equine encephalomyelitis (western strain) by an

New York Entomological Society

[Yol. lvi

insect vector. Female adults of Aedes cegypti L., fed on guinea
pigs 48 to 72 hours after the inoculation of the latter with
virus of equine encephalomyelitis, became infected. Sixteen to
eighteen days after the infective meal the mosquitoes transmitted
the disease to guinea pigs and to a horse on which they were
fed. The infected animals died (17).

Under natural conditions, Culex tarsalis is the chief vector
of western equine encephalomyelitis, as has been shown by the
works of Hammon and his associates. They isolated strains of
western equine encephalomyelitis virus from C. tarsalis collected
in areas in which the disease was both epidemic and epizootic,
and later this species transmitted the western virus in laboratory
experiments (10-13, 61-62). Culiseta inornata has been proved
to be a natural vector of western strain virus as it has been
found naturally infected, and has transmitted the virus in
laboratory tests (62). Culex pipiens and Anopheles maculipen-
nis freeborni have been found naturally infected with western
equine encephalomyelitis virus, but no experimental transmission
has been demonstrated with them. Therefore, these two species
are not generally considered to be vectors of the western strain.

To date, no arthropod vector has been found in the United
States for eastern equine encephalomyelitis virus. A Japanese
report of 1940 (given by Hammon and Reeves, Amer. Jour, of
Public Health, Yol. 35, pp. 994-1004, 1945) claims transmission
of eastern strain by Culex pipiens var. pallens and by C.
tritceniorhynchus. C. pipiens var. pallens gave negative results
with American workers.

Arthropod transmission of the viruses of encephalomyelitis
and encephalitis has been summarized in Tables 1 and 2.

Relationship of Virus to Vectors. — Merrill et al. (25) found
by laboratory experiments that in order for Aedes cegypti and
Aedes sollicitans to become vectors of either western equine
encephalomyelitis or eastern equine encephalomyelitis, they
must be fed on infected animals at a time when the virus content
of the blood is such that 0.0001 cc. or less will produce the disease
when it is injected into a guinea pig. When these two mosqui-
toes fed on infected animals that had a lower virus content

June, 1948]

Manzelli : Encephalomyelitis

in their blood, the virus was soon lost and the mosquitoes did
not transmit the disease.

A period of 4-5 days must elapse after A. cegypti has fed
on an adequately infected guinea pig or on a brain suspension
containing the virus before it can transmit the virus of the
western strain (26).

Aedes nigromaculis and Aedes dorsalis , fed on infected guinea
pigs at intervals of from 12 to 72 hours after the latter had
been injected with the virus of the western type, were allowed
to bite healthy guinea pigs after intervals ranging from 3 to
24^25 days. Positive transmission was obtained with the
mosquito A. nigromaculis when individuals had fed 18-66 hours
after injection of the guinea pigs and had bitten healthy
guinea pigs 4-10 days after their infecting meal. The greatest
percentage of positive transmissions was obtained on the 6th,
7th, and 8th day. In tests using A. dorsalis , the positive results
obtained were not very definite, but those that did occur were
obtained with mosquitoes that had fed 18-42 hours after
injection of the diseased guinea pigs and had bitten healthy
animals 9-19 days after the infective meal (20, 24).

Merrill et i al. (25) demonstrated that in both A. cegypti
infected with western type and A. sollicitans infected with
eastern type, the quantity of virus increased 1000-10,000 times
within the mosquito.

Merrill and Ten Broeck (27) presented proof of the multi-
plication of equine encephalomyelitis virus within the mosquito
vector by means of serial passage of the virus from mosquito to
mosquito. The method used is quoted as follows :

Thirty female A. aegypti infected five days previously by feeding on brain
virus of the western strain of equine encephalomyelitis were suspended in 4
cc. salt solution plus 1 cc. normal horse serum. An equal amount of de-
fibrinated horse blood was added and a pledgit of cotton in a Petri dish
was moistened with the mixture. A small amount of sugar was sprinkled over
the surface of the cotton and the Petri dish was placed in a cage contain-
ing female A. aegypti that had had no sugar solution for four days and
no water for one day. Since the virus deteriorates rapidly when in
contact with the air at room temperature, the Petri dish was replaced
in an hour’s time by one containing the mixture that had been kept in
the refrigerator. After another hour this was removed, so that the
mosquitoes that fed took up active virus. Those that did not feed were

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVI

eliminated by withholding water for 24 hours and sugar solution for
48 hours from the entire lot. The infected mosquitoes were kept in cages
at a room temperature of 24-28° C.

At six to seven day intervals from 25-30 mosquitoes from the last feeding
have been suspended and fed to starved females as outlined above. At each
transfer virus has been demonstrated in the suspension of crushed mos-
quitoes by guinea pig inoculations and in many instances dilutions as high
as 10”5 have proven infectious. Control inoculations of' three kinds into
guinea pigs have all been negative: a suspension of mosquitoes from our
healthy stock; the horse serum and saline used; and a boiled suspension of
infected mosquitoes. Since the virus has now been passed in series through
ten lots of mosquitoes and since the dilution at each transfer is at least
1 : 100 we must conclude that multiplication has taken place.

No difference has been demonstrated between the mosquito passage virus
and the original strain. Its serological characters are unchanged, the vir-
ulence has been modified little if at all, and it passes Berkefeld N filters
readily. Mosquitoes infected with the passage strain readily infect guinea
pigs by biting.

Merrill and Ten Broeck (27), in the course of their inves-
tigations on the multiplication of western equine encephalo-
myelitis virus in mosquitoes, concluded that the virus appeared
to be generally distributed in the body of the mosquitoes. This
was determined by inoculating guinea pigs with suspensions
of legs removed from uncrushed infected insects, as well as
with suspensions of the body fluid, heads, thoraces, and
abdomens.

In 1934, Merrill et al. determined that the eastern strain
virus appeared to persist in at least some of the vectors as
long as the latter lived. A. sollicihans transmitted the virus
of eastern equine encephalomyelitis 33 days after the infective
meal. Females of A. cegypti were able to transmit the western
type after 63 days, and 93 days after the infective meal the
virus was shown to be still present within the mosquitoes,
although they were not transmitting it at the time (25).

Davis (4) found that the longest time after the infective
meal at which A. cegypti transmitted the virus of equine
encephalomyelitis was 41 days.

Merrill and Ten Broeck (26) found in the course of their
investigations with A. cegypti as vector of western equine
encephalomyelitis that the virus strain could not be demon-
strated in eggs from females known to be infected or in larvae,

June, 1948]

Manzelli : Encephalomyelitis

pupae, and adults reared from such eggs. The larvae did not
take up the virus when it was added to their rearing water.

In laboratory experiments, Syverton and Berry (48, 49)
demonstrated that Dermacentor andersoni, a wood tick vector
of western equine encephalomyelitis could, in its early stages,
acquire the virus, carry it to later stages in its life cycle and
also to its progeny. No naturally infected ticks have been
found.

Merrill and Ten Broeck (26) showed by laboratory exper-
iments that males of A. cegypti could become infected with the
virus of western equine encephalomyelitis by feeding on a
suspension of virus containing brain tissue and horse blood.
Eighteen to twenty-five days after the mosquitoes fed, virus was
demonstrated in two suspensions of fifteen and twelve male
mosquitoes respectively. However, the remaining infected males
did not transmit the virus to normal females, nor did they
transmit it from infected to normal females by coition.

It was found that the virus of western equine encephalomye-
litis was apparently not injurious to the vector, A. cegypti, for
the mortality of caged infected mosquitoes was no higher than
that of caged uninfected mosquitoes (25).

Reservoirs of Eastern Equine Encephalomyelitis Virus. — In
1935 Ten Broeck et al., (77) favored the view that equine
encephalomyelitis of the eastern type was insect-borne, and
mentioned the possibility that the disease was not primarily an
infection of horses but that it was transmitted to them from
birds. Again, in 1938, Ten Broeck (78) after finding neutral-
izing antibodies in the blood of chickens and turkeys injected
with equine encephalomyelitis virus, concluded that domestic
and probably wild birds may be infected with equine encepha-
lomyelitis, and that birds may play a part in the transmission
of the disease.

In 1939, Yan Roekel and Clarke reported the isolation of
eastern type equine encephalomyelitis in ring necked pheasants.
The pheasants had been obtained from New Jersey during
the 1938 outbreak of encephalomyelitis in New Monmouth,
Monmouth County (52, 80).

During 1938, Tyzzer et al ., (79) found the eastern type equine

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVI

encephalomyelitis virus in three ring-necked pheasants. At
the same time Fothergill and Dingle (58) recovered the eastern
type from the brain of a pigeon which had spontaneously
contracted the disease in an area where equine encephalomyelitis
was prevalent among horses. Sellards et al. recovered encepha-
lomyelitis virus (eastern type) from dying pheasants in
Connecticut (71).

Following laboratory experiments, Davis (4) maintained that
mourning doves ( Zenaidura macroura), redwings {Ageikins
phoenicens) , cowbirds ( Molothrus ater ) and grackles ( Quiscolus
quiscula), all migratory species often seen in close association
with livestock, might serve as reservoirs from which mosquitoes
become infected. The above listed birds were susceptible to
the virus, and for a short time following inoculation, Aedes
mosquitoes recovered the virus from the blood and transmitted it.

Beaudette reported the presence of eastern type equine
encephalomyelitis in pheasants in New Jersey during 1939
(three distinct outbreaks), 1940, 1943, and 1944 (two outbreaks)
(52, 53, 54).

Reservoirs of Western Equine Encephalomyelitis Virus. — In
1941 Hammon et al. (9) found that in the annual epidemics
of western equine encephalomyelitis and St. Louis encephalitis
in horses and man in the Yakima Valley, Washington, the
antibodies of these two viruses could be demonstrated in fowls,
ducks, geese, pigeons, turkeys, other birds, cows, dogs, goats,
horses, pigs, sheep, 'and rodents by means of mouse protection
tests. Apparently the antibodies in rpany of the animals
listed above are the result of specific infection, either mild or
inapparent. The principal foci of infection could be the many
barnyards and fowl runs in small towns, rural and suburban
areas. The domestic species of animals produced a higher
percentage of positives than did the wild species.

Cox et al. reported in 1941 the finding of western equine
encephalomyelitis virus from a naturally infected prairie
chicken. As of 1941, the western strain of virus had been
isolated from the brain tissues of eight human cases, three
horses, one prairie chicken and one deer (57).

Hammon et al. (13) found that in the 1943 survey made in

June, 1948]

Manzelli : Encephalomyelitis

eastern Nebraska, in which neutralization tests were conducted
on the sera of 91 mammals and birds, positive results were
obtained with pheasants and horses for St. Louis encephalitis
and with cows for western equine encephalomyelitis. The
investigators concluded that as all results with fowls, rabbits,
and pheasants were negative for western equine encephalomye-
litis the virus may be adapted to some other host in that
locality.

In 1940 Howitt (67) reported that no western equine
encephalomyelitis virus was isolated from the brains of 43
wild animals and birds, representing 14 different species taken
in the endemic area of the Central California Valley regions as
well as from certain coastal districts. Included among those
tested for the virus were Gambel sparrows, Kangaroo rat,
harvest mouse, pocket gopher, mourning doves, painted finch,
wood rat, cottontail rabbit, mallard ducks, pintail duck, and
the ring necked pheasant.

Reeves et al. have reported the recovery of western strain
virus from wild bird mites, ( Liponyssus sylviarum ), in Kern
County, California (70). The mites were taken from the nests
of two wild birds, and in laboratory tests were shown to
harbor the virus.

A variety of birds have been found to be susceptible to
infection by either the western or eastern strain Of the virus
in laboratory tests. Giltner and Shahan (59) made the first
successful experimental inoculation of equine encephalomyelitis
(western strain) into birds. The following workers have
contributed additional information on experimental infection in
avian hosts: Beaudette (52), Gwatkin and Moynihan (60),
Howitt (67), Sellards et al. (71), Syverton and Berry (76),
Ten Broeck (78)), Tyzzer et al. (79), and Van Roekel and
Clarke (80).

Winter Reservoir of Equine Encephalomyelitis Virus. —
Hammon and Reeves (64) indicate that the problem of finding
a true reservoir (or winter carry-over) of western equine
encephalomyelitis virus remains unsolved. The relationship be-
tween the vectors and the summer reservoirs of the virus has
been well established, but nothing is known concerning its winter

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVI

reservoirs. Hibernating C. tarsalis adults have been tested for
the presence of virus and found negative. No transovarian
infection has been found in C. tarsalis , and no persistent latent
infection has been found in mammals.

The true reservior of eastern equine encephalomyelitis is also
completely unknown.

Encephalitis in Horses. — Cox et al. have presented data demon-
strating that horses are susceptible to the virus of St. Louis
encephalitis. Typical clinical symptoms were produced in
experimental infections. Horses that showed antibodies for
western equine encephalomyelitis in high titer were susceptible
to St. Louis encephalitis virus, while horses demonstrating St.
Louis encephalitis antibodies as the result of natural infection
were apparently resistant to subsequent infection by St. Louis
encephalitis virus (56).

ENCEPHALITIS

Several years after Kelser had demonstrated the transmission
of equine encephalomyelitis by Aedes cegypti , definite proof was
obtained that mosquitoes were involved in the transmission of
human encephalitis. Epidemics of encephalitis had occurred in
Yakima Yalley, Washington, in 1939 and 1940 but it was not
until 1941 when many cases of encephalitis again occurred in
Yakima Yalley that routine collections of insects were made in
the area, and subsequent work resulted in the isolation of the
St. Louis strain from Culex tarsalis. Experimental transmission
of the virus to laboratory animals by the bite of this species
was obtained at a later date. (Yirus of western equine encepha-
lomyelitis was also isolated from some of the specimens of C.
tarsalis.) (10, 61).

Culex pipiens and Aedes dorsalis have been found naturally
infected with virus of St. Louis encephalitis, and transmission
has been demonstrated in the laboratory for C. pipiens. There-
fore, C. tarsalis and C. pipiens are now considered established
vectors (12, 64). Hammon and Reeves have demonstrated
experimental transmission by Aedes lateralis, A. tceniorhynchus,
A. vexans, A. nigromaculis, Culiseta inornata, Culiseta incidens
and Culex coronator. Japanese workers have reported the trans-
mission of St. Louis virus by C. pipiens var. pollens, C.

June, 1948]

Manzelli : Encephalomyelitis

tritceniorhynchus and Aedes albopictus (given by Hammon and
Reeves, Amer. Jour, of Public Health, Vol. 35, pp. 994^1004,
1945).

Previously, in 1939, E. N. Pavlovskii (46) asserted that three
ticks, Ixodes persulcatus, Dermacentor silvarum , and Hcemophy-
salis concinna, had been found naturally infected with virus of
Russian spring-summer (or taiga) encephalitis in localities where
cases of the disease had occurred.

Smith et al. (44) and Sulkin (45) reported in 1945 the
presence of both the St. Louis encephalitis virus and the western
equine encephalomyelitis virus in the chicken mite, Dermanyssus
giallince. The mites were collected from chicken houses in areas
where outbreaks of these diseases had occurred.

Infection of Man with Virus of Equine Encephalomyelitis. —
Webster and Wright reported in 1938 the recovery of eastern
equine encephalomyelitis virus from fatal human cases of enceph-
alitis in the state of Massachusetts. By doing so they con-
firmed the findings of Fothergill et al., who in 1938 reported
the isolation of the eastern strain virus from a human case (51).

During the same year Howitt reported the recovery of the
western equine encephalomyelitis virus from the brain of a child
(65, 66).

In 1943 the first proved case of natural infection of man with
Venezuelen virus was recorded, a fatal case occurring in Trini-
dad. A virus strain isolated from the brain tissue of the fatal
human case and five strains from donkeys, mules, and horses all
produced typical symptoms of equine encephalomyelitis in labor-
atory animals. Injections of these strains into guinea pigs
immunized against the western or eastern strains of equine
encephalomyelitis resulted in the deaths of the animals. How-
ever, the injections failed to infect guinea pigs immunized
aganst the Venezuelan strain of equine encephalomyelitis (37).

Relationship of Virus to Vectors. — Parker reported in 1942
that in the case of Ornithodoros moubata, Murr., tick harborer
of Russian spring-summer encephalitis virus, the interval be-
tween the ingesting of the blood of the infected animal and the
recovery of the virus by injection was forty days (33).

Experiments with suspensions made from the various organs

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVI

of Heemophysalis concinna, tick vector of Russian spring-summer
encephalitis, showed that the virus circulates in the body of the
tick. The virus concentrates in the salivary glands and is prob-
ably transmitted to man through the saliva (46).

Several specimens of Ixodes persulcatus , Schulze, a tick vector
of Russian spring-summer encephalitis virus, were allowed to feed
on mice infected with a large dose of the virus. Tests showed that
the ticks conserved the virus within their bodies for 60 days (46).

In 1945 Smith et al. (44), working on the transmission of St.
Louis encephalitis virus by the chicken mite Dermanyssus gallince,
demonstrated that mites harboring the virus could transmit it
through the egg and larva to the first stage nymph. Mites in-
fected in nature have retained the virus after 5 months of propa-
gation in the laboratory.

Experiments with nymphs and adults of the tick Dermacentor
silvarum (a vector of Russian spring-summer encephalitis) that
had fed in the larval stage on infected mice transmitted the virus
by feeding on laboratory animals. The virus was also present in
larvae of D. silvarum and I. persulcatus that were the progeny of
naturally infected females. Injection of a suspension of larvae
of 1. persulcatus that hatched from eggs laid by females collected
in an endemic area produced infection in mice (46).

During 1939, it was shown in Japan that virus of Japanese
epidemic or summer encephalitis was present in eggs deposited by
artificially infected Culex pipiens var. pollens , a vector of the
virus disease. The virus was also demonstrated in the first instar
larvae hatching from such eggs. In addition, twelve mice became
infected out of 511 bitten by females of this species that had
developed in the laboratory from larvae and pupae taken in
nature (31).

No infection was found in the immature stages of C. pipiens L.
and C. tritceniorhynchus, vectors of Russian autumn encephalitis
(35).

Reservoirs of St. Louis Encephalitis Virus. — As mentioned in
the discussion of the virus reservoirs of western equine encepha-
lomyelitis, Hammon et al. (9) demonstrated antibodies of St.
Louis encephalitis in fowls, ducks, geese, pigeons, turkeys, birds,
cows, dogs, goats, horses, pigs, sheep, and rodents. Later, in

June, 1948]

Manzelli : Encephalomyelitis

1943, Hammon et al. (12) demonstrated that Culex tar salis, a
vector of St. Louis encephalitis and western equine encephalomye-
litis, fed readily on fowls. St. Louis virus was transmitted by it
from fowls and from ducks to fowls in laboratory tests.

Philip et al. reported in 1941 that the presence of antibodies for
St. Louis encephalitis virus had been demonstrated in the serum
of man and horses. The investigators suggested that the virus
existed as a natural infection in horses, thereby contributing to
the summer encephalitis epidemics in both man and horses (69).

Hammon et al. (13) reported that in the 1943 eastern Nebraska
survey in which neutralization tests were conducted on the sera of
91 mammals and birds, positive results were obtained with
pheasants and horses for St. Louis virus.

Reservoirs of Russian Spring-Summer Encephalitis Virus. —
Pavlovskii (34) found a mole, a hedgehog, and a vole naturally
infected with the virus of Russian spring-summer encephalitis.
The hedgehog and vole are known hosts of I. persulcatus and H.
concinna, two tick vectors of the virus. Pavlovskii maintained
that it is probable that an inapparent infection in man and ani-
mals, followed by immunity, is of common occurrence, as anti-
bodies were present in the sera of cows, horses, and healthy per-
sons in an endemic locality.

Reservoirs of Japanese Encephalitis Virus. — In Japan, dogs
are often inapparent reservoirs for the virus of Japanese epi-
demic encephalitis, as shown by the presence of antibodies. (31).

Winter Reservoirs of Encephalitis Virus. — The true reservoir
of St. Louis virus during periods or seasons when it is apparently
not present is unknown. The two chief vectors, C. pipiens and C.
tarsalis, do not demonstrate transovarian passage of the virus, nor
do the hibernating adults of these two species appear to be in-
fected. Experimentally infected dog ticks ( Dermacentor vari-
abilis ) are capable of transmitting the infection, and transovarian
infection can occur, but no naturally infected tick has been found
(64). Chicken mites ( Dermanyssus gallince), which have been
found naturally infected with St. Louis virus, can transmit the
virus transovarially with resultant infected progeny. But the
mites cannot transmit the virus by bite, thus eliminating them-
selves as potential reserviors (44, 64).

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVI

The tables summarize the following data :

Table 1. Mosquito transmission of equine encephalomyelitis
and of encephalitis.

Table 2. Arthropod (other than mosquito) transmission of
equine encephalomyelitis and of encephalitis.

Table 3. Mosquitoes that failed to transmit equine enceph-
alomyelitis in laboratory experiments.

Table 4. Arthropods (other than mosquitoes) that failed to
transmit equine encephalomyelitis in laboratory
experiments.

Table 5. Animals demonstrating antibodies of equine en-
cephalomyelitis and encephalitis.

Table 6. Animals found infected in field with either equine
encephalomyelitis or encephalitis.

Mosquito Transmission of Equine Encephalomyelitis and of Encephalus

June, 1948]

Manzelli : Encephalomyelitis

2s S' S' S

bJD

s w ^0^5

oSrtojriejtjcjtj

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

«4H

PC i ^ ns

S' S' S S

* X X X

T3 c$

c$ «h ©
X X X X X

'ZS

H-i

' — '

X X

P4 =2

§1*
© a*

p a

§hS

/^S

s-/

to
*+■=> *<S>

8 §

00 £
00 S ^

2 © v

e 'g o

CO Sij

Sr- V.

<5l O ,C
•«a H3 l--n

si e

si «
©

ev e

"e t3 ^

oo oo
© d
^3 ^

^ ^ ^ ^ ^

Oo oo 00 CO

2^ 5>

•Os «
CO 00

•5 e
.§* 2
e, e

«0
Si
©

PS oo

e §
*-§

§1

2 -
£ si
•2 8

'£

^ £

rC3rC3rXSrerC3rC3rtSrC3

S S S s § s

o o o o o o

w co ^ in <o

ooaoHNcoi#incoi>(»0)

Note: Lower case letters refer to virus strain: (a) Western, (b) Eastern, (c) Venezuelan, (d) St. Louis, (e) Russian
lmn, (f) Japanese, (g) West Nile, (h) Semliki Forest.

. ( Continued )

New York Entomological Society

[Yol. LVI

T*H

/ — \

s’ N

v '

/-N

. r.

^ rH

• •s

•N

• *s

T*H

N ^

• ^

/*\

to"

Sw^

t^h

0<r

^2 o

TjH

Cvl

^ ZD ^

• »N

- CO

•

co'

O GO

^ o 1-1

Cuo

-*H

,, — s

, — N

03 03

3
3

cud B

*Ph ^

O PQ

03 03

.a> &

*•«

I »

.3 ^
3 °

cud g

3L .9

03 S
03 03

^ *

P 03

bJO g

pH .9

03 P
Q 03

_CUD .tUO
’Ph *Ph

03 03
© ©

.3 .3
*3 *3

o o

03 ,9

^ *
• rH O

aj 03

'p 1$

3 3
3 3

P P

3 3

& =3

03 03

H H

s s

OJ 3

.g i

Ph w

f &t
I I | I s

^ .5 p pi

‘3 .H p *3 °

O PQ O o S

cud

§ g
o §

^ -g
^ &

GO g
P &

S S 2 2 § j§ §

?3 03

§ CUD

03 ? c3

CUD r^ ©

•fi -2s g o g rK a

5e -g ^ -a u g

p ^ ^

o3 P P o3 c3 CuOP^p cj P •'

rp O
fH O

o3 c3

3 3
3 3

03 03

3 3

O pq ^ pq pq »

pq pq

r®

Note : Lower case letters refer to virus strain. Numerals refer to reference list.

. ( Continued )

June, 1948]

Manzelli : Encephalomyelitis

_, rH

s ^

<X>

^~s o'

,co

/ — \

/-S

<T3

' — '

io ^

' — *

'o'

v f

CO r~N

/^N

r— s

ft CVl

'o'

s— ^

OS rg
H H)

aT -d

03 GO &JD

5? ^ 'ft ^

ft ft
s3

o o

a a

_s us
$ *
.a 03

QJ DQ

Pi >

og og &c „
<D <D aT 2

0*1 C*1 ro

O £ 3 a S

S3 ft
O

m 73 03

T! © <D
p £ o o ?

o o id °

P P ^ ^ P

&JD B S

Ph -g .*

s £ §> a

S3 O © .<3

•a ^ ^ ?

P pq ^ ^

• rH

c3 oo
O ft
S3 <o

■R ^

« S3

«3 ?> O

|| §
'e si
ft &

P P ft

O
O

ft ^-s O

"ft ®s

Si =0

S *§

e r«i

O Si

ft «
. Si

Si <u
Co ft

) s

fH ft
CO rSi

: «c

Si S
! « S3

5 Co

: e

> *. V

■ e

! f=

■ Er? Si

> *ci»

> **5

: §

e °-

i .2

: 2 -1 ~

1 s=
: s-

: ^ S 1

<» Si-

^ H

o O
ft e
e no
e

ft -5
8 8

5* S

O O

si +*
.§ <8

e e

CO g
r^> O
rO

§ 1

N CO 1C

a o h im co ^ io
H O] W (M 5q (M M

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. L VI

TABLE 2

Arthropod (other than mosquito) Transmission of Equine
Encephalomyelitis and Encephalitis

Vector

Virus strains
transmitted

Virus
isolated in

(a)

(b)

(C)

(d)

Field

Lab.

1. Dermacentor andersorii

2. Dermacentor marginatus ...

3. Dermacentor variabilis

4. Dermacentor silvarum

5. Dermanyssus gallince

X (a) (c)

6. Triatoma sanguisuga

7. Triatoma infestans

8. Ixodes persulcatus

9. Hcemaphy salis concinna

10. Ornithodoros moubata

11. Liponyssus sylviarum

Note: Lower case letters refer to virus strain: (a) Western, (b) Ven-
ezuelan, (c) St. Louis, (d) Russian Spring-Summer.

( Continued )

June, 1948]

Manzelli : Encephalomyelitis

New York Entomological Society

[Yol. lvi

June, 1948]

Manzelli : Encephalomyelitis

TABLE 4

Arthropods (Other than Mosquitoes) That Failed to Transmit Equine
Encephalomyelitis in Laboratory Experiments

Arthropod

Strain of virus used
in attempted
transmission

Reference

1. Siphona irritans L. (horn fly)

Western

2. Tab anus punctifer (horse fly)

i (

Tabanus sp.

( i

3. Stomoxys calcitrans (stable fly)

i (

Stomoxys sp

( (

4. Dermacentor variabilis (tick)

( c

5. Cimex lectularius (bedbug)

1 1

6. Zelus audax (assassin bug)

( c

7. Sinea diadema (assassin bug)

( l

8. Chrysops sp. (deer fly)

1 1

9. (Black crickets*)

1 1

10. (Grasshoppers*)

l c

11. Simulium vittatum (black fly)

t (

(results inconclusive)

Note: Numerals refer to reference list.
* Scientific name not given in reference.

Animals Demonstrating Antibodies of Equine Encephalomyelitis and Encephalitis

100

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVI

O os

CO "p,
CD

1—t ,— |
CD CD

CO §

cJ~

CO CD o

OS 05 OS OS

S' S' Xl' pT

os a _

^ ^ ^

i#s

Oi W

_*? rH

i— 1 m
CD

V — '

' — /

^~N O

c$ o3

* £

X! —
tH

9 ©
g p ®
.«§ cs 2
S cc 5

CQ « 2

o fee ^

P-i

g a

.a 2

S3 02

p feJD

tf .a

a
a

o 02

^ pn g g

xJ _ H ni i — !

.a ® d
a 02 a

Dm ©

n S'

><! X X X X

X X X X X

a s

a o

cr1 os

H £

X X X X X X

X X X X X

.*?> P \

P H C

fee d
o o
P O

Q . W OQ
OQ O © $

P 02 pH p

rP d
■+J 3

° d

h co co 'd *o cd

O H CO CO

Note: Lower case letters refer to virus strain. Numerals refer to reference list.
* Doubtful for Eastern Equine Encephalomyelitis (Ref. #13).

Animals Found Infected in Field With Either Equine Encephalomyelitis or Encephalitis

June, 1948] Manzelli: Encephalomyelitis 101

Note: Lower case letters refer to virus strain: (a) Western, (b) Eastern, (c) Venezuelan, (d) St. Louis, (e) Russian
Spring-Summer, (f) Japanese, (g) West Nile, (h) Semliki Forest. Numerals refer to reference list.

102

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LYI

References

1. Blattner, R. J. and Heys, F. M. 1941. Experimental transmission

of St. Louis encephalitis to white Swiss mice by Dermacentor vari-
abilis. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol. Med., Yol. 48, No. 3, pp. 707-710.

2. Casals, J. and Webster, L. T. 1944. Relationship of the virus of

louping ill in sheep and the virus of Russian spring-summer encepha-
litis in man. Jour. Exp. Med., Yol. 79, No. 1, «pp. 45-63.

3. Chumakov, M. P. and Seitlenok, N. A. 1940. Tick-borne human

encephalitis in European parts of U.S.S.R. and Siberia. Science,
Yol. 92, No. 2386, pp. 263-264.

4. Davis, W. A. 1940. A study of birds and mosquitoes as hosts for the

virus of eastern equine encephalomyelitis. Amer. Jour. Hyg., Yol.
32, No. 2, pp. 45-59.

5. Fulton, J. D., Greutter, J. E., Muether, R. O., Hauss, E. B. and

Broun, G. O. 1940 Observations concerning Culex pipiens as a
possible carrier of St. Louis encephalitis. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol.,
Vol. 44, No. 1, pp. 255-256.

6. Giltner, L. T. and Shahan, M. S. 1936. The present status of infec-

tious equine encephalomyelitis in the U. S. Jour. Amer. Yet. Med.
Assoc., Yol. 88, No. 2, pp. 363-374.

7. Gilyard, R. T. 1944. Mosquito transmission of Venezuelan virus

equine encephalomyelitis in Trinidad. Bull. U. S. Army Med. Dept.,
No. 75, pp. 96-107.

8. Grundmann, A. W., Kitselman, C. M., Roderick, L. M. and Smith, R.

C. 1943. Studies on the transmission of the western strain virus
of equine encephalomyelitis by the American dog tick ( Dermacentor
variabilis Say) and by Triatoma sanguisuga. Jour. Infect. Dis.,
Yol. 72, No. 2, pp. 163-171.

9. Hammon, W. McD., Gray, J. A., Evans, F. C., Izumi, E. M. and Lundy,

H. W. 1941. Western equine and St. Louis encephalitis antibodies
in the sera of mammals and birds from an endemic area. Science,
Yol. 94, No. 2439, pp. 305-307.

10. Hammon, W. McD., Reeves, W. C., Brookman, B., Izumi, E. M. and

Gjullin, C. M. 1944# Isolation of the viruses of western equine
and St. Louis encephalitis from Culex tar salts mosquitoes. Science,
Yol. 94, No. 2440, pp. 328-330.

11. Hammon, W. McD., Reeves, W. C., Brookman, B. and Izumi, E. M.

1942. Mosquitoes and encephalitis in the Yakima Valley, Wash-
ington. I. Arthropods tested and recovery of western equine and
St. Louis viruses from Culex tarsalis Coq. Jour. Infect. Dis., Yol.
70, No. 3, pp. 263-366.

12. Hammon W. McD., Reeves, W. C. and Gray, M. 1943. Mosquito

vectors and inapparent animal reservoirs of St. Louis and western
equine encephalitis viruses. Amer. Jour. Public Health, Yol. 33,
No. 3, pp. 201-207.

June, 1948]

Manzelli : Encephalomyelitis

103

13. Hammon, W. McD., Reeves, W. C. and Galindo, P. 1945. Epizoology

of western equine type encephalomyelitis: Eastern Nebraska field
survey of 1943 with isolation of the virus from mosquitoes. Jour.
Amer. Yet. Res., Yol. 6, No. 20, pp. 145-148.

14. Haseman, L. 1936. Possible insect carriers in the 1933 outbreak of

encephalitis in Columbus, Missouri. Jour. Econ. Ent., Vol. 29, No.
3, pp. 618-621.

15. Herms, W. B., Wheeler, C. M. and Herms, H. P. 1934. Attempts

to transmit equine encephalomyelitis by means of bloodsucking
insects, especially mosquitoes. Jour. Econ. Ent., Yol. 27, No. 5, pp.
987-998.

16. Ishukov, G. Kh. and Ishukova, F. A. 1945. The role of the pasture

tick, Dermacentor marginatus in epizootics of infectious encephalo-
myelitis of horses. (In Russian.) Yeterinariya, Yol. 22, No. 4-5,
pp. 17-&1. ' Reviewed in R.A.E.*, Yol. 34, Ser. B, p. 12. 1946.

17. Kelser, R. A. 1933. Mosquitoes as vectors of the virus of equine

encephalomyelitis. Jour. Amer. Yet. Med. Assoc., Yol. lxxxii (N.S.
xxv), No. 5, pp. 767-771.

18. Kelser, R. A. 1937. Transmission of the virus of equine encephalo-

myelitis by Aedes tceniorhynchus. Science, Vol. 85, No. 2198, pp.

178.

19. Kitselman, C. H. and Grundmann, O. W. 1940. Equine encephalomy-

elitis virus isolated from naturally infested Triatoma sanguisuga
Le Conte. Tech. Bull. Kansas Agric. Expt. Sta., No. 50.

20. Knowlton, G. F. and Rowe, J. A. 1934. Preliminary studies of insect

transmission of equine encephalomyelitis. Proc. Utah Acad. Sci.,
11, pp. 267-270.

21. Kuzyakin, A. P. 1942. On the role of mammals in the epidemology of

tick-borne encephalitis of Ussuri District. (In Russian.) Zool Sk.,
Vol. 21, Fasc. 3, pp. 69-87. (Summary in English.) Reviewed in
R.A.E. , Yol. 31, Ser. B, p. 249. 1943.

22. Lepine P., Mathis, M. and Sauter, Y. 1943. Infestation experi-

mentale de Triatoma Infestans por le virus de 1 ’encephalomyelite
equine Americaine, type Venezuela. Bull. Soc. Path. Exot., 34, pp.
115, Paris 1941. (Abstr. in Dtsch. Tropenmed Z. 47 pt. 5 p. 128.)
Reviewed in R.A.E., Vol. 32, Ser. B, p. 57. 1944.

23. Madsen, D. E. and Knowlton, G. F. 1935. Mosquito transmission of

equine encephalomyelitis. Jour. Amer. Yet. Assoc., Vol. 86, No. 5,

pp. 662-666.

24. Madsen, D. C., Knowlton, G. F. and Rowe, J. A. 1936. Further

studies on transmission of equine encephalomyelitis by mosquitoes.
Jour. Amer. Yet. Med. Assoc., Yol. 89, No. 2, pp. 187-196.

25. Merrill, M. H., Lacaillade, C. W. Jr. and Ten Broeck, C. 1934.

Mosquito transmission of equine encephalomyelitis. Science, Yol.
80, No. 2072, pp. 251-252.

* R.A.E. = Review of Applied Entomology.

104

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVI

26. Merrill, M. H. and Ten Broeck, C. 1935. The transmission of

equine encephalomyelitis by Aedes cegypti. Jour. Exp. Med., Yol.
62, No. 5, pp. 687-695.

27. Merrill, M. H. and Ten Broeck, C. 1934. Multiplication of equine

encephalomyelitis virus in mosquitoes. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol. Med.,
Yol. 32, No. 3, pp. 421-423.

28. Meyer, K. F., Haring, C. M. and Howitt, B. 1931. Newer knowledge

of the neurotropic virus infections of the horse. Jour. Amer. Yet.
Med. Assoc., Yol. 79 (N.S. 32), No. 3, pp. 376-389.

29. Mironov, Y. S. 1938. Ticks as possible carriers of spring encephalitis.

(In Russian.) Med. Parasitol., Yol. 7, No. 3, pp. 415-435. Moscow.
Reviewed in R.A.E., Yol. 27, Ser. B, pp. 69-70. 1939.

30. Mironov, Y. S. 1940. Habits of the Taiga tick Ixodes persulcatus

P. Sch. in Kama Region. (In Russian.) Med. Parasitol., Yol. 9,
No. 1-2, pp. 93-105. Reviewed in R.A.E., Yol. 29, Ser. B, p. 26.
1941.

31. Mitamura, T., Kitaoka, M., Watanabe, S., Hosoi, T., Tensin, S., Seki,

O., Nacahata, K., Jo, K. and Shimizu, M. 1939. Further investi-
gations on the transmission of Japanese epidemic encephalitis by
mosquitoes. Trans. Soc. Path. Jap., Yol. 29, pp. 92-105. Tokyo.
Reviewed in R.A.E., Yol. 31, Ser. B, pp. 3-4. 1943.

32. Mohler, J. R. 1938, 1939, 1940. Report of the chief of the bureau

of animal industry.

33. Parker, R. R. 1942. Ornithodoros ticks as a medium for the transpor-

tation of disease agents. Public Health Reports, Yol. 57, No. 52,
pp. 1963-1966.

34. Pavlovskii, E. N. 1940. Yectors and reservoirs of the virus of the

spring-summer tick-borne encephalitis. (In Russian.) Arch. Sci.
Biol., Yol. 59, Part 1-2, pp. 58-71. Moscow. Reviewed in R.A.E.,
Yol. 31, Ser. B, p. 70. 1943.

35. Petrishcheva, P. A. and Shublaoze, A. K. 1940. The vectors of the

autumn encephalitis in the maritime district. (In Russian.) Arch.
Sci. Biol., Yol. 59, Part 1-2, pp. 72-77. Reviewed in R.A.E., Yol.
3J, Ser. B, p. 72. 1943.

36. Philip, C. B. and Smadel, J. E. 1943. Transmission of West Nile

virus by infected Aedes dlbopictus. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol.,. Yol. 52,
No. 2, pp. 101-104.

37. Randall, R. and Mills, J. W. 1944. Fatal encephalitis in man due to

the virus of equine encephalomyelitis in Trinidad. Science, Yol. 99,
No. 2568, pp. 225-226.

38. Reeves, W. C., Hammon, W. McD. and Izumi, E. M. 1942. Experi-

mental transmission of St. Louis encephalitis by Culex pipiens
Linneaus. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., Yol. 50, No. 1, pp. 125-128.

39. Reeves, W. C. and Hammon, W. McD. 1944. Feeding habits of the

proven and possible mosquito vectors of western equine and St.

June, 1948]

Manzelli : Encephalomyelitis

105

Louis encephalitis in the Yakima Valley, Washington. Amer. Jour.
Trop. Med., Vol. 24, No. 2, pp. 131-134.

40. Riley, W. A. 1938. The role of insects and allied forms in the trans-

mission of diseases due to filterable viruses. Minn. Med., Vol. 21,
pp. 817-821.

41. Rosenbusch, F. 1942. Equine encephalomyelitis in the Argentine in

its experimental aspects. Proc. 6th Pacific Sci. Cong., pp. 209-214.
1939. Reviewed in R.A.E., Vol. 32, Ser. B, p. 10. 1944.

42. Roubaud, E., Lepine, P., Treillard, M. and Sauter, V. 1943. Infec-

tion experimentale de Culicides (Aedines) Europeens avec le virus
de 1 ’encephalomy elite equine americaine, type Venezuela. Bull.
Soc. Path. exot. 34, p. 130, Paris 1941. Abst. in Dtsch tropenmed.
Z. 47 pt. 5, p. 128. Reviewed in R.A.E., Vol. 32, Ser. B, p. 56.
1944.

43. Simmons, J. S., Reynolds, F. H. K. and Cornell, V. H. 1936. Trans-

mission of the virus of equine encephalomyelitis through Aedes
albopictus Skuse. Amer. Jour. Trop. Med., Vol. 16, No. 3, pp.
289-302.

44. Smith, M. G., Blattner, R. J. and Heys, F. M. 1945. Further isola-

tion of St. Louis encephalitis virus; congenital transfer of virus
in chicken mites ( Dermanyssus gallince) . Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol.
Med., Vol. 59, No. 2, pp. 136-138.

45. Sulkin, S. E. 1945. Recovery of equine encephalomyelitis virus (west-

ern type) from chicken mites. Science, Vol. 101, No. 2624, pp.
381-383.

46. Summaries of Reports of the All-Union Conference of Workers in

Microbiology, Epidemiology and Infectious Diseases. Moscow,
25th-31st Jan., 1939. (In Russian.) Reviewed in R.A.^1., Vol.
27, Ser. B, pp. 239-240. 1939.

47. Syverton, J. T. and Berry, G. P. 1936. Susceptibility of the

1 ‘gopher’ ’ Citellus richardsonii (Sabine) to equine encephalomyeli-
tis. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol. Med., Vol. 34, No. 5, pp. 822-24.

48. Syverton, J. T. and Berry, G. P. 1936. An arthropod vector for

equine encephalomyelitis, western strain. Science, Vol. 84, No.
2173, pp. 186-187.

49. Syverton, J. T. and Berry, G. P. 1941. Hereditary transmission of

the western type of equine encephalomyelitis virus in the wood tick,
Dermacentor andersoni, Stiles. Jour. Exp. Med., Vol. 73, No. 4,
pp. 507-530.

50. Watson, D. W. and Smadel, J. E. 1943. Susceptibility of hamsters to

peripheral inoculation of western, eastern and west Nile encephalitis
viruses. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., Vol. 52, No. 2, pp. 101-104.

51. Webster, L. T. and Wright, F. H. 1938. Recovery of eastern enceph-

alomyelitis virus from brain tissue of human cases of encephalitis
in Massachusetts. Science, Vol. 88, No. 2283, pp. 305-306.

106

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. lvi

52. Beaudette, F. R. 1939. Equine encephalomyelitis in avian hosts.

Reprint from Proc. 43rd Ann. Meeting of the U. S. Live Stock
Sanitary Assoc., Chicago, 111., December 6, 7, 8, pp. 185-201.

53. Beaudette, F. R., Black, J. J. and Hudson, C. B. 1941. Another case

of equine encephalomyelitis in New Jersey pheasants. Jour. Amer.
Vet. Med. Assoc., Vol. 98, No. 771, pp. 449-450.

54. Beaudette, F. R. and Hudson, C. B. 1945. Additional outbreaks of

equine encephalomyelitis in New Jersey pheasants. Jour. Amer.
Vet. Med. Assoc., Vol. 107, No. 825, pp. 384-386.

55. Beck, C. E. and Wyckoff, R. W. G. 1938. Venezuelan equine enceph-

alomyelitis. Science, Vol. 88, No. 2292, pp. 5-30.

56. Cox, H. R., Philip, C. B. and Kilpatrick, J. W. 1941. Susceptibility

of horses to St. Louis encephalitis virus. Public Health Reports,
Vol. 56, No. 27, pp. 1391-1392.

57. Cox, H. R., Jellison, W. L. and Hughes, L. E. 1941. Isolation of

western equine encephalomyelitis virus from a naturally infected
prairie chicken. Public Health Reports, Vol. 56, No. 39, pp.
1905-06.

58. Fothergill, L. D. and Dingle, J. H. 1938. A fatal disease of

pigeons caused by the virus of the eastern variety of equine enceph-
alomyelitis. Science, Vol. 88, No. 2293, pp. 549-550.

59. Giltner, L. T. and Shahan, M. S. 1933. Transmission of infectious

equine encephalomyelitis 'in mammals and birds. Science, Vol. 78,
No. 2013, pp. 63-64.

60. Gw atkin, R. and Moynihan, I. W. 1942. Search for sources and

carriers of equine encephalomyelitis virus. Canadian Jour. Re-
search, Vol. 20, Sec. D, No. 11, pp. 321-337.

61. Harmon, W. McD. and Howitt, B. F. 1942. Epidemiological aspects

of encephalitis in the Yakima Valley, Washington; Mixed St. Louis
and western equine types. Amer. Jour. Hygiene, Vol. 35, No. 2,
pp. 163-185.

62. Hammon, W. McD., Reeves, W. C., Benner, S. R. and Brookman, B.

1945. Human encephalitis in the Yakima Valley, Washington,
1942. Jour. Amer. Med. Assoc., Vol. 128, No. 16, pp. 1133-1139.

63. Hammon, W. McD. 1945. The encephalitides of virus origin with

special reference to those of North America. Reprint from Clinics,
Vol. 4, No. 2, pp. 485-503.

64. Hammon, W. McD. and Reeves, W. C. 1945. Recent advances in the

epidemiology of the arthropod-borne virus encephalitides. Amer.
Jour. Public Health, Vol. 35, pp. 994-1004.

65. Howitt, B. 1938. Recovery of the virus of equine encephalomyelitis

from the brain of a Child. Science, Vol. 88, No. 2289, pp. 455-456.

66. Howitt, B. 1939. Recovery of the virus of equine encephalomyelitis

(western type) from human blood serum. Science, Vol. 89, No.
2319, pp. 541-542.

June, 1948]

Manzelli : Encephalomyelitis

107

67. Howitt, B. 1940. Comparative susceptibility of wild and domestic

birds and animals to the western virus of equine encephalomyelitis
(Br. Strain) in California. Jour. Infect. Dis., Vol. 67, No. 3, pp.
177-187.

68. Mohler, J. R. Reports on infectious equine encephalomyelitis in the

United States. Proc. Pub. Bur. Anim. Industry, issued annually,
1935 to 1942.

69. Philip, C. B., Cox, H. R. and Fountain, J. H. 1941. Protective Anti-

bodies against St. Louis encephalitis virus in the serum of horses
and man. Public Health Reports, Vol. 56, No. 27, pp. 1388-1391.

70. Reeves, W. C., Hammon, W. McD., Furman, D. P., McClure, H. E.

and Brookman, B. 1947. Recovery of western equine encephalo-
myelitis virus from wild bird mites, ( Liponyssus sylvarium ) in
Kern County, California. Science, Vol. 105, No. 2729, pp. 411-
412.

71. Sellards, A. W., Tyzzer, E. E. and Bennett, B. L. 1941. The infec-

tion of birds with the virus of equine encephalomyelitis. Amer.
Jour. Hygiene, Vol. 33, No. 2, Section B, pp. 63-68.

72. Shahan, M. S. and Giltner, L. T. 1945. A preview of the epizooti-

ology of equine encephalomyelitis in the United States. Jour. Amer.
Vet. Med. Assoc., Vol. 107, No. 824, pp. 279-288.

73. Smithburn, K. C. Hughes, T. B., Burke, A. W. and Paul, J. H.

1940. A neurotropic virus isolated from the blood of a native of
Uganda. Amer. Jour. Trop. Med., Vol. 20, pp. 471-492.

74. Smithburn, K. C. and Haddow, A. J. 1944. Semliki forest virus I-

isolation and pathogenic properties. Jour. Immunology, Vol. 49,
pp. 141-157.

75. Smithburn, K. C., Mahaffy, A. F. and Haddow, A. J. 1944. Semliki

forest virus II- immunological studies with specific antiveral sera
and sera from humans and wild animals. Jour. Immunology, Vol.
49, pp. 159-173.

76. Syverton, J. T. and Berry, G. P. 1941. The transmission of equine

encephalomyelitis to the western burrowing owl, Speotyto cunicu-
laria hypugae (Bonaparte). Amer. Jour. Hygiene, Vol. 33, No. 2,
Section B, pp. 37-41.

77. Ten Broeck, C., Hurst, E. W. and Traub, E. 1935. Epidemiology of

equine encephalomyelitis in the eastern United States. Jour. Exp.
Med., Vol. 62, pp. 677-685.

78. Ten Broeck, C. 1938. Birds as possible carriers of the virus of equine

encephalomyelitis. Archives of Pathology, Vol. 25, p. 759.

79. Tyzzer, E. E., Sellards, A. W. and Bennett, B. L. 1938. The

occurrence in nature of 11 equine encephalomyelitis” in the ring
necked pheasant. Science, Vol. 88, No. 2291, pp. 505-506.

80. Van Roekel, H. and Clarke, M. K. 1939. Equine encephalomyelitis

(eastern type) isolated from ring necked pheasant. Jour. Amer.
Vet. Assoc., Vol. 94, N. S. Vol. 47, No. 4, pp. 466-468.

108

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVI

BOOK NOTICE

The Insect Guide. By Ralph B. Swain. Illustrations by Suzan
N. Swain. New York, Doubleday & Co., Inc. 261 pages.
$3.00.

As a guide to the principal families of insects of North Amer-
ica, north of Mexico, this book accomplishes its purpose very
nicely. The beginner in entomology, or the general reader, is
bound to come away with some orderly understanding of insect
classification. Representatives of 175 families in 26 orders and
two suborders are illustrated, mostly in color. By a simple
numbering system the reader is then referred to the relevant
text. In lay language the text provides some of the important
distinguishing characteristics of the family and some of the gen-
eral habits of the immature and mature forms. The economic
importance of the family is also recorded. This simple, orderly
presentation is an outstanding feature ^of the book. Outstand-
ing also are Mrs. Swain’s fresh and life-like illustrations.

There is an informative introduction to the guide. The place
of insects in the phylum of Arthropoda is explained. The rela-
tionships of insects to plants, animals and man are discussed.
Important basic features of structure, growth and development
are illustrated and explained. Much of Doctor Swain’s enthu-
siasm for his vocation is woven into the pages, adding interest
to the text. — F. A. Soraci.

June, 1948]

Jahn and Wulff: Spectral Sensitivity

109

THE SPECTRAL SENSITIVITY OF DYTISCUS
FASCIVENTRIS

By Theodore Louis Jahn and Verner John Wulff
Departments of Zoology and Physiology, State University of Iowa
and Department of Zoology and Physiology, University of Illinois

The spectral sensitivity of various insects has been determined
by a number of methods, most of which are based on the behavior
pattern of the experimental animal (review, Weiss, 1943, 1945).
Recently, however, the electroretinogram has been used as an in-
dex of spectral sensitivity of grasshoppers and moths (Crescitelli
and Jahn, 1939 ; Jahn and Crescitelli, 1939 ; Jahn, 1946) . In cer-
tain beetles ( e.g ., Dytiscus and Hydrous) there are diurnal
changes in several aspects of visual function, and these can be
detected through changes in the electroretinogram (Jahn and
Crescitelli, 1940; Jahn and Wulff, 1941a, 1941b, 1943; Wulff and
Jahn, 1943). Therefore, it was considered worthwhile to deter-
mine by means of the electroretinogram the spectral sensitivity
of Dytiscus fascwentris during the phases of its diurnal rhythm.
The data resulting from this investigation are given in the pres-
ent paper.

METHOD

The sensitivity to various wave length bands in the visible
spectrum of the beetles was determined by measuring the elec-
trical response of the eye. The technique used for stimulating
and recording from the eye has been described previously
(Crescitelli and Jahn, 1939). The wave length of the stimu-
lating light was controlled by a series of Corning glass filters used
in appropriate combinations to yield the following wave bands :

Filter Comb.

4
*5
6

Width of Band
m|x

680-740

640-680

600-640

560-600

530-570

500-550

470-520

470-470

Peak of Band

720

645

620

575

545

515

490

440

110

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVI

The energy transmitted by the filter combinations was deter-
mined with a thermopile, and the stimulating intensity was varied
by use of Wratten neutral tint filters. The animals were main-
tained in a state of complete dark adaptation throughout the ex-
periments. The exposure duration was 17 milliseconds, and the
exposures separated by a time interval of 15 or 20 minutes, de-
pending upon the intensity.

RESULTS

Three or four responses were recorded at different intensities
with each filter combination. The magnitude of the initial spike-
like deflection of these responses in microvolts (ordinate) were
plotted against the common logarithm of the intensity (abscissa),
resulting in a curve for each filter combination (Fig. 1), which
is part of a sigmoid curve relating the response magnitude to the
logarithm of the intensity (Wulff and Jahn, 1943; Wulff, 1943).
The resulting family of curves was treated as follows : (1) a con-
stant response magnitude was selected which would intersect all
the curves (180 micro-volts in 8 experiments and 90 micro-volts
in 2 experiments) ; (2) a vertical line was dropped from the point
of intersection to the abscissa; (3) the logarithm of the intensity
corresponding to the points on the abscissa were tabulated op-
posite the wave length of the peak transmission of the filter com-
bination. These values for 10 experiments are plotted in Fig-
ure 2.

In order to examine the results in more compact form the data
were manipulated as follows : (1) the reciprocal of the intensities
for constant response magnitudes were calculated; (2) the peak
value for each curve was set at 100 per cent and the remaining
points of each curve were recalculated in terms of this maximum ;
(3) the values of the reciprocal of the intensity in per cent of
maxima were then averaged and tabulated in relation to wave
length of the peak transmission by the filter combination, Table I,
and plotted in Figure 3. The two uppermost curves (numbered
10 and 3) were obtained from animals in the day phase, and all
of the others were obtained from animals in the night phase.

DISCUSSION

The spectral sensitivity curves of Figure 2 are dispersed along
the ordinate. These variations may be explained as follows: (1)

June, 1948]

Jahn and Wulff: Spectral Sensitivity

111

eight curves were obtained from animals in the night phase of
their diurnal rhythm and two curves were obtained from animals
in the day phase. In view of the marked differences in sensi-

Figure 1. Curves for each filter combination relating the magnitude, in
millivolts, of the initial spike-like deflection of the retinal electric response
to the common logarithm of the stimulus intensity. These data represent
one experiment. The points of intersection of the 180 micro-volt constant
response line give the values of Log I for constant magnitude response for
each filter combination.

tivity of the Dytiscus eye during these phases a spread is to be
expected in the above instance; (2) the experiments were of long
duration (4r-6 hours) and, although the times of experimentation

112

New York Entomological Society [Vol. lvi

Figure 2. Continuous lines — curves relating the logarithm of the stimulat-
ing intensity required to produce a constant magnitude response to the wave
length of maximum transmission of each wave length band. Each curve
represents an individual experiment and the numbers correspond with the
numbers in Table I. Curves 3 and 10 were obtained from animals in the
day phase and all others from animals in the night phase. The broken line
represents the average of the ten experimental curves.

2 Relating Wave-Length to the Logarithm of Intensity for Constant Magnitude Response.

June, 1948]

Jahn and Wulff: Spectral Sensitivity

113

p o

g o

P Eh

^ %
o 03

fa o

£3

Hf P ~

S o -g °
-g

Kl ® So g

!*!

£ .a g

M f

<33 P Cj

111

P J t!

£ «p

^ oo o

CO iH O O

O CM lO O O O CO

in !0 H# oo O H OS

I— I O rH rH CM <M i— I

I I I I I I

t-OOOT^OOO
inlOONMCOr-IN
CM © O rH rH rH rH O

I I I I I I

I I I I

W W W

COOOOt— IrHt-HO

I I I I I I

oioM®wm®io

CO lO CO rH -HJ CO rH OS
<M* © © rH rH rH rH O

I I I I I I

O tH.

io © ©
os os iq
o o o’
I I

1111

o o o o o o
I I I I I

H CM CM <M CM

I I I I I

H (M CO

£ d £ £ :£

s s s s s

O CO o io to

lO CO t>-
£

zL i
P P

3 o

3 rH OS hH

® iq io m hi hi

Note: Constant response magnitude is 180 ^V, except in Exp. 6 and 10, where it is 90 jiV.

114

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVI

were chosen to correspond to the theoretical time of maximum
day and night phase, they may have not corresponded to the

Figure 3. The average spectral sensitivity curve for Dytiscus obtained
from data presented in Figure 2.

actual time of maximum day and night phase in each particular
beetle; (3) minor variations occurred in the mounting of the
animal, placing of the animal in the light beam and in the placing

June, 1948]

Jahn and Wulff: Spectral Sensitivity

115

of the filter, and all of these factors would contribute to disper-
sion along the ordinate.

The curves of Figure 2 resulting from individual experiments
are quite uniform with maximal sensitivity in the region 520 to
575 m /x and correspond generally to data from grasshoppers ob-
tained in a similar manner (Crescitelli and Jahn, 1939- Jahn,
1946). In the figures published by Jahn (1946) the data for
500 and 530 my were inadvertently transposed from the original
data of Crescitelli and Jahn (1939). If this transposition is cor-
rected and the maximum for the grasshopper taken as 530 m^,
then the limits of the data do not permit the assumption of any
real differences between Melanoplus and Dytiscus. At present
the data on Dytiscus seem to be the most accurate insect spectral
sensitivity data obtained by the electrical method.

The data agree well with results of Graham and Hartline (1935)
obtained from electrical studies of the Limulus photoreceptor and
with results obtained from Cecropia moth eyes (Jahn and
Crescitelli, 1939) using similar techniques. Spectral sensitivity
data obtained from behavior studies of insects placed in an en-
vironment of equal energy monochromatic wave bands yield data
which are grossly similar to that here described but differ in the
spectral location of maximal sensitivity. Bertholf (1931) pre-
sented data which indicate that for the honey bee the region of
maximal sensitivity in the visible spectrum in 553 m y and for
Drosophila (1932) the maximum lies at 487 my. Weiss and his
co-workers (1941, 1942, 1943a, b, and c, 1944a, and b) reported
data on a wide variety of insects which indicate sensitivity
maxima at 436, 492, 515, 606 and 642 my in the visible spectrum,
with an average maximal sensitivity in the wave-length band
whose peak transmission is at 492 m/x. It is not possible at pres-
ent to state whether the differences exhibited by the data obtained
from behavior and electrical studies are significant or, if so, to
what the differences may be attributed.

The data obtained from Dytiscus fascwentris indicate that no
significant difference exists in the spectral sensitivity of the eye
in the day and night phase of its diurnal rhythm. The disper-
sion on the ordinate may be explained partly on the basis of a

116

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVI

different absolute sensitivity of the photoreceptor during the day
and night phases (Jahn and Wulff, 1943).

SUMMARY

1. The spectral sensitivity of the dark adapted eye of the
beetle, Dytiscus fasciventris, was determined by using the elec-
trical response of the photoreceptor as an index of sensitivity.

2. The region of maximal sensitivity in the visible spectrum
as indicated by individual data is 520 to 575 m/z. The region of
maximal sensitivity as indicated by the averaged data is 530-
540 m/z.

3. No significant difference was found in the wave length sensi-
tivity of the photoreceptor during the day and night phases of
its diurnal rhythm.

Bibliography

Bertholf, L. M. 1931. The distribution of stimulative efficiency in the
ultraviolet for the honey bee. J. Agr. Res., 43 : 703-713.

. 1932. The extent of the spectrum for Drosophila and the distribu-
tion of stimulative efficiency in it. Zeitschr. f . vergleich. Physiol., 18 :
32-64.

Crescitelli, F. and T. L. Jahn. 1939. The electrical response of the dark-
adapted grasshopper eye to various intensities of illumination and to dif-
ferent qualities of light. Jour. Cell, and Comp. Physiol., 13: 105-112.
Graham, C. H. and H. K. Hartline. 1935. The response of single visual
sesne cells to lights of different wavelengths. Jour. Gen. Physiol., 18:
917-931.

Jahn, T. L. 1946. The electroretinogram as a measure of wave length
sensitivity to light. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 65: 1-8.

Jahn, T. L. and F. Crescitelli. 1939. The electrical responses of the
Cecropia moth eye. Jour. Cell, and Comp. Physiol., 13: 113-119.

. 1940. Diurnal changes in the electrical response of the compound

eye. Biol. Bull., 78 : 42-52.

Jahn, T. L. and Y. J. Wulff. 1941a. Retinal pigment distribution in
relation to a diurnal rhythm in the compound eye of Dytiscus. Proc.
Soc. Exp. Biol, and Med., 48 : 656-660.

. 1941b. Influence of a visual diurnal rhythm on flicker response

contours of Dytiscus. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, and Med., 48 : 660-665.

. 1943. Electrical aspects of a diurnal rhythm in the eye of Dytiscus

fasciventris. Physiol. Zool., 16: 101-109.

. 1946. The spectral sensitivity of Dytiscus fasciventris. Anat.

Rec., 96 Suppl: 11.

Weiss, H. B., E. A. Soraci and E. E. McCoy, Jr. 1941. Insect behavior to
various wave lengths of light. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 49: 1-20; 149-151.

June, 1948]

Jahn and Wulff: Spectral Sensitivity

117

, 1942. Insect behavior to various wave lengths of light. Jour.

N. Y. Ent. Soc., 50: 1-35.

. 1943a. Insect behavior to various wave lengths of light. Jour.

N. Y. Ent. Soc., 51 : 117-131.

Weiss, H. B. 1943b. Color perception in insects. Jour. Econ. Ent., 36:
1-7.

. 1943c. The group behavior of 14,000 insects to colors. Ent.

News, 54 : 152-156.

. 1944a. Insect responses to colors. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 52:

267-271.

Weiss, H. B., E. E. McCoy, Jr. and W. M. Boyd. 1944b. Group motor
responses of adult and larval forms of insects to different wave lengths
of light. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 52: 27-43.

. 1945. Insect response to colors. Sci. Monthly, 61 : 51-56.

Wulff, Y. J. and T. L. Jahn. 1943. Intensity-EMF relations of the elec-
troretinograms of bettles possessing a diurnal rhythm. Jour. Coll, and
Comp. Physiol., 22: 189-194.

Wulff, V. J. 1943. Correlation of photochemical events with the action
potential of the retina. Jour. Cell, and Comp. Physiol., 21: 319-326.

June, 1948]

Weiss: Entomological Club

119

THE NEW YORK ENTOMOLOGICAL CLUB
AND “PAPILIO”

By Harry B. Weiss

About eighteen years ago I tried to induce the late William
T. Davis to write an account of the New York Entomological
Club in view of his possession of the Club minutes. However
Mr. Davis never got around to it and after his death the minutes
became the property of the Staten Island Institute of Arts and
Sciences. Through the kindness of Miss Mabel Abbott, librarian
of the Institute I was able to borrow these minutes from which
the following account has been partly prepared.

On Sunday afternoon of October 3, 1880, at the home of Wm.
B. Neumoegen, 76 West 45th Street, New York City, A. R.
Grote, Edward L. Graef, Albert Koebele, Henry Edwards and
Berthold Neumoegen met and organized the New York Entomo-
logical Club. Mr. Grote was temporary chairman and Edwards
temporary secretary. The permanent officers elected were
President, Augustus R. Grote, Treasurer, Berthold Neumoegen,
and Secretary, Henry Edwards. The name of the society was
agreed upon as the New York Entomological Club, and the ob-
ject was the study of various orders, particularly species of the
United States and the publication of papers thereon. The so-
ciety was to consist of resident, corresponding and honorary
members. There were no limits upon the number of corre-
sponding members, but the honorary members were restricted
to fifty. All members were to be chosen by ballot and two
black balls were sufficient for exclusion. Various resolutions
were adopted which served as a sort of constitution. Corre-
sponding and honorary members were exempt from dues and
initiation fees. Meetings were to be held twice each month.
Messrs. Grote, Neumoegen and Edwards enrolled themselves at
once as members of the Club, but Graef and Koebele declined
for the time being. Sunday afternoons were selected for meet-
ings and the second meeting was to be at the home of Mr. Ed-
wards, 185 East 116th Street, New York City.

From October 3, 1880, to December 19, 1882, inclusive the
Club held thirty-two meetings. The first ten alternated between
the homes of Mr. Neumoegen and Mr. Edwards. The remaining

120

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVI

ones all took place at Mr. Edwards’ house. In other words, Mr.
Neumoegen supplied a meeting place five times and Mr. Ed-
wards, twenty-seven times. From the start until September
1881, two meetings were usually held each month. Beginning
with September 1881 only one monthly meeting was held and
this practice continued until the end. No meetings were held
during July and August. The attendance of resident members
ranged from one to nine and averaged about five per meeting.
Occasionally there were one or two visitors. There were about
twenty active or resident members and these, with the dates of
their election, are noted as follows.

October 3, 1880.

B. Neumoegen, 76 West 47th Street, New York.

A. R. Grote, New Brighton, S. I., New York.

Henry Edwards, 185 East 116th Street, New York.

November 14, 1880.

Theo. L. Mead, 674 Madison Ave., New York.

Julius E. Meyer, 61 St. Felix Street, Brooklyn.

Albert Koebele, 419 West 24th Street, New York.

December 12, 1880.

Otto Seifert, 7th Ave., and 24th Street, New York.

January 9, 1881.

William T. Davis, Tompkinsville, S. I., New York.

February 6, 1881.

James Angus, West Farms, New York.

February 20, 1881.

Jacob Doll, 35 Graham Ave., Brooklyn.

March 6, 1881.

Jno. Akhurst, Brooklyn.

S. Bridgham, New York.

April 3, 1881.

S. L. Eliot, 439 East 87th Street, New York.

April 17, 1881.

W. S. C. Putman Cramer, 227 East 93rd Street, New York.

A. W. P. Cramer, 227 East 93rd Street, New York.

May 1, 1881.

W. E. Waters, 103 Fulton Street, New York.

W. Woodworth, Sing Sing, N. Y.

G. H. VanWaggenen, Rye, N. Y.

June, 1948]

Weiss: Entomological Club

121

September 11, 1881.

Mark L. Hubbell, 211 West 23rd Street, New York.

January 29, 1882.

W. Schaus, Jr., 38 West 30th Street, New York.

Instead of writing a general, condensed summary of the min-
utes of the Club it was thought best to present the more impor-
tant proceedings, as recorded for particular dates. A large
portion of the minutes of many meetings is occupied with lists
of entomological publications that were received, and with the
names of corresponding members who were elected and of a
repetition of their names when they wrote letters of acceptance.
These will be excluded from this account.

Meeting of October 17, 1880

Mr. Grote wanted the Club to be worthy of the great city of
New York and to have some building devoted to entomology in
the forthcoming Exposition of 1883. This was the centennial
anniversary of the evacuation of New York by the British. He
suggested that collections could be deposited in such a building
for study by visiting entomologists and it was the hope of the
Club that the type collections of Grote and Edwards might find
a home there and be used to foster the study of entomology.
Mr. Grote stated that his collection contained nearly 1,500 types
of Noctuidse and Pyralidse. Franz G. Schaupp who was present
as a visitor at this meeting expressed the hope that the Club
would eventually consolidate with the Brooklyn Entomology
Society. Apparently he never joined the Club. Schaupp, a
coleopterist was a prominent member of the Brooklyn society
and editor of their Bulletin, and his room on the top floor of
Schaeffer’s saloon at 9 Broadway, Williamsburg was a favorite
meeting place for entomologists around 1873.

Meeting of November 14, 1880

At this time it was decided not to collect dues or initiation
fees, pending the adoption of a constitution. In addition it
was agreed that the first duty of the Club was to publish a
monthly journal of entomology, and a committee on publica-
tion consisting of Messrs. Edwards, Mead and Grote was ap-
pointed. The name of the journal was decided upon as “Pa-
pilio.” Seventeen corresponding members were elected.

122

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVI

Meeting of November 28, 1880

Mr. Mead, reporting for the publication committee, had gotten
an estimate from a firm on the cost of printing the transactions
of the Club. For 500 copies — 14 pages, thick white paper, cover
and title (small pica type) — size of page, 10 x 6J inches — size
of type page, 7 x 4-| inches — price $23.00 based on six issues.
This figure was accepted and referred to the publication com-
mittee.

Upon a motion by Neumoegen, Messrs. Grote and Mead were
asked to call upon the trustees of the Central Park Museum to
ask about the possibility of their receiving type specimens of
insects belonging to the Club or to its members. Mr. Grote read
a description of a new species Catocala dulciola. Three corre-
sponding members were elected.

The publication committee met after the regular meeting and
decided to devote “Papilio” entirely to Lepidoptera at least
until future members joined who were interested in other orders.
Messrs. Grote, Edwards and Neumoegen agreed to subscribe a
sum sufficient to pay the expense of the first three numbers.

Meeting of December 12, 1880

Three corresponding members were elected. Edwards read a
paper describing two new forms of Parnassius. The publica-
tion committee voted to prepare copy for the first number of
“ Papilio ” and accepted six papers for publication. Mr. Ed-
wards was asked to prepare a brief introduction for the first

^SSUe‘ Meeting of January 9, 1881

Six corresponding members were elected and the following
distinguished entomologists were enrolled as honorary members.
Lord Walsingham, England
Arthur G. Butler, British Museum, London
Dr. O. Staudinger, Dresden
Dr. C. von Felder, Vienna
Prof. P. C. Zeller, Prussia
Dr. A. Speyer, Saxony
W. J. Macleay, Australian Club, Sydney.

Alfred Bussell Wallace, England

H. W. Bates, Geographical Society, London

Mr. Grote read a paper on some new species of Agrotis.

June, 1948]

Weiss: Entomological Club

123

Meeting of January 23, 1881

Mr. Achille Guenee, of France, was added to the list of hon-
orary members and four corresponding members were elected.
Prof. Fernald, a corresponding member was present at this
meeting. The secretary had a letter from the editor of “ Sci-
ence’’ offering to incorporate “Papilio” with his publication but
this offer was refused, with thanks. The publication committee
presented the first number of “Papilio.” Five hundred copies
were printed.

Meeting of February 6, 1881

Mr. Tunnison was present as a visitor. To the list of honor-
ary members, the names of Charles Darwin, F.R.S., and Sir
John Lubbock were added. Sixteen corresponding members
were elected and various papers were read. A letter was read
from S. H. Scudder of Boston offering a paper on the life his-
tory of Retina frustrana, but as this needed illustrations costing
$130.00 of which Scudder offered to pay $50.00, action was
postponed.

Most of the persons who were elected to corresponding and
honorary membership accepted and replied gracefully. For ex-
ample Charles Darwin wrote as follows :

Feb. 21, 1881

Down

Beckenham, Kent.

Railway Station

Orpington

Dear Sir

I have the pleasure to acknowledge the receipt of your letter of Feb. 7th
in which you inform me that the Entomological Club of New York has con-
ferred on me the honour of electing me an honorary member; & I request
that you will be so good as to return to the association my sincere thanks.

I remain Dear Sir

Your sincere & obedient servant
Charles Darwin

H. Edwards Esq.

New York Ent.

185 East 116th st.

New York
U. States.

124

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVI

Meeting of February 20, 1881

C. V. Riley and J. Akhurst were present as visitors. John
Akhurst was the taxidermist and dealer in entomological supplies
of 78 Ashland Place, Brooklyn. His advertisement appeared in
the first number of the Journal of the New York Entomo-
logical Society and for some years later, in succeeding num-
bers. Eight corresponding members were elected at this time
and Mr, Grote presented a paper on new species of Noctuidae.
A “conversation ensued” between Prof. Riley and Mr. Grote
relative to variations among certain examples of the genus Acro-
basis. Messrs. Neumoegen, Edwards and Grote were appointed
as a standing committee on all matters relative to the coming
“World’s Fair” so that the entomological interests of the United
States would be presented properly.

Meeting of March 6, 1881

Seven corresponding members were elected and three honor-
ary ones, the latter being Prof. J. 0. Westwood, England, Dr.
Felipe Poey, Cuba and Dr. Herman C. C. Burmeister, Buenos
Aires. Mr. Neumoegen was made a member of the publication
committee and a committee on nomenclature consisting of Mead
and Edwards was appointed to investigate all doubtful points
connected with synonymy. A committee was also appointed to
draft a constitution and a set of by-laws, but no further refer-
ence to these two committees was ever made later. The secre-
tary reported that he had had 1,000 one-page circulars printed
advertising “Papilio.” According to this circular “Papilio”
was to appear about the 15th of each month, except July and
August. The names of distinguished contributions were men-
tioned and the projectors believed that “Papilio” had “entered
upon a long and prosperous existence. ’ ’ The cost was $2.00 per
year and two numbers had already been published. The cir-
cular was dated, February, 1881 and signed by the four editors,
A. R. Grote, Theo. L. Mead, Hy. Edwards and B. Neumoegen.

Meeting of April 3, 1881

Four corresponding members were elected at this meeting and
eight at the meeting of March 20. Mr. Eliot reported the cap-
ture of rare Lepidoptera in Central Park and showed a mag-

June, 1948]

Weiss: Entomological Club

125

nificent series of Papilio philenor (24 specimens). Mr. Edwards
exhibited a new air-tight insect case and also a new collecting
bottle contributed by Mr. J. S. Johnson of Philadelphia, the
poison vapor being communicated through a perforated floor.

During the course of the next four meetings nine correspond-
ing members were elected, and four honorary members, the latter
being as follows :

H. T. Stainton, England
H. B. Moeschler, Germany
P. C. T. Snellen, Rotterdam
C. R. Ritzema, Leyden

Meeting of June 19, 1881

A letter from B. P. Mann was read in which it was stated
that he was about to dispose of the whole of his stock and en-
tomological goods at greatly reduced prices. Two corresponding
members were elected. Mr. Edwards showed a series of draw-
ings of Lepidoptera by Emily L. Morton, who had promised
Edwards that she would make a plate for “Papilio.” Miss
Morton’s work was greatly admired by the members.

Meeting of September 11, 1811

Prof. C. V. Riley was present as a visitor and exhibited Cram-
bidse and other insects from Georgia which were mostly identi-
fied by Mr. Grote. Insects were also shown by Mr. Eliot and
Mr. Neumoegen and there was much talk about the abundance
of certain species of Lepidoptera during the summer.

Meeting of October 2, 1881

The treasurer reported a considerable deficit and urged new
efforts for new subscribers to “Papilio.” Mr. Edwards said
that business engagements would take him from the city for six
weeks and Mr. Grote consented to get out the ninth number of
‘ 1 Papilio. ’ ’ Two corresponding members were elected and there
was some conversation about the escape of Prof. Francis H.
Snow of Kansas from the hands of Apache Indians during a
collecting trip in New Mexico.

Meeting of November 27, 1881

It was reported that Mr. Grote had left suddenly for Europe
and would return around February, 1882. Three correspond-

126

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVI

ing members were elected and a ‘‘conversation ensued ” about
the many personalities contained in an article by Grote that
was published in the last number of “Papilio.” In this ar-
ticle the Rev. George D. Hulst and Mr. Herman Strecker were
attacked by the writer. The members thought that the publi-
cation of such a paper was unjustified. Mr. Grote had acted
without conferring with anyone or with the publication com-
mittee. It was decided that personalities should be excluded.

Meeting of December 11, 1881

Four corresponding members elected, and a discussion about
Lepidoptera took place. A letter was read, from C. A. Blake of
Philadelphia referring to some napthaline cones prepared by
him for preserving specimens in cabinets. The members agreed
to order a quantity for experimental use. A letter from Rev.
G. D. Hulst was read after which a recess was taken. The
meeting was again called to order and a resolution was adopted
empowering the secretary to alter and modify Mr. Hulst ’s letter
of rejoinder to Mr. Grote so as to omit all personalities. The
modified letter was to be sent to Mr. Hulst and if satisfactory
to him, it was to be published immediately. If Mr. Hulst ’s
original rejoinder was printed the secretary was to publish in
the same number of “Papilio” all the evidence in his possession
relative to the dispute, over the names of Catocalas,/ between
Strecker and Grote, in which it was charged that Hulst was the
mouthpiece of Strecker.

The secretary in his yearly report reviewed the activities of
the Club which then had nineteen active members, seventeeen
honorary members, and ninety-one corresponding members.
Outstanding entomologists all over the world were selected and
elected as corresponding members. Many of them, of course,
became subscribers to “Papilio” and I am of the opinion that
the Club had this in mind when the selections were made. Ex-
cept for the entomologists who corresponded regularly with Ed-
wards, Grote, Neumoegen and perhaps a few other members,
most of the corresponding members had nothing to correspond
about and so far as recorded in the minutes of the Club their
only correspondence as the acceptance of the honor of becoming
a corresponding member.

June, 1948]

Weiss: Entomological Club

127

At this time “Papilio” had 100 subscribers, with a promise
of six more. Mr. Edwards reported at this meeting on the suc-
cess of the journal and of his plans for the future,; and also
stated that Grote had gone to Europe because of ill health. The
number of copies of “Papilio” printed monthly was 500, of
which 200 were kept in reserve. However it was believed that a
printing of 350 would be ample.

Mr. Neumoegen reporting, as treasurer, said that the position
of the treasury was not good. Revenues from January 1 to
December 1, 1881 amounted to $194.46. Printing and other ex-
penses totalled $415.73. This left the Club in debt to Mr. Neu-
moegen for $221.27. A long “conversation ensued’ ’ upon the
subject of finances and it was resolved to pay off the indebted-
ness by voluntary contributions from members. Those present
agreed to pay the following amounts:

B. Neumoegen $50.00

Hy. Edwards 15.00

A. W. Cramer 10.00

J. Akhurst 10.00

S. L. Eliot 10.00

Jacob Doll 10.00

W. Woodworth 5.00

Otto Seifert 10.00

Another source 25.00

$145.00

For the balance of $76.00 still owing to Mr. Neumoegen, the
secretary was instructed to canvass other members.

Meeting of January 8, 1882

At this meeting the secretary reported the receipt of a letter
from Mr. W. H. Edwards complaining of the numerous errors
in the Checklist of Lepidoptera which had been published in
the “Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society” and of-
fering to submit a corrected list to “Papilio,” the reprints of
which might be sold by the Club for fifty cents per copy. This
proposal was deferred and never again referred to in the min-
utes— sharing the same fate as the proposed constitution and
by-laws and several other proposals.

128

New York Entomological Society

[Yol. LVl

A new estimate for printing 350 copies per month of “Pa-
pilio” was received. The new charge for a 20-page journal in-
cluding covers was to be $22.50 per month and $1.25 for each
additional page. Mr. Edwards proposed that “Papilio” carry
advertising and the members agreed to help in soliciting ‘ ‘ ads. ’ ’
Meetings January 29 to December 19, 1882

The minutes of the remaining nine meetings contain little of
interest. During this period only one active member was ad-
mitted and only four corresponding members were elected. Mr.
Edwards presented a paper on butterflies taken in Arizona by
Jacob Doll. Mr. Schaus exhibited a fine collection of Mexican
Lepidoptera collected by himself near Vera Cruz. On March 5,
1882 Mr. Neumoegen reported that President Grote had returned
from Europe and the secretary was instructed to write to him
expressing gratitude at his return and wishing for his speedy
recovery to good health. Mr. Neumoegen exhibited Lepidop-
tera. At the May 28, 1882 meeting only Edwards and Akhurst
were present. On June 18, , 1882, although six members were
present, little activity was recorded and the Club adjourned
subject to the call of the president or secretary. On October-
15, 1882, Edwards, Akhurst and Neumoegen appeared, but as
there was no quorum, no business was transacted. At the next
two meetings, October 29 and December’ 19, 1882 only the sec-
retary Mr. Edwards was present and from then on, the record is
blank, and the New York Entomological Club came to an end.

The minutes of all meetings are signed “Hy. Edwards,' Hon.
Sec’y*” Apparently the members paid no dues as neither the
reports of the secretary nor those of the treasurer mention re-
ceipts from such a source. Of course more conversation went
on at the meetings than was recorded in the minutes or than is
indicated in the summaries that have been presented. And at
the early meetings it was customary for Edwards and Grote to
read descriptions of new species that were intended for publi-
cation in “Papilio.”

The most active members of the New York Entomological
Club were Henry Edwards, B. Neumoegen, A. R. Grote, John
Akhurst, Theo. L. Mead, S. L. Eliot and A. W. P. Cramer. At
least their attendance records indicate active interest. Of the

June, 1948] Weiss: Entomological Club 129

thirty-two meetings held during the Club ’s brief existence,
Henry Edwards the secretary was present at all of them. Neu-
moegen attended twenty-three meetings, Akhurst twenty in-
cluding the four times he was present as a visitor, A. R. Grote
sixteen, T. L. Mead eleven, A. W. P. Cramer thirteen* Eliot
ten. Koebele attended six, Davis five, Doll five, Seifert seven
and the balance of the members each showed up from one to
four times. Graef attended four as a visitor. At the time the
Club was organized in 1880, the approximate ages of some of
the most active members and visitors were — Edwards fifty,
Grote . thirty-nine, Graef thirty-eight, Neumoegen thirty-five,
Seifert thirty-two, Koebele twenty-eight, Schaus twenty-two,
Davis eighteen.

Considering the smallness of the Club a singularly large pro-
portion of the members had either already achieved distinction
as entomologists, or did so later. Augustus Radcliffe Grote
started his entomological activities around 1862, and became an
extensive author, describing over 1,000 new species of Lepidop-
tera, especially North American Noctuidae. His collection was
sold to the British Museum. At the time of his death in Ger-
many in 1903 he was director of the Roman Museum. Berthold
Neumoegen who spoke five or six languages fluently was in
business as a banker and broker at 40 Exchange Place, New
York City. He was enthusiastic about Lepidoptera and began
collecting around 1874. He described many new species and
wrote papers in conjunction with H. G. Dyar. At one time he
employed Jacob Doll to work on his collection. Henry Edwards
or Hy. Edwards as he signed all the minutes of the Club and
his various writings, was well known as an actor and lepidop-
terist. In 1879 he was hired by Lester Wallack as a member of
his stock company and became stage manager of the theatre.
He traveled extensively in South America, Australia, and the
United States as an actor and was a student of Pacific coast
Lepidoptera and North American Aegeridae. He had numerous
friends and correspondents.

Otto Seifert was a prosperous druggist of New York City
who was interested in the Arctiidae and who published on this
family. His collection was purchased by the New York Ento-

130

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVI

mological Society and presented to the American Museum of
Natural History. John Akhurst, as has been noted, was a taxi-
dermist and dealer in butterflies and entomological supplies of
Brooklyn. Edward Louis Graef was in. business at 58 Court
Street, Brooklyn for 50 years as an importer of wines, and the
first treasurer of the Brooklyn Entomological Society when it
was organized in 1876 in Prof. Franz G. Schaupp’s rooms at the
foot of Broadway, Williamsburg. Both Graef and Grote while
boys attended Prof. Joseph Deghuee’s school in Brooklyn 1853-
1858 and formed a friendship that lasted many years. Both
were interested in Lepidoptera. His collection of 10,000 speci-
mens of Lepidoptera, including about 80 types based on his
own descriptions in the early volumes of the Brooklyn “Bulle-
tin,” was given to the Brooklyn Museum in 1900.

William Schaus made extensive contributions to the knowledge
of world Lepidoptera and described numerous new species from
South America. At one time he was Honorary Curator of Lepi-
doptera in the United States National Museum. Albert Koe-
bele attracted the attention of Prof. C. V. Riley in 1881, while
Riley was attending a meeting of the Brooklyn Entomological
Society. Riley was impressed by the beautiful condition of
Koebele’s specimens and as a result he offered him a job. Koe-
bele went to Washington early in 1882, where he first worked
in the office and later in the field. In November 1882 he was
sent to Brazil to investigate pests of cotton and later to Califor-
nia to experiment with washes against the coftony cushion scale
of orange. While in Australia in 1888 he found the ladybird
Vedalia cardinalis that was introduced with success into Cali-
fornia as an enemy of the cottony cushion scale on orange.
This discovery and subsequent successful introduction made Koe-
bele’s reputation. In 1893 he was made entomological expert
for the Department of Agriculture and Forestry of Hawaii. He
then investigated the insect fauna of Hawaii and visited Aus-
tralia, New Zealand and other countries for predators and para-
sites that might prove useful in Hawaii. His work in biological
control was extensive. He pioneered in this field and made
numerous contributions to th£ technique of handling and ship-
ping such material. With the exception of Henry Edwards
who was born in England, all the entomologists who have just

June, 1948]

Weiss: Entomological Club

131

been noted, from Grote to Koebele inclusive, were born in Ger-
many. In conclusion mention should be made of Theodore L.
Mead, a son-in-law of William H. Edwards, who accompanied
the Denver party of the Wheeler Survey during the summer of
1871. The material that he collected was determined and de-
scribed by his father-in-law W. H. Edwards. In the June 1934
number of the Journal of the New York Entomological So-
ciety, F. Martin Brown wrote on “The Localities of T. L.
Mead’s Collection of Butterflies from Colorado in 1871,” trac-
ing the localities for Edwards’ types and a schedule of Mead’s
travels, from a study of Mead’s Report of the Wheeler Survey
and other sources.

“Papilio: The Organ of the New York Entomological Club”
was published by the Club during the years 1881 and 1882. It
was devoted exclusively to. Lepidoptera during its entire short
life. Its size was 8i x 5J inches. Volume I (11 numbers) ran
to 244, pages and volume II (10 numbers) to 189 pages. Henry
Edwards was the editor of these two volumes. In fact Edwards
als9 edited volume III (10 numbers, 193 pages) but after the
cessation of the activities of the Club at the end of 1882, the
wording “Organ of the New York Entomological Club” dis-
appeared from the title page and apparently Edwards was both
editor and publisher of “Papilio” during 1883. In a delayed
notice to the subscribers, written by Edwards June 10, 1884,
after he had completed the index to volume III, he wrote of the
foundation of the Club three years before and of the intense
enthusiasm of the promoters of “Papilio.” After a little while
the excitement abated and Edwards was gradually saddled with
all the editorial work as well as being secretary of the Club. In
addition to proofreading he had to go to the printer’s place a
distance of about fifty blocks four or five times each month and
he even folded and mailed the numbers. Added to this was the
burden of a heavy correspondence, all on top of the duties of
his profession. In view of this he was compelled to relinquish
the journal and take a personal loss of $200.00 upon the three
volumes. As he still had back numbers on hand he was willing
to sell the three volumes for $5.00 a set. The subscription price
per volume had been $2.00.

132

New York Entomological Society

[Yol. lvi

The fourth and last volume of “Papilio” (1884) appeared
under the editorship of Eugene M. Aaron of Philadelphia with
George B. Cresson (eldest son of E. T. Cresson) as “Entomo-
logical Printer.” In the January 1884 issue of the journal Ed-
wards wrote a notice to the subscribers in which he asked them
to transfer their support to his good friend Mr. Aaron who was
“eminently fitted for the task” of running “Papilio” and
cited as a reason for his withdrawal, the pressure of business
engagements. However Mr. Aaron had not taken over a flour-
ishing magazine as he shortly discovered. In the May 1884
issue Mr. Aaron complained that up to June 1, less than 45 per
cent of the subscribers had paid their subscriptions. This was
discouraging and Mr. Aaron found that he was $100.00 poorer
after the year’s work was only half done, and after he had given
the magazine many hours of time taken from profitable employ-
ment. When he sent out bills, to those who had not paid by
March 15, answers were received only from 17 per cent and al-
most half of these cancelled their subscriptions. He compares
this condition with the comparatively large number of European
subscribers among which there was only one debtor. He finally
predicted that “Papilio” would cease at the end of 1884, and
was of the opinion that his editorial labors were for the most
part undervalued and largely thrown away.

In the September 1884 issue a notice states that the Brooklyn
Entomological Society will consider the advisability of taking
over ‘ ‘ Papilio ’ 5 and publishing it in connection with their ‘ ‘ Bull-
etin.” At this time Mr. Aaron said that of its 250 subscribers,
less than 100 had paid for the journal. His personal loss then
amounted to $200.00 and, unless the Brooklyn Society took over,
“Papilio” would stop with the December 1884 number.

In the November 1884 issue (Nos. 9 and 10), p. 187, the
editor, Mr. Aaron, said that the question of publishing an Amer-
ican magazine devoted to entomology was discussed by the Ento-
mological Club of the American Association for the Advance-
ment of Science at their meeting in Philadelphia, last September.
A committee which included the editors of “Psyche,” The
“Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society” and “Pa-
pilio” reported adversely, not so much on account of their dis-

June, 1948]

Weiss : Entomological Club

133

approval as on account of their disinclination to commit the
Club to what they believed would turn out as a failure. Even
before this meeting the doom of “Papilio” had been sealed be-
cause of the failure of subscribers to pay their just debts. The
representatives of the Brooklyn Society advised Mr. Aaron that
they were ready to publish a monthly journal devoted to gen-
eral entomology provided “Papilio” would discontinue and give
its subscription list to the new publication. To this Mr. Aaron
agreed immediately. Between the time the agreement was made
and the publication of Mr. Aaron’s comments in the November
1884 issue of “Papilio,” two numbers of “Entomologia Ameri-
cana” had been published by the Brooklyn Society.

During its brief existence “Papilio” carried various articles
devoted to the Lepidoptera, descriptions of new species, notes,
larval habits, discussions of nomenclature, etc., many by well-
known authors in the field of descriptive entomology. The first
two volumes included several colored plates, but nothing of the
sort appeared in the last two, probably because neither Mr. Ed-
wards or Mr. Aaron were willing to spend more of their money
on a losing venture.

In volume I, number 9, October, 1881 of “Papilio” may be
found the article by A. R. Grote on “New Moths from Arizona,
with Remarks on Catocala and Heliothis” which proved so em-
barrassing to the publication committee of the New York Ento-
mological Club because of its personal criticisms of Herman
Strecker and George D. Hulst, to which the latter objected. Of
Strecker, Grote wrote that his work was of ‘ ‘ such an indifferent
character” that he (Grote) was unwilling to criticize it. “He
(Strecker) has made proportionately more and more unexcus-
able synonyms than any other writer, and his slovenly descrip-
tions and confessed unacquaintance with structure place him on
a level with the worst amateur who has ‘coined’ a ‘species.’ In
vulgarity and misrepresentation he is, fortunately, without a
rival. No amount of ‘industry’ or ‘facility with the pencil’ can
condone his conduct.” As for Hulst, Grote in referring to a
paper on Catocala by Hulst, which appeared in the ‘ ‘ Bulletin of
the Brooklyn Entomological Society,” said that its publication
was “entirely unnecessary from a scientific point of view.”. . .

134

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVI

‘‘Neither from the literary or biological point of view did the
author possess sufficient information to warrant his writing ex-
tendedly upon the subject.”. . . “Mr. Hulst prefers, for in-
stance, the name Amestris to Anna, on the ground ‘that’ one is
‘strictly Catocaline’ (?), while the other is ‘not.’ It appears
from this that ‘ Catocaline ’ is a new euphemism for loose behav-
ior, and that the Rev. Mr. Hulst approves the names of Swin-
burne’s heroines being applied to a group of moths whose con-
duct is no worse, so far as I have observed, than their neighbors.
To prefer the ‘strange woman’ to a prophetess is singular taste
in a clergyman.” Mr. Hulst ’s reply without personalities ap-
peared in the December 1881 number of “Papilio” under the
title “Some Remarks Upon Catocalae, in Reply to Mr. A. R.
Grote,” and beneath this reply the publication committee added
a note regretting that “anything like personalities” should have
crept into “Papilio.” Grote ’s paper was printed while the edi-
tor was absent from the city and it was stated that no further
personal remarks should again be permitted in “Papilio.” The
entire controversy of course was due to a difference of opinion
between specialists.

In volume III of “Papilio,” the amusing controversy between
Prof. C. V. Riley and A. R. Grote and W. H. Edwards appeared
relative to the capitalization of specific names. Riley wrote to
the editor asking upon what grounds and for what purpose had
American lepidopterists adopted the “vicious” habit of capita-
lizing the specific names of their insects. W. H. Edwards, who
answered for the editor admitted being a sinner in this respect
and asked “if some sort of function attached to the office of En-
tomologist in Chief at Washington” made it his duty “to have
an eye to entomological obliquities of all sorts.” He said that
his purpose was not wicked and that the Professor might rest in
peace. And in addition the usage was not new, having been in-
dulged in by Linnaeus, Fabricius and Kirby. If Riley believed
the old way to be vicious, then he (W. H. Edwards) could say
with just as much reason, that the new way was “vile.” To this
and to the replies of Grote and Kirby, Prof. Riley answered in
a lengthy paper, in which he apparently had the last word.

I cannot find any evidence indicating that there was any con-

June, 1948]

Weiss: Entomological Club

135

nection between the New York Entomological Club and the New
York Entomological Society. The former went out of existence
at the end of 1882 and the latter was organized June 29, 1892.
In the Proceedings of the New York Entomological Society
for May 5, 1936, printed in the Journal, volume 45 (2)*: p. 259,
Mr. W. T. Davis is credited with saying that the Club started in
1880 and was incorporated in 1893. The Club was never incor-
porated at all and it was the Society that was incorporated in
that year. In the same Proceedings it is further recorded that
“Grote, ” present at the meeting, stated that the Club started
when the New Yorkers rebelled at the idea of going to Brooklyn
to attend the meetings of the Brooklyn Entomological Society.
Mr. “Grote” said that he was president in 1902 and 1903, after
having been treasurer for several previous years. Mr. “Grote”
was not present at the May 5, 1936 meeting, having died in Ger-
many, September 12, 1903. However Mr. C. F. Groth (not
Grote) was present and the statements he made are true not for
the New York Entomological Club, but for the New York Ento-
mological Society. This confusion probably resulted from the
fact that the secretary who recorded the proceedings thought
that the Club and the Society were synonymous. I suppose the
editor of the Journal should have caught these errors, but as
a matter of fact, he was not familiar with the history of the Club
at the time they were made.

Some of the former members of the Club joined the New
York Entomological Society. In the lists of members of the
Society printed in the Journal vol. 12, p. 192, 1904, and vol. 13,
p. 52, 1905 may be found the names of W. T. Davis, Jacob Doll,
Otto Seifert, and Edward L. Graef. Other members of the Club
may also have belonged to the Society previous to 1904. In any
event papers by A. R. Grote, William Schaus, and B. Neumoegen
appeared in its Journal between 1893 and 1898.

REFERENCES

Anon. Augustus Radcliffe Grote. Ent. News, xiv (9) : 277-278, 1903.
Anon. Berthold Neumoegen. Ent. News, vi (3) : -3-45-1895. £ '

Anon. Henry Edwards. Ent. News, ii (7) : tF-8, 1891.

Bather, William T. Another Reminiscense of Early Days. Bull. Brook.

Ent. Soc., xviii, p. 56-57, 1893.

136

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LYI

Engelhardt, George P. Edward Louis Graef. Bull. Brook. Ent. Soc.,

xvii (2) : 43-45, 1922.

Graef, Edward L. 1878-1912, A Retrospect. Bull. Brook. Ent. Soc., viii
(1), 1912.

Groth, Christian F. Otto Seifert. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., Mar., 1911,
p. 63.

Howard, L. O. A History of Applied Entomology. Washington, 1930.
Leng, Charles W. Memories of Fifty Years Ago. Bull. Brook. Ent. Soc.,

xviii (1), 1923.

Leng, Charles W. Recollections of Charles Fuchs. Bull. Brook. Ent. Soc.,
ix, p. 73-74, 1914.

New York Entomological Club. Minute Book, 1880-1882, in Library
Staten Island Institute of Arts and Sciences.

Osborn, Herbert. Fragments of Entomological History. Columbus, Ohio,
1937.

No. 3

Vol. LVI

SEPTEMBER, 1948

Journal

of the

New York Entomological Society

&M.;V r < , , yyr Y rcA,d^M\ ^ :,z ' />-■ '/ >>'■ , :

Devoted to Entomology in General

0CT14J

HARRY B. WEISS

Publication Committee

HARRY B. WEISS JOHN D. SHERMAN, Jr.

DR. CHARLES D. MICHENER

Subscription $4*00 per Year

Published Quarterly by the Society
N. QUEEN ST. AND McGOVERN AVE.
LANCASTER, PA.

NEW YORK, N. Y.

1948

. ' ' ■< W ‘ . H i

CONTENTS

Records and Descriptions of Neotropical Crane-Flies

(Tipulidae, Diptera), XXIII

By Charles P. Alexander 137

Additions and Corrections to the List of Nearctic Species
of Dianthidium (Hymenoptera, Apoidea)

By P. H. Timberlake 149

“Useless and Ill-Advised” 154

Notes on a Colony of Polistes Fuscatus Hunteri Bequaert

By Herman T. Spieth 155

Insects and Slang 170

T. D. A. Cockerell

By Charles D. Michener 171

Notes on the Distribution, Habits and Habitats of Some
Panama Culicines (Diptera, Culicidse)

By Ross H. Arnett, Jr. ; 175

Book Notice 194

Honey-Bee Predators

By S. W. Bromley 195

Book Notice : 200

A New Member of the Genus Caddo (Phalangida)

By Clarence J. and Marie L. Goodnight 201

NOTICE: Volume LV I , Number 2 of the Journal of the
New York Entomological Society was published
on August 10, 1948.

Entered as second class matter July 7, 1925, at the post office at Lancaster, Pa.,
under the Act of August 24, 1912.

Acceptance for mailing at special rate of postage provided for in Section 1103.
Act of October 3, 1917, authorized March 27, 1924.

JOURNAL

OF THE

New York Entomological Society

Vol. LVI September, 1948 No. 3

RECORDS AND DESCRIPTIONS OF NEOPTROPICAL
CRANE-FLIES (TIPULIDiE, DIPTERA), XXIII

By Charles P. Alexander
Amherst, Massachusetts

The preceding part under this general title was published in
this Journal (vol. 55 : 173-184 ; June 1947) . The types of the nov-
elties described herewith are preserved in my collection through
the appreciated kindness of the various collectors. Two species
are based on materials in the United States National Museum,
sent to me for determination by Dr. Alan Stone.

Genus Austrolimnophila Alexander

Austro limnophila (Austrolimnophila) bulbulifera, new species.

General coloration of thorax yellow, the pleura with a transverse brown
girdle occupying the mesepisternum ; femora obscure yellow, the tips nar-
rowly blackened, remainder of legs brown, the tarsi extensively whitened;
wings subhyaline, restrictedly patterned with brown; m-cu about three-
fourths its length beyond the fork of M; male hypopygium with the
median region of tergite produced into a narrow lobe, its tip shallowly
emarginate; dististyle complex, the main body with long coarse nodulose
setae; face of style with a low blackened flange.

Male. — Length about 11 mm.; wing 10 mm.; antenna about 1.9 mm.

Eostrum and palpi black. Antennae short; scape and pedicel obscure yel-
low, flagellum black; flagellar segments subcylindrical to cylindrical, the
longest verticils unilaterally arranged, # much longer than the segments.
Head brown.

Pronotum testaceous, paling to yellow on the sides and on the propleura.
Mesonotal praescutum obscure yellow, the stripes not or scarcely indicated;
lateral praescutal borders slightly darkened, representing the upper end of
the pleural girdle described below ; scutum and scutellum chiefly pale ;

138

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVI

mediotergite dark brown; pleurotergite yellow, its posterior border more
darkened. Pleura pale yellow, with a narrow dark brown transverse girdle
extending from the prsescutum, as described, across the entire mesepisternum
and sternum. Halteres elongate, stem obscure yellow, knob dark brown.
Legs with the coxae and trochanters pale yellow; femora obscure yellow,
the tips narrowly blackened; tibiae and proximal half (hind) to three-fourths
(fore) of basitarsi medium brown, the remainder of basitarsi and segments
two to four white, the terminal segment infuscated. Wings with the ground
yellow on cephalic third, more grayish on posterior portions; a restricted
brown pattern, including spots at origin of Bs, cord, outer end of cell
1st M2, B, and adjoining veins, fork of M1+2, and near outer end of cell
Ba] a faintly indicated dusky wash in center of cell B ; veins dark brown,,
conspicuous. Venation: Scx ending shortly beyond the fork of B2+s+i, Sc2 a
short distance from its tip; B2+2+i about one-half longer than m-cu ; -R1+2
shorter than B2+s+i ; anterior cord oblique, cell B3 most proximad; petiole of
cell Mx about twice m) m-cu about three-fourths its own length beyond the
fork of M.

Abdominal tergites dark brown, the caudal margins of the more basal
segments narrowly yellow, the outer segments more uniformly darkened;
hypopygium chiefly black; sternites bicolored, chiefly yellow, with a narrow
blackened ring before midlength. Male hypopygium with the tergite pro-
duced caudad into a medium depressed-flattened lobe, its apex shallowly
emarginate. Basistyle on mesal face near apex with a small tubercle tufted
with long yellow setae. Interbase a small curved yellow structure, the tip
acute. Dististyle complex, the main body more or less triangular, extended
into a long slender rostrum, the concave mesal face of style with several
strong yellow setae that are provided for most of their length with globular
excrescences; on face of style a low blackened lobe or flange, its surface
with dense microscopic setulae.

Habitat. — Southeastern Brazil.

Holotype, JV Boracea, Sao Paulo, altitude 800 meters, August
1947 (John Lane).

Although generally similar to species such as Austrolimno-
phila ( Austrolimnophila ) candiditarsis Alexander , A. ( A .)
pallidistyla Alexander, and other regional forms, the type of
structure of the male hypopygium is more as in the various
species of the subgenus Limnophilella Alexander, as A. ( L .)
multipicta Alexander, all of which have the much retracted m-cu
crossvein. I am deeply indebted to Dr. John Lane for many fine
Tipulidae from Sao Paulo and Bio de Janeiro.

Genus PseudoUmnophila Alexander

Pseudolimnophila plutoides, new species.

Allied to pluto ; size large (wing, male, over 9 mm.) ; general coloration

Sept,, 1948]

Alexander : Crane Flies

139

black, the praescutum and scutal lobes more reddish brown; legs and wings
strongly blackened; B2+s+i from two to three times as long as B2- abdomen
dark brown, the hypopygium more yellowish brown.

Male. — Length about 9-10 mm. ; wing 9-10 mm. ; antenna about 1.5 mm.

Rostrum and palpi black. Antennae black, the pedicel a very little paler;
flagellar segments passing through long-oval to subcylindrical, the verticils,
especially of the outer segments, long and conspicuous. Head black; anter-
ior vertex relatively broad, about two and one-half times the diameter of the
scape.

Pronotum black. Mesonotal praescutum and scutal lobes dark reddish
brown, virtually unpatterned; posterior sclerites of notum more brownish
black. Pleura, including the dorsopleural membrane, blackened. Halteres
infuscated. Legs with the coxae brownish black; trochanters obscure yellow;
remainder of legs dark brown, the femoral bases restrictedly obscure yellow.
Wings with a strong blackish tinge, especially in the outer radial field ;
stigma and narrow seams over cord and outer cell 1st M2 still darker brown ;
veins brown. Venation: Bs long, subequal to vein Bx- B2+ 3+4 from two to
three times B2- veins B3 and Bx extending generally parallel to one another,
the former arched at near midlength, slightly widening the cell at this
point; cell Mx more than three times its petiole; m-cu at near two-fifths to
three-fifths the length of cell 1st M2.

Abdomen dark brown, the hypopygium a trifle brighter, more yellowish
brown. Male hypopygium with the ninth tergite bilobed, the lobes narrower
than the U-shaped median notch. Outer dististyle with the entire mesal
face densely covered with erect setae. Gonapophyses small, bispinous.

Habitat. — Pern.

Holotype, J1, Carpish, Huanuco, in dwarf fog forest, altitude
2800 meters (9100 feet), November 4, 1946 (Woytkowski) . Para-
topotype, J', November 14, 1946.

The nearest ally of the present fly is Pseudolimnophila pluto
Alexander, from the Tropical Zone of Amazonian Ecuador, a
smaller and much paler fly. The male hypopygia of the two
species are very similar and indicate a close relationship.

Genus Teucholabis Osten Sacken

Teucholabis (Euparatropesa) laetifica, new species.

Size small (wing, female, 5 mm.) ; allied to lindneri; head, pronotum and
pleura orange; mesonotum shiny black, restrictedly patterned with yellow;
femora yellow, the tips blackened, broadest on the fore femora; wings
whitish subhyaline, restrictedly patterned with brown; dark areas at arculus
and origin of Bs interconnected in the costal field; Scx ending about opposite
one-third the length of Bs- B2 nearly twice B2+3+i; abdominal tergites dark
brown, sternites obscure yellow.

140

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVI

Female. — Length about 5 mm.; wing 5 mm.

Bostrum reddish yellow, shorter than remainder of head; palpi brown.
Antennae with scape and pedicel yellow, flagellum brown; flagellar segments
oval, much shorter than the verticils. Head orange.

Pronotum orange. Mesonotum shiny black, restrictedly patterned with
yellow, including the suture and most of the scutum, the lobes of the latter
with polished black centers; humeral region of praescutum extensively yel-
low; pleurotergite black. Pleura uniformly orange yellow. Halteres with
stem weakly darkened, knobs light yellow. Legs with all coxae and tro-
chanters orange or orange-yellow; femora yellow, the tips broadly black,
on the fore legs including the outer three-fourths, on middle and hind legs
about the distal fifth or sixth; fore tibiae and tarsi black; middle and hind
tibiae dirty white, blackened at base and tip; middle basitarsi obscure yel-
low at proximal end, remainder of tarsi black. Wings whitish subhyaline,
restrictedly patterned with brown; dark areas at arculus and origin of Rs,
interconnected without a break in cells C and Sc, the latter area completely
crossing the wing, widest in cell Cu; a narrower but darker band at cord, ex-
tending from C to Cu, deepest in color at the stigma, nearly parallel-sided;
no darkening at wing-tip; veins brownish yellow, darker in the patterned
areas. Venation: Sc1 ending about opposite one-third the length of Rs, Sc2
a short distance before the origin of the latter; R2 nearly twice -R2+2+i or
H1+2; cell Rs small, vein R4 subequal to B3+4; cell M2 open .by atrophy of
basal section of Ms, cell 2nd M2 subequal in length to its petiole; m-cu about
two-thirds its length beyond the fork of M ; vein 2nd A nearly straight for
most of its length. In lindneri, the darkened area at and beyond arculus
and that at origin of Rs broadly interrupted in cells C and Sc; vein Sc
longer, ending beyond one-tliird the length of Rs; R2 at fork of Rs ; m-cu
at or close to the fork of M.

Abdominal tergites dark brown, sternites obscure yellow ; subterminal
segment orange; genital shield extensively darkened. Ovipositor with the
valves orange; cerci strongly upcurved.

Habitat. — Pern.

Holotype, 5, Yarinacocha, Loreto, near Pncallpa, on the Upper
Ucayali River, altitude 180 meters (Schunke).

T euchola'bis ( Euparatropesa ) laetifica is closest to T. ( E .)
lindneri Alexander, of the Bolivian Chaco (Konowia, 12 : 42-44,
figs. 1-2; 1933), differing in the coloration of the body, especially
the mesonotum and pleura, and in the details of wing pattern
and venation, as compared above.

Teucholabis (Teucholabis) atrolata, new species.

Antennae dark brown throughout; anterior vertex black, elevated into a
small tubercle; praescutum yellow, with three chestnut brown stripes, darker

Sept., 1948]

Alexander : Crane Flies

141

behind; scutellum broadly yellow behind; pleura brown, heavily pruinose
with silvery; femora yellow, the tips and a medial band broadly blackened,
mid-femur with the base similarly darkened; wings subhyaline, with three
dark bands, the apical one narrow; costal fringe short; abdomen yellow,
sternites two to six with broad black lateral areas; male hypopygium with
the spine of the basistyle relatively large, strongly curved; outer dististyle
long and slender, unequally bidentate at tip; inner dististyle conspicuously
bifid, both arms terminating in points.

Male. — Length about 9.5-10 mm.; wing 7.5-8 mm.

Rostrum obscure yellow medially above, dark brown on sides; palpi
black. Antennae dark brown; flagellar segments passing through oval, long-
oval to elongate-cylindrical, the verticils long and conspicuous. Front yel-
low; anterior vertex narrow, black, raised into a small tubercle near its
anterior end; posterior vertex paler brown or yellowish brown.

Pronotum chiefly yellow, variegated with chestnut brown. Mesonotal
praescutum with three chestnut brown stripes, paler in front, darker and
almost contiguous behind, the humeral triangles yellow, lateral praescutal
borders more obscure; median region of praescutum before suture and the
central portion of scutum more grayish yellow; scutal lobes extensively
darkened, almost black, their posterior portions yellow; scutellum broadly
yellow behind, the base more testaceous yellow; mediotergite testaceous
yellow, with almost the posterior half dark brown. Propleura chestnut;
remainder of pleura darker brown, heavily silvery pruinose ; mid-meso-
sternum narrowly yellow, the posterior thoracic sternites entirely yellow.
Halteres yellow, knob brown, the apex paler. Legs with coxae orange-yellow,
the middle and posterior pairs more pruinose; trochanters chestnut-yellow;
femora yellow, the tip broadly and conspicuously blackened; middle femora
with a basal and a median dark ring, alternating with yellow annuli, the
black tip a little narrower than the subterminal yellow ring; darkened basal
annulus wider than the subbasal yellow one; hind femora similar but with
the basal darkening less evident; tibiae yellow, the tip narrowly to scarcely
darkened; tarsi yellow, the outer two segments blackened. Wings subhya-
line, trivittate with brown, including a broad complete band at cord, darkest
at stigma; wing-tip narrowly darkened; subbasal band at level of origin
of Es and across vein 2nd A ; veins yellow, darker in the patterned areas.
Costal fringe short. Venation: Sc 1 ending about opposite midlength of Es,
Sc2 at near one-fifth the length ; E2 slightly oblique, in cases weakly sinuous ;
m-cu about one-third to one-half its length beyond the fork of M.

Abdomen conspicuous hairy; tergites and hypopygium yellow; sternites
yellow, segments two to six each with a conspicuous brownish black lateral
darkening. Sternal pocket of segment five close to the posterior end of
segment, more or less triangular in outline, the longest setae at the sides;
pocket of segment six consisting of six or seven strong curved setae in a
vertical row on either side, directed mesad. Male hypopygium with the
apical spine of the basistyle relatively large, strongly curved, the apical

142

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVI

third narrowed into a long straight spine; mesal flange coarsely and ir-
regularly toothed. Outer dististyle long and slender, unequally bidentate at
apex, the surface with long scattered setaB. Inner dististyle conspicuously
bifid, the larger beak terminating in a strong spine; lateral lobe terminating
in a short conical point.

Habitat. — Panama (Canal Zone).

Holotype, J1, Barro Colorado Island, January — March 1944
(Zetek No. 5126) ; United States National Museum. Paratopo-
types, 2 one of these is much paler, including the leg pat-
tern and may not prove conspecific.

The allied species include T eucholabis (T eucholabis) august -
apicalis Alexander, T. (T.) cathariueusis Alexander, T. (T.)
melauocephala (Fabricius), T. (T.) ueosalva Alexander, T. (T.)
perangusta Alexander, and T. ( T .) salva Alexander, all having
the legs and wings banded and with the sternal pockets of the
fifth and sixth abdominal segments of approximately the same
type. The present fly differs in coloration of the body, legs and
wings, especially the unusually heavy leg pattern. There are
further differences in the male hypopygium, especially the basi-
style and inner dististyle.

Teucholabis (Teucholabis) hypomela, new species.

Allied to flavithorax ; size small (wing, female, 6 mm.); pronotum black;
mesonotum and dorsal part of pleura orange, the ventral pleura and sternum
black; legs with all coxae and trochanters black; remainder of legs black,
the basal two tarsal segments obscure yellow; wings with a strong brownish
suffusion; Sc± ending about opposite three-fifths J Ss; vein B2 transverse,
about one-half -S2+3+4; ovipositor with the cerci yellow.

Female. — Length about 6 mm.; wing 6 mm.

Eostrum and palpi black. Antennae black throughout; basal flagellar
segments subglobular, the outer ones more oval. Head black.

Pronotum black, the sides of the scutellum orange. Mesonotum orange,
the cephalic third of the praescutum with a triangular black area. Pro-
pleura, sternopleurite, anepisterum and meral region black, the remainder of
mesonotum and the pleurotergite orange. Halteres infuscated. Legs with all
coxae and trochanters blackened; femora and tibiae black, the basal two tarsal
segments obscure yellow, the outer tarsal segments black. Wings with a
strong brownish suffusion, stigma a trifle darker; veins dark brown. Vena-
tion :Sc relatively long, Scx ending about opposite three-fifths Es, Sc2 at
near one-third the length ; vein B2 transverse, about one-half B2+s+i and longer
than R1+2; cell 1st M2 slightly widened outwardly, m slightly longer and more

Sept., 1948]

Alexander : Crane Flies

143

arcuated than the basal section of Ma-, m-cu about one-half its length be-
yond the fork of M.

Abdomen black; cerci slender, yellow strongly upcurved.

Habitat. — Peru.

Holotype, $ , Yahuarmayo, February 8, 1910 (C. H. T. Town-
send) ; United States National Museum.

The most similar species are Teucholabis (T eucholahis) cunei-
formis Alexander, T. ( T .) dileuca Alexander, T. ( T .) rufithorax
(Wiedemann), T. (T.) rufula Alexander, and T. ( T .) schineri
Enderlein, occurring from Mexico to southeastern Brazil, all
differing in details of coloration of the body and legs and in the
venation. The black prothorax and narrowly blackened pleura
and mesosternum, in conjunction with the small size, should
be emphasized.

Teucholabis (Teucholabis) subargentea, new species.

Allied to argentea; general coloration polished black, the mesonotum
variegated with yellow; pronotum pale yellow; pleura black, with a broad
silvery white stripe; femora yellow, the tips of the fore pair blackened;
wings yellowed, crossbanded with brown; sternal pockets of male strongly
developed; male hypopygium with the inner dististyle very unequally bi dent -
ate, with two approximated setae on disk of style; aedeagus a moderately
compressed blade, the lower edge with two long setae.

Male. — Length about 6.5 mm. ; wing 7-7.1 mm.

Eostrum orange ; palpi black. Antennae black throughout ; flagellar
segments passing through subglobular, short-oval to long-oval, the verticils
longer than the segments. Head dull black.

Pronotum and pretergites pale yellow. Mesonotum polished black, the
posterior portions of the scutal lobes, posterior border of scutellum and
lateral margins of mediotergite obscure brownish yellow. Dorsal thoracic
pleura chiefly polished black, the dorsopleural region yellow ; a broad silvery
white longitudinal stripe extending from behind the fore coxae to base of
abdomen, widened behind; ventral sternopleurite blackened, the remainder
of venter pale. Haiteres black, the apices of the knobs obscure yellow. Legs
with the fore coxae blackened the remaining coxae yellow; trochanters
yellow; femora yellow, the tips of the fore pair blackened, of the remaining
femora scarcely darkened; fore and middle tibiae and tarsi black; hind tibiae
obscure yellow, the tips narrowly blackened; tarsi black; posterior basitarsi
dilated on about the proximal fourth. Wings with a weakly yellowed ground,
the prearcular and costal fields more whitened ; a medium brown crossbanded
pattern, including a narrow band at cord, crossing the wing from the dark
brown oval stigma to the posterior margin; wing tip broadly darkened, ex-
tending basad about to the level of the outer end of cell 1st M2, the posterior

144

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVI

margin of cell Ma pale; a third band at one-third the wing length, extending
from B to the anal margin at vein 2nd A ; veins light brown, darker in the
patterned areas. Venation: &cx ending just beyond midlength of Bs , Sc2 a
moderate distance from its tip; B2 about twice B2+3+i ; branches of Bs ex-
tending generally parallel to one another, cell B2 correspondingly wide at
margin; cell B± slightly widened at basal third; m-cu close to fork of M.

Abdominal tergites dark brown, sternites paler ; sternal pockets dark
colored and conspicuous; hypopygium black. Sternal pocket of segment five
large and conspicuous, with very numerous setae; sternite six with a narrowly
transverse oval area on posterior half; on anterior half of sternite with a
vertical row of six or seven very long setae that are directed mesad, the rows
widely separated. Male hypopygium with the appendage of the basistyle
subterminal in position, stout at base, the outer third narrowed into a
straight spine; two darkened marginal lobes nearer mesal part of style.
Outer dististyle a sinuous elongate rod that is gradually narrowed into a
terminal spine, the surface with long coarse setae from scabrous tubercles.
Inner dististyle with beak very unequally bidentate, the outer spine elongate ;
two approximated elongate bristles on disk of style. Aedeagus a moderately
compressed flattened blade, at apex produced into a blackened beak or spine ;
surface just back from tip with a few microscopic scabrous points; lower
edge of aedeagus with two long setae.

Habitat. — Southeastern Brazil.

Holotype, \<$ Boracea, Sao Paulo, altitude 800 meters, August
1947 (John Lane). Paratopotypes, 4 <$<$.

The most similar described species is the smaller Teucholabis
(T eucholabis) argentea Alexander, which differs in the details
of coloration and in the structure of the male hypopygium.

Teucholabis (Teucholabis) elissa, new species.

Allied to laterospinosa ; mesonotum chiefly blackened, prothorax reddish
yellow; rostrum reddish; halteres dusky, the knobs yellow; wings subhyaline
on proximal half, very weakly infuscated beyond the cord; stigma dark
brown, the cord narrowly seamed; apical lobe of basistyle of male hypo-
pygium tumid, terminating in a straight spine; outer dististyle unequally
bispinous at apex; surface of aedeagus with about 15 strong setae.

Male. — Length about 4.5-5 mm.; wing 4.8-5. 5 mm.

Eostrum reddish ; palpi brown. Antennae with the scape and pedicel
obscure yellow, flagellum brownish black; basal flagellar segments sub-
globular, the outer ones passing into oval; proximal segments abruptly
narrowed into very short apical necks, producing a moniliform effect. Head
reddish.

Prothorax reddish yellow. Mesonotum chiefly black, the humeral region
of praescutum, suture, scutellum, and, in cases, about the cephalic fourth
of the mediotergite reddish to yellow; pleurotergite black. Pleura reddish

Sept., 1948]

Alexander: Crane Flies

145

yellow, the ventral sternoplenrite more infuscated; posterior pleurites some-
what brighter and more or less pruinose. Halteres dusky, knobs yellow.
Legs with the coxae and trochanters yellow; fore femora chiefly black, the
basal fifth yellow; tibiae dark brown, the tips and the tarsi black; middle
and hind femora yellow; tibae and basitarsi obscure yellow, the outer tarsal
segments black; posterior tibiae at near five-sixth the length with a slightly
swollen glandular area.A Wings subhyaline on proximal half, very weakly to
scarcely infuscated beyond the cord; stigma short-oval, dark brown, sending
a much narrower seam back over the cord; cell Sc above the arculus re-
strictedly darkened; veins brown. Venation: Sc short, Sc1 ending just beyond
origin of Es , Sc2 some distance before this origin; E2 at or just beyond
the fork of Es; branches of Es parallel to one another on about the basal
half, E5 thence bent strongly eaudad to the wing tip, cell -K4 very wide at
margin, greater than cell E2; cell 1st M2 closed; m-cu at or close to the fork
of M.

Abdominal tergites and the hypopygium black ; sternites weakly bicolored,
black, the narrow apices yellow, the amount of pale color decreasing on the
outer segments. Sternal pocket of segment five comprised of a transverse
semicircular row of relatively short setae; sternite six without a well-defined
pocket. Male hypopygium with the apical lobe of basistyle a tumid structure
that terminates abruptly in a straight spine; mesal flange of basistyle
blackened but smooth. Outer dististyle a strong darkened club, gradually
widened beyond the base, the apex truncate, the outer angle thence pro-
duced into a strong spine that is about one-half the length of the base,
the inner apical angle with a much smaller spine; inner margin of basal
part of style with a series of strong serrations or spines. Inner dististyle
with the apex unequally bifid, the lower arm or flange with marginal micro-
scopic serrulations ; a strong basal lobe bearing three very long setae.
iEdeagus conspicuously compressed into an obtuse blade, the apical part
a low darkened knob; surface of aedeagus with about 15 strong setae.

Habitat. — Pern.

Holotype, J1, Chanchamayo, Junin, altitude 1300 meters, Feb-
ruary 10, 1941 (Schunke). Paratopotypes, 5 <$<$ , August 15,
1941-February 10, 1942 (Schunke).

The most similar species include T eucholabis (T eucholabis)
later ospinosa Alexander and T. ( T .) tullochi Alexander, which
differ in the details of coloration and structure of the male hypo-
pygium.

Genus Gnophomyia Osten Sacken

Gnophomyia (Eugnophomyia) glabripennis, new species.

Size large (wing, male, over 8 mm.) ; general coloration of body, antennae,
halteres and legs black; wings with a strong blackish ground, the centers
of most of the cells more whitened to produce a streaked appearance; cells

146

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVI

of wings glabrous; male hypopygium with the dististyle elongate, its tip
narrowly obtuse, the lower surface with abundant very long black setae; on
outer face of style at base with a small obtuse lobe; aedeagus strongly
recurved at midlength.

Male. — Length about 7.5 mm. ; wing 8.3 mm.

Bostrum and palpi black. Antennae black throughout ; flagellar segments
subcylindrical ; terminal segment much larger than the penultimate. Head
dull black.

Thorax uniformly dull black. Halteres and legs black. Wings with a
strong blackish ground, the centers of most of the cells beyond wing base
whitened to produce a streaked appearance; veins brownish black. Cells of
wing without maerotrichia. Venation: Sc± ending a short distance before
level of fork of Es, S c^ alone longer than r—m; Es long; vein E2 oblique, its
cephalic end entire to subatrophied and lying more basad than the posterior
portion; cell 1st M2 a little shorter than vein M4; m-cu at near one-third the
length of cell 1st M2 or about one-half its length beyond the fork of If;
vein 2nd A sinuous.

Abdomen, including hypopygium, black. Male hypopygium generally as
in the subgenus; apex of basistyle produced beyond the point of insertion
of the dististyle into an elongate conical point, the tip subacute. Dististyle
a little longer and larger than the apex of the basistyle, its tip narrowly
obtuse; lower surface with abundant very long black setae; on outer face
at base with a small obtuse lobe. iEdeagus strongly recurved at midlength,
the basal part more expanded.

Habitat. — Peru.

Holotype, <$, Chancliamayo, Junin, altitude 1350 meters,
March 10, 1941 (Schunke).

Gnophomyia ( Eugnophomyia) glabripennis is readily told
from all other regional species by the glabrous wings. All
other species have numerous maerotrichia in the outer cells. In
general appearance, the present fly is most like Gnophomyict
(. Eugnophomyia ) fimerea Alexander, from which it is further
distinguished by the streaked wings and the structure of the
male hypopygium.

Genus Gonomyia Meigen

Gonomyia (Gonomyia) sub unicolor, new species.

Allied to unicolor', general coloration of mesonotal prseseutum and scutum
dark brown, the posterior sclerites of the notum more yellowed; antennae
black, the proximal half of scape yellow; legs blackened; wings with a weak
brownish tinge; Sc1 ending a short distance beyond origin of Es-, E2+3+i
long; cell 1st M2 closed; male hypopygium having much the structure of

Sept., 1948]

Alexander : Crane Flies

147

unicolor but the gonapophyses very reduced, appearing as small flattened
black blades.

Male. — Length about 4 mm.; wing 4.5 mm.

Rostrum narrowly yellow basally, the palpi and mouthparts black.
Antennae with the proximal half of scape yellow, the remainder of organ
black ; flagellar segments long-oval, with elongate verticils. Head dark gray.

Pronotum yellowish brown. Mesonotal praesutum and scutum chiefly dark
brown, the sides paler; scutellum and postnotum more yellowed. Pleura
yellow, the propleura and mesepisternum more infuscated. Halteres brown-
ish black. Legs with the coxae yellow, the fore pair slightly more darkened;
trochanters infuscated; remainder of legs blackened. Wings with a weak
brownish tinge, the long-oval stigma slightly darker brown ; veins dark brown.
Venation: Sc± ending a short distance beyond origin of Rs, Sc2 opposite
this origin; Rs in direct alignment with R5, the usual basal deflection of the
latter lacking; i?2+3+4 long, nearly twice vein Rz; cell 1st M2 rectangular with
m-cu at near one-third the length.

Abdomen with tergites brown, the sternites more yellowed; hypopygium
brownish yellow. Male hypopygium with the styli much as in unicolor and
with the phallosome much as in this species but differing in an important
regard, the length and shape of the gonapophyses; in the present fly these
appear as small flattened black blades that extend caudad only to the level
of the apices of the lateral plates of the phallosome; in unicolor the
apophyses appear as long blackened rods, much exceeding the aedeagus in
length, the tips acutely pointed. The outer portion of the phallosome, pre-
sumed to be the aedeagus, shows two narrow blackened lines or sclerotized
strips.

Habitat. — Panama.

Holotype, J1, Cerro Pena, near El Valle, November 1946 (Noel
L. H. Krauss).

The present fly is undoubtedly close to Gonomyia ( Gonomyia)
unicolor Alexander (Mexico, Salvador, Guatemala) but differs in
the important genitalic character discussed above.

Gonomyia (Lipophleps) spiniterga, new species.

Size large (wing, male, over 5 mm.) ; mesonotum dark brown, the posterior
border of scutellum broadly yellow; pleura with a whitish stripe; legs dark
brown; wings with a strong dusky tinge; Sc short, Sc1 ending some distance
before origin of Rs; male hypopygium with the tergite provided with con-
spicuous blackened spinous setae; dististyle single, terminal in position,
bilobed.

Male. — Length about 5 mm. ; wing 5.2 mm.

Rostrum orange ; palpi black. Antennae relatively long, blackened ; flagel-
lar segments elongate, especially the outer ones; verticils of the more proxi-
mal segments very long. Head above chiefly dark colored.

148

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVI

Pronotum and pretergites light yellow. Mesonotum dark brown, the sur-
face pruinose, more heavily so behind ; scutellum with posterior border
broadly yellow. Pleura black, heavily pruinose, with a broad more whitish
longitudinal stripe extending from behind the fore coxae to the base of abdo-
men, slightly widened behind. Halteres with stem pale, knob dusky. Legs
with the coxae yellow, more or less darkened basally, the surface pruinose;
trochanters dusky; remainder of legs dark brown. Wings with a strong
dusky tinge, the prearcular and costal fields more whitened; stigma very
slightly darker, very diffuse; veins brown, paler in the brightened portions.
Venation: Sc short, Scx ending a distance before origin of Es only a little
less than the length of the latter; anterior branch of Es curved strongly
cephalad, nearly parallel to E1+2 ; cell 1st M2 closed.

Abdominal tergites brown; sternites obscure yellow. Male hypopygium
with the tergite conspicuously armed with blackened spinous setae, including
a marginal row of six or seven on either side, the more basal ones larger and
stouter. Basistyle elongate, slender. Dististyle single, terminal in position,
bilobed, the outer lobe a sinuous rod that terminates in a blackened spine,
the inner lobe fleshy, tipped with a single very strong fasciculate bristle ; a
few other setae on this lobe. Phallosome consisting essentially of a single long
straight spine, the tip blackened and acute; at bas.e of spine more dilated
and with two smaller pale acute points.

Habitat. — Southeastern Brazil.

Holotype, J', Boracea, Sao Paulo, altitude 800 meters, August
1947 (John Lane).

In the strongly developed spinous armature of the tergite of
the male hypopygium, the present fly agrees most closely with
Gonomyia ( Lipophleps ) ctenophora Alexander and G. ( L .) ju-
quiana Alexander, differing in the large size and in all details
of structure of the male hypopygium.

Sept., 1948]

Timberlake : Dianthidium

149

ADDITIONS AND CORRECTIONS TO THE LIST OF
NEARCTIC SPECIES OF DIANTHIDIUM
(HYMENOPTERA, APOIDEA)1

By P. H. Timberlake

University of California Citrus Experiment Station,
Riverside, California

Two new species of Dianthidium which have come to my at-
tention since my paper on this genus was published, in 1943
(see Journal New York Entomological Society, Vol. 51, pp.

71- 109), both run to couplet 9 in the key to the females (pp.

72- 74). This couplet may be revised as follows:

9 . Punctures of mesoscutum all of one size, except that they may become

finer and denser on anterior middle 9a

Mesoscutum with close, minute punctures that become denser on anterior
middle, and with scattered coarse punctures; punctures of frons
very coarse, those of clypeus and mesopleura hardly smaller ; clypeus,
frons, and sixth tergite immaculate black ; yellow band on tergites
1 to 4 interrupted on each side, that on 2 to 4 interrupted also in

middle ; tergite 5 with two submedian yellow marks discors n. sp.

9a. Punctures of frons close and at most only slightly coarser than those of

mesoscutum : ,. 9b

Punctures of frons coarse and well separated, those of mesoscutum being
much finer and becoming very fine and dense on anterior middle;
base of abdomen more or less red; color and maculations otherwise
much as in discors, except for a small additional spot on each side

of tgrgite 5 implicatum n. sp.

9b. Large, more coarsely punctured species, resembling sayi, with the legs

mainly red suhrufulum Timb.

Smaller species, with punctures of frons and mesoscutum fine and close,
and those of mesopleura rather coarse pudicum (Cresson)

Dianthidium discors new species.

Easily distinguished from all our other species of Dianthidium by the
coarsely punctured frons and by the dually punctured mesoscutum.

Female. — Black, with pale-yellow markings as follows: sides of face, in-
cluding area between clypeus and eye and extending narrowly to level of
anterior ocellus; short line behind upper part of eye; pair of small quadrate

1 Paper No. 580, University of California Citrus Experiment Station,
Riverside, California.

150

New York Entomological Society

[Yol. LVI

spots on anterior margin of mesoscutum; small spot on tubercles and on
axillae; apical margin of scutellum; band on tergites 1 to 5, interrupted
on each side on 1 to 4 and also in middle on 2 to 5, the band on 5 being
restricted to two submedian marks; streak on outer inferior margin of an-
terior and middle femora, and spot at base of all the tibiae. Tegulae and
wing bases bright ferruginous. Extreme apices of femora and tibiae, the
apical joints of tarsi, spur of hind coxae, and apex of first ventrite ferrugin-
ous. Apical third of mandible reddened. Flagellum a little reddened be-
neath. Wings subf uliginous, darker in marginal cell. Nervures piceous.
Cutting edge of mandible a little concavely oblique, with the preapical notch
very small. Face shining, the punctures of frons coarse and well separated,
those of remainder of face a little finer and closer, and those of cheeks much
finer. Mesopleura shining, with coarse, close punctures a little finer than
those of frons. Mesoscutum polished and shining between very fine, close
punctures which become dense on the anterior middle. Interspersed on meso-
scutum are also large, scattered punctures, not quite so coarse as those of
clypeus. Scutellum similarly sculptured, but with some gradation between
the coarse and fine punctures. Tegulae finely punctured. Tergites coarsely
punctured, the punctures about like those of mesopleura and becoming coarser
on middle of the first tergite. Pubescence white, densest as usual on sides
of thorax. Hair of mesoscutum fine, short and appressed, and imparting a
whitish bloom. Ventral scopa pale ochreous. Length, 8 mm.; anterior wing,
6.5 mm.

Holotype, female, Sierra Blanca, Texas, 4,500 feet, June 24,
1942 (H. A. Scullen), in the collection of the California Acad-
emy of Sciences.

Dianthidium implicatum new species

This species resembles T>. pudicum (Cresson) in structure of mandibles, but
is easily distinguished by the coarse, well-separated punctures of the frons.

Female. — Color and markings nearly as in discors, but base of abdomen
more or less red (tergite 1 and part of tergite 2 red in holotype; tergites 1
and 2, most of 3, and part of tergite 4 red in paratype). Yellow spots on
anterior margin of mesoscutum and on tubercles larger than in discors. A
yellow mark also present on tegulae; yellow marks on axillae and on apical
margin of scutellum form a continuous band. Markings of abdomen as in
discors, except that a small yellow spot is present on each side of tergite 5.
Apex of middle and hind femora with a pale-yellow spot above, the markings
of legs otherwise as in discors. Wings slightly tinged with fuliginous, be-
coming darker in marginal cell. Cutting edge of mandible almost straight,
the preapical notch very small. Face polished, with coarse, well-separated
punctures on the frons, and close, somewhat finer punctures below antennae.
Mesoscutum tessellate and dull between the fine, close punctures, which
become minute and very dense on anterior middle. Scutellum and mesopleura
shining with coarse, close punctures about like those of clypeus. Punctures

Sept., 19481

Timberlake : Dianthidium

151

of abdomen a little smaller and more separated than those of scutellum.
Pubescence of mesoscutum short and subappressed, but considerably sparser
than in discors. Ventral scopa pale ochreous. Length, 6.5-7 mm.; anterior
wing, 5.5 mm.

Holotype, female, Morongo Valley, San Bernardino Co., Cali-
fornia, on Gutierrezia lucida, Sept. 27, 1941 (P. F. Timberlake),
in collection of the Citrus Experiment Station. Paratype, fe-
male, 15 miles north of El Paso, Texas, June 23, 1942 (H. A.
Seullen).

Changes in Nomenclature

In the writer’s recent article on Dianthidium there are two
serious errors in identification, which now need to be corrected,
and which involve changes in the nomenclature of three species.

In 1940 Mr. Schwarz described D. heterulkei from Elk Lake,
Deschutes National Forest, Oregon. In my paper I failed to
recognize this species, as I relied too much on the figure of the
male pygidium, which shows the median process too short and
blunt. Since then I have seen the types of heterulkei , and my
D. fraternum hirtulum proves to be identical (new synonymy).
The names involved need correction as follows:

Dianthidium heterulkei heterulkei Schwarz.

D. heterulkei Schwarz, 1940, Amer. Mus. Novitates, 1058,

p. 6.

D. fraternum hirtulum Timberlake, 1943, Jour. N. Y. Ent.

Soc., 51, pp. 92, 94.

Dianthidium heterulkei fraternum Timberlake.

D. fraternum fraternum Timberlake, 1943, l.c., p. 92.

The other error involves the use of the name Dianthidium
consimile (Ashmead). In 1928 Mr. Schwarz reported that he
considered D. provancheri Titus a synonym of D. consimile. In
my paper I considered that Ashmead had described the southern
California form of D. duhium Schwarz, because of the mention
of two yellow spots on the sixth tergite of the female. The
material that I identified as provancheri had the sixth tergite
of the female immaculate. I now have a series of 6 females
reared from a nest collected on Piute Butte, Los Angeles Co.,

152

New York Entomological Society

[Yol. lvi

of which 3 have the sixth tergite immaculate and 3 have the
same segment marked with two yellow spots. I have also exam-
ined Ashmead ’s type in the National Museum and can thus re-
affirm the synonymy first proposed by Schwarz. The change in
use of the name consimile involves two species, D. pudicum,
and D. dubium, as follows:

Dianthidium pudicum consimile (Ashmead).

Anthidium consimile Ashmead, 1896, Ent. News, 7, p. 25.

Dianthidium provancheri Titus, 1906, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash-
ington, 7, p. 165.

D. pudicum provancheri Timberlake, 1943, Jour. N. Y. Ent.
Soc., 57, pp. 99, 102.

Dianthidium dubium dubium Schwarz.

D. dubium Schwarz, 1928, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 36, p. 404.

D. consimile dubium Timberlake, 1943, l.c., p. 103.
Dianthidium dubium mccrackenae Timberlake.

D. consimile mccrackenae Timberlake, 1943, l.c., p. 104.

Dianthidium dubium dilectum new subspecies.

D. consimile consimile Timberlake, 1943, l.c., p. 103 ( nec Ashmead).

Distinguished specifically by the characters given in my table on p. 98
(l.c.) under consimile (nec Ashmead), and subspecifically from the other
races of dubium by the much fuller and brighter yellow maculations.

Female. — Black, with bright-yellow maculations as follows : clypeus, small
supranclypeal spot, sides of face almost to summit of eyes, oval spot on
middle of frons; transverse band on vertex, sometimes interrupted medially,
and broad line behind eyes; two large spots on anterior margin of meso-
scutum, large spot on tubercles, comma-shaped mark on tegulse; axillae and
broad apical margin of scutellum; very large mark on mesopleura, small
spot on metapleura, and small prespiracular spot on sides of propodeum;
broad band on tergites 1 to 6> usually interrupted medially on 2 to 5, notched
medially in front on 6, notched on each side behind on 1 to 3 and on 6, and
usually with enclosed black spot on each side behind on 4 and 5; apex of
femora and broad stripe beneath on front and middle pair; all tibise except
beneath, and all basitarsi. Mesoscutum dull, finely and densely punctured.
Punctures of frons finer and closer than in pudicum. Punctures of meso-
pleura a little separated. Pubescence of the usual density on head and sides
of thorax, that on the mesoscutum very short and inconspicuous. Ventral
scopa ochreous. Length, 6.5-8 mm.; anterior wing, 5.5-6 mm.

Male. — Markings as in the female, except supraclypeal and frontal spots
small (the latter often absent), the band behind ocelli absent, mark on meso-
pleura smaller, marks on metapleura and sides of propodeum absent, abdom-

Sept., 1948]

Timberlake : Dianthidium

153

inal bands with a broad posterior emargination on each side, and band on
tergites 3 to 6 strongly notched anteriorly in middle or interrupted. Mark-
ings same color as in female, except that those of face and anterior marks
of mesoscutum are whitish. Male differs from that of typical dubium in
having the tergites not reddened and testaceous at apex, the yellow bands
of abdomen brighter, those on tergites 1 and 2 usually entire (divided into
three or even four spots in dubium), and outer side of all tibiae usually
entirely yellow. Punctures of mesopleura close (usually more separated in
typical dubium). Length, 7-9.5 mm.; anterior wing, 6-7.25 mm.

Holotype, female, and allotype, from Camp Baldy, San Ga-
briel Mts., California, at flowers of Stephanomeria cichoriacea,
Aug. 21, 1929 (Timberlake), in collection of tbe Citrus Experi-
ment Station. Paratypes as follows: 4 males, 4 females, Camp
Baldy, on Stephanomeria and on Verbena prostrata, Aug. 18
and 21, 1929 ; 1 female, Camp Baldy, on Eriogonum fascicula-
tum, Aug. 22, 1920; 1 female, Sheep Creek, San Gabriel Mts.,
on Eriodictyon trichocalyx, June 3, 1928 ; 2 males Mt. Lowe,
reared from nest collected in fall of 1912 (issued July 26, 1914) ;
2 males, Lone Pine Canyon, San Gabriel Mts., on Eriodictyon
trichocalyx, July 4, 1933; and 3 males, Mountain Home Creek,
San Bernardino Mts., about 4,300 feet, on Phacelia ramosissima
and Corethrogyne filaginifolia, Aug. 14, 1934, and on Eriogonum
fasciculatum, Aug. 24, 1944 (all Timberlake).

A male collected at Andreas Canyon, near Palm Springs, on
Lotus scoparius, April 14, 1946, is a form of D. dubium, near
dilectum, but will perhaps deserve a name when more material
is available. It has the supraclypeal and frontal spots and
band on vertex absent, the stripe behind the eye very short ; an-
terior marks on mesoscutum very small; band on ergite 1 di-
vided into three marks, that on four following segments narrow-
ly interrupted medially, while that on tergite 6 is represented
by a small spot on each far side ; a dark spot on outer side of
hind tibiae at the middle, and the front and middle tibiae black
behind on outer side.

154

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVI

“USELESS AND ILL-ADVISED”

“We note the formation of the ‘Entomological Society of
America, ’ having been formed at the Philadelphia meeting of the
Entomological Club of the American Association for the Advance-
ment of Science. This appears to be a new society, not a new
name for the Entomological Club. We fail to see any necessity
for this organization, or any special purpose in its formation.
No place of meeting is mentioned, and it must either meet in some
later selected place, in which case it will only uselessly compete
with the local society there, or meet with the American Associa-
tion for the Advancement of Science, to uselessly compete with
the Entomological Club. No mention of a publication appears
with the prospectus, and we heartily hope none will be attempted.
None of the present entomological societies are able to pay for
their publications out of their subscriptions, except ‘Entomo-
logical News,’ so that a reduction in the number of publishing
societies would seem to be in order, rather than an increase. The
American entomologist is a rather rare species, and the number
of journals he has to purchase, to keep up to date, is already too
great. Unless the Entomological Society of America can absorb
one or more of the existing societies, we think its formation not
only useless, but ill-advised. ’ ’

The above was written 42 years ago by Dr. H. G. Dyar and
published in the Journal of the New York Entomological
Society, vol. 14, No. 4, p. 231-232, Dec., 1906. Although there
may have been some justification for that opinion in 1906, the
statement is an example of the danger of being dogmatic, espe-
cially in print. — H. B. W.

Sept., 1948]

Spieth : Polistes

155

NOTES ON A COLONY OF POLISTES FUSCATUS
HUNTERI BEQUAERT

By Herman T. Spieth
The City College of New York and The American
Museum of Natural History

The genus Polistes consists of a cosmopolitan group of social
vespid wasps. Various observers have described the founding
and maintenance of the polistine colonies. As information
about the divers species accumulates, it is obvious that, while all
the species follow the same broad basic pattern, there are many
behavioral differences between species and perhaps between
various populations of the same species. This is not surprising,
especially when one considers the number of species and the vast
geographical range of the genus. Just how diverse the pattern
of activities of the genus will eventually prove to be can not be
determined until many more observations have been made both
on previously studied species and on those species which have
not as yet been critically observed. So far as could be ascer-
tained no records of the activities of Polistes fuscatus hunteri
Bequaert have previously been made known. The following ob-
servations on this sub-species, although in no sense complete,
are based on the data collected from a colony of P. hunteri Beq.
during the summer of 1945 while the author was at Tyndall
Field, Florida.

The nest under observation was located on the ceiling of the
open porch of a small, single story house in Port Saint Joe,
Florida. The porch ’faced south and the nest was placed in the
northwest corner with the holdfast attached to the upper inner
edge of a wooden, cavetto style molding. The house was ap-
proximately fifteen months old and had been occupied continu-
ously since its completion. There seems to be adequate evidence
that this was the first nest that P. hunteri had constructed on
this porch. Another nest was found about fifty feet away in
the shrubbery on the south side of a house of the same type
and age on the adjoining lot. This shrubbery had been planted
during the fall of 1944 so that the nest in it also seems to rep-

156

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVl

resent new colonization for the species. When the author moved
into the house on 1 March, 1945, the nest on the porch was noted
as a tiny comb but no observations were made until July 30.
Once observations were started, they were continued daily (with
the exception of five days from September 10 to 14) until Oc-
tober 7 and were made during the early morning and evening
hours and on occasional off-duty days.

Although the nest was protected from the elements by the
porch, it was easily accessible for observation. Polistes fuscatus
hunteri Beq., is a gentle wasp and the constant presence and
activity of human beings on the porch seemed to condition this
particular colony to the presence of large animals. At any rate,
the wasps seemed less excited by my presence than were those of
the nest located in the shrubbery. The method of observation
was to stand on a stool within close proximity to the comb. A
thin metal mirror attached to a stick and slipped between the
ceiling and the comb showed the top of the comb. By using a
flashlight and the mirror, it was possible to count the number of
individuals that slept on the comb. A porch light enabled one
one to make general observations at various times after darkness
had fallen.

COLONY POPULATION

From July 30 to August 15, seven individuals worked and
slept on the comb. All these were females and one, by virtue
of her activity as well as her more worn appearance, was con-
sidered to be the foundress of the colony. During this time, no
new individuals emerged. On August 15 two individuals
emerged and that night nine specimens were counted. One
female emerged on the 16th and another on the 18th, so that on
the night of August 18 eleven wasps slept on the comb. During
this period (July 30 to August 18) apparently there was no
mortality among the adults. From then on, however, disparity
constantly existed between the number that was expected and
the actual number counted sleeping on the comb. It is true that
apparently an occasional individual spent the night away from
the comb, but the disparity was too great to be accounted for by
this cause alone. From August 19 to September 6, at least thir-
teen individuals emerged, making a total of twenty-four wasps

Sept., 1948]

Spieth : Polistes

157

that were expected in the population. On the night of Septem-
ber 6, fifteen individuals slept on the comb, thus leaving nine
unaccounted for. During the next few days a number of indi-
viduals emerged. It was impossible to determine the exact num-
ber, but on September 9 twenty females slept on the comb and
one on a morning glory vine nearby. From then on it was not
possible to take an accurate census, due mainly to the appear-
ance of males in the nest. It would seem that either mortality
or desertion from the colony occurs as the season goes along.
Considering the hazards that the wasps must face when foraging
abroad for food and building materials, it is not surprising that
some individuals should fail to return to the nest. The fact
that seven individuals should have suffered no fatalities during
the period from July 30 to August 18, inclusive, indicates that
an adult Polistes is well able to care for herself in a hostile
world.

As indicated above, no observations were made from Septem-
ber 10 to 14 inclusive (at which time I was on temporary duty
at another Army post). During this period males appeared in
the colony and became steadily more numerous from then on.
Due to the hostility of the females toward the males, the latter
were usually found on the top of the comb. At night they, plus
some workers, slept on the top, packed so densely that it was
impossible to count the exact number. It is certain, hoWever,
that the adult population at any one time never reached more
than thirty and probably was less than twenty-five.

The “shrubbery nest” (as we shall designate the previously
mentioned nest located in the neighbors’ shrubs fifty feet away)
underwent a parallel development except that it was “younger”
than the porch nest. At all times it was smaller and males did
not appear until September 28. Unfortunately this nest was
destroyed before it had completed its cycle.

THE COMB AND ITS CONSTRUCTION

On March 1 the comb consisted of several cells, probably not
more than six. By August 3 there were forty-three cells and
when the colony broke up on October 29 there were 146 cells.
The final nest shape was asymmetrical, probably due to the loca-

158

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. Lvr

tion of the nest in the corner of the porch. The shrubbery nest
was symmetrical in construction. The porch nest was attached
to the upper edge of the inner face of a concave cavetto style
molding that ran around the porch ceiling with the holdfast it-
self adhered to the wooden molding and extended on up to the
ceiling. By August the nest had grown to such a size that it
filled the corner and thus new cells could be added on only two
sides, viz., the east and south sides. The holdfast was strength-
ened and enlarged from time to time, and on August 26 it was
observed that a secondary attachment had been made to the
molding on the north side of the porch.

From time to time individuals were observed returning to the
nest with a pellet of wood pulp of from 1 to 2 millimeters in
diameter. This pellet, unlike the food balls, was carried and
handled almost exclusively by the mouth parts, although once
an individual was seen to use her fore legs while manipulating
the wood pulp. Upon arrival at the nest, the wasp might either
divide or give the entire pellet to other wasps or might retain
the whole pellet herself. It was not possible to learn what de-
termined which procedure was to be followed, but in any case
the wood pulp pellet was ready for immediate use when brought
into the nest. Without further ado, the wasp would run over
the surface of the comb until she found a cell that suited her for
further construction. She would then align her longitudinal
axis with the wall of the cell and, moving backwards, spread
the wood pulp over the edge of the cell. In doing this,, the
pulp was actually spread by the mandibles while the other
mouth parts, except for the labrum, were used to support the
pellet. At the same time the antennae rapidly and continuously
tapped the wall of the cell, one on either side. The antennae
always tapped that part of the cell that had been previously
constructed. At first the pulp was rapidly and thickly spread
over the edge of the cell wall, and then the wasp went over it
again and again until it was thinned and smoothed to her satis-
faction. Invariably she moved backwards as she worked with
the wood pulp, but she might move either clockwise or counter-
clockwise and often changed her direction several times during
the addition of a pellet.

Sept., 1948]

Spieth : Polistes

159

To the queen apparently belonged the task of initiating the
construction of new cells. Since she apparently did not leave
the comb during the period of observation, she always had to
solicit the wood pulp necessary to build the new cells. A single
pellet of pulp would furnish enough material to build a tiny
shallow cell. While it was still damp, she would at once (or,
very rarely, shortly thereafter) oviposit in this new cell. On
August 29 the queen was observed to build a new cell, oviposit
in it and then, after having very briefly cleaned herself and
visited two larvae, she approached a worker who was building on
an older cell and not only demanded and received what was
left of the pellet but also she re-collected what had been spread
out. The queen then proceeded to select a site and start a new
cell. It took her seven minutes to select the site for the new cell
and six minutes to construct it. Having finished the cell she
did not immediately oviposit. This, however, was the only time
that she was not observed to oviposit immediately after complet-
ing the construction of a new cell.

The new cells were always added to the edge of the comb and
were directed not downward but laterally. As the larvas grew
and the cells were enlarged, then the additions were so made
that the opening of the mature cell faced downward. During
the last two months of the colony’s existence, the new cells were
piled up on the edge of the comb so that the dorsal surface of
the comb actually became concave. This shallow concavity was
a favorite resting spot for the sentinels and males and at night
was filled with sleeping individuals.

No more wood pulp was added to a new cell until the egg
had hatched and the larva started growing. Then the workers
kept constantly adding to the walls of the cell so that by the
time the larva had reached maturity, the c,ell was large enough
to accommodate the pupa. Not all cells were of exactly the
same length and thus the stimuli that effected the construction
of the cells seemed to be derived from the larva rather than from
the surrounding cell walls. Different stimuli, however, affected
the larva and if when it was ready to pupate its cell was shorter
than were the surrounding ones, then it would add silken mate-
rial until it brought the walls to the approximate level of the

160

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVI

surrounding cells. Having done this, it would then spin a
rounded pupal cell cap. If the cell was as long as, or longer
than, the surrounding cells, then the pupal cell cap was spun on
the ends of the wood pulp walls and was flat rather than
rounded.

When the adult emerged it perforated the pupal case by cut-
ting a circular flap from the end of the pupal cell. This flap
attached at one side hung downwards while the cut edges of the
cell were always rough and ragged. The older workers would
immediately refurbish the cell by scraping out the interior, re-
moving the flap and leveling the ragged edges so that the cell
wall was even with that of the surrounding cells. Quite differ-
ent stimuli were obviously involved in refurbishing the cells from
those involved in the original construction.

The materials collected during the refurbishing of the cells
were not discarded but were chewed up into pulp and used for
the construction of other cells. Thus the final comb although
principally made up of wood pulp also contained material de-
rived from the larval silk.

FOOD AND FLUID

The solid food utilized by the colony consisted of chunks of
caterpillars. Apparently this did not include any part of the
caterpillar digestive system but seemed to be made up of the
body wall. These pieces varied considerably in size, an average
piece being 3x3x3 mm. Sometimes the pieces were very small,
although occasionally they were so large that the individual was
unable to make a proper landing on the nest. One such over-
loaded worker calmly flew across the porch, landed on a flat sur-
face and clipped off a protruding piece from the chunk she had
been carrying. Having done this, she was then able to land on
the comb. At no time was an entire caterpillar brought to the
comb ; rather the food always consisted of pieces that had been
cut from individuals. When flying the wasp carried the food
by means of the mouth parts and the fore legs. When such an
individual landed she supported herself by the meso- and meta-
thoracic legs.

Invariably when the food bearer alighted on the nest, she was

Sept., 1948]

Spieth : Polistes

161

accosted by one of the householders and then one of three things
would happen: (1) The bearer might insist on retaining the
food. If she insisted, she usually would succeed although she
might have to refuse several applicants. (2) The entire food
mass would be turned over to the applicant. (3) The food mass
would be divided with another individual. The third procedure
was most common and the division was accomplished by means
of the mandibles and usually resulted in a rather equitable dis-
tribution of the food. Sometimes in the case of a large mass the
applicant would receive the larger part and then this in turn
might be divided with another nest-mate.

Once this division had been accomplished then the wasps
would proceed to masticate each chunk and reduce it finally to
a spherical bolus. Having started the process of mastication an
individual would only rarely be molested by a nest-mate. Mas-
tication was accomplished by the mouth parts aided by the an-
tennae and the fore legs. Only the tips of the fore tibia and
the basal segments of the tarsi — not the tarsal claws or distal
segment — came into contact with the food. Mastication did not
appreciably decrease the size of the food mass and an adult was
never observed to eat any of the food. After formation of the
bolus, the wasp would then walk across the comb and finally
select a larva which would then be offered the food. This was
done by means of the mouth parts alone and the bolus, plus
most of the head of the adult, was inserted into the larval cell.
The larva would be allowed to feed for five to ten seconds and
then the adult would retract her head and a large cavity could
be seen on the side of the bolus where the larva had eaten away
the food. The bolus would then be reformed, after which the
adult might return to the same larva that she had been feeding
or she might go on to another cell. Sometimes she would feed
as many as three larvae with one bolus. Exception to the nor-
mal procedure might occur with older larvae to whom a small
bolus of food might merely be given and then the adult would
immediately remove her head and allow the larva to handle the
food without aid. No reasons could be determined for the selec-
tion of the larvae that received food. Sometimes an adult would
visit many cells before she selected a larva to feed. Obviously
there must have been some stimulus involved but it was not

162

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVI

apparent to the observer. Neither could any reason be deter-
mined why some larvse might receive an entire bolus while an-
other one would be given only a part of the available food.

Often individuals would return to the nest without any visible
cargo. They would be accosted immediately by a nest-mate who
would usually nudge the returnee, and then there would ensue
a brisk tete-a-tete between the two individuals involving rapid
mouth movements which probably accompanied the transfer of
materials from the returnee to the applicant. Apparently the
returnee had a supply of nectar or other substance that was
sought by the applicant. If the tete-a-tete lasted for some time
then the applicant, after having finished with the returnee,
would hold a tete-a-tete with another householder. Now and
then a wasp would return and refuse to cooperate with its mess-
mates. Such individuals were often roughly handled by the
householders. In such instances, if nudging and shoving did
not produce results, the usual treatment was for the householder
to seize with her jaws the dorsum of the returnee’s abdomen in
the region of the petiole. Then she would chew vigorously and
with rare exceptions such treatment would quickly cause the re-
turnees to acquiesce to the demands made upon them. All in-
dividuals that returned to the nests were accosted, but it seemed
that those that carried no material externally, i.e., meat or wood
pulp, were sought most eagerly. When males appeared in the
colony they would rush to accost those returnees that might be
carrying nectar but strictly avoided those carrying meat or wood
pulp. These activities between the adults seem to be best classed
as examples of trophallaxis.

On two occasions when the humidity was obviously low (in
each case a meteorological front had passed through the area
just a few hours before), clear fluid was seen in all cells, i.e.,
not only those that contained larvae but also those in which eggs
were present. This was placed on the walls of the cells in small
droplets. Other than on these two occasions there was no sign
of fluid per such being distributed to the developing individuals.

OTHER ACTIVITIES OF THE COLONY

One of the most characteristic features of the colony was the
behavioral pattern followed by the individuals on the comb.

Sept., 1948]

Spieth : Polistes

163

This consisted of periods of rest followed by surges of physical
activity. If an individual returned from afield, she was invari-
ably accosted by one or more nest mates. This activity would
in turn stimulate all other individuals on the comb to activity
and almost immediately all of them would be visiting larvae,
tete-a-teting with the returnee, moving about on the comb, or
cleaning themselves. One by one, if no other stimulating inci-
dents occurred, the individuals would relapse into a state of
quiescence until all the individuals would be resting. Before
the colony returned to a state of 'rest, every individual would
have cleaned herself and have visited one or more, usually more,
larvae.

These periods of rest were of much longer duration than the
periods of activity. While on the comb, the individual wasp
unquestionably spent most of the time resting. After a trip
afield an individual apparently always indulged in a prolonged
rest before again returning to the field. A resting wasp as-
sumed a characteristic posture with drooping antennae, and with
its body in contact with the comb.

Next to resting, the individual wasp spent most of her time
cleaning herself. After activity of any sort, the individual in-
variably cleaned itself. The front legs were used to clean the
face and associated structures such as the mouth parts and an-
tennae. The hind legs, assisted by abdominal movements, were
used to clean the middle legs, abdomen and distal three-quarters
of the wings. The top and rear of the head, the thorax and basal
fourth of the wings were cleaned by the fore legs. Most often
just the face and associated structures were cleaned, and least
often the thorax and top of the head. The latter apparently
was a gymnastic feat of some difficulty.

When an individual returned from afield, the surge of activity
she created would continue until all materials, regardless of the
type, that she had brought back had been disposed of. During
periods of the day when the wasps were busily returning to the
nest with food and wood pulp, then the colony was in an almost
constant ferment of activity. At such times the population on
the comb was small, but never was it deserted and usually five
or more individuals were somewhere about. One or more of

164

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVI

these that remained on the nest was always on the top of the
comb and seemed to serve as a sentinel ; these individuals on the
top invariably rested with their faces- directed outward. If a
strange being or object approached the nest they were the first
to become alert. Their antennee would be lifted, straightened,
and directed forward, slightly upward and divercated at about
45 degrees. Their bodies would be raised from the comb and,
if really alerted, they would also raise their wings in prepara-
tion for attack. Individuals on the under side of the comb
might also assume the alert position but apparently those on
the dorsal surface were the first and most easily stimulated.

If the colony had been quiet for a time and no intrusion from
foreign objects or returnees had stimulated the individuals to
activity, then suddenly one of the resting individuals would be-
come active, either to clean itself, to move about preparatory to
leaving the comb or most usually to visit the larvae. Such ac-
tivity would then stimulate the rest of the colony to activity.
Thus either internal or external stimuli might start a cycle of
activity. It is to be noted that if an individual had been afield,
or had been working with wood pulp or meat, then she always
cleaned herself both before and after visiting the larvae. If she
had been merely resting then she might visit the larvae without
cleaning herself. After the visit she would clean herself. The
rule seemed to be that an individual cleaned herself after every
phase of activity.

As stated above, during the surges of activity the wasps vis-
ited the larvae. In such cases the wasp would move over the
ventral surface of the comb, pausing momentarily at the various
cells, select a cell in which a larva was present, insert her head
and antennae deeply (much further than when the wasps prof-
erred food to the larvae) and spend twenty to forty seconds with
the larva. During this time the antennae could be seen to vibrate
gently. The wasp would visit from one to twenty larvae in suc-
cession, but in doing so she might inspect many more without ac-
tually sticking her head into the cell. This activity was most
characteristic and common and was interpreted as trophallaxis.
No counts were made as to cumulative numbers of times that a
single larva was visited during a day, but it certainly must have
been many hundreds of times.

Sept., 1948]

SPIETH : POLISTES

165

When the larvae were ready to pupate they were ignored by
the wasps and were neither fed nor visited for trophallactic ex-
change. Likewise the eggs and young larvae were ignored. One
of the unobserved features about the colony was how the very
young larvae were cared for. Apparently, until they were about
one-fifth grown, the wasps completely ignored them with the ex-
ception of those rare instances when fluid was deposited in the
cells. At that time all cells regardless of the presence or non-
presence of an occupant received a portion. At no time (even
though special attention was paid to this question) was a wasp
observed to deal with any of those cells that contained eggs or
young larvae.

On those days when the ambient temperature was high, indi-
vidual wasps were observed to raise their bodies from the comb
and rapidly and vigorously beat the air with their wings. It
was not possible to determine the significance of this activity.
There seemed no' relationship between the position of the wasp
on the comb and the activity.

In cleaning herself, visiting the larvae, resting, etc., the queen
acted like all the wasps except that (1) she seemed to prefer the
central area of the ventral surface of the comb as her resting
and sleeping locale; (2) she quickly and easily drove all other
wasps from this area, and (3) often she would violently shake
herself much in the fashion that a dog shakes the water from its
body after having been immersed. The queen was the only in-
dividual that indulged in this peculiar activity and no signifi-
cance could be attached thereto.

OVIPOSITION

Oviposition was observed numerous times. In all cases ob-
served, whether in a new cell or an old one that had been vacated
by its previous inhabitant, the queen was the individual that
produced the eggs. In the case of new cells she would, as shown
above, build the cells from a single pellet of wood pulp and then
oviposit in the cell while the walls were still damp. The ovi-
positing sequence was as follows: (1) As soon as she had fin-
ished a cell or discovered an empty one she would inspect it
carefully, touching the inner surfaces with her antennae; (2) she

166

New York Entomological Society

t Vol. LVI

would then turn about, insert her abdomen for a few seconds;
(3) then remove her abdomen, change her position on the comb
and re-insert the abdomen into the cell and proceed to oviposit.

During the actual period of oviposition the abdomen was
arched slightly and for the first sixty seconds or so might be seen
to move about and then become quiet. About four to five min-
utes were necessary for oviposition and the termination could be
anticipated by the fact that the queen’s antennas began to vibrate
for several seconds before she removed her abdomen from the
cell. Having placed the egg in the cell she turned quickly and
inspected it carefully with the tips of her antennas. She then
cleaned herself and visited some of the larvas.

Oviposition took place at various times during the day and
there seemed no definite time or rhythm involved, although it
seemed restricted to the hours of daylight.

PUPATION AND EMEEGENCE OF THE ADULT INDIVIDUALS

Mature larvas pupated at all hours of the day and night.
The spinning of the pupal cap took several hours. A larva
would spin a small sector by wagging its head back and forth
with a sidewise motion, then suddenly it would retract into the
cell, rotate its body about one-fifth to one-third of a turn while
retracted, extend itself and proceed to work on a new sector
which invariably overlapped that area it had just completed.

When the adults of the shrubbery nest were destroyed, the
comb itself was secured and the larvas and pupas removed for
study. The full fed larvas that had just spun their cocoons but
had not shed the last larval exuviae were located in the cocoons
with their heads directed downwards, but individuals that had
just shed this larval exuviae (just transformed into exarate pupae
and were still unpigmented) had their heads directed upwards
in the cells. Those individuals that were fully pigmented and
ready to emerge had their heads directed downwards. Thus the
individuals change direction at least twice after the cocoon has
been spun. Probably the full fed larva, after it has finished
the cocoon and when ready to pupate, is located so that its head
is directed toward the top of the comb. The pupa therefore is
similarly oriented. When the pharate stage of the adult is at-

Sept., 1948]

Spieth : Polishes

167

tained, however, then the individual reverses its position in the
cell and with its head directed downwards is ready to emerge.

Emergence of adults took place at all hours of the day and
night. One individual was observed to emerge at 6.20 in the
evening. She cut her way out, crawled out of the cell and onto
the comb, cleaned her antennae, visited the nearest larva, tete-
a-teted with an adult, visited two other larvae, cleaned her wings
and hind legs, explored the comb, and then became quiescent.

In the meantime an adult had discovered the empty cell and
became much excited. She cleared away the flap-like cap and
the ragged edges, forming a ball of pulp from the material.
Then she entered the cell and apparently scraped the inner walls
with her mouth parts. She moved around on the comb but kept
constantly returning to the empty cell and scraping the inside.
This continued for at least fifteen minutes. The pellet of pulp
which was derived from the cap and the scrapings was even-
tually built into a cell.

THE MALES

Sometime during the break in the daily observations that oc-
curred between September 10 to 14, the males appeared in the
colony. Because of their color and the shape of their antennae,
they could be readily identified. The females constantly drove
the males from the ventral surface of the comb and perforce
they spent most of their time on the top of the comb. They
would, however, come down onto the ventral surface to visit the
larvae and to tete-a-tete with those females that returned to the
colony without any visible cargo. They never approached a fe-
male that was bearing meat or wood pulp. They did, however,
forage for themselves among the flowers in the neighborhood
where they could be caught in considerable numbers.

During the remainder of the life of the colony the males be-
came more and more abundant. Gradually the workers were
less and less able to keep the males from almost monopolizing
the ventral surface of the comb.

As stated above only the queen was observed actually to lay
eggs. Since, * however, these observations covered only a frac-
tion of all the eggs actually laid, it is impossible to say that the

168

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. lvi

males were the offspring of the queen although circumstantial
evidence indicates that such was the case in this colony.

BREAK-UP OF THE COLONY

On September 23 it was observed that several cells were empty
and that apparently this was due to larval mortality since the
larvae that had occupied these cells had not been full-grown and
certainly had not pupated. Except for continuing mortality of
this type, the colony seemed to proceed normally from then until
September 27. On that date it was observed that the workers
were no longer cleaning up the cells from which adults were
emerging. The new adults were apparently all males. On the
morning of September 28, most of the larval cells were devoid of
inhabitants. At 7.00 P.M., on the same day, all the larvae as
well as the eggs were gone from the nest and now only pupae
(29), males and females, remained. The day was overcast and
showers had fallen. Just as darkness fell, a rain squall accom-
panied with considerable wind struck the area. At 8.30 P.M.*
after the storm had abated, the comb was inspected and found
to be completely deserted by the wasps. Inspection of the porch
showed numerous individuals, both males and females, resting
on the wooden surfaces and on the morning glory vines that
were supported by trellises.

From September 28 to October 7, wasps were occasionally
seen on the comb but never more than two individuals at any
given time. A few of the twenty-nine pupae emerged, but once
the nest was deserted by the adults, ants invaded it immediately
(they had done so in great numbers by 8.30 P.M., on the night of
September 28) and cut their way through the pupal cases and
ate and killed the pupae.

On October 7 the comb was removed except for the basal part
of the holdfast. From then until November 1, an occasional
wasp would spend the night sleeping on the holdfast.

ENEMIES

The chief enemies of these wasps appeared to be various
species of ants. Constantly the wasps drove the ants away and
as long as an adult was about the comb, the ants were never able

Sept., 1948]

SPIETH : POLISTES

169

to gain access to the colony. An attempt was made to transfer
to another corner of the porch a colony of Polistes fuscatus
Ijellicosus Cresson1 which had to be destroyed from its original
site. The adults of this colony, although transferred with the
comb, immediately left the comb and returned to the old site.
Ants invaded this comb within fifteen minutes of the time it was
deserted.

Parasites also attacked the colony, although the actual inva-
sion was never observed. As stated above, observations were
not made from September 10 to 14 and when observations were
resumed on September 15 it was noted that many of the cells in
the central region of the comb had a silken, sheet-like structure
running obliquely from the mouth of the cell into the interior.
It was not possible to determine just what parasite was re-
sponsible for this condition. This sheet was not removed from
the cell and, even though the volume of the cell was greatly re-
duced by its presence, nonetheless eggs were laid in these cells,
presumably by the queen.

1 It is obviously erroneous to consider bellicosus Cresson and hunteri Beq.
as subspecies of fuscatus. They were both living in the same area and
clearly not interbreeding. They are quite distinct in many ways and by all
known criteria belong to different species. Despite this, since I am not
familiar with the taxonomy of Polistes, I am following the present but in-
correct nomenclature.

170

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVI

INSECTS AND SLANG

Slang is usually humorous and satirical and its use is world-
wide. It frequently expresses in a few words something that
would ordinarily take many more. Often, but not always, it is
characterized as coarse or vulgar. All sorts of callings, pro-
fessional and otherwise have their own peculiar slang, and it
abounds in schools, factories, offices, etc. There is military slang,
stage slang, legal slang, etc., etc., etc.

One would not expect any but the most common insects, usually
those associated with man, to be used in slang expressions. And
this is borne out by the following examples which have beer
hastily gathered from “The Slang Dictionary ”, London, 1894
and “Slang and Its Analogues’’ by John S. Farmer, London,
1890, 6 vols.

Beeswax, poor soft cheese.

Beeswaxers, thick boots used for playing football.

Beeswing, a film in port wines, the result of age.

Beetle-crusher, a large foot.

Beetle-sticker, an entomologist.

Bug, (thieves’) a breast pin.

Bug blinding, (military) whitewashing operations.

Bug hunter, a thief who robs drunken men.

Bug juice, ginger ale, bad whiskey, etc.

Bug walk, a bed.

Butterfly, (nautical) a river barge.

Flea bite, a trifle.

% Flea, a miser, skin flint.

Flea-bag, a bed.

Flies, nonsense, trickery, deceit, lies.

Louse ladder, a ladder in a stocking.

Louse trap, a small-tooth comb.

Louse walk, a back hair parting.

Maggoty, fanciful, fidgety.

A further search might result in the finding of additional slang
terms involving insects and perhaps uncover “entomological
slang ’ ’, although at the moment, I am unable to think of a single
word or expression that belongs to the latter category. — H. B. W.

(Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc.), You. LVI

(Plate Y)

T. D. A. Cockerell

Sept., 1948]

Michener: Cockerell

171

T. D. A. COCKERELL

In the death in San Diego, California, on January 26, 1948,
of Theodore Dru Alison Cockerell, we have lost one of our very
well known entomologists and zoologists. The loss will be felt
by all who knew him, for his quiet wit, charming whimsicality,
kindliness, and his personal interest in fellow biologists endeared
him to all. Although for many years especially interested in
the taxonomy of wild bees, he was interested in and wrote about
so many other fields that there is scarcely a taxonomic biologist
who has not examined some of his papers. He wrote extensively
on scale insects, land snails, slugs, fossil insects, fish scales,
sunflower taxonomy and genetics, and paleobotany. Although
he regarded himself as an amateur in botany, he described 32
new plants from New Mexico, in addition to others from other
areas.

To compile a list of his publications would be a herculean
task, and in addition to thousands of short papers, they include
a general zoology book, a book entitled, “The Zoology of Colo-
rado,” numerous poems, and pamphlets on public affairs and
politics.

Cockerell was born in Norwood, England, on August 22, 1866.
Although he has written that his interest in natural history be-
gan as early as he can remember, he debated whether to go
into the arts or into science. As a child he was interested in
every phase of natural history, and this broad interest and en-
thusiasm continued until his death. He was a frail child and
because of this he received little formal education but had time
for many walks in the meadows and woods, where he acquired
first hand information on natural history.

Because of an illness he left England in 1887 to live in Wet
Mountain Valley, Colorado. There he began a catalogue of the
biota of Colorado. In his work there he specialized in the
Macrolepidoptera, molluscs, and flowering plants. Being os-
tensibly cured in 1890, he returned to England, and after about
a year working in the British Museum was appointed Curator
of the Public Museum, Kingston, Jamaica, where he went in

172

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LYI

1891. Although continuing his previous studies, he acquired
in Jamaica a special interest in the Coccidse or scale insects,, and
described many new species.

In 1893, because of new signs of tuberculosis, he determined
to return to the Rocky Mountain area and was able to exchange
positions with C. H. Tyler Townsend, the well known dipterist.
By this arrangeemnt Cockerell went to teach at the New Mexico
College of Agriculture near Las Cruces. From this time on he
lived in this country, and became a United States citizen.

Cockerell’s interest in wild bees began in New Mexico, where
they abound, and his first paper on them was published in 1894.
From that year to this not a year passed without the publica-
tion of numerous papers under his name on these insects. A few
still await publication. One of his most extensive and best bee
papers was a revision of the genus Perdita, published in 1896,
only three years after his arrival in New Mexico.

It was in New Mexico that Cockerell met Wilmatte Porter,
with, whom he collaborated in various bee papers both before
and after their marriage. After brief stays at other schools in
New Mexico and Colorado, the Cockerells moved in 1904 to
Boulder, Colorado, where he became a member of the faculty
of the University of Colorado.

The Cockerells maintained their home in Boulder for 44 years.
During this time they were able to make expeditions, principally
for collecting bees and fossil insects, to many parts of the world
— Argentina, Peru, Madeira, Morocco, the Belgian Congo, South
Africa, Australia, New Caledonia, Siam, Lake Baikal, and the
maritime provinces of Siberia and Japan. After his retire-
ment from the University of Colorado in 1934, he maintained
an office there but spent part of each year elsewhere, usually in
California. While there he made a special effort to stimulate
interest in the coastal islands off Southern California and made
several trips to them. The Cockerells spent considerable time
in 1946 and 1947 at the Escuela Agricola Panamericana in
Honduras. Here, as always, they collected bees, and I have a
letter written only five days before his death, discussing the
progress he was making in working up the bees obtained there.
Prior to the work in Honduras, the Cockerells’ previous major

Sept., 1948]

Michener: Cockerell

173

expedition was to South Africa, where shortly after his retire-
ment, they obtained, with the aid of others, the largest bee col-
lection ever brought out of Africa.

Cockerell had a remarkable ability to accurately express him-
self, both verbally and in writing. He was always an interest-
ing, quiet speaker, but this ability is best exemplified by his
manner of writing papers. Examining bees with a hand lens,
resorting to a binocular microscope only for occasional elusive
details, he would write out the descriptions and discussions on
separate small sheets of paper. When a sufficient number of
these had accumulated, and the paper was completed, he would
rearrange them if necessary, reread them, but without changing
more than a few words the paper was ready for publication.
This seems little short of miraculous to those of us who have to
cross out, rewrite, and rearrange the greater part of what we
write before submitting it for publication. More remarkable, his
papers were consistently accepted in longhand by dozens of edi-
tors, for Cockerell never used a typewriter and apparently never
was provided with a secretary.

Another remarkable feature of his working methods was his
dependence, fully justified, upon his memory. Only rarely was
it necessary for him to consult the Zoological Record or other
source of reference to learn where a given description was pub-
lished. Ordinarily when he wished to see the description of a
certain bee, he could go directly to his reprint collection and
take out the correct reprint. To a large extent it was memory
also which made it possible for him to almost completely avoid
making homonyms, a remarkable feat considering the thousands
of species which he named.

Unlike many men who describe great numbers of new animals,
Cockerell never attempted to maintain a monopoly in any of
the groups in which he was interested. Indeed his greatest de-
sire was to start others working in the same lines, so that addi-
tional work could be done in the fields in which he was so in-
terested. For example, after hearing that I was interested in
bees, the Cockerells took special pains to arrange a meeting and
later invited me to spend a summer with them in Boulder, living
in their home. Each day Professor Cockerell and I walked to

174

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVI

the University, he always carrying an insect bottle in a pocket
so that we could collect any interesting specimen we might see
in the vacant lots we passed. In his office he always gave freely
of his vast store of knowledge about bees.

Cockerell has written, “We build on foundations often poorly
established, and no matter how clever or industrious we may be,
posterity will have to revise and correct much of what we have
done.” Speaking of his naming of so many bees and the need
for proper revisional studies, he has said to me, “I have gath-
ered the wood, now it is up to you to build the house.” Thus
we see one of his most admirable characteristics. Although his
own work as largely purely descriptive, he never found fault
when others, with more material available and after more thorough
study, placed his names in synonymy; indeed he treated many
of his own names in this way himself. Moreover, he fully ap-
preciated the importance of extensive revisional and experimen-
tal studies and constantly urged individuals and groups to un-
dertake such projects because of the light they would shed on
evolutionary and distributional problems, matters in which he
was vitally interested and highly conversant, although he wrote
relatively little about them.

No account of Professor Cockerell would be complete without
further mention of Mrs. Cockerell, his constant companion both
in Boulder and in the field. The Cockerells had a very serious
interest in conservation and through the years assembled a
library of motion picture films on various natural history sub-
jects. These they showed at every opportunity, wherever they
might be. Indeed they made numerous long and difficult trips
for the sole purpose of showing these films and talking about
conservation, particularly to groups of children. — Charles D.
Michener,1 American Museum of Natural History.

1 It should be mentioned that Cockerell wrote a series of autobiographical
notes, from which some of the above information was obtained. These were
published in Bios, 1935-1939, 6: 372-385; 7: 149-155, 205-211; 8: 12-18,
51-56, 122-127; 9: 21-25, 66-70, 117-124; 10: 35-41, 99-106.

Sept., 1948]

Arnett : Culicid.®

175

NOTES ON THE DISTRIBUTION, HABITS, AND
HABITATS OF SOME PANAMA CULICINES
(DIPTERA: CULICID^)

By Ross H. Arnett, Jr.

Cornell University, Ithaca, N. Y.

(Continued from Yol. 55, p. 200)

In the first part of this paper I discussed the distribution,
habits and habitats of some Panama Anophelines. In this part
I am continuing with the Panama Culicines, TJranotcenia thru
Deinocerites.

PART II

Uranotceniini

Uranotcenia Lynch Arribalzaga
TJranotcenia calosomata Dyar & Knab

TJranotcenia calosomata Dyar & Knab, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc.,, 15 :
200, 1907 (Type Loc. : Tabernilla, C. Z.).

Distribution: — Tabernilla (Busck) ; Culebra (Army Medical
Museum) ; Paja (Shropshire) ; La Chorrera (Author).

Habits and Halitats: — The larvae breed in shady, swift flow-
ing streams, associated with Chagasia bathanus. This is a rare
species collected only in March. (Bred from larvae in prints of
horse’s feet containing water — Busck. Ground pools and often
in cattle tracks — Dyar).

TJranotcenia contzacoalcos Dyar & Knab

TJranotcenia coatzacoalcos Dyar & Knab, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc.,
14: 186, 1906.

TJranotcenia typhlosomata Dyar & Knab, Jour. N. Y. Ent.
Soc., 15: 200, 1907. (Type Loc.: Tabago Island, R. de P.)
(Var. coatzacoalcos D. & K., vide Dyar & Shannon, Ins.
Ins. Mens., 12: 191, 1924.) (Syn. coatzacoalcos D. & K.,
vide, Dyar,; Ins. Ins. Mens., 13: 185, 1925.)

Distribution: — Pedro Miguel (Jennings) ; Gatun (Zetek)'; Barro
Colorado Island (Shannon) ; Caldera Island, Tabago Island

176

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LYI

(Jennings) ; Gamboa, National Forest, La Chorrera, El
Valle de Anton (Author).

Habits and Habitats: — Larvae breed in rock pools, streams
and once collected in water in a fallen log. This species is a
shade breeder, without vegetation, but debris may be present.
It is not collected in flowing water.

This species breeds throughout the year associated with Ano-
pheles eiseni, A. punctimacula and A. apicimacula.

Adults have been captured flying in the jungle near the
breeding pool.

Uranotcenia geometrica Lutz

Uranotcenia geometrica Lutz (in Theobald), Mon. Cul., 2: 247,
1901.

Distribution : — Empire, Gatun, Culebra (Busck) ; Cartagenita,
La Boca, Ancon, Pedro Miguel, Corozal, Gorgona, Gatun,
Tabernilla (Jennings) ; Cano (Zetek) ; Paraiso (Dunn) ;
Toro Point, Gold Hill, Summit, Margarita, Mindi, Monte
Lirio, Miraflores, Las Cascades, Partilla, Mount Hope, Ma-
jagual, La Pita, Comacho, Cativa, Mandinga (Shropshire) ;
Cano Saddle (Dyar & Shannon) ; Panama (Zetek) ; Tabago
Island (Jennings) ; Empire, La Chorrera (Author).

Habits and Habitats: — The larvae breed in hoof prints, seepage
areas, small streams, swamps, rock pools and in floating river
vegetation, always in the sun and with various types of vegeta-
tion. It is associated with Anopheles larvae of several species.

This is the common Uranotcenia of La Chorrera. The adults
have not been taken in the field.

Uranotcenia lowii Theobald

Uranotcenia lowii Theobald, Mon. Cul., 2 : 339, 1901.
Distribution: — Las Cascades (Busck) ; La Boca, Culebra, Mira-
flores, Ancon (Jennings) ; Corozal (Zetek) ; Frijoles, Cano
Saddle (Dyar & Shannon) ; Arenal River (Shropshire) ;
Miraflores, La Chorrera, Rio Abajo, Old Panama (Author).
Habits and Habitats: — The larvae breed in streams, swamps,
pasture marshes, sand flats, seepage areas, ponds, pools and
rock pools. They breed in sunny places with vegetation ; water

Sept., 1948]

Arnett : Culicid^

177

stagment, clear or foul. It is associated with several species of
Anopheles larvae.

The adults were not taken in the field. (Not known to bite —
Dyar.)

This species breeds throughout the year. It is less common
than U. geometries but more generally distributed.

Uranotcenia pulcherrima Lynch Arribalzaga

Uranotcenia pulcherrima Lynch Arribalzaga, Rov. Mus. La Plata,
2: 165, 1891.

Distribution: — Panama (Dyar); Empire, Gamboa (Author).

Habits and Habitats: — The larvae breed in floating river vege-
tation. in Najas and Pistia. It is associated with A. albimanus
and triannulatus.

The adults have not been taken in the field.

These four species of Uranotcenia are all of the genus that are
known from Panama with the exception of Uranotcenia hystera
Dyar & Knab, which is reported as a very rare species known
only from a few females, and is unknown to the author.

Megarhinini

Megarhinus Robineau-Desvoidy
Megarhinus hypoptes Knab

Megarhinus hypoptes Knab, Can. Ent., 29 : 50, 1907.

Megarhinus trinidadensis Busck (nec D. & K.) Smith Misc.
Coll., 53: 60, 1908. (Syn. hypoptes Knab, vide, Howard,
Dyar & Knab, Carnegie Ins. Wash., Pub. 159, 4 : 956, 1917.)
Distribution: — Tabernilla (Busck) ; Mount Hope, Ancon, Co-'
macho (Shropshire) ; Cano Saddle, France Field (Dyar &
Shannon); Porto Bello (Busck); Chiva Chiva, Gamboa,
La Chorrera, Old Panama (Author).

Habits\ and Habitats: — The larvae are tree hole breeders. They
are predaceous.

Adults have been collected on leaves in the jungle. The eggs
are laid singly on the edge of tree holes.

The pupas are distinctive from the other mosquitoes by the
large size.

(Larvas breed in bamboo — Dyar.)

178

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVI

Megarhinus moctezuma Dyar & Knab

Megarhinus moctezuma Dyar & Knab, Smith. Misc. Colls., Quar.
Iss., 48 : 251, 1906.

Distribution: — La Boca (Bnsck) ; Ancon, Miraflores (Jennings) ;
Panama (Zetck) ; Old Panama (Author).

Habits and Habitats: — The larvae breed in tree holes. (Gord
husks — Dyar). They are predaceous.

Adults were not seen in the field.

Megarhinus superbus Dyar & Knab

Megarhinus superbus Dyar & Knab, Smith. Misc. Colls., Quar.
' Iss,, 48 : 255, 1906.

Distribution: — Tabernilla (Busck) ; Majagual, Porto Grande
(Shorpshire) ; Cano Saddle (Dyar & Shannon) ; Fort Ran-
dolph (Baker) ; Pina (Author).

Habits and Habitats: — The larvae breed in leaf bracts of wild
pineapple and are predaceous. (Bromeliads — Dyar.)

The adults may be recognized in the field by the bright red
abdominal hair tufts.

These three species are the only Megarhinus so far recorded
from Panama.

Culicini
Culex Linnaeus

There are no really satisfactory keys to the species of Culex
found in Panama. The keys, descriptions and figures in Dyar’s
Mosquitoes of the Americas are not altogether trustworthy
‘(Komp, 1935), and of course there are many new descriptions
since Dyar’s work, making it necessary to refer to the original
papers. These papers are widely scattered throughout the lit-
erature. Until all the types are studied and new accurate
drawings are made, this genus will remain relatively unknown
even though some of its members are very well known. It is
the largest genus represented in Panama in both species and
probably in individuals, with the exception of some of the major
pest mosquitoes such as Mansonia spp. and Aedes tceniorhynchus
or Anopheles spp.

f'fc

Sept., 1948]

Arnett : Culicid^:

179

Culex, subgenus Culex sens. str.

Culex chidesteri Dyar

Culex chidesteri Dyar, Ins. Ins. Mens., 9 : 117, 1921. (Type
Loc. : Colon, R. de P.)

Distribution : — Colon (Chidester) ; La Chorrera (Author).

Habits and Habitats: — The larvae breed in open sunny
swamps, in deeply shaded pools and in slow flowing streams
with floating debris. It apparently has rather diversified breed-
ing habits. It appears to be uncommon, but it is difficult to
identify, and may prove to be quite common.

No adults were identified in any material collected.

Culex corniger Theobald

Culex corniger Theobald, Mon. Cuh, 3 : 173, 1903.

Culex lactator Dyar & Knab, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 14:
206. (Syn. corniger Theobald, vide, Howard, Dyar &
Knab, Carnegie Ins. Wash., Pub. 159, 3: 240, 1951.)

Culex lactator loquaculus Dyar & Knab, Smith. Misc. Colls.,
Quar. Iss., 52: 254, 1908. (Type Loc.: Canal Zone.) (Syn.
corniger Theobald, vide, Howard, Dyar & Knab, Carnegie
Ins. Wash., Pub. 159, 3: 240, 1915.)

Distribution: — Tabernilla, Las Cascades, Pedro Miguel, Lion
Hill, Gatun (Busck) ; Culebra, Empire, Ancon (Jennings) ;
Fort Sherman, Frijoles, Corozal (Zetek) ; Mindi, Gold Hill,
Golden Green, Mount Hope, Monte Lirio, Coco Solo, Cativa,
Majagual, La Pita, Cerro Gordo, Paja, Fort Randolph,
Toro Point, Bella Vista, Margarita, Flemenco Island, Lirio
Mill (Shropshire) ; Fort Davis, Fort Amador (Baker) ;
Caldera Island (Jennings) ; Panama (Zetek) ; Chiriqui
(Dunn) ; Chiva Chiva, Fort Clayton, La Chorrera, Rio
Abajo, Jaun Diez, Old Panama, Lagarto (Author).

Habits and Habitats: — The larvge breed in pools, , hoof prints,
pasture marshes, coconut shells, bamboo joints, rock holes,
stump holes and root holes. (Barrels, tin cans, rotten banana
trunk, water tub, hollow tree stump — Busck.) Usually found in
shady places but it will breed in the sun. It was never found in
flowing water and seldom in water in which vegetation is pres-
ent. The body of water in which it breeds is always small and

180

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVI

of a temporary nature. It breeds throughout the year and is
very common.

The eggs are laid in typical “culex” egg rafts.

The adults were never taken in trap collections.

Culex coronator Dyar & Knab

Culex coronator Dyar & Knab, Jour. N. Y. Bnt. Soc., 14: 215,
1906. Culex ousqua Dyar, Ins. Ins. Mens., 6 : 99, 1918.
(Type Loc. : Panama.) (Var. coronator Dyar & Knab, vide,
Dyar, Ins. Ins. Mens., 10 : 18, 1922 ; listed as syn. coronator
Dyar & Knab, vide, Dyar, Ins. Ins. Mens., 11: 172, 1923.)
Culex usquatissimus Dyar, Ins. Ins. Mens., 10 : 19, 1922.
(Described as a form of coronator ; listed as syn. coronator
Dyar & Knab, vide, Dyar, Ins. Ins. Mens., 11: 175, 1923.)
Distribution : — Pedro Miguel, Culebra, Bohio, Tabernilla, Las
Cascades, Alejuela (Busck) ; Corozal, Gatun, La Boca, An-
con (Jennings) ; Paraiso, Mount Hope (Zetek) ; Sabanas,
Coco Solo, Mindi, Gold Hill, Mandingo, Piatella, Majagual,
Torro Point, Empire, Cativa, Paja, Comacho (Shropshire) ;
Culebra (Dunn) ; Panama, Chagres River, Tabago Island
(Busck) ; Porto Bello, Caldera Island (Jennings) ; Chiriqui
(Dunn) ; Pedro Miguel, Gamboa, Chiva Chiva, Fort Clay-
ton, La Chorrera, Rio Abajo, Old Panama, Pina, Lagarto
(Author).

Habits and Habitats: — The larvas of this species breeds in
rock pools, hoofprints, swampy pastures, pools, seepage areas,
potholes, streams (sluggish), marshes, road ruts, cement drains,
coconut shells, rowboats, occasionally in tree holes and artificial
containers. (Stagnant foul pool, rain barrel, hoofprints,
streams, still shady pool, tank, rain pool, and old boat — Busck.)

This is probably the most common Culex in Panama. It
breeds in many different situations and the breeding site may be
sunny or shady. They seem to show little preference. It is
seldom found in flowing water, but may be found in either fresh
or foul water with or without vegetation. It is common
throughout the year.

Adults are taken in horse traps, but there are no records of
it biting man.

Sept., 1948]

Arnett : Culicid^

181

Culex declarator Dyar & Knab

Culex declarator Dyar & Knab, Jonr. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 14: 211,
1906.

Culex inquisitor Dyar & Knab, Jonr. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 14:
211, 1906. (Syn. declarator Dyar & Knab, vide, Dyar, Ins.
Ins. Mens., 6 : 97, 1918.)

Culex jubilator Dyar & Knab, Jonr. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 14: 211,
1906. (Type Loc.: Panama). (Syn. declarator Dyar &
Knab, vide, Dyar Ins. Ins. Mens., 6 : 97, 1918).

Culex proclamitor Dyar & Knab, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 14:
211, 1906. (Var. declarator Dyar & Knab, vide, Dyar, Ins.
Ins. Mens., 6: 97, 1918.) (Syn. declarator Dyar & Knab,
vide , Dyar, Ins. Ins. Mens., 9 : 196, 1921.)

Culex revelator Dyar & Knab, Jonr. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 15 :
202, 1907. (Type Loc.: Tabago Island, R. de P.) (Syn.
declarator Dyar & Knab, vide, Dyar, Ins. Ins. Mens., 6 :
97, 1918.)

Distribution: — Pedro Miguel, Gatnn, Rio Chagres (Bnsck) ; Pa-
raiso, Las Cascadas (Jennings) ; Ancon (Dunn) ; Bas Obis-
po (Zetek) ; Toro Point, Mindi, Monte Lirio, Miraflores,
Cativa, Gold Hill, Las Cascades, Golden Green, Sweetwater,
Cerro Gordo, Mandingo, Cardenas River, Paja, Gold Hill,
Bella Vista Margarita, Cnlebra, Empire, Comacho (Shrop-
shire) ; Port Randolph (Baker) ; Cascajal River, Tabago
Island (Jennings) ; Chiriqni (Dunn) ; Gamboa, Pedro
Miguel, Chiva Chiva, Port Clayton, National Forest, La
Chorrera, Rio Aba jo, Jaun Diez, Old Panama, Lagarto
(Author).

Habits and Habitats: — The larvae breed in swamps, rock pools,
foul pools, cement drains, pasture marshes, stump holes, tree
holes, coconut shells, palm spathes. This species breeds in a
variety of places, either sunny or shady, usually without vegeta-
tion and often in foul water. “Tree hole” breeding is as com-
mon as terrestrial breeding. The species is fairly common, but
no adults were taken. Egg rafts were collected in stump holes.
It breeds mainly during the rainy season. (Does not bite —
Dyar.)

182

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVI

Culex quinquefasciatus Say

Culex quinquefasciatus Say, Jour. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila., 3: 10,
1823.

Culex fatigans Wiedemann, Aussereurop. Zweifl. Ins., 1 : 10,
1828. (Syn. quinquefasciatus Say, vide , Dyar & Knab,
Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., 11: 34, 1909.)

Distribution ; — Ancon, Tabernilla, Las Cascadas (Busck; Corazal
(Jennings) ; Miraflores, Pedro Mignel, Gatnn, Balboa
(Zetek) ; Empire, Margarita (Shropshire) ; Fort Davis
(Baker) ; Cocoli Camp (Jennings) ; David (Zetek) ; Jaun
Diez, La Chorrera (Author).

Habits and Habitats: — The larvae breed in foul sunny pools
with floating debris. (Largely in artificial containers — Dyar.)
Adults were collected in native houses at the seashore.

This species seems to be uncommon on the Isthmus of Panama.

Culex inflectus Theobald

Culex inflectus Theobald, Mon. Cul., 2: 115, 1901.

Culex extricator Dyar & Knab, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 14:
211, 1906. (Probably syn. inflectus Theobald, i ride, Bonne-
Wepster & Bonne, Ins. Ins. Mens., 9 : 18, 1921 ; syn. inflectus
Theobald, vide , Dyar, Ins. Ins. Mens., 9 : 30, 1921.)
Distribution: — Corozal, Ancon (Jennings) ; Paraiso (Zetek) ;
Fort Sherman (Dunn) ; Torro Point, Majagual, Cativa, Gold
Hill, Margarita, Balboa, Empire, (Shropshire) ; Fort Ran-
dolph (Dyar & Shannon) ; Fort Davis (Baker) ; Colon
(Busck & Chidester) ; Caldera Island (Jennings) ; Pina
(Army Medical Museum) ; Chiriqui (Dunn) ; Pina (Au-
thor) .

Habits and Habitats: — The larvae breed in crab holes. Rarely
in dirty receptacles (Dyar). Breeding may take place in old tin
cans and in hollow logs. It is associated with Trichoprosopon
digitatum in tin cans and with Hcemagogus lucifer in logs
(Dunn).

(The adults do not bite — Dyar.)

This appears to be one of the rarest Culex, subgenus Culex of
those found in Panama.

Sept., 1948]

Arnett : Culicid.®

18:

Culex interrogator Dyar & Knab

Culex interrogator Dyar & Knab, Jonr. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 14: 209,
1906. Culex reflector Dyar & Knab, Smith. Misc. Colls.,
Quar. Iss., 52: 256, 1908. (Type Loc. : Ancon, C. Z.) (Syn.
interrogator Dyar & Knab, vide, Dyar, Ins. Ins. Mens., 11 :
176, 1923.)

Distribution: — Paraiso, Ancon (Jennings) ; Empire, La Boca,
Tabernilla (Busck) ; Tabago Island (Busck) ; Old Panama,
La Chorrera, Juan Diez (Author).

Habits and Habitats: — The larvae breed in foul pools and wheel
ruts. They are always in foul water, sunny, stagnant and with
little or no vegetation. (Clear ground pools and tree holes —
Dyar; Old boat, rain barrel, stagnant pools — Busck.)

Adults were not taken in trap collections.

This species is collected during the rainy season; uncomon.

Culex mollis Dyar & Knab

Culex mollis Dyar & Knab, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 19 : 171, 1906.
(First treated as a sp., vide, Howard, Dyar & Knab, Carnegie
Ins. Wash., Pub. 159, 3: 267, 1915.)

Culex carmodyice Dyar & Knab, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 14:
210, 1906. (Distinct from mollis Dyar & Knab, vide, Dyar
& Knab, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 19 : 171, 1906 ; syn. nigri-
palffius Theobald, vide, Dyar, Ins. Ins. Mens., 9: 28, 1921.)
Culex equivocator Dyar & Knab, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 15 :
203, 1907. (Syn. mollis Dyar & Knab, vide, Dyar, Ins. Ins.
Mens., 9: 28, 1921.)

Culex elocutiUs Dyar & Knab, Smith. Misc., Colls., Quar. Iss.,
52: 255, 1908. (Type Loc.: Porto Bello Bay, Panama.)
(Syn. mollis Dyar & Knab, vide, Dyar. Ins. Ins. Mens., 9:
28, 1921.)

Culex delys Howard, Dyar & Knab, Carnegie Ins. Wash.,
Pub. 159, 3 : 317, 1915. (Type Loc. : Tabernilla, C. Z.) (Syn.
mollis Dyar & Knab, vide, Dyar, Ins. Ins. Mens., 9 : 28, 1921.)
Culex lepostenis Dyar, Ins. Ins. Mens., 11: 70, 1923. (Syn.
mollis Dyar & Knab, vide, Komp, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., 37 :
10, 1935.)

184

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVI

Distribution: — Tabernilla, Ahorca Lagarto, Lion Hill (Busck) ;
San Pablo (Jennings) ; Paraiso (Zetek) ; Comacho, Sweet-
water, Miraflores, La Pita, Majagual, Toro Point, Paja, Fort
Randolph, Margarita (Shropshire) ; Barro Colorado Island
(Dyar & Shannon); Caldera Island, Cascajal River (Jen-
nings) ; Colon (Bnsck) ; Cano (Zetek) ; Bruja, Army Medi-
cal Museum) ; Empire, Gamboa, National Forest, Chiva
Chiva, Fort Clayton, La Joya, La Chorrera (Author).
Habits and Habitats: — The larvae breed in tree holes, jungle
streams, drains, swamps, pools, rock holes, fallen logs, small
ponds (Bromeliads — Jennings). Found in a variety of places,
this species is most abundant in rock holes, in shade, but also in
the sun. Water is usually clear and wanting vegetation. (Bam-
boo trunk, water foul — Busck.)

The adults were not collected in traps.

Culex nigripalpus Theobald

Culex nigripalpus Theobald, Mon. Cul., 2 : 322, 1901.

Culex factor Dyar & Knab, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 14: 212,
1906. (Syn. nigripalpus Theobald, vide, Dyar, Ins. Ins.
Mens., 9: 28, 1921.)

Culex regulator Dyar & Knab, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 14: 213,
1906. (Syn. nigripalpus Theobald, vide , Dyar, Ins. Ins.
Mens., 9 : 28, 1921.) ^

Culex carmodyiae Dyar & Knab, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 14:
210, 1906. (Syn. nigripalpus Theobald, vide, Dyar, Ins. Ins.
Mens., 9: 28, 1921.)

Distribution: — Ancon, Paraiso, La Boca (Jennings) ; Pedro
Miguel (Zetek) ; Balboa, Corozal, Gatun, Culebra, Rio
Grande, Monte Lirio, La Pita, Sweetwater, Toro Point, Mar-
garita, Flemenco Island, Empire, Coco Solo (Shropshire) ;
Colon, (Zetek) ; Tabago Island (Jennings) ; Rio Chagres
(Busck) ; Chiva Chiva, Fort Clayton, Old Panama, Rio
Abajo, Juan Diez (Author).

Habits and Habitats: — -The larvse breed in wheel ruts, pools,
drains, pasture marshes and axils of palm fronds. Usually it
breeds in foul water, either sunny or shady. Terrestrial, it is
rarely in axils of leaves. Vegetation may be present or absent

] 948 1

Arnett : Culicidze

185

Sept.,

in the habitat. (Old boat and tub — Jennings; clear swamps
and coral pools — Dyar ; Bromeliads — Bnsck. )

Adults were not taken in trap collecting, but they will bite
„ humans.

Uncommon.

Subgenus Melanoconion Theobald

Melanoconion Theobald, Mon. Cul., 3: 238, 1903. (Type: Culex
atratus Theobald. )

Culex aikenii Aiken

Gnopliodeomyia aikenii Aiken, Brit. Guiana Med. Ann., 60, 1906.
Culex panacossa Dyar, Ins. Ins. Mens., 11 : 120, 1923. (Syn.
aikenii Aiken, vide, Dyar, Ins. Ins. Mens., 13 : 21, 1925.
Distribution: — Bas Obispo (Shropshire); Empire (Author).

Habits and Habitats: — The larvae breed in floating vegetation
in the Rio Mandinga. It is collected from June to September.
(Roots of Pistia — Dyar).

Rare.

Culex bastigarius Dyar & Knab

Culex bastigarius Dyar & Knab, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 19 : 170,
1906.

Culex cuclyx Dyar & Shannon, Ins. Ins. Mens., 12 : 48, 1924.
(Type Loc. : Fort Clayton, C. Z.) (Syn. bastigarius Dyar &
Knab, vide, Komp. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., 37: 7, 1935.)
Culex xivilis Dyar, Ins. Ins. Mens., 9: 78, 1920. (Syn.
bastigarius Dyar & Knab, vide, Komp, Proc. Ent. Soc.
Wash., 37: 7, 1935.)

Distribution: — Fort Clayton (Shannon) ; La Chorrera (Author).

Habits and Habitats :— The larvae are found only in slow flow-
ing streams, with vegetation, sunny. It is collected in October.
(Edge of streams — Dyar.)

Culex chrysonotnm Dyar & Knab

Culex cJirysonotum Dyar & Knab, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 35 : 57,
1908. (Type Loc.: Canal Zone.)

Melanoconion theobaldi Lutz (in Bour. Nom. Nud.) Mos.

186

New York Entomological Society

[Yol. LVI

Bras., 39, 1904. (Syn. chrysonotum Dyar & Knab, vide ,
Komp, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., 37: 7, 1935.)

Distribution: — Cartagenita, Ancon, Tabernilla, Miraflores (Jen-
nings) ; Balboa, Gatun (Zetek) ; Empire, Gold Hill, Monte ,
Lirio, Margarita, Mindi (Shropshire) • Fort Clayton, Cule-
bra (Baker); La Chorrera, Old Panama (Author).

Habits and Habitats : — The larvae breed in pools, streams, seep-
age areas, potholes, pasture marshes and ponds. It breeds in
sunny places usually in grassy vegetation, water flowing, slug-
gish or stagnant, but usually clear. Sometimes it will breed in
foul water.

The eggs of this species are laid on grass or sedge in double
rows about fifty to a row, about one inch above the surface of the
water.

The adults are collected on screens in the evening. They may
be recognized in the field by the golden pronotum. There are no
records of it biting man. It is. collected throughout the year,
common.

Culex conspirator Dyar & Knab

Culex conspirator Dyar & Knab, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 14: 217,
1906.

Culex dymathes Dyar & Ludlow, Ins. Ins. Mens., 9 : 47, 1921.
(Type Loc. : Cativa, C. Z.) (Syn. conspirator Dyar & Knab,
vide, Komp, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., 37 : 4, 1935 and Dyar,
Ins. Ins. Mens., 11 : 69, 1923.)

Culex fatuator Dyar & Shannon. Ins. Ins. Mens., 12 : 47,
1924. (Syn. conspirator Dyar & Knab, vide, Komp, Proc.
Ent. Soc. Wash., 37 : 5, 1935.)

Distribution: — Las Cascades (Jennings); Sweetwater, Cativa
(Shropshire) ; Fort Clayton, Cano Saddle (Shannon) ; Barro
Colorado Island (Dyar & Shannon) ; France Field (Baker) ;
Pedro Miguel (Busck) ; Tabago Island, Rio Chagres
(Busck) ; Gamboa, Empire, La Chorrera (Author).

Habits and Habitat : — The larvae breed in shady rock pools.

It is collected during the rainy season. (Ground pools and in
root base pools, slow stream in grass — Dyar.)

Adults not collected in traps.

Uncommon.

Sept., 19481

Arnett : Culicid2E

187

Culex dunni Dyar

Culex dunni Dyar, Ins. Ins. Mens., 6: 123, 1918. (Type Loc. :
Rio Mandinga, C. Z.)

Culex ruffinis Dyar & Shannon, Ins. Ins. Mens., 12 : 143,
1924. (Type Loc.: Barro Colorado Is., C. Z.) (Syn. dunni
Dyar, vide , Komp, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., 37 : 8, 1935.)
Distribution: — Mandinga River (Dnnn) ; Darian, Frijoles (Dyar
& Shannon) ; Barro Colorado Island (Shannon) ; Far Fan
(Curry); La Chorrera (Author).

Habits and Habitats: — The larvae breed in sunny swamps and
ponds having grass or sedge. (Bred from larvae associated
with Pistia — Dunn).

(Adults are not known to bite — Dyar.) Collected from June
to December.

Uncommon.

Culex eastor Dyar

Culex eastor Dyar, Ins. Ins. Mens., 8 : 71, 1920.

Distribution: — Gatun (Author). (Previously collected in this
locality by W. H. W. Komp, but not published.)

Habits and Habitats : — The larvae breed in ground pools. ( Col-
lected in a pool at the base of a fallen tree — Komp, in litt.)
Adults not taken in trap collections.

Collected in May. It is apparently rare.

Culex educator Dyar & Knab

Culex educator Dyar & Knab, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 14: 217,

1906.

Culex apateticus Howard, Dyar & Knab, Carnegie Ins.
Wash., Pub. 159, 3: 331, 1915. (Type Loc.: Canal Zone.)
(Syn. pro parte educator Dyar & Knab, vide Ins. Ins. Mens.,
6: 106, 1918.)

Culex aneles Dyar & Ludlow, The Mil. Surg., 49 : 63, 1922.
(Type Loc.: Fort Clayton, C. Z.) (Syn. educator Dyar &
Knab, vide, Dyar, Carnegie Ins. Wash., Pub. 387, 326, 1928.)
Distribution: — Cardenas, Majagual .(Army Medical Museum);
Gatun, Mindi (Shropshire) ; Pedro Miguel (Busck) ; Mira-
flores, Rio Grande, Tabernilla (Jennings) ; Gatun, Cano,

188

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVI

Fort Sherman, Quarry Heights, Fort Amador (Zetek) ; Fort
Clayton, Barro Colorado Island (Shannon) ; Fort Randolph
(Baker) ; Upper Pequini River (Jennings) ; Tabago Island
(Zetek) ; La Chorrera (Author).

Habits and Habitats : — The larvEe breed in grassy pools and
streams in the sun. It is collected from July to October.

No adults taken in trap collections.

Uncommon.

Culex egcymon Dyar

Culex egcymon Dyar, Ins. Ins. Mens., 11 : 67, 1923. (Type Loc. :
Tabernilla, C. Z.)

Distribution: — Tabernilla (Busck) ; Darien (Dyar & Shannon;
Empire, La Chorrera (Author).

Habits and Habitats: — The larvae breed in jungle streams,
shady, devoid of vegetation. (Slowly running spring full of
larvae and small fish — Dyar ; slow streams, in roots of Pistia —
Dyar & Shannon.) Collected from May to September.

Adults were taken on screens in the evening.

Uncommon.

Culex elevator Dyar & Knab

Culex elevator Dyar & Knab, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 14 : 217, 1906.
Culex apateticus Howard, Dyar & Knab, Carnegie Ins.
Wash., Pub. 159, 3: 321, 1915. (Type Loc.: Canal Zone.)
(Syn. pro parte elevator Dyar & Knab, vide, Dyar, Ins. Ins.
Mens., 6: 106, 1918.)

Culex curryi Dyar. Ins. Ins. Mens., 14: 112, 1926. (Type
Loc.: Mojinga Swamp, C. Z.) (Syn. elevator Dyar & Knab,
vide, Komp, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., 37 : 7, 1935.)

Culex dornarum Dyar & Shannon, Ins. Ins. Mens., 12 ; 46,
1924. (Type Loc.: Fort Sherman, C. Z.) (Syn. elevator
Dyar & Knab, vide, Komp, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., 37 : 5,
1935.)

Distribution: — Fort Clayton (Shannon) ; Barro Colorado Island
(Dyar & Shannon) ; Fort Sherman (Shannon and Shrop-
shire) ; Mojinga Swamp (Curry) ; Tabernilla (Busck) ; Cal-
dera Island, Porto Bello (Jennings) ; Chagres River
(Busck) ; Gamboa, Empire, La Chorrera (Author).

Sept., 19481

Arnett : CuLiciDiE

189

Habits and Habitats: — The larvae breed in rock pools, rock
holes, jungle streams, and one record of it in water in a fallen
log. It breeds in the shade, usually in flowing water. It is com-
mon during the rainy season. (Ground pools, slow streams
with leaves — Dyar.)

No adults taken in trap collections.

Culex er rations Dyar & Knab

Mochlostyrax erraticns Dyar & Knab, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 14:
224, 1906.

Culex leprincei Dyar & Knab, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 15 : 202,
1907. (Type Loc. : Canal Zone.) (Syn. erraticns Dyar &
Knab, vide , King & Bradley, An. Ent. Soc. Am., 30: 345,
1937,)

Culex trachycampa Dyar & Knab, Can. Ent., 41 : 101, 1909.
(Syn. leprincei Dyar & Knab, vide , Dyar, Ins. Ins. Mens.,
11: 119, 1923.)

Distribution: — Pedro Miguel, Tabernilla, Bas Obispo, Las Cas-
cades, Empire, Culebra, (Busck) ; Balboa (Zetek) ; Gold
Hill (Shropshire) ; Fort Clayton, Cano Saddle (Shannon) ;
Fort San Lorenzo, Gamboa, Monte Lirio (Dyar & Shannon) ;
Cardanas River (Baker) ; Panama (Zetek) ; Gamboa, Em-
pire, La Chorrera (Author).

Habits and Habitats: — The larvae breed in floating river vege-
tation or in pond vegetation, in the sun. Found in water lettuce
and Najas beds, it is most abundant in Najas associated with
Anopheles albimanus and Aedeomyia squamipennis. It is com-
mon throughout the year.

No adults taken in trap collections.

Subgenus Isostomyia Coquillett

Isostomyia Coquillett, U. S. Dept, of Agr., Bur. Ent., Tech. Ser.,
11: 16, 1906. (Type: Culex conservator Dyar & Knab.)

Culex conservator Dyar & Knab

Culex conservator Dyar & Knab, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 14: 221,
1906.

Culex bifoliatus Dyar, Ins. Ins. Mens., 10: 92, 1922. (Syn.

190

New York Entomological Society

[Yol. lvi

conservator Dyar & Knab, vide, Dyar, Carnegie Ins. Wash.,
Pub. 387, 345, 1928.)

Distribution: — Miraflores, Mandinga (Shropshire) ; Gatun
(Curry) ; Empire, Barro Colorado Island, La Chorrera, Old
Panama (Author).

Habits and Habitats: — The larvae breed in tree holes. It is
common during the rainy season.

No adults were taken in trap collections.

Subgenus Mochlostyrax Dyar & Knab

Mochlostyrax Dyar & Knab, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 14: 228, 1906

(Type : caudelli Dyar & Knab.)

Culex hesitator Dyar & Knab

Culex hesitator Dyar & Knab, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 15: 205,
1907. (Type Loc. : Las Cascadas, C. Z.)

Distribution: — Las Cascadas (Busck) ; Matachin (Zetek) ; La
Chorrera (Author).

Habits and Habitats : — The larvae are collected in sunny ponds
in thick grass. ( Small sunny streams — Dyar ; Swampy stream —
Busck.)

Culex pilosus Dyar & Knab

Culex pilosus Dyar & Knab, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 14: 224, 1906.
Mochlostyrax cubensis Dyar & Knab (nec Bigot), Jour.
N. Y. Ent. Soc., 14: 223, 1906. (nom. nud. agitator Dyar &
Knab, vide, Dyar & Knab, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 15: 100,
1907.)

Culex agitator Dyar & Knab, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 15 : 100,
1907. (Syn. floridanus Dyar & Knab, vide , Dyar & Knab,
Ins. Ins. Mens., 5: 180, 1917.)

Culex floridanus Dyar & Knab, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 19:
171, 1906. (Listed as a syn. pilosus Dyar & Knab, vide,
Dyar, Ins. Ins. Mens., 12: 186, 1924.)

Distribution:— Matachin, Gatun (Zetek and Shannon) ; Prance
Field (Dyar & Shannon) ; Las Cascadas (Busck) ; Tabago
Island (Busck) ; Cristobal, Juan Diez, La Chorrera, Old
Panama (Author).

Sept., 19481

Arnett : Culicid^e

191

Halits and Habitats: — The larvae breed in salt or fresh water
in permanent bodies of water or streams. They will breed in
the sun or in shade, in foul or in clear water. The breeding-
place is usually grassy. (Temporary surface pools with Aedes
and Psorophora. In jungle pools — Dyar. In temporary rain
pools and not in permanent water — Komp. Old boat and foul
water in old machinery — Busek.)

Common during the rainy season.

No adults taken. (Adults do not bite — Dyar.)

Subgenus Lutzia Theobald

Lutzia Theobald, Mon. Cul., 3: 155, 1903. (Type: Culex bigoti
Bellardi.)

Cidex allostigma Howard, Dyar & Knab

Culex allostigma Howard, Dyar & Knab, Carnegie Ins. Wash.,
Pub. 159, 3: 471, 1916. (Type Loc. : Panama.)

Distribution: — Ancon, San Pablo, Gatun, Tabernilla, Las Cas-
cades (Busek) ; Corozal, Pedro Miguel (Jennings) ; Fort
Sherman (Zetek) ; Empire, Golden Green, Cerro Gordo,
Majagual (Shropshire) ; Barro Colorado Island, France
Field, Gamboa (Dyar & Shannon) ; Culebra, Fort Davis
(Baker) ; Boca del Toro (Osterhout) ; Panama, Caldera Is-
land (Jennings) ; Gamboa, Chiva Chiva, National Forest,
La Chorrera (Author).

Habits and Habitats: — The larvae breed in rock holes, drains,
and small ponds. They may be found in the sun or in shade,
without vegetation, water clear, but usually with fallen leaves
and debris. (Artificial containers — Dyar.)

The eggs are laid in rafts. The pupae are large, distinctive
and very active. The larvae when disturbed lie on the bottom
of the shallow pool in mud and debris for long periods of time.
The larvae are predaceous on other mosquito larvae and are found
with Culex mollis , Anopheles eiseni, A. punctimacula and A .
apicimacula.

There are many more species of Culex recorded in the litera-
ture as occurring in Panama, but these are unknown to the author.
There are also species known from Panama, some of which are

192

New York Entomological Society

t Vol. LVI

apparently quite common, which have never been recorded. The
following list are those species recorded in the literature, some
of which are undoubtly misidentifications : Culex distinguendus
Dyar, elaphas Komp, inhibitator Dyar & Knab = erraticus Dyar ?,
flabellifer Komp, iolambdis Dyar, jubifer Komp, latisquama
Coquillett, limacifer Komp, menytes Dyar, mutator Dyar & Knab,
opisthopus Komp, paracrybda Komp, phlogistus Dyar, plecto-
porpe Koot, psatharus Dyar, quadrif oliatus Komp, rooti Rose-
boom, serratimargo Root, spissipes Theobald, taeniopus Dyar &
Knab, tecmarsis Dyar, vexillifer Komp, vomerifer Komp, zeteci
Dyar, browni Komp, corrigani Dyar & Knab, alogistus Dyar,
daumastocampa Dyar & Knab, imitator Theobald, jenningsi
Dyar & Knab, bonnei Dyar, secunda Bonne- Wepster & Bonne,
bigoti Bellardi.

Deinocerites Theobald

Deinocerites Theobald, Mon. Cul., 2: 215, 1901. (Type: cancer
Theobald. )

Deinocerites cancer Theobald
Deinocerites cancer Theobald, Mon. Cul., 2 : 215, 1901.

Deinocerites melanophylum Dyar & Knab, Jour. N. Y. Ent.
Soc., 15: 200, 1907. (Type Loc. : Colon, R. de P.) (Listed
as syn. cancer Theobald, vide , Dyar, Carnegie Ins. Wash.,
Pub. 387, 1928.)

Deinocerites monospathus Dyar, Ins. Ins. Mens., 13 : 155,
1923. (Type Loc.: Fort Sherman, C. Z.) (Listed as ?aber.
cancer Theobald, vide, Edwards, Genera Insectorum, fasc.
194, 222, 1932.)

Distribution: — La Boca (Busck) ; Fort Davis (Baker) ; Fort
Randolph, France Field, Fort Sherman (Baker and Zetek) ;
Margarita, Majagual, Toro Point (Shropshire) ; Boca del
Toro (Rosenau) ; Colon (Busck) ; Caldera Island (Jenn-
ings) ; Fort Randolph (Author).

Habits and Habitats: — The larvae breed in crab holes. (Adults
do not bite humans — Dyar. )

Deinocerites pseudes Dyar & Knab
Deinocerites pseudes Dyar & Knab, Smith. Misc. Colls., Quar.
Iss., 52: 260, 1909. (Type Loc.: Ancon, C. Z.)

Sept., 1948]

Arnett : Culicid^

193

Distribution: — Corozal, Miraflores, Ancon (Jennings) ; Monte
Lirio (Army Medical Museum) ; Fort Sherman (Zetek) ;
Toro Point, Cativa, Margarita (Shropshire) ; Panama
(Dunn) ; La Chorrera, Rio Abajo, Old Panama (Author).

Habits and Habitats: — The larvae breed in crab holes on the
beach.

Adults are collected in horse traps and in houses. (Adults do
not bite humans — Dyar.)

Common throughout the year.

There are two more species of Deinocerites recorded in the
literature as occurring in Panama, but these are unknown to the
author. They are: D. epitedeus Knab and D. spanius Dyar &
Knab.

(To be continued )

194

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVl

BOOK NOTICE

Spiders of Connecticut. By Benjamin Julian Kaston, Pli.D.

State Geological and Natural History Survey Bulletin No.

70, Hartford, Conn., 1948. 9 x 5f inches. 874 p. 142 pi.

This impressive monograph is more than its title implies. Its
geographical scope extends beyond Connecticut and includes
Massachusetts, Rhode Island and that portion of New York east
of the Hudson River and south of the westward extension of the
northern boundary of Massachusetts. From this region, 597
species (in 224 genera) are treated. Of this number 462 species
(in 184 genera) were collected in Connecticut.

Approximately the first fifty pages are devoted to a general,
informative account of the biology of spiders including their
external and internal anatomy, life history, habits, parasites,
economic importance, and the collection and preservation of
specimens. The balance of the work is taxonomic and includes
keys to families, genera and species, as well as diagnostic charac-
ters of genera and species, distribution data, notes on habits,
life histories, etc. This portion is accompanied by 142 plates
with over 2,100 figures illustrating various species, anatomical
details, webs, egg sacs, etc. A glossary and bibliography add to
its completeness.

This work is another example of the outstanding contributions
to natural science that originate in Connecticut. It is the result of
many years of research and study, and Dr. Kaston ’s authorship
of it is a sufficient guarantee of its excellence and scholarship.
It is gratifying to know that in some places, funds are still avail-
able for the publication of extensive biological studies. — H. B. W.

Sept., 1948]

Bromley: Predators

195

HONEY-BEE PREDATORS

By S. W. Bromley

Bartlett Tree Research Laboratories
Stamford, Conn.

It has always been a source of wonder that certain insects are
able to overcome so powerfully defended an animal as the do-
mestic bee equipped as she is with a venomous sting which would
soon kill any other insect if it could be successfully brought to
bear. The writer has always been interested in apiculture but
has never been able to work around bees because of the violent
effects of their stings. Of the common insects able to sting, the
ordinary honey-bee is by far the worst in my personal experi-
ence. This is probably due in part to their habit of stinging
without provocation and also to the fact that the poison sac is
left, with the sting, in the wound thus enabling a greater amount
of toxin to enter the system than with wasps which withdraw
the sting, after each stab. Just one sting is likely to have a
serious systemic effect and my only recourse has been to keep
off my feet several hours after being stung and to apply cold
compresses to the injury. For many years I have made obser-
vations at Stamford, Connecticut, on the Arthropods which kill
bees and these are herewith presented. These prey records
cover the years 1929 to 1947. In no case was the bee predation
sufficient to cause economic losses to bee-keepers. The role of
predators in bee-killing is a very minor one these days compared
with the losses of bees poisoned by arsenicals, DDT and other
insecticidal sprays and dusts, or dying, from such diseases as
American foul brood. It seems quite probable, moreover, that
in New England at least, bee-predators never did cause eco-
nomic losses to apiarists.

Of the records here submitted; 260 pertain to insect preda-
tors, 243 to spiders. Honey-bee predators in the Stamford area
are (1) ambush bugs, (2) robber flies, (3) mantids, (4) dragon
flies, (5) hornets or wasps, and (6) soldier bugs among the in-
sects ; and certain flower spiders, orbweavers, ,grass spiders and
house spiders among the Arachnida.

196

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVI

I. INSECTS

1. ambush bugs. Certain years the common ambush bug,
Phymata pennsylvanica Handl., may be very abundant on cer-
tain flowers during mid and late summer feeding on flower-
frequenting insects. They are especially fond of the honey-bee
which they are able to overcome after a struggle. Sometimes 2
or 3 other ambush bugs will feed on a kill, often simultaneously.
I have 147 Stamford records of their preying on honey-bees.
Most of these were on hydrangea, spirea, helenium and asters
in flower gardens or on goldenrod or sumac blossoms in the wild.

2. robber flies. Certain robber flies have long been known
as enemies of the honey-bee. I have the following Stamford

records.

Nebraska bee-killer, Promachus fitchii 0. S 22

Bumblebee robber fly, Bombomima thoracica Fabr 18

Brown robber fly, Proctacanthus philadelphicus Macq 10

Discolored robber fly, Diogmites discolor Loew 10

False Nebraska bee-killer, Promachus bastardii Macq 3

Japanese beetle-killer, Bombomima grossa Fabr. 2

Small bumblebee robber fly, Bombomima flavicollis Say J 1

Fly-hawk, Erax aestuans L 1

Of these 8 species, the bumble bee mimic,, B. thoracica ( alias
Dasyllis or Laphria thoracica !) is the only one I have seen kill-
ing bees close to the hives; most of the others take bees around
flowers. During the past 12 years, Proctacanthus philadelphi-
cus, Promachus fitchii , P. bastardii and Diogmites (formerly
Deromyia) discolor, all once common, have become. increasingly
rare in this area, due no doubt to the growing scarcity of the
white grub, Pliyllophaga fusca, which was apparently the prin-
cipal food of the larvae of these flies. This decrease of the native
white grub seems to have coincided with the advent of the Japa-
nese beetle, Popillia japonica, which has successfully invaded
New England from the adjacent areas to the southwest.

Of the above records; P. fitchii captured honey-bees in hay
fields and lawns near white clover blossoms; B. thoracica in
apiaries, or among Deutzia or white clover blossoms; P. phila-
delphicus in old fields or pastures near goldenrod or buckwheat
blossoms; D. discolor around goldenrod, asters, flower gardens

Sept., 1948]

Bromley: Predators

197

and buckwheat fields; P. bastardii at sumac blossoms in what
had been an open oak grove, clean cut and lumbered out a year
or two before; B. grossa in a tasseling corn field and at edge of
a sumac clump ; B. flavicollis on a log in the sunlight in a cut-
over woodlot; and E. cestuans (a large female) on a plantain
blossom within 100 yards of an apiary.

3. mantids. Twenty-eight honey-bee prey records were taken
from the Chinese mantis, Tenodera sinensis Sauss. These were
obtained either on goldenrod blossoms or in flower gardens.

4. dragon flies. Many dragon flies have been seen to dart
at honey-bees in flight, but only 5 actual captures where feeding
took place have been noted. Three records of the green darning-
needle fly, Anax junius Drury, have been taken : one near a bee-
hive, two others over goldenrod. The giant dragon fly Epi-
aesckna keros Fabr., was in one instance seen to seize a honey-
bee around Chinese beauty-bush ( Kolkowitzia ) blossoms. Amid
a profusion of meadow spirea and early sumac at the edge of a
woods, a wood flying-adder, C or duleg aster diastatops Selys., was
taken feeding on a honey-bee worker.

5. hornets or wasps. Worker European hornets, Vespa
crabro L., were seen on 5 different occasions killing honey-bees
in goldenrod fields. One instance each of the English wasp,
Vespa vulgaris L., and of the native ground nesting yellow-
jacket, Vespa maculifrons Buy., were noted by Stamford bee-
keepers. The last 2 vespids belong to the subgenus Vespula.
While hornets are of little importance as bee-predators in New
England, they are dangerous enemies of bees in certain parts of
the World. In China, the great Vespa mandarina is one of the
most serious of bee-predators, as the following extract from a
letter written by Dr. E. R. Tinkham dated October 13, 1947
testifies.

“You may be interested to know that I was on the Lingnan
University staff from 1933-1936 and full time Ass’t Curator of
the Lingnan Natural History Survey and Museum from 1934-
1936. A great number of my 38 publications are on the Or-
thoptera of China and a few on Lepidoptera and Odonata.
Perhaps you would be interested in some remarks on ‘bee-
killers.’ In 1933-34 at Lingnan there was an American operat-

198

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVI

ing an apiary and he and I used to have many dinner table
chats on his problems. The two biggest seemed to be the giant
wasps and the Deaths-head Hawk Moths. The latter stole much
honey during the night and apparently intimidated the bees by
their squeak. Their depredations, however, were controlled by
placing coarse wire screen over the entrance to the hives. A
much more troublesome and unsolved problem was the control
of the huge wasps Vespa mandarina that perched on the supers
and slaughtered great numbers of bees daily. The numbers seem
to stick in my mind — 30-40 bees daily for each wasp. As far as
I can recall I do not think Asilids entered into the situation for
on the whole they are rare. I have collected rather extensively
in south China, west to Yunnan and in Formosa but the Asilids
collected were very few and probably all deposited in the Ling-
nan Museum. ”

6. soldier bugs. Four instances of the pale soldierbug, Podi-
sus placidus Uhl., feeding on honey-bees after impaling them on
sumac blossoms have been obtained. Two records of nymphs of
the spined soldier bug, Podisus maculiventris Say, were also
secured.

II. SPIDERS

Spiders catch many honey-bees either in their webs or on
flowers.

1. flower spiders. Forty-eight records of the yellow crab
spider, Misumena aleatoria Hentz,1 have been obtained, mostly
on goldenrod blossoms, among which the spiders nestle and,
secure in their protective coloration, seize the unwary bee before
she is cognizant of danger. One is reminded of the old proverb
by Ben Johnson:

“The bee and the spider
By some diverse power
Suck honey and poison
From the self-same flower”

except that in this case the bee gets the poison and the spider
the honey, second hand !

2. orbweavers. Certain orbweaving spiders become abun-
dant in late summer. Their wheel-like webs occur in goldenrod,
aster, hydrangeas and the blossoms of many garden flowers. The

Sept., 1948]

Bromley: Predators

199

largest and most striking spider of this group is the black and
yellow garden or blackberry spider, Argiope aurantia Lucas.
Seventy-nine records of honey-bees captured in the webs of this
spider, mostly in goldenrod have been secured. Twenty-two
honey-bees have been noted in the webs of the smaller Silvery
garden spider, Argiope trifasciata Forskal. In among hydran-
gea, goldenrod and asters, the webs of the large white orb-
weaver, Epeira obesa Hentz, have claimed 46 honey-bee victims,
while 38 have been noted in the webs of the red and yellow orb-
weaver, Epeira raji Scopoli.2 One was noted in a web of the
dusky orbweaver, Epeira domiciliorum Hentz.

3. grass spiders. In the webs of the grass funnel spider,
Agelena ncevia Walck., 4 honey-bees have been seen near a shed
adjacent to an apiary.

4. house spiders. Five honey-bees have been noted trapped
in the webs of the common house spider, Theridion tepidariorum
C. Koch., located outside a shed near the bee hives.

1, 2 Specifically identified through the kindness of Dr. W. J. Gertsch of
the American Museum of Natural History, New York City.

200

New York Entomological Society

[Yol. lvi

BOOK NOTICE

Days Without Time, Adventures of a Naturalist, Illustrated with
144 Photographs Hy the Author. By Edwin Way Teale.
Dodd, Mead & Company, New York, 1948. 10 x 7 inches,

xiv + 283 pages, $6.00.

I do- not know anyone who writes so entertainingly and ac-
curately on such a multiplicity of natural history subjects as Mr.
Teale. His latest book is full of his “ adventures ’ ’ among ani-
mals that fly, crawl, cling, run and swim and that may be
watched by most of us, close to our homes. To be exact Mr.
Teale ’s book contains 29 natural history vignettes, all perfect
delineations of the behavior of insects, toads, dogs, wolves, rab-
bits, rats, spiders, snakes, swimming cats, birds, turtles, etc., as
well as of the fauna of ditchwater, of the heat generated by the
skunk cabbage, and of the author’s bird observations at night
on the top of the Empire State Building, to mention only a
few. Mr. Teale is always interesting whether he is writing about
the curl in a pig’s tail or the foam tracks on a beach, and after
reading his books one is always painlessly and quietly enriched
from his boundless supply of facts.

Sometimes I wonder if there are sordid sides to the author’s
adventures, involving mosquito bites, scratches from brambles,
stepping into water-holes, or other discomforts. If such occur
there is no mention of them to mar the smoothness of his narra-
tives. Anyhow his readers are quite willing for him to suffer
if it results in such skillful and eloquent writing supplemented
by his own extraordinary photographs which are just as full
of interest as his texts.

If you are not a naturalist Days Without Time will open up
new worlds for you. If you are a naturalist you will get infinite
pleasure from reading about animals outside your own specialty.
— H. B. Weiss.

Sept., 1948]

Goodnight: Caddo

201

A NEW MEMBER OF THE GENUS
CADDO (PHALANGIDA)

By Clarence J. and Marie L. Goodnight

The genus Caddo, a member of the subfamily Oligolophinae,
(Palpatores: Phalangiidse), is characterized by a prominent eye
tubercle. The species within the genus are separated mainly on
the basis of the spination of the palpus.

"With this present description there are' now four described
species in this genus. Of these, three are modern. The two
previously described modern species, Caddo boopis Banks and
Caddo agilis Crosby and Bishop are known from the northeast-
ern portion of the United States and the southeastern portion
of Canada. They are small forms found in leaf mould.

The third described species, Caddo dentipalpus (Koch and
Berendt) is known only from the Tertiary Baltic amber. It
differs markedly from the modern species by possessing a group
of stiff hairs at the apical median portion of the femur of the
palpus.

This new species was found at San Cristobal de las Casas,
Chiapas, at an altitude of about 5000 feet. Due to prevailing
winds and moisture, this region is very cold, has a dense forest
of oaks and pines covering the mountains. The habitat thus
bears a very close climatic relationship to that occupied by both
boopis and agilis. From this meager evidence, one can conclude
that this genus at one time was widely distributed; but is re-
stricted at present to widely separated localities.

Suborder Palpatores Thorell
Phalangiidae Simon
Tribe Eupnoi Hansen and Scerensen
Oligolophinae Banks
Caddo chomulae, new species
(Figs. 1 and 2)

Holotype. — Total length of body, 0.9 mm. Cephalothorax, 0.5 mm. Width
of body at widest portion, 0.5 mm. Length of femora; I, 0.4 mm.; II,
0.5 mm.; Ill, 0.4 mm.; IV, 0.4 mm.

202

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVI

Entire dorsum smooth, eye tubercle characteristically enlarged. Supra-
cheliceral lamella smooth, barely visible. Eye tubercle somewhat elliptical
in shape, rounded toward the front, more or less egg-shaped toward the
rear. Free sternites smooth, coxae smooth except for a few scattered black
hairs.

Legs: Trochanters small and unarmed. Each femur with a basal false
articulation. All segments of legs without armature, but with a few scat-
tered hairs on the tarsi. Metatarsi with false articulations: 1-2-1-2.
Tarsal segments: 5— 6-6-7.

Palpus: Trochanter, 0.3 mm. long; femur, 1.1.; patella, 0.4; tibia, 0.4;
and tarsus, 0.3. Total length, 2.5 mm. Palpus armed retrolaterally as in
figure. Prolaterally the femur with several small black spines at the apical
porrion. Patella, tibia and tarsus unarmed prolaterally. Ventral portion
of tibia with black hairs ; tarsus thickly clothed with black hairs. Tarsal
claw extremely small.

Chelicera small, normal, unarmed, without a dorsal elevation on the prox-
imal segment.

Entire body reddish brown with a few lighter streaks between the seg-
ments, enlarged area surrounding the eyes characteristically black. Tro-
chanter, femur, and patella of palpus white. Tibia and tarsus light brown.
Legs dusty brown, chelicera yellowish, claws of chelicerae darker.

Type locality: Holotype from Ciudad de las Casas, Chiapas,
July 22, 1947 (C. and M. Goodnight).

This new species differs from the formerly described species
in the shape of the eye tubercle and the armature of the palpus.

Holotype in the collection of the American Museum of Nat-
ural History.

REFERENCES

Bishop, Sherman C. and C. R. Crosby. 1924. A Fossil Species of Caddo
(Opiliones) from the Baltic Amber and Its living Relatives. New York
State Museum Bulletin No. 253, 19th report of the director.

Koch, C. L. and G. C. Berendt. 1854. Die im Bernstein befindlichen
Crustaceen, Myriapoden, Arachniden und Apteren der Vorwelt, in
Berendt, Die im Bernstein befindlichen Organischen Reste der Vorwelt.
Berlin, 1854, 1(2): 1-124, pi. I-XVIII.

PLATE VI

Figure 1. Caddo chomulce, new species, dorsal view of holotoype.

Figure 2. Idem, lateral view of holotype.

SDBPT., 1948]

Goodnight : Caddo

203

(Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc.), Vol. LVI

(Plate VI)

.. . ' %

t> ' ■

VoL LVI

No. 4

Devoted to Entomology in General

WEISS

DECEMBER, 1948

Journal

of the

New York Entomological Society

Edited by HARRY B.

Publication Committee

HARRY B. WEISS JOHN D. SHERMAN, Jr.

DR. CHARLES D. MICHENER

Subscription $4.00 per Year

Published Quarterly by the Society
N. QUEEN ST. AND McGOVERN AVE.
LANCASTER, PA.

NEW YORK, N. Y.

1948

it ! iy

CONTENTS

—

A New Genus and Species of Ant From India (Hymenop-
tera : Formicidae)

By Marion R. Smith 205

Studies on the Cotton Jassid (Empoasca devastans Dis-
tant) in the Western Punjab. XIII, Method of Cotton
Breeding for Jassid Resistance

By Muhammad Afzal and M. A. Ghani 209

Results of the Pennsylvania Mosquito Survey for 1947

By, William L. Brown, Jr 219

The Description of a New Species of the Genus Ceropales
(Hymenoptera : Psammocharidae) with a Key to the
Species of North America

By R. R. Dreisbach 233

Observations on the Mating Behavior of Harvester Ants

By Charles D. Michener 239

New Jersey Rhopalocera — Strymon cecrops Fabr.

By Sidney A. Hessel 243

Proceedings of the Society 245

A New Race of Pseudohazis hera From Southern Colorado

By J. McDunnough .; 249

Insects and Slang Again 250

The Genus Trachys in the United States

By E. Gorton Linsley 251

Old Entomological Signboards 252

NOTICE : Volume LVI, Number 3 of the Journal of The
New York Entomological Society was published on
October 7, 1948.

Entered as second class matter July 7, 1925, at the post office at Lancaster, Pa.,
under the Act of August 24, 1912;

Acceptance for mailing at special rate of postage provided for in Section 1103.
Act of October 3, 1917, authorized March 27, 1924.

-7 ,'f \ \ V' •Y“Ai,yr ’ i'/-; • Y (U vVU ' Y/iV ' V,

,P-- .^V

JOURNAL

OF THE

New York Entomological Society

Vol. LVI December, 1948 No. 4

A NEW GENUS AND SPECIES OF ANT FROM INDIA
(HYMENOPTERA: FORMICIDAE)

By Marion R. Smith

Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine, Agricultural Research
Administration, United States Department of Agriculture

The specimens representing the species upon which this ar-
ticle is based were intercepted at Honolulu, Hawaii, in an orchid
shipment originating in India. In Emery’s keys to the genera
of the subfamily Myrmicinae (1921), in Wytsman, Genera In-
sectorum, Fascicule 174a, pp. 1-94, and in Wheeler’s “Keys to
the Genera and Subgenera of Ants” (1922), Bui. Amer. Mus.
Nat. Hist., 45 : 631-710, the specimens key out to a position near
Lophomyrmex, a genus peculiar to continental and insular India.
They definitely do not belong to that genus, however, as they
differ in many characters, including the following : Clypeus not
perpendicular and ending in the middle of its anterior border
as an obtuse projection; frontal area lacking; promesonotal su-
ture obsolescent; petiole non-pedunculate ; epinotal spines not
long and acute; short legs with greatly enlarged femora and
tibiae; shorter and stouter body, and presence on the petiolar
node of a sharp, transverse carina. Both Horace Donisthorpe
and Wm. L. Brown, Jr., have confirmed the author’s opinion
that the specimens belong to a new genus.

Although the species clearly belongs to the subfamily Myr-
micinae, its tribal position is questionable. Many, if not all, of
the tribes, are largely determined by male and female characters
and in this case only workers are present. Furthermore, the
number of workers at hand is so small that it is impossible to

205

206

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVI

be sure whether the species has monomorphic, dimorphic, or
polymorphic workers.

Recently the author has seen specimens belonging to this new
genus from Szechwan Province, China, with the following addi-
tional data: 5 miles north Hsin Ching, 1700 ft., 6-24-44, from
trunk and roots of Ficus sp. ; Schwangliu, 6-21-44, from a moist,
moss-covered bank deeply shaded by bamboo. These specimens
were collected by Wm. L. Brown, Jr., who is of the opinion that
the ants may nest in the soil. He noted that those from the
first-mentioned locality were timid and stuck tenaciously to the
bark when an attempt was made to collect them. Those from
the other locality, however, were rather quick in their pace.
In view of the small number of workers from each locality, no
attempt has been made to place them specifically.

The name proposed for the new genus is Acalama , which
means “without a stalk or stem,” this reference being to the
non-pedunculate petiole. The genotype bears the specific name
donisthorpei in honor of the eminent formicologist, Horace
Donisthorpe, of the British Museum.

Acalama, new genus.

Worker. — Small, apparently monomorphic. Head (including mandibles)
subcordate, with rounded posterior corners and not very deep, but distinctly
emarginate posterior border. Antenna 11-segmented, with a prominent
3-segmented club, the latter much longer than the remainder of the funicu-
lus; scape short, curved basally, enlarged apically, failing by one-fourth to
one-third its length from reaching the posterior border of the head.
Frontal carinae short, well-separated, indistinctly or not lobed, concealing
antennal insertions. Frontal area indistinct or absent. Clypeus, in pro-
file, flattened, median region extended as a short lobe, the anterior border
of which is straight or indistinctly emarginate. Eye well-developed, placed
nearer the anterior than the posterior border of the head, with at least 7-9
ommatidia in its greatest length. Mandible of ordinary shape, the mas-
ticatory border with 2 large apical and 3 or 4 smaller basal teeth.

Thorax, in profile, flattened or weakly convex. Pronotum with a distinct
humeral tooth. Promesonotal suture obsolescent. Mesoepinotum with a
remarkably deep constriction. Epinotal spines unusually short, upwardly
directed. Legs rather short, with greatly enlarged femora and tibiae ;
tibial spur of anterior leg well-developed, those of the middle and posterior
legs vestigial or lacking. Petiole non-pedunculate ; anterior and posterior
faces of the node declivous, the two surfaces meeting to form a sharp,
transverse carina which is distinctly emarginate; ventral surface of petiole

DEC., 1948]

Smith: Formicid.®

207

with a tooth. Post-petiole slightly broader than long, also broader than
the petiole. Gaster truncate basally, with distinct humeral angles.
Genotype. — Acalama donisthorpei, new species.

Acalama donisthorpei, new species

(Figs. 1, 2.)

Worker of Acalama donisthorpei, new species. Fig. 1, frontal view of head.
Fig. 2, body in profile. (Illustrations by Arthur D. Cushman.)

Worker. — Length 2.2 mm. (holotype).

Mandibles with rather coarse, scattered, piligerous punctures. Clypeus
with a few, fine, longitudinal rugulae interspersed with minute punctula-
tions. Cheeks and much of the front of the head with numerous, fine, longi-
tudinal rugulae, which in some lights, at least, give these regions a sub-
opaque appearance. Posterior part of head with scattered but distinct
punctures. Dorsal surface of epinotum punctulate, also with very fine, in-
distinct, longitudinal rugulae. Posterior part of head, legs, and gaster more
shining than the remainder of body.

Hairs yellowish or grayish according to the light, simple, moderately
abundant, variable in length, apparently longest and most abundant on
gaster.

Body brown, gaster darker.

Type locality. — Sikkim, Province of Assam, India.

208

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVI

Described from the holotype and 21 paratype workers col-
lected at Honolulu, Hawaii, April 14, 1947 by T. F. Chong, of
the Division of Foreign Plant Quarantines, Bureau of Ento-
mology and Plant Quarantine, United States Department of
Agriculture. The ants were found “in or on” an orchid plant,
Dendrobium moschatum Wall, the shipment of which originated
at the locality mentioned above. The holotype and paratype
specimens, which bear U. S. National Museum No. 58660, have
been placed in the United States National Museum.

One paratype is slightly smaller than the holotype, measuring
2 mm. in length.

Dec., 1948]

Afzal and Ghani: Jassids

209

STUDIES ON THE COTTON JASSID (EMPOASCA
DEVASTANS DISTANT) IN THE WESTERN
PUNJAB. XIII. METHOD OF COTTON
BREEDING FOR JASSID RESISTANCE

By Muhammad Afzal and M. A. Ghani
Cotton Research Laboratory, Ly allpur (Pakistan)

INTRODUCTION

Almost all the workers on the cotton jassid in the world are
of the opinion that hairiness and jassid resistance are closely
linked together. Macdonald, Ruston and King (1943), sum-
marizing all the previous work done in South Africa, have stated
that there exists a very close relationship between hairiness and
jassid resistance. The other literature bearing on this point has
been fully reviewed in a previous paper (Afzal and Abbas, 1943)
and will not be repeated here. It was also pointed out that all
previous work suffered from the serious flaw that linkage of the
two characters had been sought from the study on pure breed-
ing varieties. Genetic linkage can, however, be only fully ap-
preciated from a study of hybrid progenies. A few results of
this study have already been reported (Afzal and Abbas, 1943)
and it has been shown that the two characters were closely
linked. In these studies the plants were classified simply by
eye observation into resistant and susceptible groups. These
studies were, thus, of a qualitative nature. It was, however,
realized that it would be much better to study these characters
quantitatively by actually counting the number of eggs laid on
the plants with varying degree of hairiness as it is now known
that resistance to jassid is really resistance to oviposition only
and the eggs once laid even in the leaf -veins of immune varieties
of arboreum cotton have no difficulty in hatching out and de-
veloping into adults (Verma and Afzal, 1940). The correla-
tion of various plant characters should, therefore, be worked
out with resistance to oviposition. Investigations in this direc-
tion were carried out at Lyallpur during 1943 and the results
of these observations are reported here.

210

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVI

MATERIAL AND METHOD

For these observations the following two 4th generation hybrid
progenies, which were split for hairiness were selected:

(1) Progeny No. 204 of (920 Cambodia x 58 F) 289F/43.

(2) Progeny No. 226 of (920 Cambodia x 58 F) 124F.

There were 38 plants in Progeny No. 204 and 37 in Progeny

No. 226 available for these observations. As the progenies were
split for hairiness, plants of all shades of hairiness from sparsely
to profusely hairy, were represented within these progenies.

The actual counting of the eggs laid in the leaf -veins could be
carried out only by dissecting the leaf -veins which necessitated
the plucking of the leaves. This method was, therefore, not
employed. On the contrary, the oviposition was studied indi-
rectly by counting the freshly hatched nymphs on all leaves of
all the plants on alternate days. All the nymphs were killed
and removed from the leaves by means of a camels-hair brush.
These observations were continued throughout the period of
severe jassid infestation i.e., from the 10th August to the end of
September.

The extent of hairiness was determined by counting, under a
binocular, the total number of hairs on one centimeter length of
each of the three prominent leaf-veins from the pulvinus
spot of the leaf. These observations were taken from the fully
formed primary leaves of the 20th, 25th, 30th and 35th nodes
from each plant.

The toughness of leaf -veins was studied by means of a special
apparatus designed for the purpose (Ahmad, Afzal and Ghani,
in press). The toughness was measured in the c.c. of water re-
quired to be displaced by puncturing a particular vein by means
of a needle. As in the case of hairiness, the toughness was also
determined from all the primary leaves available on the main
stem of each plant from the 20th to the 45th nodes. It was re-
corded from the mid-rib of each leaf at a distance of one centi-
meter from the pulvinus spot.

DATA AND RESULTS <

The total nymphal population, mean hairiness and toughness
of leaf veins of all the plants of the two progenies under obser-
vation are given in Table I.

Dec., 1948]

Afzal and Ghani: Jassids

211

Table I

Nymphal population and mean hairiness and toughness in hybrid progenies

Progeny 204 Progeny 226

Plant > ! — :

No.

Popula-

tion

Hairi-

ness

Tough-

ness

Popula-

tion

Hairi-

ness

Tough-

ness

256.83

9.67

56.00

77.83

36.25

67.10

133.46

116.58

85.08

77.25

183.75

71.39

139.21

156.83

80.71

155.04

21.92

66.33

115.66

87.33

79.19

110.88

49.67

69.56

237.41

24.75

48.92

119.67

27.75

64.36

136.62

52.58

80.72

115.08

34.17

63.80

202.66

30.33

59.29

68.04

232.67

65.90

266.08

11.92

55.44

67.92

45.83

61.15

118.96

96.25

73.72

81.17

61.50

57.58

62.08

107.25

66.89

59.54

160.42

67.92

123.00

70.00

76.19

110.67

21.75

60.15

57.67

82.92

72.75

108.38 *

20.58

60.50

62.25

130.75

67.25

69.54

44.00

48.72

302.62

5.08

55.60

94.58

36.50

58.14

174.33

6.92

51.50

45.13

195.42

66.94

118.37

129.58

77.89

114.67

38.00

53.73

184.33

151.17

67.06

121.88

15.33

61.85

214.66

104.00

70.75

49.54

190.08

62.00

171.16

12.67

56.63

97.54

35.50

74.29

50.29

148.00

62.00

105.33

33.50

66.13

135.21

109.33

72.50

62.54

122.58

67.00

112.00

112.83

74.50

62.33

161.33

69.00

94.12

79.50

67.69

58.13

182.50

64.13

58.29

103.50

68.70

43.42

180.92

70.55

127.33

105.92

68.75

77.54

24.33

61.00

158.83

98.33

59.00

103.92

34.67

52.29

60.62

84.25

70.36

54.67

142.75

61.61

88.83

86.00

81.25

82.42

50.67

60.67

79.08

114.75

63.70

113.46

37.33

65.42

46.25

117.83

62.50

116.04

37.00

69.25

79.75

78.96

45.21

208.25

65.61

65.67

191.92

76.10

41.33

199.92

68.00

94.96

97.83

72.33

107.67

30.42

58.83

84.25

106.33

71.67

59.83

224.75

70.79

70.54

123.25

79.00

84.92

47.00

70.40

205.83

7.17

56.86

75.42

75.33

63.45

68.71

109.58

65.00

42.04

194.50

66.58

103.50

128.42

82.81

212

New York Entomological Society

[Yol. lvi

From the figures given in Table I, an attempt was made to
find out the correlations of the three factors, namely, oviposi-
tion, hairiness and toughness. These correlations are discussed
below :

(i) Hairiness and toughness

Progeny 204 r = + 0.6050 Significant at 1%.

Progeny 226 r = + 0.4022 Significant at 5%.

These correlations were positive and significant in both the
progenies, showing thereby that the more the number of hairs
on a leaf-vein, the tougher its veins were likely to be or in other
words hairiness and toughness went together.

(ii) Toughness and jassid popidation

Progeny 204 r = - 0.5295 Significant at 1%.

Progeny 226 r = - 0.1899 Non-significant.

This correlation was significant only in the case of one prog-
eny and its validity should, therefore, be considered somewhat
doubtful. The negative nature of this correlation in both the
progenies, however, indicated that the population had a tendency
to decrease as the toughness increased,

(iii) Hairiness and jassid population

Progeny 204 r = — 0.6873 Significant at 1%.

Progeny 226 r = - 0.8108 Significant at 1%.

This correlation in both the progenies was negative and highly
significant. This shows that the more hairy plants had defi-
nitely a smaller population than the less hairy ones.

In order, however, to find out the inter-relationship of these
three characters — population, toughness and hairiness partial
regressions were worked out, as it is only by this method that
the actual relationship can be determined.

(iv) Partial regressions of toughness and popidation by keeping
the hairiness as constant

Progeny 204 r = - 0.1966 Non-significant.

Progeny 226 r = + 0.2542 Non-significant.

Thus it appears from the above that toughness alone played a
very insignificant part in determining the jassid population on
a plant. Moreover, it has to be conceded that delicate measure-
ments of toughness will not prove of much benefit to the cotton
breeder unless such measurements can be made very rapidly.

Table II

213

Dec., 1948]

Afzal and Ghani: Jassids

*1 o

rH O
O ^

r-i o

OOOOOOOOO

N^COOOOOJ^ffiCO

OOOOOOOO

o o o

GO O 05
H 05 05

Note: — The figures starred indicate the number of plants of Progeny 226, while others that of Progeny 204.

214

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVI

The breeder has to deal with literally thousands of plants in a
short space of time and it is necessary that some easily recogniz-
able morphological character of the plant associated with jassid
resistance should be found.

Painter (1943) is of the opinion that hardness of tissue as a
cause of resistance is open to question, but that differences in
plant structure may be found to be genetically linked with re-
sistance and may hence prove to be useful marks in the search
for resistance. The toughness of the cuticle of the leaf -vein of
cotton is, perhaps, a character which is not the primary cause
of resistance but only an indication of it.

(v) Partial regressions of hairiness and population ~by keeping
the toughness as constant

Progeny 204 r = - 0.5434 Significant at 1%.

Progeny 226 r = -0.8171 Significant at 1%.

Both these regressions were negative and highly significant
showing thereby that as the hairiness increased the jassid popu-
lation decreased.

The behavior of different plants in the two progenies, as re-
gards hairiness and population can be more clearly studied from
Table II.

It will be observed from Table II that, on the whole, progeny
204 was more hairy than 226, though the plants with the largest
number of hairs were met with in progeny 226. The popula-
tion showed a definite decrease with the increase in hairiness.
The most important point to be noted from this table, however,
is that in both the progenies, with the exception of two plants in
Progeny 204, almost all the plants with more than 120 hairs per
centimeter length of the leaf -vein, had very small jassid popula-
tions and hence may be considered as resistant. It may now,
however, be stated that if a cotton breeder selects plants with
more than 120 hairs per centimeter length of the leaf-vein, an
overwhelming majority of these will be resistant to the attack
of jassids. Thus hairiness has proved to be a most important
and easily recognizable morphological character associated with
jassid resistance on which a breeder can rely for the selection
of resistant varieties with a fair amount of certainty.

Dec., 1948]

Afzal and Ghani: Jassids

215

EFFECT OF ARTIFICIAL REMOVAL OF HAIR ON JASSID
OVIPOSITION

Although hairiness has been shown to be highly correlated
with resistance, there is still some doubt regarding the nature of
this interdependence. If hairiness as a physical character of
the plant, was inhibiting oviposition and was thus directly linked
with resistance when the artificial removal of hair from the leaf-
vein should render the plant susceptible. That this is not so
has been shown by the following experiment.

The experiment was carried out for the first time in 1943
when the jassid population in the fields was fairly high. Four
plants of 199 F, a hairy and resistant variety were encaged in
removable muslin cages ( x 2\' x 4/ ) . After 5-6 days the
cages were removed and all the nymphs present on the leaves
were killed and removed. This was done to allow sufficient
time for the eggs, if any were laid before the commencement of

Table III

No. of nymph hatching on shaved and unshaved leaves, 1943

T~V „ i- _ „ £t

Shaved

leaves

Unshaved

leaves

-Uctte ox
observation

No. of
leaves

No. of
nymphs

No. of
leaves

No. of
nymphs

30.VIII

2.IX

4.IX

6.IX

8.IX

10.IX

14.IX

16.IX

18.IX

20.IX

22.IX

24.IX

27.IX

29.IX

Total .

902

376

914

364

Average No. of nymphs
per leaf.

0.417

0.398

216

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVI

the experiment, to hatch out. The hairs from the prominent
veins of the alternate leaves of the each plant were removed by
means of safety razor blades, taking care not to injure the
cuticle. The shaved leaves were tagged to distinguish these
from the unshaved ones. The cages were then removed to allow
free access to the jassids. The oviposition on the shaved and
unshaved leaves was then studied as already described. The
data obtained are presented in Table III.

The experiment was repeated in 1944 and the data are given
in Table IV.

Table ,IV

No. of nymphs hatching on shaved and unshaved leaves, 1944

T\ „ i- „ _ J?

Shaved

leaves

Unshaved

leaves

T'U'tG or
observation

No. of
leaves

No. of
nymphs

No. of
leaves

No. of
nymphs

9.VIII

ll.VIII

' 82

13.VIII

15. VIII

18.VIII

20.VIII

22.VIII

24.VIII

Total

548

377

553

383

Average No. of nymphs

per leaf.

0.688

0.693

From Tables III and IV it is abundantly clear that the re-
moval of hairs made no difference in jassid oviposition. It may,
therefore, he stated that the physical presence of hair on the
leaf-vein does not induce resistance. It, therefore, appears
highly likely that, as hairiness is closely associated with tough-
ness, the combined effect of these two characters renders a
plant resistant. It is also within the limits of possibility that
some other character (moisture contents of the leaf -vein for ex-
ample) may also be associated with these two characters. From
the plant breeders point of view, however, it is enough to know

Dec., 1948]

Afzal and Ghani: Jassids

217

that hairy plants are resistant to the attack of jassids and the
present work has been useful in settling all the previous doubts
(Afzal, Husain and Lai, 1940), regarding the utility of this
character, at rest. It is, therefore, now suggested that in areas
where jassids are a serious menace, the plant breeder should
select plants with more than 120 hair per centimeter length of
the leaf -vein. It cannot, however, be expected of the breeder to
actually count the number of hairs on the leaf -veins of all the
plants he is dealing with, and an easier method has, therefore,
to be prescribed. Hutchinson, Ramiah, et at. (1938) have pub-
lished grades of hairiness of the stem-tip. It is now known
that the stem-tip hairiness is closely associated with hairiness
of the leaf. It is, therefore, proposed that the breeder should
select, by visual observation only, plants of grades 1 and 2.
If this is done a vast majority of the plants will be resistant to
jassids.

SUMMARY

Jassid oviposition, hairiness and toughness were studied at
Lyallpur during 1943, in all the plants of two hybrid progenies
which were split for hairiness.

From the data obtained simple correlations between jassid
oviposition, hairiness and toughness were worked out. The cor-
relation between hairiness and toughness was positive and sig-
nificant in both the progenies, showing thereby that hairy plants
had tougher veins. The correlation between toughness and
jassid population was significant only in the case of one progeny,
therefore, its validity is rather doubtful. But it was negative
in both the cases which shows that the jassid population had a
tendency to decrease as the toughness increased. The correla-
tion between hairiness and jassid population was negative and
significant in both the progenies. This indicated that hairy
plants had smaller populations and vice-versa.

The partial regressions were worked out from these three
factors — jassid population, toughness and hairiness. The par-
tial regression of hairiness and population, keeping the tough-
ness as constant, was only significant and was a negative one.
This showed, that out of these two plant characters, hairiness

218

New; York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVI

played the major role in determining the extent of jassid in-
festation.

Jassid oviposition was also studied on shaved and unshaved
leaves. It was seen that artificial removal of hair made no dif-
ference to jassid oviposition. It is, thus, evident that the phys-
ical presence of hairs does not induce resistance, though hairi-
ness is closely associated with it.

It was further observed that plants having more than 120
hair per c.m. length of the leaf -vein had very little jassid popu-
lation and hence may be considered as resistant. It is therefore
recommended that the plant breeder should select plants having
more than 120 hair per c.m. length of the leaf-vein. But as he
is to deal with a very large number of plants in a limited space
of time, it is not possible for him to actually count the number
of hair. It is, therefore, proposed that the breeder should select
plants, by visual observation, of grades I and II as described by
Hutchinson, Ramiah et al., (1938).

REFERENCES

1. Afzal, M. and Abbas, M. 1943. Cotton Jassid (E. devastans Dist.) in

the Punjab. V. A note on the characters of the plant associated
with jassid resistance. Ind. J. Ent., 5, 41-51.

2. Afzal Husain, M. and Lal, K. B. 1940. The bionomics of E. devastans

Dist. on some varieties of cotton in the Punjab. Ind. J. Ent. 2,
123-136.

3. Ahmad, N., Afzal, M. and Ghani, M. A. (In press). An apparatus for

measuring the toughness of leaf -veins of Cotton.

4. Hutchinson, J. B., Ramiah, K. et al. 1938. The description of crop

plant characters and their ranges of variation. The variability of
Indian Cottons. Ind. J. Agri. Sci., 8, 567-591.

5. Macdonald, D., Ruston, D. F. and King, H. E. 1943. Progress report

for the season 1942-43. Cotton breeding station Barberton. Prog.
Rept. Expt. Sta. Emp. Cotton Gr. Corp., 18-36.

6. Painter, R. H. 1943. Insect resistance of plants in relation to insect

physiology and habits. J. American Soc. Agronomy, 35, 725-732.

7. Verma, P. M. and Afzal, M. 1940. Studies on the Cotton Jassid ( E .

devastans Dist.) in the Punjab. I. Varietal susceptibility and de-
velopment of the pest on different varieties of cotton. Ind. J. Agri.
Sci., 10, 911-926.

Dec., 1948]

Brown: Mosquitoes

219

RESULTS OF THE PENNSYLVANIA MOSQUITO
SURVEY FOR 1947*

By William L. Brown, Jr.

The Pennsylvania State College

The Pennsylvania Mosquito Survey was begun in February
1947 and became a part of the Pennsylvania Ecological Insect
Survey under the direction of Dr. S. W. Frost. The Insect
Survey is a function of the Department of Entomology of the
Pennsylvania State College. The Mosquito Survey owes its in-
ception mainly to Dr. Frost and to Major Russell W. Gies of
the State Department of Health and the Delaware County (Pa.)
Mosquito Extermination Commission.

New Jersey Light Traps were obtained from the Communic-
able Disease Center, U. S. Public Health Service, Atlanta,
through the kind offices of Dr. G. H. Bradley. With the place-
ment of the traps throughout the state, transportation difficul-
ties arose that were solved in part through the kindnesses of
Major Gies and Dr. Frost, Mr. Leo Sterenberg of the New York
Office of the USPHS and others.

The work would have been impossible but for the cooperation
of the public-spirited citizens throughout the state who went to
the trouble of maintaining and operating their individual traps.

Primary separation was effected by Messrs. Pryor and Kauff-
man and the Misses Anderson and Pepper under the direction
of Dr. Frost. Thanks are due to Dr. E. H. Dusham for admin-
istrative aid and direction and to Mrs. Miriam B. Horn for as-
sistance in identification at the New York Office of the USPHS,
to the staff of the Delaware County Commission for help of
all sorts.

This paper should be used in conjunction with the excellent
list of Wilson, Barnes and Fellton (1) and certain papers of
Stabler (2 and mss.), to which it is supplementary. Many rec-
ords of the known mosquitoes of the state are included whether

* A contribution from the laboratories of the Department of Zoology
and Entomology of the Pennsylvania State College.

220

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVI

or not the present survey has captured them. Since the south-
eastern part of the state is best known, the emphasis of this
survey was placed more on the central and other parts of the
state which have been studied less carefully. An effort was
made not only to obtain a more satisfactory idea of the ranges
of the various species, but also to gain some idea of the abun-
dance at the different points.

Although only one species hitherto unrecorded from the state
has been found this year by the Survey, we believe that the rec-
ords given below will prove to be of value in rounding out our
knowledge of our state’s mosquito population as other states
have done before us. Since the paper (1) published in 1946 by
Wilson, Barnes and Fellton, three additional species of culicids
have been found to occur in the state, namely Aedes mitcliellae,
Aedes punctor (or implacabilis) and Megarhinus septentrionalis.
The first and the last named have been reported (mss.) by Dr.
R. M. Stabler from Delaware County. The three species named
as of probable occurrence in the 1946 paper have not yet been
found. Aedes aurifer (Coquillett) will sooner or later turn up
in a biting collection from within the state. Anopheles occi-
dental^ Dyar and Knab has been taken by Perry of the USPHS
on the Allegheny River just across the border from Pennsyl-
vania where the river loops into New York State for a short
distance. A diligent search in that district should reveal the
species; a hurried search by the author in the area of Kinzua
turned up only a few A. punctipennis females. Wyeomyia
smithii (Coquillett) occurs only in pitcher plants of the genus
Sarracenia. The areas in which these plants occur are usually
in out-of-the-way bogs and swamps, and the one or two small
colonies searched did not contain the mosquito. Search should
be made in more extensive pitcher plant areas in the Poconos,
and in Sullivan and Lancaster Counties among other regions.
Wyeomyia will eventually be found if the search is stubborn
enough.

In the list of species following we use the generic alphabetic
order as do Wilson, Barnes and Fellton. For records of the
commoner species, only counties are given, but for the rarer
types, we have included more exact data.

Dec., 1948]

Brown: Mosquitoes

221

The present list includes thirty-seven species of mosquitoes
which have been found in this State to date.

1. Aedes atropalpus (Coquillett)

This mosquito, a breeder in rock holes, was first reported by
Howard, Dyar and Knab from Shenk’s Ferry in Lancaster Co.
It probably occurs at ’many points farther up the Susquehanna
and along other rocky rivers and streams in the state. We have
found it breeding abundantly along the Youghiogheny River at
Ohiopyle, Fayette Co., and have taken a specimen from the trap
operated by Mr. Edward J. Pugh, Director of Health, at Wilkes
Barre, Luzerne Co., which is on the bank of East Branch of the
Susquehanna. At Ohiopyle, the first breeding occurred in 1947
only after the 20th of April. The 1947 records are the first for
over thirty years in Pennsylvania.

2. Aedes canadensis (Theobald)

This mosquito is far and away the commonest early spring
breeder in the state. The author feels that it occurs in every
county in the state, breeding in open situations as well as in
woodland pools. It begins breeding in Delaware Co., during
the first or second week of March, usually a little later else-
where, and in 1947 was strongly retarded in the cooler parts
of the state except, for some unexplained reason, in the north-
eastern region, where heavy breeding occurred throughout
April.

The Survey has taken canadensis in the following counties
from which it has not been recorded previously : Blair, Center,
Clearfield, Crawford, Carbon, Erie, Huntingdon, Luzerne, Mif-
flin, McKean, Northumberland, Philadelphia, Schuylkill, West-
moreland and Wayne.

3. Aedes cant at or (Coquillett)

Aedes cantator has so far been reported only from the south-
eastern part of the state. The Survey has one specimen from
the trap at the Philadelphia Navy Yard operated by Lieutenant
Holway, as well as scattered specimens from various localities
in Delaware Co., collected by the Delaware County Mosquito
Extermination Commission.

222

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVI

4. Aedes cinereus (Meigen)

This small and inconspicuous mosquito has heretofore been
considered rather rare in the state. The author agrees with
Stabler that it is not uncommon in several localities in Dela-
ware Co., and he will go further and state that he has found it
among the commonest of mosquitoes during spring and early
summer in other parts of the state. At Philipsburg in mid-
April the larvae were associated in enormous numbers with those
of A. canadensis in open swamps and grassy ponds as well as
in woodland pools. This association of canadensis and cinereus
seems to replace in Pennsylvania the association of other Aedes
spring forms found farther north.

In addition to the above localities, breeding of cinereus was
observed to be common at Ole Bull State Park, Potter Co., again
with canadensis, and many males were captured during May,
June and July in the light trap at that place.

Taken by the Survey in Centre, Clearfield, Erie, Fayette,
Philadelphia and Potter counties; by the Delaware Co. Com-
mission in Delaware Co., and Montgomery Co., and by Wilson,
Barnes and Fellton in Mercer and Wayne counties.

5. Aedes dorsalis (Meigen)

We have not seen any specimens during 1947. Formerly re-
ported only from Philadelphia by Dyar.

6. Aedes excrucians (Walker)

This species was fairly abundant in the Philipsburg area
(Centre and Clearfield Counties) in the swamps on both sides
of Moshannon Creek during May. Both male and females were
captured flying low among cattails at dusk during the last week
in May ; the females made no attempt to bite and fled ‘at the
approach of the collector. Mating was in process at the time.
Male specimens were captured in June, one in the trap at State
College, Centre Co., and two in the trap at Wilkes Barre, Lu-
zerne Co. Male genitalia were checked on specimens from each
locality.

7. Aedes fitchii (Felt & Young)

This Survey identified no fitchii from among the 1947 catches.

Dec., 1948]

Brown: Mosquitoes

223

Wilson, Barnes and Fellton claim to have captured a few speci-
mens in Bucks County during 1945.

8. Aedes mitchellae (Dyar)

Stabler took this species in Delaware Co., (Norwood, Tini-
cum) during 1946 (mss.) from the light trap catches.

9. Aedes punctor (Kirby)

This specie^ is very difficult to separate from A. implacabilis
(Walk.) in the female sex. We have checked a single specimen
taken biting at Philipsburg, Centre Co., against specimens in
other collections, and it seems to have more exactly the features
of punctor than those of its close relative. Neither punctor nor
implacabilis has been previously reported from the state.

The taxonomy of the punctor -implacabilis and the fitchii-stimu-
lans groups of Aedes seems to this writer and to other entomolo-
gists engaged in mosquito work to be very dubiously applied.
Work on these and other domestic Aedes complexes has been vir-
tually stalled, probably due to the appearance of large illustrated
works on identification which have given an air of stability to the
names presently in use. The occurrence of intergrading forms
in the larvae and both sexes of adults in a large series from New
Jersey of the fitchii-stimulans group seems suspicious. The
matter can be settled only by the rearing of large series from a
fair sample of the full ranges of the groups in question.

10. Aedes sollicitans (Walker)

This annoying mosquito breeds in Delaware and Philadelphia
counties in small numbers except during dry seasons, when, as
in late summer 1947, the Delaware River may become slightly
brackish, with sea water making itself felt as far up as Chester,
Delaware Co., or even farther upstream. The slight brackish-
ness is reflected in an immediate rise in the number of A. solliei-
tans caught in the light traps in Delaware and Philadelphia
counties. The adults locally produced are probably augmented
by migrating swarms from Delaware and New Jersey when the
wind is right.

224

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVI

11. Aedes sticticus (Meigen)

This species was taken in large numbers only on Presque Isle,
Erie Co., where the adults were troublesome in the woods during
the day in July. By early August, they were present in im-
mense swarms on much of the peninsula and would attack in
midday, hot sunlight on the open beaches and roads about the
woods wherever the stronger breezes could not reach them. A
single male was taken at Honesdale, Wayne Co., on July 10, the
genitalia verified.

12. Aedes stimulans (Walker)

Taken by USPHS group in the northwestern and southeastern
portions of the State. Neither this Survey nor the Delaware
County Commission has been any clear cut examples of this sup-
posedly common mosquito.

' 13. Aedes taeniorhynchus (Wiedemann)

Known only from Philadelphia and Delaware counties; may
occur in Montgomery, Chester and Bucks.

14. Aedes triseriatus (Say)

This mosquito was taken fairly abundantly in biting collec-
tions during June, July and August at Tiadaghton, Lycoming
Co. ; Presque Isle State Park, Erie Co. ; and near Philipsburg in
Centre and Clearfield Counties. Major Gies has taken it at Old
Forge State Park in Franklin Co. One specimen was caught in
the light trap at Ohiopyle, Fayette Co., during June. The au-
thor has observed them to be breeding in large numbers in tree
holes in Aldan, Media and Tinicum, all in Delaware Co. In
wooded areas in Delaware County, the mosquito is often quite
troublesome. In Aldan and Media during July, however, the
numbers of triseriatus larvae were considerably reduced by the
voracious Megarhinus larvae feeding upon them.

15. Aedes trivittatus (Coquillett)

Aedes trivittatus was taken in moderate numbers from most
of the light traps throughout the State and was taken abun-
dantly in biting collections along Moshannon Creek near Philips-
burg, Centre and Clearfield Counties, up until the time of air-

Dec., 1948]

Brown: Mosquitoes

225

spraying with DDT. Major R. W. Gies has taken them biting
at Old Forge State Park, Franklin Co., along with A. triseriatus.
The trap catches of trivittatus were small except at Ohiopyle,
Fayette Co., where as many as 100 per night were taken during
July. Males were taken in approximately equal proportion to
females except in the case of the large Ohiopyle catches, where
females were very much in the majority. Trapped in: Blair,
Delaware, Erie, Centre, Clearfield, Fayette, Luzerne and Potter
Counties. Biting in : Adams, Franklin, Lycoming, Centre, Clear-
field, Erie Clinton and Mifflin counties.

16. Aedes vexans (Meigen)

This species, along with the pipiens group of Culex, is the
principal pest in Pennsylvania. It was found during the sum-
mer in just about every locality visited, and the author does not
hesitate to assert his belief that it occurs commonly in every
county in the state. It is especially common in the vicinity of
inhabited places, though it is also found in wilder districts.
Taken in the following counties : Blair, Centre, Clearfield, Dela-
ware, Erie, Clinton, Wayne, Bedford, Adams, Crawford, Mont-
gomery, Berks, Warren, McKean, Potter, Lycoming, Fayette,
Mercer, Mifflin, Huntingdon, Luzerne, Philadelphia, Westmore-
land, Indiana, Armstrong, Butler, Forest, Elk, Juniata, Cameron,
Washington, Venango and Bucks. It exceeded an average of 12
per night for a month or more at the following localities: Tini-
cum, Delaware Co. ; Presque Isle, Erie Co. ; Pymatuning, Craw-
ford Co. ; Altoona, Blair Co. ; Ole Bull Park, Potter Co. ; Ohio-
pyle, Fayette Co. ; Philipsburg area, Centre and Clearfield
Counties at Moshannon Creek. Ohiopyle, Presque Isle, and
Philipsburg were the heaviest catchers (outside Delaware Co.),
with catches of one to three hundred per night not uncommon.

A specimen given me by Dr. Stabler, collected in Delaware
County and now deposited in the collection of the Pennsylvania
State College, differs from the typical vexans in having, in addi-
tion to the inverted V-shaped white patch at the anterior of
each dorsal abdominal segment, a large, central, posterior patch
of white scales which is half -oval or subtriangular in shape with
the narrowest part directed anteriorly. Mrs. Horn informs me

226

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVI

that similar specimens turn up occasionally and that intergrades
to the typical vexans occur, some specimens having only a few
white scales at the posterior edge of each abdominal specimen.
Such intergrades would not necessarily preclude the possibility
of these aberrant individuals forming an ecological race of
vexans. More specimens are needed for study.

17. Anopheles barberi (Coquillett)

This small tree-hole breeder has previously been taken in But-
ler and Cumberland Counties. I have seen specimens taken in
light traps by Dr. R. M. Stabler of the Delaware County Mos-
quito Extermination Commission during several of the more
recent years. I believe he will mention these records in a forth-
coming paper. One additional record is added : Crooked Creek
Reservoir, Armstrong Co. — one adult female taken by N.E.
Good of the USPHS on Sept. 12, 1945 at an adult resting station.
Barberi is probably present but difficult to locate throughout
most of the State.

18. Anopheles crucians Wiedemann

Known from Philadelphia, Delaware and Montgomery Coun-
ties.

19. Anopheles punctipennis Say

This species is usually regarded as unimportant in the trans-
mission of malaria, though it has been experimentally infected in
the laboratory. It differs in distribution from other species of
the state in that it is present in nearly every locality examined,
but usually not in very large numbers. Quadrimaculatus and
walkeri , on the other hand tend to have a localized distribution
in the extreme northwestern and southeastern parts of the state,
and quite often are exceedingly abundant where they are found.
Punctipennis, at least in this state, is certainly not shy about
entering houses or biting humans indoors or out. During 1946
in State College, Centre Co., females were seen in houses during
October and November, apparently seeking shelter for hiberna-
tion, and during August 1947, several cases of punctipennis bit-
ing were observed here indoors. At Ohiopyle, Payette Co., where
the species was commoner than elsewhere (often 10 to 12 per

Dec., 1948]

Brown: Mosquitoes

227

night in the trap ) , individuals bit freely on porches and in gar-
dens at dusk and after dark. At this last-named locality, the
larvae were breeding in many of the rock holes along the Youghi-
ogheny River.

Males of this and other species of Anopheles were taken only
very rarely in the light trap. Specimens from traps and adult
resting-places in the following counties : Blair, Centre, Crawford,
Delaware, Fayette, Luzerne, Lycoming, McKean, Potter and
Warren. Unpublished records of the USPHS are as follows:
Conemaugh and Loyalhanna Reservoirs (sites) (Westmoreland
Co.), Crooked Creek and Mahoning Dams (Armstrong Co.),
Smicksburg (Indiana Co.), Confluence (Somerset Co.); [N.E.
Good], Sept. 1945.

20. Anopheles quadrimaculatus Say

This well known malaria mosquito has so far been taken in
three general regions of the State. It is sometimes fairly com-
monly seen in Philadelphia and Delaware Counties and is less
common in Montgomery County. Gies and Stabler have col-
lected it in Chester County and Gies in Berks County. The
present author has found it to occur sparingly in Bucks County.
Dr. Mitchell Carroll, head of the Zoology Department at Frank-
lin and Marshall College, [Lancaster Co.], reports fairly heavy
numbers of hibernating “quads” in some of the college build-
ings in former years. The MCWA personnel of the USPHS
have found it common in mid-summer in scattered localities in
Crawford and Mercer Counties. The present survey can add
a report of an abundant population on the peninsula at Presque
Isle, Erie Co., during the summer of 1947. Major R. W. Gies
had already noted its abundance at Presque Isle during the
month of October in 1946. On the peninsula, the mosquito is
most abundant in natural and artificial resting places, such as
hollow logs, bath-houses, privies, etc. It is not well represented,
however, in the light trap collections at this locality, where A.
walkeri was found to be taken so commonly. The one other sec-
tion of the State in which it has been found is the lower Susque-
hanna River region, where it has been recorded from West Fair-
view, Cumberland Co., by Howard, Dyar and Knab. This is

228

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVI

one of the few known records from outside the extreme north-
western and southeastern portions of the state. Major R. W.
Gies has suggested, and I concur, that A. quadrimaculatus popu-
lation may be large locally in many localities in parts of the
State as yet unsurveyed, and that cyclic increases in abundance
over a period of years may play a role in distribution. Further
surveys will be needed to determine the frequency of such phe-
nomena.

A record from the USPHS files received at the last moment
is of interest. Two females were taken in separate resting places
near the Mahoning Dam, Armstrong Co., by N. E. Good during
September 1945. Two trips to that area by the present writer
during 1947 failed to reveal quadrimaculatus .

21. Anopheles walkeri Theobald

A few specimens of walkeri have been taken in the traps of
the Delaware County Mosquito Extermination Commission,
but the most phenomenal catch seen was that of the Survey’s
trap on the neck of the peninsula at Presque Isle State Park,
Erie Co. This trap was placed about ten feet higher than the
regulation six on the limb of a poplar tree. During July it com-
monly made catches of 50-120 walkeri, and on the night of Au-
gust 8 exceeded 550. A search of resting places such as dark
privies and bath-houses was fruitless as far as revealing speci-
mens was concerned, although A. quadrimaculatus and a few A.
punctipennis were found, along with species of other genera.
None of the other traps turned up walkeri during the season.
Thus walkeri, like quadrimaculatus, seems to find conditions
most favorable in the northwestern and southeastern portions
of the state.

22. Culex apicalis Adams

Previous authors have found this species widely distributed
in the State. It is supposed to take its blood from amphibians ;
data are needed on the adult feeding habits. The Survey has
taken a few specimens each from traps in Erie, Luzerne, Fayette
and Potter counties. Males were taken in the traps more com-
monly than females. Adults were reared from larvae taken in

DEC., 1948]

Brown: Mosquitoes

229

rockholes along the Youghiogheny River at Ohiopyle, Fayette
Co., May 8, 1947.

23. Culex ( Melanoconion ) sp., probably erraticus Dyar and '
Knab.

Known only from two specimens taken in the Philadelphia
area by Dr. R. M. Stabler.

24. Culex pipiens Linnaeus

The common house mosquito has been found to be common
mainly in the urban areas, and has not been taken as frequently
as has C. restuans in other areas of the state. Traps at sewage
works in Altoona and State College yielded quite different
catches, the former giving up nearly all pipiens and the latter
nearly all restuans. The author has no good explanation for
this. In general, pipiens tended to become slightly more and
restuans slightly less abundant with the passing of July. In
several areas, search for females in resting places during April
and May yielded only restuans. Thus, it seems that, in Penn-
sylvania at least, the two species may be seasonally different in
breeding habits.

New records resulting from the survey in the following coun-
ties : Bedford, Centre, Clearfield, Crawford, Erie, Fayette, Lu-
zerne, Mifflin. Records from several counties covered by Wilson,
Barnes and Fellton are not included here. The species certainly
accurs in every county in the state.

25. Culex restuans Theobald

This species requires great care in separation from related
species of Culex. We have found it more common than pipiens
in most sections of the state, breeding in all sorts of situations,
in clear water and foul, in tin cans, temporary pools and rain
barrels. Specimens carefuly reared from such situations nearly
always turned out to be typically white-spotted restuans, al-
though such places are generally thought to be principally the
breeding domain of pipiens. Many males and females, the lat-
ter predominating, from the light traps in Blair, Centre, Clear-
field, Delaware, Erie, Crawford, Bedford, Luzerne, Lycoming,
Potter and Wayne counties. Other specimens, both larval and
adult, were taken in Carbon, Mercer, Fayette, Huntington, Mif-

230

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVI

flin, Allegheny, Warren, Clinton, McKean, Chester, Lancaster*
Bucks, Lehigh and Schuylkill counties. The species undoubtedly
occurs in every county in the state; it is among the commonest
mosquitoes in most.

26. Culex salinarius Coquillett

The survey found salinarius to be much less common than
either pipiens or restuans. It was taken from light traps in the
following Counties: Crawford, Erie, Fayette and Wayne. Since
the specimens in many cases were too badly damaged to differen-
tiate salinarius from the other two common species, the range
may be more extensive than our records show. Previous papers
seem to bear this out.

27. Culiseta inornata (Williston)

Heretofore known only from Delaware and Philadelphia Coun-
ties. The Survey took a female specimen from the trap on
Presque Isle Penninsula, Erie Co., July 24, 1947.

28. Culiseta melanura (Coquillett)

This species is known only from Delaware County.

29. Culiseta morsitans (Theobald)

This species was taken in larval dippings in a flooded area
of bunch grass together with Aedes canadensis and A. cinereus
at Ole Bull State Park, Potter Co., during May. A male was
caught in the same locality in the light trap, July 6, 1947, and
a female was taken in the trap at Ohiopyle, Fayette, Co., August
13th. Previously recorded from Butler and Monroe counties.

30. Mansonia perturbans (Walker)

The larvae of this mosquito live beneath the surface of the
water with their air tubes piercing the roots of aquatic plants
for air supply. The species has heretofore been considered
common only in southeastern Pennsylvania, but we have taken
it in light traps in the following counties outside that area:
Blair, Centre, Clearfield, Erie and Potter. The catches have
ranged from 1 to 25 individuals per night, with about 4 or 5 as
a normal number in all stations but Philipsburg, Centre Co.,
where the catch was averaging 20 or so two weeks after air-

Dec., 1948]

Brown: Mosquitoes

231

spraying of the area with one gallon of 5 per cent DDT (in kero-
sene) to the acre. Males are attracted in a proportion of about
one to every two or three females, but they occasionally (Ole
Bull, Potter Co.) slightly outnumber the females in the New
Jersey trap.

31. Megarhinus septentrionalis Dyar and Knab

Stabler (mss.) reports a specimen taken in Delaware Co. dur-
ing 1946. The author can add observations of breeding in tree-
holes in Aldan, Tinicum and Media, Delaware Co., where the
prey seemed in all cases to be Aedes triseriatus. Populations of
triseriatus were greatly reduced and even obliterated during
early and mid-July by the feeding of the Megarhinus. Several
specimens were taken home, put in a jar with many triseriatus
larvae, and watched periodically. The first night, July 2, the
largest Megarhinus larva attacked and ate two Aedes during
a twelve-hour period. The largest Megarhinus survived as a
fourth instar larva for 13 days after the last JEdes and smaller
septentrionalis larvae had disappeared. Presumably the latter
were eaten by the large larva, since the empty larval skins were
found in halves at the bottom of the jar and seemed in a condition
similar to those of the Aedes preyed upon. This is the first record
of Megarhinus actually breeding within the state.

32. Orthopodomyia signifera (Coquillett)

This rather rare treehole breeder should be closely scrutinized
whenever found, since the closely related 0. alia Matheson may
quite possibly be found in this state. The Survey has taken a
single specimen each from the traps in Nanticoke, Luzerne Co.,
Williamsport, Lycoming Co., and Ohiopyle, Fayette Co. Previ-
ous reports are from Philadelphia and Delaware counties. The
mosquito is probably rare but present in most of the state.

33. Psorophora ciliata (Fabricius)

The Survey has failed to turn up any new records of this mos-
quito in the state outside of southeastern Pennsylvania, although
it may well occur in other parts.

34. Psorophora confinnis (Lynch Arribalzaga)

All records of this insect seem to center in the southeastern
part of the state ; the Survey has nothing to add in the way of

232

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LYI

distributional data. Previously known from Philadelphia, Dela-
ware and Montgomery counties.

35. Psorophora ferox (Humboldt)

The mosquito has been reported from Montgomery and Phila-
delphia Counties only, but the writer has a few specimens col-
lected by Stabler (1945, 1946) and McGaughey (1947) in Dela-
ware Co.

36. Psorophora horrida (Dyar and Knab)

This species has been taken only once in Pennsylvania — by
the USPHS group in 1945. We have seen no further specimens
from the state.

The collection of the Pennsylvania State College received
several fine specimens of this mosquito collected by Mr. Merrill
Wood of the Department of Zoology and Entomology during
July 1947 near Frejnont, Nebraska. Mr. Wood states that this
species is a most vicious biter throughout much of that state.

37. Uranotaznia sapphirina (Osten Sacken)

This species is probably a feeder upon frogs, since it seems to
occur only where the latter amphibians are abundant. A re-
lated species, TJ. lowii Theobald has been demonstrated by Rem-
ington (4) to be a feeder mainly upon frogs, toads and related
amphibians. Captured in light traps in Blair, Delaware, Erie,
Luzerne, Lycoming and Potter counties. Five individuals is
the maximum catch for one night; males and females come to
the traps in approximately equal numbers.

References

For a fuller bibliography on Pennsylvania mosquitoes, see reference

(1) below. The following are papers referred to in this paper:

(1) . Wilson, C. A., R. C. Barnes and H. L. Fellton 1946. A list of

the mosquitoes of Pennsylvania with notes on their distribution
and abundance. Mosquito News Yol. 6, No. 2.

(2) . Stabler, R. M. 1946. New Jersey light trap versus human bait as

a mosquito sampler. Ent. News 56: 93-99.

(3) . . mss. (An unpublished paper giving further mosquito

records from Delaware County.)

(4) . Remington, C. L. 1945. The feeding habits of Uranotoenia lowii

Theobald. Ent. News 56: 32-37, 64-68.

Dec., 1948]

Dreisbach: Ceropales

233

THE DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF THE
GENUS CEROPALES (HYMENOPTERA : PSAM-
MOCHARIDiE) WITH A KEY TO THE
SPECIES OF NORTH AMERICA

By R. R. Dreisbach
Midland, Michigan

The following species in the collection of the Mnsenm of Zool-
ogy of the University of Michigan is entirely different than any
of the types which the writer has recently studied, does not agree
with the description of any of the remaining species and is here-
with described as new.

Ceropales floridensis new species.

Holotype female: Ground color black; clypeus, mentum, face below the
antennae a basal band on anterior orbits extending half way between base of
antennae and anterior ocellus, large prominence between and just above the
base of antennae, the anterior half of the first two antennal segments, a tiny
spot at base on front edge of third antennal segment, a very narrow line
along upper edge on posterior orbits, a broad band on posterior border of
pronotum, a quadrate spot on postscutellum, the outer posterior corners of
propodeum, and a stripe on the upper front edge of posterior coxae a very light
yellow color; mandibles except tip, posterior half of first two antennal
segments, most of front, vertex except ocellar enclosure, the posterior orbits
except as noted below, all the pronotum except the broad posterior yellow
border, the tegulaB, all the propodeum except a broad transverse basal band on
dorsal surface which is black, most of the dorsal surface of first abdominal
segment, and all the legs, including coxae, a light red color; the ocellar
triangle with the surface surrounding it at sides and front, a large spot on
each side behind the head on posterior orbits, the surface just behind the
mandibles on posterior orbits, the tips of mandibles, the antennae except as
noted above, black; when seen from in front the ocellar triangle shows up as
a very noticeable prominence, with rather prominent golden hairs borne on
the whole vertex, the anterior ocellus much less than its diameter from the
lateral ocelli, and these in turn separated from each other by about their
distance from the eye margins; the ventral surface of thorax as well as the
ventral surface of the coxae very loosely covered with fine, closely appressed,
sericeous pubescence, which also covers about the lower half of the sides of
thorax; no sericeous hairs on the upper half of dorsum, but these surfaces
with light golden hairs much fewer in number, upright and not very long,
but the ones on sides of scutellum and postscutellum are rather long ; the

234

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVI

abdomen with no upright hair but with closely appressed fine hair which
becomes slightly longer and more prominent near apex; wings deep black;
the extreme bases of second, third and fourth posterior tarsal joints black as
well as the aroliae of all the legs.

Length: — Head and thorax 7.25 mm., abdomen 7.25 mm., fore wing 12.25
mm., rear wing 9.4 mm.

Holotype female ; Gainesville, Alachua Co., Fla., May 4, 1923.
(Alexander- Walker) Museum of Zoology, Univ. of Mich., Ann
Arbor, Mich.

In the key for this genus as given by Fox not all the species
known at present are included. The following key is presented
in the hope that it will enable a worker to determine all the species
of the genus. Four species C. fumipennis Cam., C. chiriquensis
Cam. from Panama, and C. apicipennis Cam. and C. azteca Cam.
from Mexico were not seen but were included from the descrip-
tions and color plates, as given in reference 2

Key to the Species of Genus Ceropales Latreille

Females ... .• 2

Males !. .. 19

Body entirely black, at the most with a white spot on the postscutel-
lum and the posterior outer angles of propodeum and the anterior

orbits with a white line 3

Body more or less ornamented with white, red or yellow 5

All the femur black . nigripes Cresson

Some of the femur reddish or reddish yellow 4

Only the posterior femur reddish bipunctata Say

First two pairs of femur reddish yellow as well as the posterior tro-
chanters and tibiae bipunctata v. tibialis Banks

At least the abdomen with a considerable amount of reddish 6

Body ornamented with white or yellow 11

Some red on head or thorax, abdomen may have some yellowish mark-
ings 9

Head and thorax black 7

Dorsum strongly punctured; wings hyaline except at apex agilis Smith
Dorsum and sides of thorax glabrous, impunctate, and highly pol-
ished; wings fuliginous with a hyaline spot at apex 8

Antennae entirely black; stigma of fore wings dark brown like rest

of wing : robinsonii Cresson

Basal half of antennae reddish or yellowish, only the apical half black ;
stigma of fore wings clear yellow; marginal and discoidal cells
longer than in preceding, and more of the tip of wing hyaline.

robinsonii v. stigmatica Yiereck

Dec., 1948]

Dreisbach: Ceropales

235

9. Entirely reddish all over with yellow markings on posterior edge of
abdominal segments, posterior edge of prothorax, and on face.

elegans Cresson

9. Not entirely reddish all over ; 10

10. Vertex and sides of thorax black; antennae reaching beyond scutel-
lum cressoni Fox

10. Vertex, sides and dorsal surface of propodeum reddish; abdomen

entirely black except a small amount of ferrugineous on first abdomi-
nal segment . floridensis n. sp.

11. First, third, fourth and fifth abdominal segments entirely yellow,

the second with one half of its surface black; propodeum with a
very short median sulcus stretcM Fox

11. Abdomen not marked as above 12

12. Abdomen entirely black, except the first segment may be marked with

obscure ferrugineous clypeatus Cresson

12. Abdomen with segments marked with whitish or yellowish in much

greater amount than in above 13

13. Propodeum with a very short median sulcus or with none 14

13. Propodeum with a long distinct median furrow 16

14. First abdominal segment with the apical margin pale yellowish;

posterior surface of propodeum very much excavated, concave each
side of center; third cubital cell dark yellow fulvipes Cresson

14. First abdominal segment with a large yellow spot or elongate yellow-
ish line on each side; posterior surface of propodeum flat 15

15. The yellow posterior margins of the tergites interrupted medially,

and broadly emarginate each side and enlarged at their lateral ends
into a large ovate spot; third cubital cell dark yellow; first tergite
with a large yellow spot each side ; legs ferrugineous longipes Smith

15. The yellow posterior margins of tergites not interruped medially and
of about even width throughout; the first tergite with a rather long
narrow yellowish line crosswise of segment slightly before the pos-

terior margin; legs mostly dark fraterna Smith

16. White lateral marks on abdominal segments, without continuous

fasciae; at least posterior femur, except base, reddish 17

16. Abdominal tergites two to five with continuous fasciae on posterior
edges 18

17. All abdominal segments with a lateral sublunate, white mark on apical
margin; a yellow spot on anterior coxae and the tips of the four
posterior coxae; face, mesopleura, and propodeum silvery; second

cubital cell almost quadrate femoralis Cresson

17. Only the first four abdominal segments with white lateral marks and
these not sublunate ; no yellow on coxae ; posterior face of propodeum
and posterior coxae with dense silvery pile, which is absent from rest
of body foxii Rohwer

236

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVI

18. First abdominal tergite without an apical fasciae, but with a spot
each side; second tergite with the fasciae interrupted in the middle;
propodeal sulcus extra long cubensis Cresson

18. First abdominal segment with an apical fasciae and with an additional

mark each side; second cubital cell longer than broad 19

19. Tips of femur, anterior tibiae in front, base and apex of middle tibiae,

and base of four anterior tibiae lemon-yellow; apex of propodeum
with golden sericeous pile mexicana Cresson

19. Parts of legs mentioned above reddish; apex of propodeum with

silvery pile azteca Cameron

20. Wings fuliginous, size large for the most part 21

20. Wings hyaline 25

21. Abdomen entirely black, posterior femur reddish 22

21. Abdomen with considerable whitish or yellowish color 23

22. Only the posterior femur reddish bipunctata Say

22. The posterior tibiae as well as posterior femur reddish.

bipunctata tibialis Banks

23. The whole insect yellow; antennae yellow except the last three joints
which are black; sulcus on propodeum long and deep; third cubital
cell half as long on marginal vein as on the cubital vein.

quaint encii Yiereck

23. Whole insect not yellowish, mostly black ; ...... 24

24. Only the last apical segment white; coxae and femur densely covered

with white hair, the tibiae and tarsi with black hair; the abdomen
shining fumipennis Cameron

24. The three apical segments of abdomen white nigripes Cresson

25. The abdomen with some reddish color 26

25. Abdomen marked with white or yellow , 29

26. Head and thorax black 27

26. Some red color on head and thorax 28

27. Dorsum strongly punctured; apex of wings blackish agilis Smith

27. Dorsum and sides of thorax glabrous, impunctate, polished, and shin-
ing robinsoni Cresson

28. Entirely reddish all over, with yellow markings on posterior edges of
abdominal segments, posterior edge of pronotum, and on face.

elegans Cresson

28. Not entirely reddish all over cressoni Fox

29. Abdominal segments with the apical margins with continuous bands,

except the first may be interrupted in the middle 30

29. Abdominal segments with the apical bands interrupted in the middle

or some of the tergites without maculations 35

30. Antennae shorter than the head and thorax together; propodeum,

except base and extreme sides, rugose; the band on first abdominal
segment broadly interrupted fulvipes Cresson

30. Not with the above assemblage of characters 31

Dec., 1948]

Dreisbach: Ceropales

237

31. Propodeum with a deep sulcus medially; legs, except the coxae, some-
times reddish 32

31. Propodeum without a deep sulcus medially; femur, except apex,

nearly always black . . ; 33

32. Front with a rather strong pit in the middle; vertex and propotum

impunctate; abdomen glabrous, the first segment with a large spot
each side albopicta Cresson

32. Front with a medial impressed line ; vertex and pronotum with sparse

strong punctures; first abdominal segment with an irregular mark
each side mexicana Cresson

33. Propodeum granular and posterior face transversely aciculato-granu-
lar; third cubital cell twice as long on the cubital vein as the second
cubital cell, and but little shorter on the marginal vein than the
second; yellow markings not so profuse as in the following.

minima Provancher

33. Propodeum hardly granular and the posterior face with only a faint

indication of transverse acicular markings ; third cubital cell one and
one half times as long as the second cubital cell on the cubital vein
and only two thirds as long on the marginal vein as the second;
more yellow on the abdomen than the preceding species 34

34. First abdominal segment with the yellow margin interrupted in

middle and the second with the yellow spical margin of about even
width over the whole length fraterna Smith

34. First abdominal segment with its yellow margin deeply emarginate
above in the middle but not interrupted, the yellow apical band on
second segment also deeply emarginate in the middle.

fraterna occidentalis Cockerell

35. Maculations on third and seventh tergites only 36

35. Maculations on other tergites as well as third and seventh 37

36. Two large marks on the third tergite, the apical segment, a line on
pronotum behind, and the clypeus, white; head shining and closely
punctured; longest spur of hind tibise reaches to the fourth tarsal
joint from the end of leg; a cloud over the basal veins; marginal
cell extending much beyond the third cubital cell quiriquensis Cameron

36. A continuous whole band on second tergite, and clypeus white only
on the sides; longer spur of hind tibiae only one half the length of
posterior metatarsal joint; no cloud over the basal veins; marginal
cell does not extend beyond the end of third cubital cell.

apicipennis Cameron

37. Front with rather a strong pit in the middle; face, clypeus and
thorax densely clothed with a silvery pile ; head and thorax subopaque.

cubensis Cresson

37. Front with a medial impressed line 38

38. Face and clypeus black, front with distinct, separated punctates;

abdominal segments with a lateral pale yellow spot femoralis Cresson

38. Face and clypeus yellow 39

238

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVI

39. Cross banks of abdominal segments narrowly interrupted in the
middle, legs yellow, hind tarsi with each joint narrowly black at base;
length about 7 mm longipes Smith

39. Crossbands widely separated in the middle, hind tarsi dusky; length

about 5 mm. | 40

40. Femur rufous foxi Rohwer

40. Femur black hatoda Brimley

References

Cameron, Peter. Biol. Centr. Amer., 34, II, 1888-1890, pp. 158-161.

Fox, W. J. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., XIX, 1892, pp. 49-63.

NOTICE TO SUBSCRIBERS

Owing to increased printing costs it is necessary to advance the
subscription price of the Journal to non-members from $4.00 to
$5.00 beginning with the year 1949. At the same time ihe price
of back numbers will be increased to $1.50 per issue. The So-
ciety was faced with the choice of either reducing the number of
pages per issue below 60 or continuing at its present level and in-
creasing the subscription price. The latter course was decided
upon. Whenever financial conditions permit, the number of
pages per issue 'will be increased automatically..

Dec., 1948]

Michener: Ants

239

OBSERVATIONS ON THE MATING BEHAVIOR OF
HARVESTER ANTS

By Charles D. Michener
University of Kansas, Lawrence, Kansas

A variety of observations have been published on the nuptual
flights of harvester ants of the genus Pogonomyrmex. Winged
males and females have been observed leaving the nests, and
the establishment of new nests by the dealated and mated fe-
males has been recorded. However, observations on the mating
behavior, which intervenes between leaving of the parental nests
and establishment of new ones, have not been published to my
knowledge. Some individuals mate at the parental nest en-
trance, for Wheeler (1910, “Ants,” p. 288) in describing the
flight from the nest of Pogonomyrmex barbatus molefaciens
Buckley, says, “The amorous males seized many of the females
before they could leave the ground.” The great majority flew
before mating, however, and the observations recorded below
concerning Pogonomyrmex barbatus (Smith) (determined by
M. R. Smith) indicate that after the winged individuals fly
from their parental nests many of them assemble at the summit
of some distant high object (a hill or a tree) and mate there.
After mating the females fly again, presumably dispersing and,
with good fortune, establishing new nests.

The first and most complete observations were made on a hot
sunny afternoon (beginning at 3:00 p.m.) June 23, 1947, near
El Paso, Texas. Winged individuals of both sexes were found
congregating in an area about fifteen feet square on the top of a
high and very steep hill.2 Although this area was on the summit

1 The observations here recorded were made on the David Kockefeller
Expedition to northern Mexico in 1947 from the American Museum of
Natural History.

2 On this hill the mating flights of another ant, Solenopsis (Diplorhoptrum)
sp?, a small dark colored species, were observed.

The males swarm in small, rather compact masses, 6-18 inches above the
ground, flying about very actively and looking exactly like a swarm of small
chironomids. Like chironomid swarms, those of this ant are dispersed some-

240

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVI

of the hill, it included by no means the entire summit. It is
evident, therefore, that some factor other than mere altitude
must delimit the congregating area. There were thousands of
winged ants in this area, buzzing sufficiently to be distinctly
noticeable from the sound. Additional individuals approached
constantly, flying upwind toward the congregating area as
though they were attracted by odor. They flew up the hill-
side from two to twenty feet above the ground. It was not
discovered from what nests these individuals came, but it was
evidently from some distance as no nests were found on the
hill or in the immediate vicinity. The great number of indi-
viduals suggested that they may have come from many nests.

Within the congregating area, individuals tended to alight on
the highest points. Almost the only vegetation in the area was
a few small Agave plants, and their leaves were nearly covered.
Many also were in areas shaded by the Agave leaves. Great
numbers alighted on a person standing in the congregating area.

On alighting the ants, more especially the males, moved about
actively as though excited. Individuals were so numerous that
within a few seconds after alighting a female was usually found
by a male. Recognition seemed to be dependent on contact.
Males passing very close to females did not show indications of
recognition, but if they touched, recognition was immediate and
the male climbed onto the back of the female. When two males
met only rarely did one try to climb onto the other, and after
a moment they would separate and run about again. The find-
ing of a female by a male seemed dependent on the extremely
active running about of the latter.

The mating behavior is very sterotyped. When a male finds
a female he quickly mounts her, grasping her body with his legs,
his forelegs usually being around her thorax, his mid and hind
legs around her abdomen. Her wings are flat over her back,
under his body. He also grasps the anterior end of her thorax

what by a breeze but reform in about the original position when the breeze
fails.

The females fly less rapidly than the males and are seen in very much
smaller numbers. They fly more or less erratically, not in swarms. Pre-
sumably, as with chironomids, the females are pounced upon when they
pass through swarms of males. Mating was not observed, however.

Dec., 1948]

Michener: Ants

241

with his mandibles. At the same time, he curls the apex of his
abdomen downward and the genitalia meet and quickly unite.
At this time the bodies of both are approximately straight. Her
mandibles are held wide open. This position is maintained for
from 10 to 60 seconds (average of 25 matings about 28 seconds).

After this the male, retaining the genitalic union, slides back-
ward, curling his body, often nipping at the female’s thorax,
petiole, and gaster on the way, but quickly taking up a curled
position so that his mandibles can reach the joined genitalia,
which he seems to chew. At about the same time the female also
turns or curls so that she can reach his body with her mandibles.
She may bite his petiole momentarily, but quickly finds his gaster,
which she pinches so strongly that it is much compressed. This
is done repeatedly, and continues, with the biting of the genitalic
region by the male, for as long as this position is maintained, i.e.,
one to ten minutes (average of 25, 3.1 minutes).

Then the pair separates, the male scurrying about as before
and the female walking more slowly, also as before. Often she
will work her sting in and out a few times. She may fly away
after a short time, flying more or less directly upward. More
often, however, she is quickly found by another male. Some-
times a second or even third mating occurs in quick succession
without her repulsing the males. More often she will resist for
a few seconds by projecting her sting directly upward from the
apex of the abdomen each time the male attempts to copulate.
This may happen half a dozen times, the male riding on her back,
but in every case observed second copulation was finally per-
mitted by the female. It differed in no detail from first copula-
tions. Double or possibly even multiple copulation seemed to be
frequent.

Often one or more males will find and cling to copulating pairs,
and such individuals often are the ones to mate with the female
as soon as the first copulation is completed.

As would be expected from the constant departure of mated
females, a very great excess of males develops in the congregat-
ing area, all of them, apparently, actively searching for females,
even though many of them have already mated one or more times.

Individuals of both sexes were found which were wholly red

242

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVI

and which had the head and thorax black. Mating occurred
indiscriminately between these two color forms.

Another series of observations by Dr. Herman T. Spieth was
made in an area containing numerous nests of the same species
at Carta Blanca, sixteen miles west. of Matachic, Chihuahua,
Mexico, on July 8, 1947.

Winged forms were emerging from the nests.

In the two tallest trees in the area winged forms were assem-
bling, approaching the trees from various directions. Among
the upper branches of the trees they were buzzing about in im-
mense numbers. Details of their activity there could not be ob-
served because of the height. Each gust of breeze, however,
dislodged a number of small balls of ants, each consisting of a
pair in copulation and several males. No doubt the females most
overburdened by males were the ones to fall. These females, so
far as observed refused to copulate with other males and flew
away after a time. As on the hilltop a great preponderance of
males was left, partly as a result of the departure of females.

On July 26, 1947, at Catarinas, Chihuahua, Mexico, Dr. Spieth
found great numbers of dead males of Pogonomyrmex barbatus
on a hill top which had evidently been used as a congregating
area, and some dead males were found by the author in a similar
situation near Encino, Durango, Mexico, on July 27, 1947.

It has been suggested by some workers that the frequency of
brother-sister matings resulting from colonial life might be one
of the reasons for the great number of closely related but recog-
nizably distinct populations among ants. The observations here
recorded suggest, however, that in Pogonomyrmex barbatus in-
dividuals from numerous colonies assemble and mate in certain
areas. This, together with multiple mating of both sexes, in-
sures considerable panmixia. Multiple mating is of regular
occurrence in some other ants as well, for example Prenolepis
imparts Say (see Talbot, 1945, Amer. Midland Nat., 34: 506).

Dec., 1948]

Hessel: Strymon

243

NEW JERSEY RHOPALOCERA— STRYMON
CECROPS FABR.

On September 7, 1948 while collecting with Dr. George W.
Rawson of Summit, New Jersey near Reed’s Beach, on the north-
western part of the Cape May Peninsula, two specimens of
Strymon cecrops were captured, both badly worn and torn. A
third specimen was observed, all almost exactly at the same spot
in a small swamp of about an acre in area.

Believing these specimens were not strays but the result of a
breeding colony I visited the same locality this year on August
26, 1948 together with L. J. Sanford of New York. The swamp
was under 18 inches of water where I had stood the year before.
The weather was clear and the temperature over 100° F., in the
shade.

On about 35 to 40 occasions cecrops was observed in flight on
the adjacent higher ground. They were extremely wary. None
were seen to feed on the, abundant and variety of, flowers availa-
ble within and out of the swamp. They were first observed, ap-
parently having been startled from a resting place in the foliage,
at a height of about 8 to 12 feet above the ground and at a distance
of from 10 to 25 feet from the observer. Their jerky flight was
extremely difficult to follow but on many occasions they appeared
to alight on a leaf of the tall sumacs, just behind the large flower-
ing heads, and almost invariably with other foliage directly above
them. Because of the density of the undergrowth, movement of
the collector was slow and because of the location of the insects a
free swing of the net was seldom possible. Four specimens were,
however, captured after several hours of concentrated effort.

There were so many occasions when no insect could be located
where it had apparently come to rest that some peculiar behavior
was indicated. This was finally observed. A startled insect com-
ing to rest in a position about eight feet high as described above,
remained in view as a cautious approach was being negotiated
from about 25 feet distant. It was walking slowly along a sumac
leaf and when the collector was about 10 feet distant it suddenly
dropped vertically and swiftly to the ground. Fortunately it

244

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVI

landed among dead leaves in a small but relatively open patch
near the base of the sumac on a spot in view through the under-
growth.

With wings held tightly together it walked very slowly among
the leaves while a net was placed carefully over it, an operation
requiring considerable disturbance of the underbrush and a half
minute of time. It remained motionless under the net until
disturbed whereupon it flew upward and was captured. In all,
five specimens were taken, mostly fresh but some torn.

How many of the observations in flight involved the same in-
dividuals is very hard to estimate. All were confined to an area
of less than two acres, though careful search was made beyond.
In any event the evidence involving two years would seem to in-
dicate a breeding colony.

In W. P. Comstock’s “ Butterflies of New Jersey,” Journal of
the New York Entomological Society, Yol. XLVIII, March
1940, the species is recorded in the “supplemental list,” consisting
of those which could not be regarded as regular inhabitants.
Further observations in the locality may indicate its promotion
to regular status in the New Jersey list. — Sidney A. Hessel.

Dec., 1948]

Proceedings of the Society

245

PROCEEDINGS OF THE NEW YORK
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Meeting of October 7, 1947

A regular meeting of the New York Entomological Society was held
October 7, 1947 in the American Museum of Natural History. President,
Doctor Hagan was in the chair. Fourteen members and four visitors were
present.

Miss Joan Pagano of the staff of the American Museum of Natural History
was proposed for membership.

Dr. Hagan reported on the picnic of the Society, held June 7, 1947, at the
home of Mr. Chris Olsen at West Nyack, N. Y. A rainstorm washed out all
plans for collecting, and the site of the picnic was relocated in the Olsen
kitchen. Dr. Hagan thanked the Olsens for the fine hospitality extended
to the eight members who attended.

The meeting was then opened to general discussions of summer experiences
of the group.

Mr. Pallister mentioned a few of his interesting experiences while collect-
ing in Peru. His talk at the October 21 meeting will cover this trip.

Dr. Schneirla spoke of a suspected activity, equivalent of flight, in certain
ants. He also spoke of observations on a small ant of the genus Prenolepis,
the queen of which is very large. He spoke of the issuance of large numbers
of males from some 25 separate but nearby colonies. Only a couple of
females issued, and these merely wandered about, while the males congregated
in large numbers, flying a distance of only four or five feet, then descending.
Dr. Schneirla observed multiple matings and simultaneous multiple matings.

Mr. Teale reported on a mosquito catching cat, which he had observed, and
of observations on landing and take-off of dragon-flies at an angle away from
the direct beams of the sun. He also reported observing bats attracted to
the green light of a neon sign, while ignoring that portion of the same sign,
emitting a red glow.

Mr. G. W. Rawson reported he had observed a scarcity of lepidopterous
forms over a large part of the eastern states this summer.

Mr. Gual reported an exceptional abundance of Vespinge, and Dr. Schneirla
reported an abundance of ants, throughout the summer months.

Mr. Roman Vishniac reported an abundance of mosquitoes in the cities of
Germany, which he visited this summer. They were especially troublesome
in Berlin.

F. A. Soraci, Secretary
Meeting of October 21, 1947

A regular meeting of the New York Entomological Society was held
October 21, 1947, in the American Museum of Natural History. President

246

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVI

Dr. Hagan was in the chair. Twenty-seven members and thirty-one visitors
were present.

Joan Pagano was elected a member of the Society.

The speaker of the evening, Mr. John C. Pallister, presented an interesting
talk on “A Naturalist woes to Peru. ” Mr. Pallister told of his experiences
while on a nine month ’s insect collecting trip to Peru and the headwaters of
the Amazon. The purpose of the trip was to collect in as many as possible
of the river valleys of the eastern slope of the Andes.

Mr. Pallister established two base headquarters. The first was at Tingo
Maria, in east central Peru, from which he worked the valleys of the Rio
Huallaga, Monzon, and Ucayali.

The second base headquarters was at Cuzco, in southeastern Peru, from
which he penetrated into the valleys of the Rio Urabamba, Paucartamba, and
the Amazonian jungle of the Rio Madre de Dios.

The lecture was illustrated with Kodachrome slides and colored movies.

Lina Sordillo, Asssitant Secretary

Meeting of November 18, 1947

A regular meeting of the New York Entomological Society was held
November 18, 1947, in the American Museum of Natural History. President
Dr. Hagan was in the chair. Nine members and eight visitors were present.

In the absence of the Secretary and Assistant Secretary, Dr. Hagan ap-
pointed Mr. John C. Pallister, Acting Secretary.

Mrs. John Hastings, American Museum of Natural History was proposed
for membership.

The minutes of a trustee’s meeting held November 7, 1947, were read to
the Society. The President then appointed a committee of Mr. Teale, Mr.
Comstock and Dr. King to take under consideration the action of the Trustees.

The speaker of the evening Dr. Daniel Ludwig, presented an interesting
talk — “The Effect of DDT on the Metabolism of the Japanese Beetle.”

Dr. Ludwig spoke briefly of the history of DDT from its development in
Germany in 1934 to the introduction of the first sample into this country
in 1942. He explained that DDT was not a perfect insecticide, but had to
be used with caution, because of its effect not only upon other beneficial
insects, especially honeybees, but upon animals, birds, fish, and even plants.

Dr. Ludwig found that the eggs and pupa of the Japanese beetle were
not effected by DDT except when in the last stages of their development or
by unusual contact with the DDT.

The larvae were poisoned by allowing them to crawl on filter paper wet with
1 percent, 5 percent, and 10 percent solutions of DDT in peanut oil. In all
cases there were no recoveries although some survived as long as two weeks.
The larvae shortly after contact with the DDT developed tremors and loss of
weight. The greatest loss of weight was in the glycogen contents of the
body, the least in the protein.

The adults were very sensitive to DDT.

John C. Pallister, Acting Secretary

Dec., 1948]

Proceedings of the Society

247

Meeting of December 2, 1947

A regular meeting of the New York Entomological Society was held
December 2, 1947, in the American Museum of Natural History. President
Doctor Hagan called the meeting to order at 8 : 00 P. M. Sixteen members
were present.

Mrs. John Hastings was elected to membership.

Mr. Comstock reported for the committee appointed at the November 18,
1947 meeting to consider the action of the trustees at their November 7, 1947
meeting. He reported that the signatures of at least 75 per cent of the
membership would be required in order that the society might withdraw funds
from its account with the City Bank Farmers Trust Company. These funds
would be placed in a savings account. The need for this transfer was ex-
plained by Mr. Comstock. Mr. Pallister moved that the necessary resolution
be drawn and that the secretary circulate it among the membership. The
motion was seconded and approved.

The secretary was instructed to forward congratulations and best wishes
for a long and useful life to the Brooklyn Entomological Society on the oc-
casion of their 75th anniversary.

Doctor Herman Spieth then presented his talk on the Museum expedition
to North Central Mexico during the summer of 1947. Doctors Cazier,
Gertsch, Michener, Spieth and Mr. Schrammell participated in this expedi-
tion, the purpose of which was to collect insect, spider, and reptilian speci-
mens. Many beetles, butterflies and spiders were taken, along with a few
Drosophila on the trip which carried them from El Paso to Chihuahua, and
south to Durango then east and north to Saltillo and Eagle Pass. Their trans-
portation consisted of two jeeps and trailers and one carryall. Many interest-
ing experiences were related and a good sample of the collection was shown.

F. A. Soraci, Secretary

Meeting of December 16, 1947

A regular meeting of the New York Entomological Society was held
December 16, 1947 at the American Museum of Natural History. President
Doctor Hagan called the meeting to order at 8: 00 P. M. Sixteen members
and six visitors were present. An invitation to the membership to attend
the International Congress of Entomology in Sweden during August 1948
was read. The secretary was instructed to write Mr. Dos Passos asking him
to represent this society if he attends the congress.

The following committees were appointed for the annual meeting :

Nominating Committee: Mr. Huntington, Doctor Ruckes, Mr. Pallister.

Auditing Committee: Doctor Spieth, Mr. Becker, Doctor Gertsch.

The speaker of the evening, Dr. E. Gorton Linsley, of the Department of
Entomology of the University of California was introduced and he presented
a talk on the “Biology of Some Meloid Beetles. ’ ’ His talk was concerned
primarily with hypermetamorphosis. He described the development of a
meloid from the egg to the first stage larva, called “primary larva’ ’, also

248

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVI

triungulin (because of the 3 lobed tarsae consisting of 1 claw with a seta on
each side). Upon molting it becomes a “caraboid’’ larva, then molting to
the 1 1 first scaraboid ’ ’ stage and then molting to 1 1 second scaraboid ’ 1 stage.
These first four stages are feeding stages. The next molt brings forth a
1 1 co-arctate larva. ’ ’ This stage is well protected and extremely resistant.
It is immotile and can remain inactive. The next molt produces a motile
non feeding stage. This is the final larval stage ; the insect now pupates
and the adult emerges. Doctor Linsley described this development as ap-
parent degeneration from the primary larva to the non motile stage, then a
reversal of the process to maturity.

Similar development was described in the Strepsiptera and in the Syrphidae
and Bombyliidae of the Diptera. Hypermetamorphosis is also present in the
neuropteron, Mantispa. For the primary larvae of the Meloidae he reported
two main types of food (1) parasites on eggs of grasshoppers (2) parasites
in nests of bees and wasps. The habits of the primary larvae in reaching their
hosts are used in distinguishing the subfamilies Meloinae and Nemognathinae
within the Meloidae.

Frank A. Soraci, Secretary

Dec., 1948]

McDUNNOUGH : PSEUDOHAZIS

249

A NEW RACE OF PSEUDOHAZIS HERA
FROM SOUTHERN COLORADO

By J. McDunnough

On a recent visit to New York, the Reverend Bernard Rotger
of Capnlin, Colorado brought with him for identification a very
interesting specimen of a Pseudohazis which evidently belonged
in the hero, group but was easily distinguished by its considerably
larger size, the dead white ground of the wings and the much
heavier black suffusion, especially on the secondaries where the
pale areas were limited to the cell around the discal spot and to
a series of subterminal rays. On his assurance that he possessed
a series of similar specimens, he was advised that a racial name
was indicated, and it was suggested that he draw up a descrip-
tion. He has now complied with this request and the description,
which should be credited to Rotger as the author, is appended to
the present article. Besides the type series it should be noted that
there is a similar male specimen in the American Museum collec-
tion without data, and another male from the collection of the
California Academy of Sciences has been examined which was
collected at Taos, New Mexico, August, 1934 ; both these specimens
should be included in the type series. The new race will be illus-
trated in color in a forthcoming monograph of the Saturniidse of
North and South America which is in course of preparation by
various members of the American Museum staff. As it will be
some time before this work will be ready for publication, it is
thought advisable to secure validity for the new racial name at
the present time. The description by Father Rotger follows :

“ Pseudohazis herct, ssps. magnified Eotger

Larger and blacker than hera, ground color cream. Fore wings: the tri-
angular markings of limbal area reaching the band ; black discal spot united
to costal margin. Hind wings: triangular markings of same area, pene-
trating into the band ; the large discal dash with both ends connecting to the
band and leaving a more or less triangular white center; base and inner
margin till the inner veins, black. Transverse reddish-fulvous bands of ab-
domen narrow, black bands very wide. Expanse : 80 to 95 mm.

250

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LYI

Caught about three miles east of Mesita, Costilla Co., Colorado
in the sagebrush country, on August 13, 1943 by the author.

Holotype male, and allotype female in my collection. Eleven
topoparatypes, one of which is deposited at the American Mu-
seum of Natural History.’ ’

INSECTS AND SLANG AGAIN

Since the publication of the note on insects and slang in the
September, 1948 issue of this Journal Dr. Edwin P. Meiners has
supplied the starred expressions in the following list.

Beehive, a busy place.

#Bees in your bonnet, eccentric ideas.

*Bug (colloquial and entomological), any insect.

*Bug (medical), any bacterium or micro-organism.

#Bug, a “nut”, one not in possession of his full senses ; one who
is an expert in a particular field.

#Bug-eater, a worthless fellow. (See “Field and Forest” iii;

132. “A Colorado Yellow Jacket”.)

Bughouse, an insane asylum.

^Butterfly, a woman intent only upon having a good time.
^Butterflies in stomach, nausea.

Feeler, a proposal.

Flea, a flea in the ear, a rebuff or an irritating hint.

Fleabite, a trifling pain.

Flyspeck, any small dot.

Grub, food.

^Hornet’s nest, to stir up a, to cause trouble.

#Louse, a contemptible fellow.

*Lousy, anything contemptible.

— H. B. W.

Dec., 1948]

.Linsley: Trachys

251

THE GENUS TRACHYS IN THE UNITED STATES

By E. Goeton Linsley
University of California, Berkeley

The genus Trachys, as currently defined, has not been reported
previously in our fauna. However, between June 6 and June 18,
1948, the writer collected a series of Trachys pygmaea (Fab.) on
hollyhock leaves in Rutherford, New Jersey. This species, in-
digenous to Europe, Asia Minor, and North Africa (Obenberger,
1937) has apparently been introduced and the indications are that
it has become well-established.

The key to related North American genera provided by Nicolay
and Weiss (1920: 137) may be modified for the inclusion of
Trachys as follows :

1. Antennae, in repose, received in a deep sinus in the prosternum; scu-

tellum always evident 2

Antennae free, at most held in a feeble impression in the prosternum;
scutellum minute, scarcely visible Trachys

2. Scutellum small; tibiae linear 3

Scutellum large, triangular; tibiae dilated Pachyschelus

3. Body ovate; prosternum obtuse behind Brachys

Body elongate; prosternum pointed behind Taphrocerus

In form, Trachys resembles Brachys but the free antennae and
minute scutellum will readily distinguish it. T. pygmaea may be
easily recognized by the bright green or blue-green elytra and
brilliant cupreous head and pronotum. The ventral surface is
black with a cupreous lustre.

References

Nicolay, A. S., and H. f>. Weiss. 1920. The group Traches in North
America. Part I. The genera Pachyschelus and Taphrocerus.
Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 28: 136-150, pi. 6.

Obenberger, J. 1937. In: Junk, Coleopterorum Catalogus, pars 157: 1372-
1376.

252

New York Entomological Society

[Yol. lvi

OLD ENTOMOLOGICAL SIGNBOARDS

Among the hundreds of signboards mentioned in ‘ ‘ The History
of Signboards,” by Jacob Larwood and John Camden Hotten,
London c.1866, only a very few were adorned by what might be
called entomological devices and these certainly did not indicate
the business of the shop for the benefit of customers who could not
read. Grasshoppers on London signboards of the sevententh cen-
tury were good luck emblems. The shop of Sir Thomas Gresham
carried the portrait of a grasshopper and Charles Duncombe and
Richard Kent, goldsmiths lived at the Grasshopper on Lombard
Street in 1677.

Many shopkeepers of London used the illustration of a beehive,
beneath which the following lines indicated the industry of the
owners.

“Within this hive, we’re all alive,

Good liquor makes us funny :

‘ 4 If you are dry, step in and try
The flavour of our honey. ’ ’

Larwood and Hotten mention an actual hive full of active bees
which topped a signpost, at Grantham in Lincolnshire, many
years ago. Fifty years ago and less, I recall seeing the beehive
on signboards of small shops in Philadelphia and in surrounding
towns. In fact some were called The Beehive and used this de-
vice in their advertising.

One last example is that a tea-dealer of Oxford Street, Totten-
ham Court Road, at the end of the eighteenth century, who had
the leaf insect of India for his sign. — H. B. W.

INDEX TO NAMES OF INSECTS AND PLANTS
IN VOLUME LVI

Generic names begin with capital letters. New genera, subgenera, species,
varieties and new names are printed in italics.

Acalama, 206

donisthorpei, 207
Aedes

canadensis, 221
cantator, 221
cinereus, 222
dorsalis, 222
excrucians, 222
fitchii, 222
mitchellse, 223
punctor, 223
sollicitans, 223
sticticus, 224
stimulans, 224
taeniorhynchus, 224
triseriatus, 224
trivittatus, 224
vexans, 225
Anopheles

barberi, 226
crucians, 226
punctipennis, 226
quadrimaculatus, 227
walkeri, 228

Ants, harvester, mating behavior,
239

Apamea

cottlei, 51
Austrolimnophila
bulbulifera, 137

Behavior of Dytiscus to wave lengths
of light, 109

Bucculatricid gall maker, 43
Caddo

chomulce, 201
Calasymbolus

excoecatus, 73

Ceropales

floridensis, 233
key to species of, 234
Cockerell, T. D. A.,
death of, 70
obituary of, 171
portrait of, 170

Cotton breeding for jassid resist-
ance, 209
Cotton jassid, 209
Crane-flies, neotropical, 137
Culex

aikenii, 185
allostigma, 191
apicalis, 228
bastigarius, 185
chidesteri, 179
chrysonotum, 185
conservator, 189
conspirator, 186
corniger, 179
coronator, 180
declarator, 181
dunni, 187
eastor, 187
educator, 187
egcymon, 188
elevator, 188
erraticus, 189
hesitator, 190
inflectus, 182
interrogator, 183
mollis, 183
nigropalpus, 184
pilosus, 190
pipiens, 229
quinquefasciatus, 182
restuans, 229
salinarius, 230

253

254

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LYI

Culicidae, Panama, 175
Culiseta

inornata, 230
melanura, 230
morsitans, 230

DDT, effect on metabolism of Japa-
nese beetle, 246
Deinocerites
cancer, 192
psendes, 192
Dendrobium

moschatum, 208
Derallus

altus, 53
Dianthidium, 149
discors, 149
dubium

dilectum, 152
dubium, 152
mccrackence, 152
heterulkei

fraternum, 151
heterulkei, 151
implication, 150
pudicum

consimile, 152

Dytiscus fasciventris, spectral sensi-
tivity of, 109

Eciton

burchelli, 72
Empoasca

devastans, 209

Encephalitis, arthropod vectors of,
79

Encephalomyelitis, arthropod vectors
of, 79

Entomological signboards, 252
Entomological Society of America,
early reference to, 154
Ephemerida, male genitalia of, 25

Gnophomyia

glabripennis, 145

Gonomyia

spiniterga, 147
subunicolor, 146

Hippopsis

lemniscata, 49
Honey-bee predators, 195

Insects attracted by smoke, 78
Insects and slang, 170, 250

Key to species of Ceropales, 234

Lycaena

epixanthe

michiganensis, 59

Mansonia

perturbans, 230
Mechanitis

liminoeca, 20
mazaeus, 16
beebei, 18
bipuncta, 19
polymnia

mauensis, 15
solaria, 15
review of, 1
Megarhinus

hypoptes, 177
moctezuma, 178
septentrionalis, 231
superbus, 178
Melinaea

isocomma, 6
review of, 1
Microsania

occidentals, 78

Mosquitoes, list of from Pa., 219
Mosquito survey of Pa., 219

New York Entomological Club, his-
tory of, 119

Obituary, T. D. A. Cockerell, 171
Orthopodomyia
signifera, 231

Dec., 1948]

Index

255

“Papilio”, journal of New York
Entomological Club, 119
Pediculoides

ventricosus, 48

Pennsylvania mosquitoes, 219
Pogonomyrmex
barbatus, 239
Polistes

fuscatus, 155
Predators, honey-bee, 195
Pseudohazis
hera

magnified, 249
Pseudolimnophila
plutoides, 138
Psorophora

ciliata, 231
confinnis, 231
ferox, 232
horrida, 232

Spectral sensitivity of Dytiscus, 109
Strymon

cecrops, 243

Subscribers, notice to, 238

Teucholabis

atrolata, 140
elissa, 144
hypomela, 142
Icetifica, 139
subargentea, 143
Toxotropis

submetallicus, 49
Trachys in U. S., 251
Traehys

pygmaea, 251
Uranotaenia

calosomata, 175
contzacoalcos, 175
geometrica, 176
lowii, 176
pulcherrima, 177
sapphirina, 232
Yespa

maculifrons, 73
Yespula

squamosum, 73
Viviparity in insects, 63

The

New York Entomological Society

Organized June 29, 1892 — Incorporated February 25, 1893
Reincorporated February 17, 1943

The meetings of the Society are held on the first and third Tuesday of each month
(except June, July, August and September) at 8 p. m., in the American Museum of
Natural History, 79th St., & Central Park W., New York 24, N. Y.

Annual dues for Active Members, $3.00; including subscription to the Journal, $5.00.

Members of the Society will please remit their annual dues, payable in January, to
the treasurer.

A set of the Journal, volumes I to L inclusive, unbound, $90.00.

—

Officers for the Year 1948

} 'y:- ' ; ( j » , V V i /, , v

President, DR. HAROLD R. HAGAN

College of the City of New York, New York 31, N. Y.

Vice-President, DR. MONT A. CAZIER American Museum of Natural History

Secretary , FRANK A. SORACI Allentown, N. J.

Assistant Secretary, MRS. PATRICIA VAURIE American Museum of Natural History

Treasurer, DR. JAMES C. KING....J American Museum of Natural History

Assistant Treasurer, LEONARD J. SANFORD American Museum of Natural History

;

TBUSTEES

Dr. James C. King

E. W. Teale

Dr. Mont A. Cazieb

Dr. H. T. Spieth

Dr. Harold R. Hagan

PUBLICATION COMMITTEE

Harry B. Weiss

Dr. Charles D. Michener

John D. Sherman, Jr.

, \ \ i r ; i , -

PEOGEAM COMMITTEE

Dr. James Forbes

Albro T. Gaul

Dr. Lucy W. Clausen

FIELD COMMITTEE

Dr. Lucy W. Clausen

E. W. Teale

Chris. E. Olsen

DELEGATE TO TEE N. T. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
Wm. P. Comstock

JOURNAL

of the

NEW YORK ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Published quarterly by the Society at N. Queen St., and Mc-
Govern Ave., Lancaster, Pa. All communications relating to
manuscript for the Journal should be sent to the Editor, Harry B.
Weiss, 19 N< 7th Ave., Highland Park, New Jersey; all subscrip-
tions to the Treasurer, Dr. James C. King, American Museum
of Natural History, New York 24, N. Y. Orders for back issues
should be sent to the Treasurer, Dr. James C. King, American
Museum of Natural History, New York 24, N. Y. The society has
a complete file of back issues in stock. The Society will not be
responsible for lost Journals if not notified immediately of change
of address. We do not exchange publications.

Terms for subscription, $4.00 per year, strictly in advance.

Please make all cheeks , money -orders, or drafts payable to
New York Entomological Society.

Twenty-five reprints without covers are furnished free to
authors. Additional copies may be purchased at the following
rates :

4 pp. 8 pp. 12 pp. 16 pp. 24 pp. 32 pp.

25 copies ' $3.2% $7.02 $7.38 $7.38 $12.00 $12.78

50 copies ...iL.. 3.48 7.62 8.10 8.10 13.02 13.86

Additional 100*s ........... .90 2.10 2.76 2.76 4.02 4.32

Covers 1.^ 50 copies, $4.32; additional 100 *s, $2.58

Half-tone prints: 2 cents for each half-tone print.

Authors whose papers are illustrated with text figures or
full page plates will be required to supply the electroplates or
pay the cost of making the same by the Journal and also to
pay the cost of printing full page plates on coated paper, when
advisable.

JOURNAL

OF THE

NEW YORK

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Sntnteh to iEntmiuilugu tn (general

VOLUME LVII, 1949

Published Quarterly by the Society
North Queen St. and McGovern Ave. Lancaster, Pa.

New York, N. Y.

BUSINESS PRESS, INC.
LANCASTER, PA.

CONTENTS OF VOLUME LVII

PAGE

Alexander, Charles P.

Records and Descriptions of Neotropical Crane Flies

(Tipulidae: Diptera) XXIV 253

Arnett, Jr., Ross H.

Notes on the Distribution, Habits, and Habitats of Some

Panama Culicines (Diptera: CulicidaB) 233

Barber, George W. and Eleanor B. Starnes

The Activities of House Flies 203

Beard, Raimon

Physiological Effects of Induced Hemorrhage in Japa-
nese Beetle Larvae 79

Book Notices 92, 117, 138, 182, 224, 231

Breland, Osmond P.

Distinctive features of the Larvae of Aedes alleni Tur-
ner ( Diptera : CulicidaB) 93

Goding, Frederick W.

The Old World Membracidae 183, 267

Hatch, Melville H.

Studies on the Fauna of Pacific Northwest Green-
houses, (Isopoda, Coleoptera, Dermaptera, Orthoptera,

Gastropoda) 141

Hawley, Ira M.

The Effect of Summer Rainfall on Japanese Beetle

Populations 167

Huckett, H. C.

The Subgenus Pycnoglossa Coquillett in North Amer-
ica, Genus Hylemyia Sens. Lat. (Muscidae: Diptera) 51

Judd, W. W.

Insects Collected in the Dundas Marsh, Hamilton, On-

tario, 1947-48 225

Malkin, Borys

Notes on Oregon Coccinellidae (Coleoptera) 133

Observations on the Courtship of Brenthis anchorago

L. (Coleoptera, Brenthidae) 135

iii

Milliron, H. E.

The Identity of Two Introduced Clover Seed Weevils

(Coleoptera: Curculionidae) 109

Molitor, Arnulf

Experiments on the Colony Foundation of European

Ants 101

Munroe, Eugene

A New Genus of Nymphalidas and its Affinities (Lepi-

doptera, Rhopalocera) 67

Proceedings of the Society 193

Rapp, Janet L. C.

The Chloride Ion in the Hemolymph of the Large Milk-
weed Bug, Oncopeltus fasciatus (Dallas) 215

Rupert, Laurence R.

A Revision of the North American Species of the Genus

Plagodis (Lepidoptera : Geometridae, Ennominae) 19

Smith, Marion R.

A New Species of Camponotus, Subg. Colobopsis from

Mexico (Hymenoptera : Formicidae) 177

Spiess, Eliot

Drosophila in New England 117

Starnes, Eleanor B., see George W. Barber 23

Yaurie, Charles and Patricia

Insect Collecting in Guatemala 65 Years After Cham-
pion * 1

Weiss, Harry B.

Army Ant Behavior (Note) 214

Cabbage Worms Conjured (Note) 252

Color Discrimination by Eristalis tenax (Note) 140

An Early New Jersey Insect Collection (Note) 202

Entomologists Are Human Beings (Note) 50

Entomology Defined in 1835 (Note) 66

First Scientific Bibliography (Note) 66

The Insect Motif in Glass Paperweights (Note) 252

Organic Insecticides (Note) * 134

Pre-Columbian Aztec Grasshopper (Note) 166

Sir John Maundevile’s Ants (Note) 266

No. 1

j V

LV1I

MARCH, 1949

Journal

of the

New York Entomological Society

Devoted to Entomology in General

Edited by HARRY B. WEISS

Publication Committee

HARRY B. WEISS

JOHN D. SHERMAN, Jr.
TEALE

Subscription $5.00 per Year

Published Quarterly by the Society
N. QUEEN ST. AND McGOVERN AVE.
LANCASTER, PA.

NEW YORK, N. Y.

CONTENTS

^ 1 ::;r : fr< ; ff;:

l \ ■ V _'v\; A i ■:' ^.inl ■ . '• -'. ‘c "Tv Jy Jfj. ' i':-^;> ■ '■ k t‘t W Xi~V f ::^J

Insect Collecting in Guatemala 65 Years After Champion

By Charles and Patricia Yaurie 1

A Revision of the North American Species* of the Genus
Plagodis (Lepidoptera, Geometridae, Ennominse)

By Laurence R. RupeRt 19

Entomologists Are Human Beings 50

The Subgenus Pycnoglossa Coquillett in North America,
Genus Hylemyia Sens. Lat. (Muscidae, Diptera)

By H. 6. Huckett 51

First Scientific Bibliography 66

Entomology Defined in 1835 66

A New Genus of Nymphalidae and its Affinities (Lepi-
doptera, Rhopalocera)

By Eugene Munroe 67

NOTICE: Volume LVI, Number 4, of the Journal of
the New York Entomological Society was published
on January 26, 1949.

■

Entered as second class matter July 7, 1925, at the post office at Lancaster, Pa.,
under the Act of August 24, 1912.

Acceptance for mailing at special rate of postage provided for in Section 1103.
Act of October 3, 1917, authorized March 27, 1924.

JOURNAL

OF THE

New York Entomological Society

Vol. LVII March, 1949 No. 1

INSECT COLLECTING IN GUATEMALA 65 YEARS
AFTER CHAMPION

By Charles and Patricia Vaurie

A great deal of the material upon which the insect sections of
the Biologia Centrali- Americana are based came from Guatemala.
Some of this material was collected by Salvin and Godman them-
selves or later sent to them by native collectors, but most of it
was collected by the expert collector, G. C. Champion.

Champion spent four years in Central America and two of
these years, from March 16, 1879, to April 7, 1881, were devoted
exclusively to Guatemala. Since Champion’s day no other ex-
tensive systematic collecting was undertaken in Guatemala until
the summer of 1947, when the present authors w~ere sent there
by Mr. Frank Johnson under the sponsorship of the Department
of Insects and Spiders of the American Museum of Natural His-
tory.

The purpose of the trip was to collect in and revisit, in so far
as time and present day conditions permitted, the same localities
or areas visite.d by Champion. ‘

Changed conditions made exact duplication of localities im-
possible. In the first place, duplication was not always desirable
because some of the places visited by Champion had been so
drastically altered that they were no longer suitable collecting
grounds and some names had disappeared altogether. Secondly,
it was not always possible since the modes of traveling differed.
All Champion’s travels were on horseback or on foot and thus
he could, and did, strike camp at any favorable spot. In the

New York Entomological Society

[VOL. LVII

three months at our disposal we could not follow such a method,
but, although the modern means of communication we employed
did not allow the greater leisure and elasticity of Champion’s
method, they enabled us to cover an even larger amount of terri-
tory. We were able to visit, in addition to the same areas- and
most of the main localities in which Champion collected, two
additional areas, one in the wet Cuchumatanes Mountains, and
the other in the dry south east.

Champion’s itinerary appeared first in the Entomological
News of February, 1907, and later, with additional notes, in the
introductory volume (1915, pp. 46-54) of the Biologia. Because
of the great changes that have taken place in the land cover since
those notes were written, a brief account of all the localities
visited by us is given below, with comparisons between past and
present conditions at localities common to both of our itineraries.

In order to present a comprehensive picture and to avoid
repetition, the specific account is preceded by the following gen-
eral notes on the physiography, climate, and vegetation of the
regions visited.

PHYSIOGRAPHY

Guatemala has for its size (50,000 square miles, or about the
area of the state of New York) what is perhaps the most com-
plicated physiography to be found anywhere in the world, and
as a result it presents a number of strongly contrasting climatic
conditions.

Geologically, the country can be divided into six main regions :
1. the Pacific littoral, 2. the volcanic coastal mountains, 3. the
Highlands, 4. the limestone mountains of the interior, 5. the
desert or semi arid interior valleys, 6. the Caribbean lowlands
and the high plain of the Peten. Some of these regions can be
further subdivided : the volcanic mountains into the outer chain
of the recent volcanoes, and the inner and older range which
forms the Continental Divide ; the limestone mountains into the
great mass of the Cuchumatanes proper, and the smaller and
lower mountains of the Alta Yera Paz. Generalized descriptions
of these regions have been given by Popenoe (1926) and Griscom
(1932) and a detailed, excellently treated and illustrated cross

Mar.. 1949]

Vaurie: Collecting

section of south west Guatemala, from the shores of the Pacific
to the foot of the Cuchumatanes, has been given by McBryde
(1947). The most important features of these regions may be
summarized as follows :

On the Pacific, a plain, varying in width from 30 to 50 miles,
extends, flat at first, then gradually sloping inland, to the foot
of a nearly straight range of majestic volcanoes. These volca-
noes are exceedingly steep and rise with the most striking abrupt-
ness from the plain below; the trend of this range runs north
west-south east. Inland from this range, and separated from
it by a great trough, runs a parallel range of older volcanic
mountains which form the Continental Divide. At the northern
end the two ranges come together at the great cone of Tajumulco ;
south of Guatemala City they get gradually lower and more
barren as they approach the border of El Salvador. The trough
between the two ranges is irregular and is cut by great cross
ridges which separate basins which may contain nearly flat plains
or lakes, such as Atitlan and Amatitlan.

Inland from the Continental Divide, the plateau of the High-
lands (or Altos) stretches to the Cuchumatanes. Though spoken
of as a “ plateau, ’ ’ ‘this region is only a plateau of the most ir-
regular sort. Everywhere the land is dissected by immensely
deep and abrupt gorges (the barrancas ), slopes and ridges
abound, and the whole area is extremely broken up.

To the north this region dips into the drainage troughs of the
Cuilco and Negro Rivers on the other side of which rises abruptly
the enormous mass of the Cuchumatanes. These mountains, un-
like the coastal ranges, have a west to east trend, the easterly
trend becoming more marked as the mountains continue eastward
into the Yera Paz. The Cuchumatanes have a maximum altitude
of about 11,000 feet and the mountains in the Alta Yera Paz of
about 6,000. Another range of importance is a long range rising
a little to the south of the Cuchumatanes. This range, which
also runs from west to east, changes its name several times as it
proceeds eastwards. On the middle course of the Motagua River,
above Zacapa, parts of the range, here called Sierra de las Minas,,
rise above 7,500 feet.

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVII

The west to east course of all these interior mountains deter-
mines the trend of the interior valleys, the major ones of which
are those of the Rio Negro, Salama and Rabinal, and that of the
Motagua River.

To the south of the Motagua, beyond Zacapa, is a region of
more or less arid hills and valleys which stretches to the frontiers
of Honduras and El Salvador. On the northern side of the
Sierra de las Minas are the valleys of the Baja Vera Paz, and on
the northern side of the Alta Vera Paz mountains is the high
plain of the Peten. These last are drained on the east by the
Cahabon and on the south by the Polochic, both of which empty
into a vast swamp and from there into Lake Izabal and the
Caribbean.

CLIMATE AND VEGETATION

Two seasons prevail over most of Guatemala, a dry and a wet
season, the dry lasting generally from early November through
April. In addition there is also a more or less marked secondary
dry season of variable duration. This secondary dry season,
called the “ V eranillo de San Juan” or “canicula,” occurs in mid
summer in about half of the country and, where well marked,
has an effect on the vegetation. The temperature varies accord-
ing to the altitude, but at any given level seasonal ranges are
slight, and although during the North American winter the av-
erage monthly temperature drops somewhat in parts of Guate-
mala, the drop, except at the highest elevations where frost
occasionally occurs, has little effect on the flora and fauna. Cli-
mate and seasonal changes, then, are very largely a matter of
rainfall and as the distribution of rain in Guatemala is essentially
determined by relief and exposure, the climate is very diversified
and the changes are apt to be as abrupt as the physiography.
(For detailed discussions of climate and weather in Guatemala,
see Sapper, 1932, and McBryde, 1942a and 1942b.)

On the Pacific plain and slope, the wet and dry seasons are
well marked. The wet season extends from April into November,
the rainiest months being June and September, with a drop in
between during July and August, the “ Veranillo de San Juan”
mentioned above. The precipitation increases with the altitude,

Mar., 1949]

Yaurie : Collecting

ranging, according to McBryde (1942a), from about 150 centi-
meters along the shore, to 200 at 300 feet, 300 at 600 feet, until
a zone of heavy precipitation is reached at about 2500 feet. In
this zone, which extends up to about 4,600 feet, the annual aver-

JTMAMJJASOND J FMAMJJAS OND JFMAMJ JASOND

Moca Ttece Ac/uas

' m°3o'NL 9/°30 IVL ' H- /Q00 m /5°25‘ NL 89°22 WL _ H- 725m

^ear. total 4376 mm . y^ar. total 5617mm, 2!'/3yri

Pa n 2 os

IS°2S'Nl 89°45WL, H = 36*,
year total 3318mm, TVsyn

400

300.

JF MAMJJA SOND JFMAMJJASOND

■

iiimi u

inniiffl

JFMAMJJASOND

Guatemala C. Coban (Chi max ) Set /a ma

/4° 37 NL 90e3/VL, H= 1490 m 13° 29 NL 90°/6WL,H = /306m 13° 06' NL 90° /7 NL H = 930 m

year, total (257mm , 23yn year total 2469 mm ; 9yrt. year, total 764mmi 7 y^

Figure 1. Selected graphs of rainfall in Guatemala; from Sapper (1932)
except for Moca, which is from original data.

age is about 400 centimeters, going up to 550, or 220 inches, in
some localities. The graph of Moca (3,000 feet) with an annual
average of 437 centimeters, or 172 inches, is typical of this zone.
(See figure 1). Above this heavy rain belt there is, depending

6 New York Entomological Society [Vol. lvii

on the local mountain condition, a sharp decrease or no further
increase in precipitation. Above and below the heavy rain belt,
the double maximum (June and September) is not so pro-
nounced. Only a little rain falls from November to March and
during this season many of the smaller streams dry up.

The rainy belt of the west slope, which, in terms of the Koppen
classification, has a “tropical monsoon” climate, was formerly
clothed with a luxuriant rain forest. But today, except along
the deeper stream courses, the forest has been cleared or drasti-
cally thinned. It has been largely replanted by smaller trees,
mostly of the Leguminosse family, to give shade to the coffee
bushes which now everywhere occupy this zone.

On the much drier plain below, the climate is that of a tropical
savanna. The vegetation is open and sparse except along the
river courses, which are bordered by large trees and dense under-
growth. McBryde applies the term “gallery forest” to these
wooded strips, but too often the “forest” has been reduced to but
a screen. The plain is largely occupied by extensive cattle
ranches, but there are also occasional areas, mostly along the
railroad, which go in for diversified crops.

In the mountainous region above the Pacific, as well as through-
out the Highlands, the wet and dry seasons are the same as on
the Pacific, but the rainfall is much less. Near the Continental
Divide, as McBryde states (1942a), the precipitation depends on
highly variable factors, chief of which is the exposure to the
winds. At Guatemala City, where the mountains are rather
open, the annual precipitation (figure 1) averages 125 centi-
meters, but at Quezaltenango, which is sheltered by mountains
both to the east and west, the yearly average is only 67 centi-
meters. Throughout the Highlands, particularly inland, the
rainfall appears to be scanty, and the annual average varies,
according to McBryde, from about 70 centimeters to 150. On
the Pacific lowlands the temperature is always high, but on the
highlands it varies from temperate to decidedly cool.

Except at the higher altitudes where grassy stretches and
scattered forests of cypress occur, the whole of this region was
probably once covered by an open pine and oak forest. But
today, although a few remnants of this forest still persist in the

Mar., 1949]

Vaurie : Collecting

poorer or most inaccessible places, it is fair to say that every
acre that could possibly be cultivated has been deforested long
ago, and, as Griscom remarks (1932), at least nine tenths of the
region under 8,000 feet is now under cultivation or has been
cleared.

When the great escarpment of the Cuchumatanes is climbed,
one enters into a high and rolling region of a totally different
aspect. No weather data was available but as the marine air
moves in freely from both coasts the rainfall may be fairly con-
stant throughout the year. Perhaps the precipitation is not
regular or great, but the fact that these mountains are so much
in the clouds makes this region always cool and very damp. Fog
swirls through the branches of great and lofty trees loaded with
epiphytes, and mists slowly drift above alpine meadows alive
with many flowers. Settlements are few and the region is the
least disturbed we saw in Guatemala. We penetrated only a
little way beyond Nebaj, or as far as the road went, but we were
told that the interior was still covered with many stretches of
what must be a nearly primeval forest.

To the east of the Cuchumatanes proper, in the region of the
Alta Vera Paz, the weather data is rather extensive and was col-
lected and discussed by Sapper (1932). This area, of which
Coban is the center, is very wet and there are no really dry
months. At Coban (see figure 1) the yearly average (246 centi-
meters) is considerably less than in the monsoon belt of the
Pacific Slope, but a fine rain falls almost daily throughout the
year. With the exception of the drier southern part, facing the
Baja Vera Paz, the whole of this region was once covered by the
luxuriant forests which still existed in Champion’s time. But-
today, due to the great spread of the coffee plantation, combined
with lumbering and other destructive practices, the forests have
largely disappeared. The eastern slopes of the mountains of
the Alta Vera Paz face the Caribbean lowlands and receive some
of the highest precipitation anywhere in Guatemala. There the
wet season is very marked, but lacks the double maximum of the
Pacific Slope region. The rainiest months are June, July, and
August, with September not far behind. In this region, contrast
the graphs (figure 1) of Trece Aguas and Panzos; both localities

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. lvii

are very close to each other, but Panzos is nearly at sea level and
Trece Aguas is 2,000 feet higher.

The interior valleys are the driest regions of Guatemala, the
mountains or highlands which hem them to the north and south
intercepting the moisture of the marine winds from both the
Atlantic and Pacific. As most of these valleys are rather low
they are also very hot. The lowest, driest, and hottest is along
the middle course of the Motagua in the region of Zacapa. This
area, which, according to Griscom (1932), receives less than six
inches, or about 20 centimeters of rain a year, is a true desert with
a vegetation similar to that of the deserts of southern Arizona.
The valleys of Rabinal and Salama, though arid enough, are less
dry, the annual precipitation at Salama (figure 1) averaging
76.5 centimeters a year. Parts of these valleys are cultivated,
but there are large stretches of xerophytic thorny scrub. A
typical plant is the tree cactus, segments of which are used for
the construction of fences.

We have no data for the region to the south east of Zacapa,
but in the region of Chiquimula, which is as far as we went,
streams were dry and the hills barren of vegetation or sparsely
covered with scrub. The climate is hot and during our stay in
late July at the height of the “little dry season” or Veranillo,
no rain fell and we were told that none had fallen during the
three weeks prior to our arrival.

The lowlands of the Caribbean, except at Panzos, and the
great plain of the Peten were not part of our trip. The vegeta-
tion in these places is that of the humid tropical zone and the
climate has the usual division into a dry and wet season, with
very abundant rainfall during the latter (523 centimeters a year
at Livingston).

LOCALITIES VISITED ‘

Localities printed in italics were visited by Champion between
1879 and 1881 though in some instances he was not in the actual
place but nearby and all material in quotes is from Champion’s
notes (1915). The numbers in parentheses following each lo-
cality indicate the order of our itinerary and correspond with
the locality on the map in figure 2. After the numbers follows
the name of the department in which the locality occurs.

Mar., 1949]

Vaurie: Collecting

SALVIN AND GODMAN

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVII

Pacific Plain.

Ayntla (1), San Marcos; about 100 feet altitude. Port of
entry on the Guatemala-Mexico frontier in dense tropical vegeta-
tion along the Suchiate River. June 13.

Guatalon (4), Suchitepequez; 587 feet. A small settlement
on the railroad. June 24.

Tiquisate (5), Escuintla; 200 feet. Large United Fruit Com-
pany plantation of 100,000 acres. The land has been cleared
for many miles, 28,000 acres are at present in bananas, the rest
are being replanted in hard woods. There are many tracts of
scrub covered with impenetrable tangles of vines. The settle-
ment itself is park like, carefully manicured and heavily sprayed.
As a result, collecting was poor except in wooded spots along the
Siguacan River, where beating was fairly profitable. An at-
tempt was made to get transportation down to the coast, but
heavy rains had washed out the roads. June 26-29.

Rio Bravo (6), Suchitepequez; about 600 feet. Town on river
by that name. Narrow gallery forest. June 28.

Variedades (7), Suchitepequez; 400-900 feet. Hacienda, a
combination of cattle ranch, citronella and cocoa plantation,
about a mile from the railroad station of Variedades. The ha-
cienda is owned by Norman Lind and was being redeveloped
after a period of neglect. It proved to be our best all-round
collecting ground in Guatemala, due, in part at least, to the many
recently felled trees and uprooted fence posts. A series of the
big blue Elateridae of the genus Chalcolepidus was taken in
flight. June 30-July 3, August 26-29, September 1-2.

Pacific Slope.

Moca (2), Suchitepequez; 3,000 feet. A well known coffee
finca on the lower slopes of Atitlan volcano. This plantation is
the property of Walter Lind and associates who offered us hos-
pitality. Much of the land is cleared for coffee, but tall trees
still exist along the road, as wTell as a narrow strip of rain forest
behind a small lake. Collecting was excellent, though inter-
rupted each afternoon by heavy rain. More Cerambycidse
(mostly subfamily Laminae) were taken here than anywhere else
but at Variedades. Night collecting was far more profitable in

Mar., 1949]

Vaurie: Collecting

June than on our return in late August. June 19-25, August
30-31.

Panama (3), Suchitepequez ; 2,400 feet. A coffee tinea below
Moca ancl somewhat drier than Moca. Champion spent ten days
close by at San Agustln (2,250 feet) in December. June 23.

Continental Divide and Volcanic Mountains.

Patzicia (29), Chimaltenango ; about 5,000 feet. Roadside
station below town of Patzicia, near the Continental Divide, in
open country planted in corn and wheat. This house possessed
the only electric lights for miles around and when our bus
stopped at 11 a.m., many moths, including Saturnidse, were
found still clinging to the walls, both inside and out. The driver
and all the passengers let their lunch grow cold to help us col-
lect. Champion passed through here in January on his way
from Lake Atitlan to Guatemala City. August 14.

Lake of Amatitldn (35), Guatemala; 4,000 feet. Near the
town of that name. Weedy fields and moist ditches along the
lake road proved good for collecting. In August the foliage was
thick with spiders. Champion, who spent January 13 at Ama-
titlan, characterized it as an “arid district” which it is no longer.
He also mentioned ‘ ‘ plantations of Opuntia for rearing the cochi-
neal insect, all inclosed within dusty adobe walls.” Neither the
plantations nor the walls can be found today. July 6, August 24.

Guatemala City (36), Guatemala, 4,852 feet. No concentrated
collecting was done here as the quick visits to the city were con-
cerned with other problems. Champion collected ‘ ‘ on the banks
of the streams in the barrancas (ravines) ” in March and April,
but of course the city has grown tremendously since he was there
and conditions today are hardly comparable. Various dates in
June, July, August.

Antigua (30), Sacatepequez ; 5,047 feet. Old Guatemalan city
and former capital, situated in the broad cultivated valley at
the foot of Agua volcano. Most available land is in coffee, the
seven miles of dirt road from Antigua to Duenas being bordered
by coffee plantations, enclosed by barbed wire fences or high
adobe walls. Collecting was done in the ruins of ancient con-
vents, in adjacent cornfields, in the entrances to coffee groves,

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVII

and on a hill of pine woods to one side of the valley. There was
a noticeable scarcity of Lepidoptera in all this area. Much time
w^as wasted getting out of the interminable walled streets in
search of collecting areas. Champion made no remarks about
Antigua other than that he was there June 24 and 25. Our dates
— August 15-17.

Ciudad Vieja (31), Sacatepequez ; 4,917 feet. Town three
miles from Antigua. Collecting was poor. “Coffee-plantations
and cultivated ground, unsuitable for collecting-purposes.” Au-
gust 17.

Duenas (32), Sacatepequez; 4,680 feet. Town about eight
miles from Antigua along the same road as that to Ciudad Vieja.
Collecting was fair along a muddy stream, but here also the land
is intensively cultivated. Champion spent most of July in this
region, making various excursions up the slope of the volcano of
Fuego. The Lake of Duenas has dried up and the “Opuntia
plantations adjacent to the Lake” are now represented by a few
scattered plants along the highway. August 18.

Capetillo (33), Sacatepequez; 4,800 feet. A coffee and sugar
plantation in the valley between the lower slopes of the volcanoes
of Acatenango and Agua, not far from Antigua. This was one
of Champion’s principal localities where he stayed for about a
month in the end of April and in May, 1879. At that time it
was owned by Juan J. Rodriguez, the Guatemalan naturalist,
who, for about thirty years, supplied Salvin and Godman with
specimens from his region. His son, Federico Rodriguez Benito,
who was our host at Capetillo, told us that his father said before
he died, in 1916, that if he had to build up his collection again
he could never hope to duplicate it because of changing condi-
tions due to the intensive cultivation of the land. It is still,
however, a fine collecting spot. August 20-22.

Reunion (34), Sacatepequez; 4,000 feet. Coffee plantation on
southwestern slope of volcano of Fuego, facing the Pacific plain.
Spring water seeping across the road attracted many Lepidoptera
and general collecting was good for the short time we spent here.
Champion found Zapote, somewhat lower on the slope, ‘ ‘ good for
insects” and he spent most of May and June in that locality.
In his time there was “some very fine forest passed through at

Mar., 1949]

Vaurie: Collecting

San Cayetano, between Zapote and Capetillo, along the descend-
ing coast-road.” This forest is now reduced to a mere strip
along the road, partly because of cultivation, partly because of
a destructive eruption of the volcano of Fuego a few years ago.
August 22.

Highland Plateau.

Chichicastenango (24), Quiche; 6,032 feet. Important Indian
town in the typical cool highland of the Quiche. Cultivation
here has been very intensive, maize fields alternating with small
open stands of oak and pine, with grass on the rougher slopes.
Some insects not seen before on the trip were taken here, though
collecting on the whole was disappointing, due, perhaps, to the
density of the population and long cultivation. The nights were
exceedingly cool, with few insects. Champion was here (it was
then called Santo Tomas) July 30 on his way from Joyabaz to
Quiche. August 6-7.

Santa Cruz del Quiche (28), Quiche; 6,555 feet. Large active
town in the highlands, 11 miles north of Chichicastenango.
There is intensive cultivation here as in Chichicastenango but
the countryside is more open. The one night we spent here was
very cool, and few insects were taken. August’ 13.

Cuchumatanes Mountains.

Nebaj (25) , Quiche ; 6,240 feet. Indian town in deep beautiful
valley high in the Chuchumatanes, about fifty miles northwest
of Quiche. This isolated valley is abundantly watered and pro-
duces the finest maize and apples in the country. The lower
slopes are mostly cleared, but the higher ones are forested.
Until a few years ago, Nebaj was one of the most inaccessible
regions of Guatemala, but now a road has been put through. The
hinterland directly to the north has scarcely been touched and
it seems that a more extended stay in this remote area would be
well repaid. Collecting was most productive. August 8-10.

Cunen (26), Quiche; 6,143 feet. Indian village in a small
valley in a fold of the southern slope of the Cuchumatanes.
Cunen was drier, warmer and less varied than Nebaj, but still
very good for collecting. Complete lack of food and lodging
unfortunately cut our stay too short, August 11.

New York Entomological Society

[VOL. LVII

Mountains of Alta Vera Paz.

Cohan (8), Alta Vera Paz; 4,241 feet. One of the three larg-
est cities of Guatemala, Champion was here the end of Decem-
ber and again in March and found the 1 ‘ forest nearly all cleared
to plant coffee, maize, etc.” This is still even more true today,
but there are considerable stretches of open pine woods which
proved good for collecting. We found lodgings in the city dis-
advantageous because of the length of time needed to get out
to collecting areas, but we were unable to secure accommodations
in the coffee fineas in the vicinity. July 7-9, 31.

Tactic (9), Alta Vera Paz; 4,300 feet. Town in mountainous
region 21 miles south of Coban. Champion passed through in
December and in March. “ Forest all cleared to near the in-
accessible mountain-tops ... to plant maize.” The surround-
ing hills are now almost completely denuded. No collecting was
done by us. July 10.

Wet Polochic River Valley, to the Caribbean Lowlands.

Tamahu (10), Alta Vera Paz; 3,412 feet, Indian village east
of Tactic, near the source of the Polochic River. The valley is
very narrow at this point and the slopes are intensively cultivated
for maize. Tamahu was visited by Champion for five days in
December and even then it was “mostly cultivated ground.”
Night collecting was very poor. July 10-11.

Tucuru (11), Alta Vera Paz; 1,625 feet. Village nine miles
east of Tamahu. Collecting was disappointing, especially at
night. Champion came through in November, March, atid June.
“Mostly cultivated ground.” July 11-13.

Pancajche (12), Alta Vera Paz; 275 feet. Station on the
lower Polochic, head of the Vera Paz railroad to Panzos. The
valley is wider here and more level. Three hours of collecting
were very good. The whole of this lower valley is intensely hot,
wet, and unhealthy, with the incidence of malaria said to be 100
per cent. July 14.

La Tint a (13), Alta Vera Paz; about 200 feet. Railroad stop
along the lower Polochic River. Champion mentioned the
“tropical vegetation” here and he found Chacoj, also called La
Hamaca, nearby “a very good entomological locality.” Chacoj

Mar., 1949]

Vaurie*. Collecting

is no longer to be found on the map and “La Hamaca,” which
was a rope bridge over the river, has long since disappeared.
July 14.

Panzos (14), Alta Vera Paz; 113 feet. Terminal of railway
from Pancajche, on Polochic River and at the head of navigation,
45 miles above Lake Izabal. There is a screened guest house
about a mile from the small village. This whole area is a vast
swamp and the water, due to the overflow of the river during this
rainy season, came up to the railroad tracks. Collecting was
fairly good. Mosquitoes (including Anopheles) were far too
abundant, especially so when stirred up by beating. Champion,
who spent almost two weeks at Panzos at the end of May, at the
beginning of the rains, found them “so bad here, even by day,
that it was almost impossible to do more than a few hours collect-
ing at a time.” July 14-17.

Livingston (15) , Izabal ; sea level. Port on the Atlantic at the
mouth of the Rio Dulce, in the Caribbean lowlands. The locality
itself was unsuitable for collecting but on the way down from
Panzos in a small launch, we saw mountain slopes, below Lake
Izabal, still clothed bj^ inaccessible virgin rain forest. July 18.

Dry Interior Valleys.

Zacapa (16), Zacapa; 603 feet. Important railroad station
in the middle Motagua River Valley, with branch line to El Sal-
vador. The town of Zacapa is two miles distant. The vegeta-
tion is xerophytic except for screens of trees along the river.
Much of the area is fenced in with cactus or barbed wire fences.
Collecting was only fair. The first Cicadas of the trip were
heard here. July 19-20.

El Rancho (18), El Progresso; 900 feet. Small settlement in
the middle Motagua River Valley, 33 miles by rail west of Zacapa.
It is an important road junction for Baja and Alta Vera Paz with
daily bus service. The landscape was bare and seemed even drier
than Zacapa. A few insects were taken while waiting for the
bus. July 24.

San Jeronimo (19), Baja Vera Paz; 3,150 feet. Village at the
foot of the mountains on the east end of the plain of Salama. It
was hot and dry, but not so dry as the rest of the plain. This

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVII

was Champion’s most important collecting locality and served as
his headquarters for about a year, beginning in August. The
sugar-cane and coffee plantations mentioned by him no longer
exist. There are many cultivated fields around the village, sepa-
rated by wide, grassy, tree-shaded avenues that may have been
7 intended as future streets and which provided good collecting.
A few kilometers away are pine woods up the slopes. July 24-28.

Salama (21), Baja Yera Paz; 3,000 feet. Toavii, head of the
department, at the center of the plain of Salama. It was much
drier than San Jeronimo, with many tree cacti and other xero-
phytic vegetation. The whole plain is cut up into fenced fields
for cattle grazing or cultivation and there were few sites for good
collecting. Beating the scrub and low bushes in the nearby hills,
however, produced some series of Coleoptera. Champion found
“some genera of Coleoptera characteristic of the drier portions
of Mexico” in this region. July 29-30.

Babinal (22), Baja Yera Paz; 3,000 feet. Town to the west
of Salama, but across the mountains in another valley. Although
Champion, who passed by on July 27 on his way to the highland
region, described Babinal asau dry region, with scrubby woods,
cacti, agaves, yuccas, etc., as on the plain of Salama,” we found
it less dry than Salama and better watered. A field of composite
flowers by a sluggish stream was an ideal spot for all insects.
Night collecting was also good until heavy rain made it impos-
sible. August 1-3.

Sacapulas (27), Quiche; 4,420 feet. Small town in isolated
and comparatively deep valley on the banks of the Rio Negro,
south of Cunen and Nebaj and 32 miles north of Santa Cruz del
Quiche. Here it is hot, arid, and barren, the vegetation and
weather conditions strongly differentiated from the rest of the
highland region and more resembling Zacapa and the Motagua
Yalley. Collecting was not very good, but Cimicidse could have
been collected in great quantities in the only lodgings available.
August 12-13.

Three localities visited do not come under any of the previous
headings. These are :

Chiquimula (17), Chiquimula; 1,250 feet. Town 18 miles by
rail south of Zacapa, from which it is separated by a range of

Mar., 1949]

Vaurie: Collecting

relatively low mountains with badly deforested slopes. Chiqui-
mula is slightly less arid than Zacapa and the Motagua Valley,
but still it is dry. The small white blossoms of the ‘ ‘ Chiehicaste ’ 7
shrub (a species of Cnidoscolus, the Jatropha of most authors),
which grows abundantly in the region, attracted many insects.
Collecting was very good in the dry arroyos. July 21-23.

Los Bamones (20), Baja Vera Paz; about 4,500 feet. Small
wooded ravine at kilometer 143, route 17, on the road from
Guatemala City to Salama, in the mountains above San Jeronimo.
Collecting was excellent in the short time spent here. Champion
spent a day nearby, at Santa Barbara, in September. July 25.

Cumbre Rabinal-El Choi (23), Baja Vera Paz; 6,000 feet.
Mountain pass on the road from Rabinal to Guatemala City.
During a twenty-minute halt, while the chains were being re-
moved from the bus for the drier down grade, many insects not
previously encountered on the trip were caught. These included
Scarabaeidae (Macroclactylus) , Rhyncophora ( Lixus , Bhodo-
baenus), and Chrysomelidae (Leptinotarsa) . August 4.

Following are some of the common local names for insects
which might be of use to future collectors :

Animalitos, insects in general
Mariposa, large butterfly
Papalote, small butterfly
Tijereta, earwig
Esperanza, katydid
Salt on, grasshopper
Chapulin, locust
Chicara, cicada
Palito, walking stick
Zancudo, mosquito
Lorita, Chrysomelid, especially
Cassidinae

Frijol, Chrysomelid (black
Epilachna)

Zampopo, leaf cutting ant
Nino dormido, centipede
Broca, wood-boring bee
Chinches, bugs in general
Chinche de cam a, bedbug
Chinche de arboles or chinche
del monte, Pentatomids
Bonron, scarab
Pimpirn, click beetle
Cucujo, click beetle
( Pyrophorus )

Luciernaga, firefly

Alacrdn, scorpion

Arana de caballo, Tarantula

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

To a number of institutions and persons we are indebted for
assistance and cooperation. Chief among these is the Carnegie
Institution of Washington and its director, Dr. A. V. Kidder.

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. lvii

Dr. Kidder generously offered us the use of his offices in Guate-
mala for our headquarters and his assistants, Mr. Edwin M.
Shook and Mr. Robert E. Smith, as well as the rest of the staff,
gave us much cordial help in many ways. We are also indebted
for the courtesies personally extended to us by Senor Rivera,
Director of the Instituto Agropecuario Nacional ; Mr. William L.
Taillon, General Manager of the United Fruit Company ; and Sr.
Fuentes Novella, Director of the Defensa Agricola.

We are very grateful for the generous hospitality which was
given us by Mrs. Hempstead at Coban, Sr. Federico Rodriguez
Benito and J. Falla Aris at Capetillo, Mr. and Mrs. Walter Lind
at Moca and by their son, Norman, at Variedades. Sr. Rodri-
guez Benito and Norman Lind were especially kind and went out
of their way to help and to make us feel at home.

Our friend, Mr. Robert G. Stone, Editor of the Bulletin of the
American Meteorological Society, read the introductory section,
and we are grateful for his discussion and suggestions.

LITERATURE CITED

Champion, G. C.

1907. Itinerary of Mr. G. C. Champion’s travels in Central America,
1879-1883. Ent. News. vol. 18, pp. 33-44.

1915. “Itinerary of Mr. G. C. Champion’s travels in Central America,
1879-1883,” in Salvin, O., and Godman, F. D., Biologia Cen-
trali- Americana, introductory volume, pp. 46-54.

Griscom, Ludlow

1932. The distribution of bird-life in Guatemala. Bull. Amer. Mus.
Nat. Hist., vol. 64, pp. 15-26.

McBryde, Felix Webster

1942a. Studies in Guatemalan meteorology. 1. The climates of south-
west Guatemala. Bull. Amer. Meteorol. Soc., vol. 23, pp.
254-263.

1942b. Ibid., pp. 400-406.

1947. Cultural and historical geography of southwest Guatemala.

Smithsonian Inst., Inst. Social Anthropol., publ., 4, pp. 1-184.
Popenoe, Wilson

1926. “Guatemala,” in Shelford, Victor E.? et al., Naturalist’s guide
to the Americas. Williams and Wilkins, Baltimore, pp.
596-600.

Sapper, Karl T.

1932. Klimakunde von Mittelamerika, in Koppen, W., and Geiger, R.,
Handb. Klimatol., vol. 2, part II. Gebriider Borntraeger,
Berlin, pp. 1-74.

Mar., 1949]

Rupert: Plagodis

A REVISION OF THE NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES
OF THE GENUS PLAGODIS (LEPIDOPTERA,
GEOMETRIDiE, ENNOMINiE)

By Laurence R. Rupert
Horseheads, N. Y.

The confusion that has existed for many years in connection
with the North American species of the genus Plagodis Hiibner
has been due, in part, to lack of understanding of the relation-
ship among the various seasonal forms and geographical races,
but it has been further complicated by an unusual nomencla-
torial mix-up which was begun by Grote and Packard in 1876,
and which has never been satisfactorily cleared up. The pur-
pose of this article is not to present an exhaustive discussion of
the genus, but rather to clarify the use of certain specific and
subspecific names, to correct a few prevalent misunderstandings,
and to present a few hitherto unpublished facts.

The nomenclatorial mix-up already mentioned is concerned
with the names kuetzingi Grote, keutzingaria Packard, nigres-
caria Hulst, pur pur aria Pearsall, and altruaria Pearsall. To
promote a clearer understanding of the application of these
names as used later in this article, a brief account of their his-
tory will be given, followed by what seems to be the most logical
interpretation of their correct usage.

When Packard was preparing material for his monograph he
had for observation a series composed of three ^species, but
which he regarded as only one. For this supposed species he
had evidently chosen the name purpuraria. At least, certain
specimens, notably two in the Field Museum in Chicago, still
exist so labeled in his handwriting. In the meantime Grote had
acquired a single specimen of the darkest of these species, and
had sent to the Canadian Entomologist a note stating that the
type and a description of this purple-black species had been
sent to Packard, who would include in the Monograph a de- *
scription of it under the name Eurymene kuetzingi. This note
was published in the June 1876 issue, almost simultaneously
with the appearance of Packard’s monograph.

New York Entomological Society

[Yol. LVII

Packard, after receiving* this material from Grote, evidently
revised his manuscript slightly, changing the name from pur-
puraria to keutzingaria, which he regarded as a corrected and
more appropriate form of the Grote name. He also added a
sentence of description applicable to Grote ’s specimen, and fig-
ured this form on the supplementary plate.

In 1887, Hulst, realizing that the dark purple species was
distinct from the paler ones, proposed the name nigrescaria for
it (Ent. Amer. II, p. 212), evidently assuming that Grote had
not described the species, and that the paler ones were the true
keutzingaria.

In 1907, Pearsall decided that the current application of the
names was incorrect (Ent. News, XVIII, p. 206). He as-
sumed that Grote ’s note in the Canadian Entomologist consti-
tuted an adequate description, and that it preceded Packard’s
Monograph. Thus his solution was to validate kuetzingi Grote
for the dark species, with nigrescaria Hulst as a synonym. He
then proposed the name altruaria for what he called “the other
species,” since he felt that keutzingaria and kuetzingi could
not be retained in the same genus. On the next page Pearsall
described purpuraria. He had seen not only the twTo speci-
mens which are, now in the Field Museum, but also one addi-
tional specimen. He recognized these as representing a distinct
species, but misinterpreted the significance of the Packard
labels, evidently believing that Packard had chosen the name
for this as a distinct species, but had not actually published
the description.

By 1917, when the Barnes and McDunnough Contributions
appeared, the name keutzingaria was being applied to the com-
mon light colored spring form that occurs in the northeastern
states, and they selected a specimen of this form from Pack-
ard’s original series to be called the type of keutzingaria.

The following interpretation of this complicated situation
seems reasonable, logical, and not likely to add to the confusion.
Since Grote ’s note in the Canadian Entomologist designates the
name kuetzingi to apply to a purple-black species, and since
that note includes the first published reference to that name, it
constitutes a description, regardless of whether Grote intended

Mar., 1949]

Kupert: Plagodis

it as such or not. Furthermore this description was accom-
panied by a type which is still in existence in the British Mu-
seum, and still bears Grote’s original type label. Mr. Tams has
been kind enough to furnish a photograph of it and of the label.
There is no doubt as to the species involved.

The Packard name keutzingaria is actually a distinct name,
even though it was evidently intended to be merely a revision
of the Grote name. Although Packard’s concept of keutzinga-
ria included Grote’s kuetzingi, his description, in general, indi-
cates one of the paler forms, and is reasonably harmonious with
the lectotype chosen by Barnes and McDunnough. I have ex-
amined this specimen, which is now in the Museum of Com-
parative Zoology at Cambridge.

Pearsall’s description of pur pur aria provides us with a suit-
able name for the third species.

Thus the names will be applied in this article — kuetzingi
Grote to the purple-black species, keutzingaria Packard to the
paler form common in the northeastern states, and now known
to be only the spring form of phlogosaria Guenee, and pur-
puraria Pearsall to the species with intermediate coloring and.
more . southern range.

Genus PLAGODIS Hiibner

Plagodis Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett., 294. 1823.

Type: P. Geometra dolabraria Linnaeus (Monobasic).
Ennomos Treitschke (pars), Schmett. Eur., V (2), 427. 1825.

Eurymene Duponchel, in Godart, Hist, Nat. Lepid. France VII
(2), 105, 185, 1829.

Type: P. Geometra dolabraria Linnaeus (Original descrip-
tion and monobasic).

(Genus proposed and type designated 105, described 185.)
Ennomos Treitschke, Boisduval (pars), Gen. et Ind. Meth. Eur.
Lepid., 182. 1840.

An examination of all the North American material available
seems to indicate the presence of only six distinct species, all
strictly congeneric with the Eurasian dolabraria Linnaeus. For
purposes of comparison, dolabraria is figured on Plate V, Fig. 1,

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVII

tlie male genitalia on Plate I, Fig. 1, and the female genitalia
on Plate III, Fig. 5. It might also be noted that the larva as
figured by Spuler (Die Schmetterlinge Europas, IV, Die Raupen,
Plate 41, Fig. 15, 1910) appears almost identical with all known
American larvae of the genus. I can find no record, however,
that moths of the summer generation, as they occur in southern
Europe, differ in any obvious way from those of the spring
generation. Although the species ranges from Portugal and
Great Britain to Japan, racial differences are far less pro-
nounced than in the one American species that ranges across
the continent.

PLAGODIS SERINARIA Herrich-Schaffer

Plate V, Fig. 2; Plate I, Fig. 2 (male genitalia); Plate III,
Fig. 3 (female genitalia) ; Plate II, Fig. 5 (larva).
Plagodes serinaria Herrich-Schaffer, Ausser. Schmett., 63 ; Fig.
365. 1855.

Ellopia subprivata Walker, Cat. Brit. Museum, XXVI, 1509.
1862.

Eurymene rosaria Grote, Bull. Buff. Soc., Ill, 131. 1876.

Eurymene rosaria Grote, Can. Ent., VIII, 111. 1876.

Plagodis serinaria H.-S. Packard, Mon. of Geom. Moths, 469 ;

Plate XI. Fig. 45. 1876.

Plagodis floscularia Grote, Pap. I, 40. 1881.

Plagodis serinaria II.-S., Holland, Moth Book, 349 ; Plate XLIV,
Fig. 33, <?. 1903.

Serinaria, with its beautiful blending of yellow and rose, is
. not easily confused with other species, and is too well known to
need further description. It varies considerably in the amount
and the brilliance of the rose, and, as in some other species of
the genus, the discal spot may be either present or absent.

Male Genitalia. — Examination of the male genitalia of the
various species of Plagodis reveals significant differences only
in the shape of the valves; in the number, size, and arrange-
ment of the eornuti ; and in the symmetry and spining of the
furca. Other features, which seem quite constant throughout
the genus, are shown in the figures, and will not be otherwise

Mar., 1949]

Kupert: Plagodis

specifically considered. In serinaria the outer portions of the
valves are somewhat narrowed, and the cornuti, which usually
number from six to nine, are arranged side by side in a single
group. In all specimens examined the furca is asymmetrical,
both branches tipped with a few spines, more loosely arranged
on the long right branch than on the shorter left one. The
relative length of the branches of the furca, however, is not too
constant in some species of this group, and may be found to
vary in this species also.

Female Genitalia. — As a basis for specific determination, the
female genitalia seem more reliable throughout the genus than
the male genitalia. They show, on the whole, greater differ-
ences among the species, but seem relatively constant within
the species. In serinaria the most distinctive feature is the
long, slender, plaited ductus bursae, moderately chitinized, and
separated from the bursa proper by a distinct line of division.
The signum is comparatively large for the genus, and there is
no chitinized bar above the ostium, such as is found in some of
the species.

Early Stages. — The eggs are smooth, pale yellow, ellipsoidal,
somewhat flattened, and deposited in irregular clusters upon
the leaves. Within a few days they develop a few pinkish
flecks, but not the uniform red coloring found in the eggs of
many of the Ennomince.

The newly hatched larvae are pale yellowish green, smooth,
with no obvious markings. During the next two instars they
remain rather nondescript green larvae not easily distinguished
from those of various other species. In the fourth instar a
hump develops on the fifth abdominal segment, and some brown
and purplish mottling. In the final instar the larvae are brown-
ish, irregularly marked with fine darker flecks and larger pale
areas, and with an oblique dark lateral stripe on each side of
the first abdominal segment. These stripes do not quite meet
dorsally to form a V and each is bordered with an indistinct
paler stripe immediately back of it. The second abdominal seg-
ment has traces of these stripes also. Underneath on each of
the first five abdominal segments there are two small but dis-
tinct black tubercles, each tipped with a single spine. The

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVII

fifth abdominal segment has a conspicuous dorsal hump, and
the eighth abdominal segment a pair of moderately well devel-
oped subdorsal warts. These larvge do not seem to have the
habit of withdrawing the head into the thorax when at rest,
but keep it well extended at all times. They feed freely upon
basswood ( Tilia americana) , and probably upon other trees and
shrubs. In western New York the larvae are full grown in late
July and early August.

The pupa is dark brown, with wing cases almost black, and
only moderately glossy. The cremaster is of the eight-hooked
type, with the two apical hooks longer and stouter than the
other six, and all hooks with recurved tips. The dorsal and
lateral grooves of the adjacent abdominal segments, that in
most genera accompany the eight-hooked cremaster, are miss-
ing, or are indicated only by vestigial lateral grooves. This
combination of characters at the tip of the abdomen is unusual,
but has been observed in the related genus Hyperetis, and prob-
ably occurs in Anagoga.

In general serinaria is the closest of any American species
to dolabraria, agreeing with it in size, wTing form, male genitalia,
and in most features of the female genitalia. The species ranges
from Nova Scotia westward at least to Manitoba, and south to
the latitude of southern Ohio. The types are from the vicinity
of Cincinnati. In New York the moths fly in May and June,
and there is but one generation a year.

Number of specimens examined: 109 25 5?. (The num-

bers recorded for this and each succeeding species do not in-
clude the specimens in the Museum of Comparative Zoology at
Cambridge, which were seen, but, unfortunately, not counted.)

PLAGODIS KUETZINGI (Grote)

Plate V, Fig. 3; Plate I, Fig. 3 (male genitalia); Plate III,
Fig. 4 (female genitalia).

Eurymene kuetzingi Grote, Can. Ent., VIII, 112. 1876.

Plagodis keutzingaria Packard (pars), Mon. of Geom. Moths,
468; Plate XIII, Fig. 51. 1876.

Plagodis nigrescaria Hulst, Ent. Amer., II, 212. 1887.

Plagodis keutzingi (sic) Pearsall, Ent. News, XVIII, 206. 1907.

Mar., 3 949]

Rupert: Plagodis

Plagodis keutzingi (sic) Holland, Moth Book, 349; Plate XLIY,
Fig. 36, 1903.

Plagodis nigrescaria Hulst. B. and McD., Cont. to the Nat. Hist,
of the Lepid. of N. A., Ill, 249. 1917.

Kuetzingi is recognized at once by the large area of purplish
black covering the outer half of the upper wings except along
the costa. The postmedial line curves far inward, and forms, in
an indistinct sort of way, the inner boundary of this dark area.
The antemedial line is indicated only as the outer boundary of
a light brown or buff basal area. The lower wings also show a
considerable suffusion of purple black scales over the wide ter-
minal area.

Male Genitalia. — The male genitalia agree with those of seri-
naria in the narrowed extremities of the valves, but differ from
those of all other species in the presence of a well defined notch
in the costa of the valve at its base. The furca is quite sym-
metrical in all specimens examined, with both branches short,
and equipped with unusually long spines at the tips. The cor-
nuti are arranged in two groups, usually of two each, those of
one group somewhat shorter than those of the other.

Female Genitalia. — The ductus bursae, which is less heavily
chitinized and less distinctly plaited than in dolabraria and
serinaria, is short, and merges gradually into the bursa proper.
A more or less curved, heavily chitinized bar is present above
the ostium.

Early Stages. — These were first worked out in the summer
of 1946 by Mr. Douglas C. Ferguson of Armdale, Nova Scotia.
When, in July of that year, I saw the larvae he was rearing,
they were still quite small, but looked about like those of other
species of the genus. They were feeding upon ash, which
seemed to be, of all the foods offered, the only one they would
accept. Later Mr. Ferguson sent me preserved larvae for study.
In the fourth instar they are still uniform pale green, with a
slight hump on the fifth abdominal segment. In the fifth and
final instar they resemble the larvae of serinaria, but are con-
siderably paler, with the head contrasting dark brown. The
oblique lateral lines are missing, and there is not much of the
darker mottling on the first four abdominal segments, although

New York Entomological Society

[Yol. lvii

the remaining segments show traces of it. The paired ventral
tubercles are present on only the first three abdominal seg-
ments. These larvse, when at rest, withdraw the head into the
thoracic segments, but apparently not so completely as do the
larvas of pklogosaria and alcoolaria. The pupa is structurally
similar to that of serinaria.

Kuetzingi is one of the most clearly defined species of the
genus, differing from all other purplish species in its much
darker color, its very narrow median area, and in the more
shallow excavation at the anal angle of the upper wing. It
has a wide range from Nova Scotia through New England, New
York, and Ontario, at least as far west as northern Illinois, but
seems local in distribution, and is rare or absent south of t]je
latitude of the Great Lakes. In western New York the moth
flies from late May well into June. A single late July record
from Illinois may represent a second generation, or, more prob-
ably, an accidentally belated individual.

Number of specimens examined: 62 J'J1, 5 JJ.

PLAGODIS PURPURARIA Pearsall
Plate Y, Fig. 4; Plate I, Fig. 4 (male genitalia); Plate III,
Fig. 6 (female genitalia).

Plagodis keutzingaria Packard (pars), Mon. of Geom. Moths,
468 ; Plate XI, Fig. 44, 1876.

Plagodis purpuraria Pearsall, Ent. News, XVIII, 207. 1907.

Although purpuraria reminds one of kuetzingi, it is much
paler, and the postmedial line is less incurved. The purple
scales are very smoothly distributed over the terminal areas of
all four wings, but are denser near the anal angle of each wing,
becoming gradually lighter near the costa, without the spotty
effect found in pklogosaria and its forms. There is a consider-
able washing of orange in the median area and underneath, but
few or no transverse striae, and no discal spot in any specimen
examined. The antemedial line, if visible at all, is very faint.

Male Genitalia. — The valves are not much narrowed apically.
The furca is symmetrical, with both branches short, not extend-
ing to the costal margin of the valves, and each branch is tipped
with a few long spines. There are two well separated groups
of cornuti, usually two in each group.

Mar., 1949]

Kupert: Plagodis

Female Genitalia. — The ductus bursae is short, only slightly
chitinized, and scarcely plaited. The chitinized bar above the
ostium is about as wide as in kuetzingi, but is of more nearly
uniform width, and the membrane back of it appears to have a
very ragged edge.

Purpuraria seems, in general, to be a rather scarce species,
but it has been taken in numbers near Finleyville, Penna.
The type is from Scranton, and other specimens have been seen
from Delaware, Maryland, southeastern New York, and north-
ern Illinois. I can discover no record of the early stages.

Number of specimens examined: 78 4 5?-

PLAGODIS PURPURARIA summer form SCHUYLKILL-
ENSIS Grossbeck

Plate V, Fig. 5.

Plagodis schuylkillensis Grossbeck, Ent. News, XIX, 315. 1908.

In the same limited area where purpuraria occurs in the
spring, a very different looking form flies in July and August.
Since the differences between these foriris correspond exactly to
known differences between the seasonal forms of phlogosaria,
there can be no doubt that schuylkillensis is merely the summer
form of purpuraria.

This form closely resembles typical phlogosaria , but differs
chiefly in having the postmedial line nearer the middle of the
wing, and in having the dark scales spread evenly over the
upper wings, and the terminal areas of the lower wings. There
is no discal spot in any specimen seen, and scarcely any indica-
tion of the green sheen so often found in phlogosaria.

In the male genitalia a remarkable situation has developed,
similar to that found in phlogosaria and fervidaria. The furca
in the summer form is asymmetrical, with the right branch fully
twice as long as in the spring form, and the left branch some-
what longer than in the spring form. The genus Plagodis , so
far as I know, is unique among the Geometridce in having species
that show constant seasonal differences in mafle genitalia. Such
differences do not occur in the female genitalia.

The types of schuylkillensis are from Philadelphia, and all
the specimens I have seen are from West Virginia, Pennsyl-

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVII

vania, and southeastern New York. Most of the known speci-
mens of this form, as well as of typical purpuraria, are from
Finleyville, Penna., and are in the Carnegie Museum collection.
Number of specimens examined : 61 7 5?.

PLAGODIS PHLOGOSARIA (Guenee)

Plate V, Fig. 6 ; Plate I, Fig. 5 (male genitalia) ; Plate IV,
Fig. 1 (female genitalia).

Eurymene phlogosaria Guenee, Lep. Noct. IX, 146. 1857.

Eurymene phlogosaria Gn., Walker, Cat. Br. Museum, XX, 177.
1860.

Plagodis phlogosaria (Gn.) Packard, Mon. of Geom. Moths, 466;
Plate XI, Fig. 42. 1876.

Plagodis phlogosaria (Gn.) Bruce, Ent. Amer., Ill, 48. 1887.

(Early stages.)

Plagodis phlogosaria (Gn.) B. and McD., Cont. to the Nat. Hist,
of the Lepid. of N. A., Ill, 248 ; Plate XXII, Fig. 3, J'.
1917.

Eurymene phlogosaria Gn., Oberthiir. Etudes de Lep. Comp.,
Fasc. VI ; Plate CLVIII, Fig. 1532. 1920.

In the typical form the ground color is bright yellowish
brown, dusted with darker scales, and usually showing a trace
of transverse striae of brown and purple near the costa of the
upper wings. The postmedial line of the upper wings is nar-
row, distinct, and nearly straight, almost always continuous,
and usually bordered inwardly by an indistinct, narrow pur-
plish shade. In the terminal area there may be some scattered
purple scales, and there is always a smudge of purple and brown
near the anal angle. The median area is more uniform in
color, may show a strong green tinge, and usually a discal spot.
The dark brown antemedial line is almost always well defined,
narrow, and widening near the costa. The lower wings are
lighter, clearer yellow, overlaid with brown, black, and a few
purple scales in the terminal area, especially near the anal
angle, where the/ tend to form lines parallel to the postmedial
line. On the underside the pattern is somewhat similar, but
the flecks and lines are rosy purple on a bright yellow back-
ground. The two sexes are similar in color, but the anal ex-

Mar., 1949]

Kupert: Plagodis

cavation, which is deeper than in any of the species previously
considered, is more strongly developed in the females than in
the males.

Male Genitalia. — The male genitalia are scarcely distinguish-
able from those of schuylkillensis, showing a similar asymmet-
rical fnrca and two groups of cornuti. There are usually two
cornuti in each group, but occasionally the division is 1-3, 1-2, or
2-3.

Female Genitalia. — In general these are similar to those of
purpuraria, but a few significant differences seem constant.
The ductus bursse is a little wider; the signum is larger and
carries more points; the chitinized bar near the ostium is nar-
rower, less strongly curved centrally, but with the ends turning
abruptly downward; and the ragged membrane behind this bar
is less conspicuous and less ragged than in purpuraria.

Early Stages. — The eggs undergo greater color change than
those of serinaria, becoming bright red a few days after being
laid. The larvae in all stages resemble those of serinaria , ex-
cept in the matter of the retractile head in the last instar.
Resting larvae of phlogosaria usually withdraw" their heads
almost completely out of sight, and fold their legs close against
the thorax. This performance gives them the appearance of
small gnarled twigs, each ending in a smooth rounded knob.
The first two abdominal segments often show a trace of pale
longitudinal lateral lines, not oblique as in serinaria. The
paired ventral tubercles are present on each of the first five
abdominal segments, but they are smaller than in serinaria.
Evidently the larvae will feed upon various trees and shrubs, but
I found wild cherry ( Primus serotina ) and white birch (Betula
alba) the most satisfactory of anything tried. Dr. McDun-
nough reported rearing the northern race intermecliaria on bass-
wood (Can. Ent., June 1933, p. 124).

Structurally the pupa is similar to that of serinaria, but the
general appearance is quite different, for it is lighter brown,
with greenish wing cases, and rather glossy.

Typical phlogosaria is the regular summer form in the New
England States, New York, and southern Ontario, ranging west-
ward at least to Minnesota, and southward to southern Penn-

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVII

sylvania and Ohio. It flies in July and early August, and in
some localities is quite abundant.

Number of specimens examined : 164 28 }?•

PLAGODIS PHLOGOSARIA spring form KEUTZINGARIA

Packard

Plate V, Fig. 7 ; Plate I, Fig. 6 (male genitalia) ; Plate IV,
Fig. 2 (female genitalia).

Plagodis keutzingaria Packard (pars), Mon. of Geom. Moths,
468. 1876.

Plagodis altruaria Pearsall, Ent. News, XVIII, 206. 1907.

Plagodis kuet zing aria (sic) B. and McD., Cont. to the Nat. Hist,
of the Lepid. of N. A., Ill, 249; IV, 155; Plate XXIII, Fig.
3. 1917.

Except in the basal area of the upper wings the ground color
of the spring form is less tawny than in typical plilogosaria,
and is usually more heavily striated with purple and brown
scales. The postmedial line is broad, dark brown, and inwardly
bordered with a much wider and more diffused purple shade
than in the typical form, and is usually nearer the middle of
the wing. The antemedial line, which is usually not quite so
heavy, is similar in color, but outwaydly diffused. There is a
tendency for the discal spot to be lost, and the greenish sheen
of the median area, while often present, may be obscured by
the darker striae. The dark smudge at the anal angle is also
more diffused than in typical plilogosaria. The lower wings
are straw yellow, with some purple scales in the terminal area.
The pattern of the under side is similar to that of the typical
form, but more liberally flecked with rosy purple, which may
cover the terminal area almost uniformly. Occasional speci-
mens of both the spring and summer forms are intermediate in
coloring, similar to the northern race inter mediaria B. and McD.

The male genitalia, as in purpuraria, have a symmetrical
furca, with both branches quite short, and tipped with shorter
spines than in typical plilogosaria. The female genitalia are in-
distinguishable from those of the typical form.

Keutzingaria flies earlier in the spring than any other north-
ern Plagodis, sometimes appearing in western New York in

Mar., 1949]

Rupert: Plagodis

early April, continuing on the wing until the middle of May.
Until recently it had been regarded as a species very distinct
from phlogosaria, and it was something of a surprise when, in
1945, I obtained the typical form in the summer from eggs laid
by a female of keutzingaria in April.

Number of specimens examined : 106 8 J'J.

PLAGODIS PHLOGOSARIA race INTERMEDIARIA
Barnes and McDunnough

Plate V, Fig. 8.

Plagodis intermediaria Barnes and McDunnough, Cont. to the
Nat. Hist, of the Lepid. of. N. A., Ill, 248 ; Plate XXII,
Fig. 2, £. 1917.

Plagodis intermediaria B. and McD., McDunnough, Can. Ent.,
LXV, 124. 1933. (Early stages.)

In Ontario and Quebec, north of the area where typical phlo-
gosaria and keutzingaria occur, is found an apparently single-
brooded race, flying in May and June, and intermediate in ap-
pearance between the seasonal forms found farther south. On
the whole it tends more to resemble keutzingaria, but the post-
medial line is narrower and clearer, the transverse striae are
less noticeable, and the discal spot is usually present. The
genitalia are similar to those of keutzingaria.

Dr. McDunnough ’s account of the early stages seems to in-
dicate a larva and pupa identical in appearance with the phlogo-
saria larvae I have reared in western New York. His statement
that the hump is on the .seventh abdominal segment is probably
a' purely accidental slip.

Number of specimens examined : 2 1 J.

PLAGODIS PHLOGOSARIA race IRIS new race
Plate V, Fig. 9.

Plagodis approximaria B. and McD. (pars), Cont. to the Nat. Hist, of the
Lepid. of N. A., Ill, 248; Plate XXII, Fig. 1, $. 1917. (nec. ap-

proximaria Dyar)

In Nova Scotia another single-brooded strain occurs, differing sufficiently
from any other to warrant separation as a distinct race. Its most striking
feature is the brilliant and intense coloring, particularly on the lower wings
and under side. The upper wings are like those of a dark and richly colored

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVII

Tceut zing aria, with bronze undertones and the usual green sheen, but with
relatively few transverse stride. The postmedial line is sharply defined, almost
black, and usually set farther from the outer margin than in any other
phlogosaria form except approximaria. The discal spot is usually absent or
very obscure. The lower wings have a wide terminal area of purple pink,
and frequently the entire lower wings are heavily overlaid with scales of the
same color. Underneath the rosy purple suffusion is more complete than in
Tceutzingaria, and may almost cover all four wings. The postmedial line on
the under side of the lower wings is not usually well defined, as in Tceutz-
ingaria, but the terminal area is very wide and intensely purple. The moths
average a bit larger than Tceutzingaria, but about the same size as approxi-
maria. The wing form is like that of Tceutzingaria, however, with a deeper
anal excavation than in approximaria. The male genitalia are like those of
Tceutzingaria.

Unfortunately the accompanying photograph (Plate 5) was taken before
I had seen an extensive series of Nova Scotia specimens, and the one figured
is scarcely typical of the race. It is too pale, and shows a more distinct
discal spot than is usual. A few other Nova Scotia specimens seen are even
less brilliant, and could easily be referred to Tceutzingaria, or possibly to
intermediaria.

Holotype. — Armdale, N. S., June 13, 1947 (D. C. Fergu-
son). In U. S. N. M. collection (ex Ferguson coll.).

Allotype. — 5, Armdale, N. S., June 24, 1944 (D. C. Fergu-
son). In U. S. N. M. collection (ex Ferguson coll.).

Paratypes. — 8 jy1, 1 5, Armdale, N. S.; 3 Annapolis
Royal, N. S.; 4 MacNab’s Island, N. S. Dates range from
early June to early July. The Armdale and Annapolis Royal
specimens were collected by Mr. Ferguson, and are in the Fer-
guson and Rupert collections. The specimens collected on
MacNab’s Island, in Halifax Harbour, are in the collection of
the Nova Scotia Museum of Science in Halifax.

PLAGODIS PHLOGOSARIA race APPROXIMARIA Dyar

Plate Y, Fig. 10 (spring form), Fig. 11 (summer form) ; Plate
II, Fig. 1 (male genitalia, summer form) ; Plate IV, Fig. 4
(female genitalia).

Plagodis approximaria Dyar, Can. Ent., XXXI, 266. 1899.

Plagodis approximaria B. and McD. (pars), Cont. to the Nat.
Hist, of the Lepicl. of N. A, III, 248. 1917.

From the eastern spring form kent zing aria, the spring form
of the western race differs most conspicuously in the form and

Mar., 1949]

Rupert: Plagodis

position of the postmedial line, which is often almost as com-
pletely incurved as in purpuraria. In general approximaria is
slightly larger than keutzingaria, a little ruddier, with fewer
transverse striae, and a shallower anal excavation of the upper
wings. Neither the male nor the female genitalia showT, in the
spring form, any significant differences from those of the eastern
spring form. All specimens seen from Saskatchewan, Idaho,
Washington, Oregon, and British Columbia seem to be referable
to this race.

The summer form of approximated differs somewhat less in
appearance from its spring form than does its counterpart, typ-
ical phlogosaria in the east. The two specimens before me
scarcely differ in general color from the spring form. The
postmedial line of the upper wings, while complete and obvious,
is not contrastingly dark, as in most forms of the species, but
diffused and grayish, and is much less incurved than in the
spring form. There are no obvious transverse striae, but a
small discal dot is present. As in the spring form, the anal
excavation is rather shallow. On the lower wings the postmedial
line is darker, very distinct near the inner margin, and nar-
rower than that of the upper wings.

The male genitalia, in the only specimen examined, have both
branches of the furca longer than those of the spring form, but
without the much elongated right branch that is characteristic
of the eastern summer forms of this and the two related species.

Number of specimens examined : 13 J'J', 1 also 2 ££ of the
summer form, taken at Warrendale, Multnomah Co., Oregon,
July 8, 1934, and now in the Franclemont collection.

PLAGODIS FERVIDARIA (Herrieh-Schaffer)

Plate V, Fig. 12; Plate II, Fig. 2 (male genitalia) ; Plate IV,
Fig. 5 (female genitalia).

Eurymene fervidaria Plerrich-Schaffer, Ausser* Schmett., Fig.
203. 1850-58.

Eurymene emargataria Guenee, Lep. Noct., IX, 145. 1857.

Eurymene fervidaria H.-S., Walker, Cat. of the Brit. Museum,
XX, 177. 1860.

Eurymene excavaria Morrison, Bull. Buff. Soc., I, 189. 1873.

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LYII

Plagodis fervidaria (H.-S.) Packard, Mon. of Geom. Moths, 467;

Plate XI, Fig. 43. 1876.

Eurymene fervidaria H.-S., Hulst, Ent. News, VI, 104. 1895.

Fervidaria is very closely related to phlogosaria. The typical
spring form can be separated from keutzingaria by the deeper
excavation at the anal angle of the upper wing, by the blurred
and usually incomplete postmedial and antemedial lines, and by
the greater number of transverse darker striae. These fre-
quently cover the upper wings so completely that the other
markings are almost lost among them. As a rule the post-
medial line of the upper wing is heavier near the inner margin,
wide and diffused, gradually disappearing toward the costal
margin. The antemedial line, however, is heavier near the costa,
often indicated only as a dark blur at that edge of the wing.
Occasionally the complete line is present but faint, and some-
times no trace of it can be found. There is rarely any sign of
a discal dot. The lower wings are similar to those of keutz-
ingaria, but brighter, purer yellow, and less suffused with pur-
ple. The under side is more heavily flecked with purple scales
than in keutzingaria, and the ground color, which shows most
clearly in the basal area of the lower wings and near the apex
of the upper wings, is more intense golden yellow.

The male genitalia are almost like those of keutzingaria, ex-
cept in the number of cornuti. In fervidaria the usual number
in the larger group is from five to seven, with four the minimum
number observed, and that in just one specimen. The female
genitalia differ from those of phlogosaria chiefly in the smaller
bursa, and the greater curvature of the bar above the ostium.

So far as I know, the early stages of this species have not been
studied. It is more southern in its range than any of the spe-
cies previously considered, occurring from the southern parts of
New York and the New England States to southern Alabama
and Georgia.

Number of specimens examined: 35 3

PLAGODIS FERVIDARIA summer form ARROGARIA

(Hulst)

Plate V, Fig. 13, J'; Fig. 14, 5; Plate II, Fig. 3 (male geni-
talia) ; Plate III, Fig. 7 (female genitalia).

Mar., 1949]

Rupert: Plagodis

Eurymene arrogaria Hulst, Ent. Amer., I, 208. 1886.

Plagodis arrogaria (Hist.) B. and McD., Cont. to the Nat. Hist,
of the Lepid. of N. A., Ill, 186 ; Plate XIV, Fig. 12,
1917.

Arrogaria has stood as a recognized species in all lists for
many years, but since it bears in all known respects the same
relation to typical fervidaria that typical phlogosaria bears to
keutzingaria, I do not hesitate to treat it merely as a seasonal
form of fervidaria.

It is slightly smaller than typical fervidaria, brighter yellow
in ground color, especially on the lower wings, and with few
transverse striae. The postmedial line is narrow, usually dis-
tinct for only a short distance at the inner margin of each wing.
In most specimens the remainder of the line is very obscure or
entirely missing. The antemedial line is also obscure, often in-
dicated by only a small spot on the costal margin. Every
specimen observed has a conspicuous discal dot on the upper
wing. Underneath the colors are even more brilliant than in
the typical form, and with fewer dark flecks.

The male genitalia show a furca as asymmetrical as that of
phlogosaria , but the other features are like those of typical
fervidaria. The female genitalia cannot be distinguished from
those of the typical form. Arrogaria seems to occur throughout
the geographical range of the species.

Number of specimens examined : 20 J'J', 7

PLAGODIS AL COOL API A (Guenee)

Plate Y, Fig. 15; Plate III, Fig. 1 (male genitalia) ; Plate IV,.
Fig. 3 (female genitalia).

Eurymene alcoolaria Guenee, Lep. Noct., IX, 146. 1857.

Eurymene alcoolaria Gn., Walker, Cat. of the Brit. Museum,
XX, 178. 1860.

Plagodis alcoolaria (Gn.) Packard, Mon. of Geom. Moths, 469;
Plate XI, Fig. 41. 1876.

Plagodis emar gat aria Holland (nec Guenee), Moth Book, 349;
Plate XLIY, Fig. 32, ?. 1903.

Eurymene alcoolaria Gn., Oberthiir, Etudes de Lep. Comp. Fasc.
VI; Plate CLVIII, Fig. 1531. 1920.

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVII

The ground color is pale yellow, almost white, but with the
upper wings considerably flecked with rusty brown scales, espe-
cially in the median area, which, as a result, appears darker
than the basal and terminal areas. The postmedial line of the
upper wings is dark brown, broad, continuous, and nearly
straight or slightly wavy, never strongly curved inward or out-
ward. The antemedial line is also dark brown and complete,
and may be nearly straight or somewhat excurved. The discal
spot of the upper wings is always conspicuous, and may be
either uniform dark brown or with a paler center. The fringes
of the upper wings are dark brown, especially along the anal
excavation. The lower wings are nearly white, with no mark-
ings except a trace of the postmedial line at the inner margin,
and a few scattered brown scales near the anal angle. On the
under side the pattern of the upper side is repeated, but the
dark markings tend to be purple brown, on a background of
brighter yellow. The depth of the anal excavation of the upper
wings is somewhat variable, but is regularly deeper in the fe-
males than in the males.

Male Genitalia. — The valves are similar in form to those of
phlogosaria, and the furca is more or less symmetrical, with
long-spined tips that extend just beyond the costal edges of the
valves. There are, as a rule, two cornuti, sometimes only one,
and they are much longer than in any other species of the genus.

Female Genitalia.— The ductus bursae is long and slender,
and fairly well chitinized, as in serinaria, but only slightly
fluted, not distinctly plaited. There is no bar above the ostium.

Early Stages. — The eggs are deposited in a formation that
resembles a string of miniature beads extending out from the
edge of a leaf. Sometimes these egg masses are forked, and there
may be as many as twenty eggs in a mass.

The larvae in all stages are quite similar to those of phlogo-
saria , but are less mottled and lack the lateral markings of the
first two abdominal segments. They have the same habit of
withdrawing the head into the thoracic segments when at rest.
Mr. Wyatt reports having reared the larvae successfully on
Tilia, but I had previously assumed the natural food to be oaks

Mar., 1949]

Rupert: Plagodis

of various species. A few years ago I reared the larvae, starting
them on white oak, but when they were about half growrn I
transferred them to beech, since oak was difficult to obtain in the
locality. They accepted the change, but afterward grew more
slowly, and the mortality rate was high. In western New York
the moths do not seem to occur in areas where oak trees are
absent, even though beech and basswood are abundant.

The pupa is glossy, with greenish wing cases, similar to that
of phlogosaria.

Alcoolaria is the eccentric species of the genus, appearing in
the matters of wing form and early stages to be closely related
to phlogosaria, while the female genitalia show a marked simi-
larity to those of serinaria. In the matters of color, form of the
discal spot, and structure of the asdoeagus, it is quite different
from any other species. It is difficult to fit it into a linear ar-
rangement of the species, and, for want of a better location I am
placing it last in the genus. Alcoolaria has an extensive range
in eastern United States and Canada, from Nova Scotia to North
Carolina, and westward at least to Manitoba. In New York the
moths fly in May and June.

Number of specimens examined : 153 43

PLAGODIS ALCOOLARIA summer form KEMPII Hulst

Plate V, Pig. 16; Plate III, Fig. 2 (male genitalia).

Plagodis kempii Hulst, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., VIII, 220. 1901.

From Pennsylvania southward a summer form occurs in
August, which is slightly smaller than typical alcoolaria, and
brighter yellow, less densely sprinkled with darker scales, and
with the other markings sharper and darker. The furca of the
male genitalia has longer branches than in typical alcoolaria,
but in the single specimen examined it is only slightly asym-
metrical.

The types of kempii are from western Pennsylvania, but I
have seen the form from Lakehurst, N. J., and from the moun-
tains of North Carolina. These latter specimens are larger and
brighter yellow than the Pennsylvania and New Jersey speci-
mens.

Number of specimens examined : 3 2 25-

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LYII

A discussion of the genus Plagodis would hardly be complete
without some mention of the very closely related genus Anagoga
Hubner, which differs so slightly from Plagodis that at first I
doubted the advisability of retaining both genera. The genus
Anagoga was erected at the same time as Plagodis (Verz. p.
294, 1823), and the European species pulveraria Linnaeus is
recognized as its type. There seem to be no constant differences
between the genera in wing venation, antennae, or other external
structures, but differences in the early stages and in the geni-
talia, while not too great, are probably sufficient to justify the
retention of Anagoga as a valid genus.

For purposes of comparison, the American species occiduaria
Wlk. is figured (Plate V, Fig. 17; Plate II, Fig. 4; Plate IV,
Fig. 6). Occiduaria has usually been considered a race of the
European pulveraria, but the genitalia are very distinctly dif-
ferent, and according to Bruce (Ent. Amer., II, 51. 1886), so

are the larvae. I have never reared occiduaria, but I have a re-
port of the larva from Mr. Franclemont, who has reared it.
The mature larva has a slightly bifid, non-retractile head, and
the body is thicker at the rear, tapering toward the head. There
are humps and warts on the fifth and eighth abdominal seg-
ments, somewhat as in Plagodis, but smaller. These larvae,
unlike those of Plagodis, have the habit of spinning much silk
wherever they go, and, in captivity, frequently become hope-
lessly entangled in their own webs. Mr. Franclemont reared
the larvae on yellow birch ( Betula lutea).

In the male genitalia Anagoga differs somewhat from Plagodis
in the structure of furca and valves, as shown in the figures.
These differences are even more marked in pulveraria than in
occiduaria. There are, furthermore, no cornuti in the aedoeagus.
In the female genitalia the signum is a chitinized depression
without a pointed edge, quite unlike anything observed in
Plagodis.

In conclusion, it gives me pleasure to acknowledge the as-
sistance given by a number of entomologists who have helped in
some way to make this article possible. Among them are Mr.
John Gf. Franclemont of the United States National Museum,

Mak., 1949]

Rupert: Plagodis

Dr. W. T. M. Forbes of Cornell University, Mr. Douglas C.
Ferguson of Armdale, N. S., Dr. Frank M. Jones of Wilming-
ton, Del., Mr. A. K. Wyatt of Chicago, 111., and Mr. Otto Buch-
holz of Roselle Park, N. J. I am also indebted to the officials
of the Museum of Comparative Zoology for the privilege of
examining the material in that collection, and to Dr. Walter R.
Sweadner, whose loan to Mr. Franclemont of the material in
the Carnegie Museum was of great value in determining the
true status of purpurciria and schuylkillensis.

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVII

PLATE I

Figure 1. Plagodis dolabraria L., male genitalia; la, aedceagus.

Figure 2. Plagodis serinaria H.-S., male genitalia; 2a, aedceagus.

Figure 3. Plagodis Tcuetzingi Grt., male genitalia; 3a, aedceagus.

Figure 4. Plagodis purpuraria Pears., male genitalia; 4a, aedceagus.

Figure 5. Plagodis phlogosaria Gn., male genitalia; 5a, aedceagus.

Figure 6. Plagodis phlogosaria spring form iceutzingaria Pack., male
genitalia ; 6a, aedceagus.

(Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc.), Vol. LVII

(Plate I)

5a,

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVII

PLATE II

Figure 1. Plagodis phlogosaria race approximaria Dyar, male genitalia
(summer form) ; la, sedceagus.

Figure 2. Plagodis fervidaria H.-S., male genitalia; 2a, sedceagus.

Figure 3. Plagodis fervidaria summer form arrogaria Hist., male genitalia;
3a, sedceagus.

Figure 4. Anagoga occiduaria Wlk., male genitalia ; 4a, sedceagus.

Figure 5. Plagodis serinaria H.-S., larva.

(Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc.), Vol. LYII (Plate II)

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVII

PLATE III

Figure 1. Plagodis alcoolaria Gn., male genitalia ; la, sedceagus.

Figure 2. Plagodis alcoolaria summer form Icempii Hist., male, genitalia;
2a, sedceagus.

Figure* 3. Plagodis serinaria H.-S., female genitalia.

Figure 4. Plagodis Inietzingi Grt., female genitalia.

Figure 5. Plagodis dolabraria L., female genitalia.

Figure 6. Plagodis purpuraria Pears., female genitalia.

Figure 7. Plagodis fervidaria summer form arrogaria Hist., female geni-
talia.

(Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc.), Vol. LVII

(Plate III)

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVII

Figure 1.
Figure 2.

Figure 3,
Figure 4.
Figure 5.
Figure 6,

PLATE IV

. Plagodis phlogosaria Gn., female genitalia.

Plagodis phlogosaria spring form Tceutzingaria Pack., female
genitalia.

Plagodis alcoolaria Gn., female genitalia.

Plagodis pliologosaria race approximaria Dyar, female genitalia.
Plagodis fervidaria H.-S., female genitalia.

. Anagoga occiduaria Wlk., female genitalia.

(Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc.), VOL. LVII (Plate IV)

* [VOL. LVII

New York Entomological Society

Figure 1.
Figure 2.

Figure 3.

Figure 4.

Figure 5.

Figure 6.
Figure 7.

Figure 8.

Figure 9.
Figure 10.

Figure 11.

Figure 12.

Figure 13.

Figure 14.

Figure 15.
Figure 16.

Figure 17.

PLATE Y

Plagodis dolahraria L., $ (Kaufung, Germany). Forbes coll.

Plagodis serinaria H.-S., $ £ McLean Bogs, Tompkins Co.,

N. Y.). Franclemont coll.

Plagodis Tcuetzingi Grt., $ (Six Mile Creek, Ithaca, N. Y.).
Franclemont coll.

Plagodis purpuijaria Pears., $ (Oak Station, Allegheny Co.,
Penna.). Carnegie Museum coll.

Plagodis purpuraria summer form schuylkillensis Grossb., $
(Finleyville, Washington Co., Penna.). Carnegie Museum coll.

Plagodis phlogosaria Gn., $ (Sardinia, N. Y.).

Plagodis phlogosaria spring form Tceutzingaria Pack., $ (Horse-
heads, N. Y.).

Plagodis phlogosaria race intermediaria B. and McD., $ (Bob-
caygeon, Ont., bred by McDunnough) . Franclemont coll.

Plagodis phlogosaria race iris new race, $ (Armdale, N. S.).

Plagodis phlogosaria race approximaria Dyar, $ spring form
(Pullman, Wash.). Cornell University coll.

Plagodis phlogosaria race approximaria Dyar, $ summer form
(Warrendale, Multnomah Co., Ore.). Franclemont coll.

Plagodis fervidaria H.-S., $ (Camp Rucker, Ozark, Ala.).

Franclemont coll.

Plagodis fervidaria summer form arrogaria Hist., $ (Mont-
eagle, Tenn.). Cornell University coll.

Plagodis fervidaria summer form arrogaria Hist., $ (Oak Sta-
tion, Penna.). Carnegie Museum coll.

Plagodis alcoolaria Gn., $ (Horseheads, N. Y.).

Plagodis alcoolaria summer form Tcempii Hist., $ (Brevard,
N. C.). Cornell University coll.

Anagoga occiduaria Wlk., $ (Six Mile Creek, Ithaca, N. Y.).
Franclemont coll.

(Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc.), Yol. LVII

(Plate Y)

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVII

ENTOMOLOGISTS ARE HUMAN BEINGS

During the early part of 1920 a group of young entomologists
of the United States published and circulated an anonymous four
page circular calling attention to the fact that younger entomolo-
gists engaged in research and teaching were greatly underpaid.
As a result many promising entomologists, after working for
several years and being rewarded by only beggarly increases,
were forced by economic conditions to seek employment in busi-
ness. Their positions were tilled by new men fresh from college
who accepted the low salaries with high expectations, only to
find within three to five years that their economic positions were
almost stationary and that the well-paid positions were mostly
filled by men who kept them for long periods of time.

The circular was addressed principally to the heads of depart-
ments of entomology, of whom many were, for various reasons,
singularly indifferent to the monetary needs of their assistants.
At that time salaries of 1,000 and 1,200 dollars per year were
not unusual for assistants and increases were slow and uncertain.
Considering the facts in the case the plea of the men, for increased
recognition as human beings who deserved a living wage, was
written with remarkable restraint, — H. B. W.

7l . J Lrt*& • ST

, (%£Oj I ^

Mar., 1949]

Huckett: Hylemyia

THE SUBGENUS PYCNOGLOSSA COQUILLETT IN
NORTH AMERICA, GENUS HYLEMYIA SENS. LAT.

(MUSCID^, DIPTERA)

By H. C. Huckett
Eiverhead, N. Y.

The subgenus Pycnoglossa is represented in North America by
nine species, four of which have not yet been recorded. The
described forms include P. cinerosa (Zetterstedt), P. flavipennis
(Fallen), P. proboscidalis (Malloch), found also in Europe, and
the native forms P. spinosissima (Malloch) and P. gleniensis
(Huckett)1. The group is characterized by the possession of an
enlarged proboscis, the labellum of which when relaxed may be
seen to bear chitinous teeth or hooks. The hind tibia has an
apical posteroventral bristle in all species except one of the un-
described forms, in which case the character seems to be variable.
The male hypopygium and copulatory appendages do not exhibit
any striking characters. However it is evident that within the
group these parts tend to conform to a general pattern, which
serves to suggest the common kinship of all species (Plate VII).

The distribution of the species extends throughout the eastern
and north central regions of the United States and the eastern
provinces of Canada. The only record I have seen outside this
area is the type of Pycnoglossa flavipennis Coquillett, taken in
the State of Washington about forty eight years ago.

The larval habits of most of the species are apparently little
known. De Meijere2 has fully described and illustrated the min-
ing of the leaves of the fern Pteris aquilina by the species P.
cinerosa of authors. Two additional hosts, namely Polystichum
sp. and Asplenium ruta-muraria L. are cited by Seguy (1937). 3

1 Pycnoglossa varipes Curran (Can; Ent., 59: 255, 1927), in my opinion,
does not belong to the group, the type being an aberrant female specimen
of Hylemyia ccenosicef ormis Stein.

2 Meijere, J. C. H. de. 1911. Tiber in Farnen Parasitierende Hymenop-
teren- und Dipteren- Larven. Tijdschrift voor Entomologie, 64: 111-114,
figs. 26-30.

3 Figures in parenthesis refer to literature citation in the synonymies as
indicated by the year of publication.

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVII

Subgenus Pycnoglossa Coquillett

Pycnoglossa Coquillett, 1901. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 23 : 613.
Aldrich, 1905. Misc. Coll. Smithsn. Inst., 46 : 570. Mal-
loch, 1924. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 9 14: 513. Karl,

1928. Tierwelt Deutschlands, 13 Pt. 3 p. 177. Ringdahl,

1929. Ent. Tidskr., 51 : 269. Seguy, 1937. Gen. Insect.,
205 : 120. Kloet and Hincks, 1945. List Brit. Ins., p. 425.

Pogonomyza Schnabl and Dziedzicki, 1911. Abh. K. Leop.-
Carol. Deutsch. Akad. Naturforsch., 95 (2) : 99. Malloch,
1921. Can. Ent., 53: 78. Huckett, 1924. N. Y. (Cornell)
Agr. Exp. Sta. Mem. 77 (1923) p. 48.

'Genotype: Musca flavipennis Fallen (by designation of Karl,
1928).

The genus Pycnoglossa was erected by Coquillett (1901) for
the reception of a single species, which he named Pycnoglossa
flavipennis. The author placed the genus with the Scatophagi-
dae, and as such it was later recorded in Aldrich’s (1905) cata-
logue of North American diptera.

In 1911 Schnabl and Dziedzicki described the subgenus Pogo-
nomyza, and included therein the two european forms Musca
flavipennis Fallen and Hylemyia cinerosa of authors.

Malloch (1924) on examining the type specimen of the geno-
type of Pycnoglossa noted that the specimen was an anthomyid,
and concluded that the genus was synonymous with Pogonomyza
and that therefore the name of the genotype was a homonym.
The type specimen of Pycnoglossa is a female in poor condition,
and it might well be a difficult matter to come to any definite
conclusion concerning its identity were it not for the fact that
Coquillett mentions in his description that the arista is plumose.
With this character in mind however, there seems to me little
doubt but that the species is the same as Musca flavipennis Fal-
len.

In 1928 Karl designated Musca flavipennis Fallen as the geno-
type of Pycnoglossa Coquillett.

Subgeneric characters : Head proportionately small ; proboscis
enlarged and fleshy, labellum toothed ; vibrissae robust, and genal
bristles restricted to ventral margin, uniserial ; hind tibia with an

Mar.. 1949]

Huckett: Hylemia

apical posteroventral bristle (which is not invariably evident
in stratifrons) ; wings much broadened, costa setulose on under
surface, m-cu cross vein erect. Male with a pair of minute para-
frontal setulse at narrowest width of frons ; postocular series of
setulae short and stiffish ; abdominal terga with discal as well as
marginal series of bristles ; hypopygium inconspicuous, anal seg-
ment (tergum 9) roundish in outline when viewed from above
and strongly appressed dorsad (cephalad), sparsely and weakly
bristled, nearly bisected by the anal membrane (Figs. 1, 2, 3) ;
processes of fifth abdominal sternum laminate, sparsely and
weakly bristled, and finely fringed on inner margin (Figs. 7, 8,
9).

The ventral surface of the scutellum is bare in nearly all spe-
cies described from North America, the most notable exceptions
in this respect being the European species P. cinerosa (Zetter-
stedt) and P. flavipennis (Fallen).

KEY TO SPECIES
Males

1. Arista! hairs longer than width of third antennal segment.

-flavipennis (Fall.)

Aristal hairs shorter than width of third antennal segment 2

2. Hind femur with a series of robust bristles on median section of postero-

ventral surface, as stout as those on anteroventral surface; aristal

hairs not longer than basal diameter of arista 3

Hind femur with "ho such bristles on median section of posteroventral sur-
face, at most the stronger bristles restricted to proximal half, other-
wise bristles weak or absent 4

3. Wings yellowish; abdomen marked with a series of dorsocentral subtri-

angular areas; fore tibia with 1 posteroventral bristle.

proboscidalis (Mall.)

Wings clear; abdomen marked with a linear stripe; fore tibia with 2
posteroventral bristles delicata n. sp.

4. Eyes separated at narrowest width of frons by a distance equal to diam-

eter of anterior ocellus, parafrontals contiguous caudad, interrupting

interfrontalia stratifrons n. sp.

Eyes wider apart at narrowest width of frons than diameter of anterior
ocellus, parafrontals narrowly separated caudad, interfrontalia un-
interrupted 5

5. Mid femur with one or more stoutish setulae on distal half of antero-

ventral surface 6

Mid femur with only slender setulae on distal half of anteroventral sur-
face ; 7

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVII

6. Processes fringed uniformly on inner margin with minute hairs, other-

wise largely bare; mid femur with notably strong posteroventral
bristles, longer than height of femur; all knees distinctly reddish

yellow; ventral surface of scutellum bare spinosissima (Mall.)

Processes not noticeably fringed on inner margin,- otherwise sparsely
clothed with fine setulae; mid femur with posteroventral bristles not
notably stout nor long ; scutellum with a few fine hairs on ventral
surface cinerosa (Zett.)

7. Prealar bristle longish, at least equal to half length of following supraalar

bristle, or longer; larger species, 5 mm filicis n. sp.

Prealar bristle short, less than half length of following supraalar bristle;
smaller species, 4 mm. 8

8. Hind tibia with 3 posterodorsal bristles; mid tibia with an anterodorsal

bristle gleniensis (Huek.)

Hind tibia with 2 posterodorsal bristles; mid tibia with no anterodorsal
. bristle pusillans n. sp.

Females

1. Aristal hairs longer than width of third antennal segment.

flavipennis (Fall.)

Aristal hairs shorter than width of third antennal segment 2

2. Prealar bristle longish, usually about equal to half length of following

supraalar bristle : 3

Prealar bristle shorter than half length of following supraalar bristle 5

3. Fore tibia with a robust apical posteroventral bristle; aristal hairs not

longer than basal diameter of arista 4

Fore tibia with apical posteroventral bristle weak or setulose; hairs of
arista slightly longer than basal diameter of arista filicis n. sp.

4. Abdominal terga 3 and 4 entirely black and shining, tergum 5 polished;

caudal pair of ocellar bristles short and inclined forward; lower
bristle of caudal pair of sternopleurals well developed, over half

length of upper bristle proboscidalis (Mall.)

Abdominal terga 3 and 4 partly pruinescent, with an ill-defined marking
on dorsocentral and anterior regions of terga; caudal pair of ocellar
bristles longish and directed outwards; lower bristle of caudal pair
of sternopleurals weak, less than half length of upper bristle.

delicata n. sp.

5. Mid femur with one or more robust setulie on distal half of anteroventral

surface ; fore tibia with a rdbust apical posteroventral bristle 6

Mid femur with no robust setulse on distal half of anteroventral surface;
fore tibia with a weak apical posteroventral bristle 7

6. Cruciate bristles well developed; anterior extension of ocellar triangle

opaque and pruinescent ; abdomen grayish pruinescent, and with a
dorsocentral marking; knees reddish spinosissima (Mall.)

Mar., 1949]

Huckett: Hylemyia

Cruciate bristles weak; anterior extension of ocellar triangle partly shin-
ing (as if abraded) ; abdomen black, unmarked; knees black.

cinerosa (Zett.)

7. Second antennal segment brownish or reddish tinged; all knees narrowly

brownish tinged stratifrons n. sp.

Second antennal segment blackish; all knees black 8

8. Hind tibia with 2 posterodorsal bristles; mid femur devoid of postero-
ventral bristles; sternopleural bristles arranged 1: 1 ... pusillans n. sp.

Hind tibia with 3 posterodorsal bristles; mid femur with 1 or 2 postero-
• ventral bristles; sternopleural bristles arranged 1:2.

gleniensis (Huck.)

Hylemyia (Pycnoglossa) delicata, new species

Male, closely allied to proboscidalis Mall., grayish black, parafrontals and
paraf acials whitish pruinescent ; mesonotum lightly grayish pruinescent,
faintly streaked along planes of acrostical and dorsocentral bristles, sub-
shining ; abdomen more densely and more completely grayish than in
proboscidalis, the dorsocentral vitta linear; wings and calyptrae clear, hyaline,
wing veins brownish; halteres yellow.

Head slightly teneral, contracting the frons; proboscis not as enlarged as
in proboscidalis; aristal hairs not longer than basal diameter of arista;
acrostical bristles weak, irregular; prealar bristle long; sternopleural bristles
arranged 2: 2, the lower anterior bristle weak; under surface of scutellum
with a few hairs; processes of fifth abdominal sternum sparsely and finely
setose. Fore tibia with 2 median bristles posteroventrally ; mid femur with
no robust setulee on distal half of anteroventral surface, and with the series
of bristles on posteroventral surface extending to middle of femur; mid
tibia with a median anterodorsal and posterodorsal bristle, 2 fine bristles on
posterior surface; hind femur with a series of short robust anteroventral
bristles, and with posteroventral bristles extending distad of middle of
femur, and becoming stouter; hind tibia with a robust apical posterodorsal
and posteroventral bristle, 3 posterodorsal, 3 longer anterodorsal, 4 or 5
anteroventral, of which the distal bristle is much the stronger, with a sparse
series of weaker posteroventral bristles; mid and hind tarsi shorter than
the respective tibiae.

Female, frontal vitta reddish on cephalic half ; mesonotum more densely
pruinescent; abdomen with pruinescenee on terga 1 + 2, 3 and 4, tergum 5
largely lustrous, terga 3 and 4 with indications of a dorsocentral marking
and dark anterior, incisures; wings yellowish tinged. Cruciate and caudal
pair of ocellar bristles well developed, the latter longish and directed out-
wards; lower bristle of caudal pair of sternopleurals weak and short. Fore
tibia with 1 median posteroventral bristle, mid and hind femora with postero-
ventral bristles restricted to proximal half and not so robust; wings broader
than in male, costal thorns and setulae stronger. Otherwise similar to male
except for sexual characters. Length, 5 mm.

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVII

Holotype: (Cf, Wading River, Long Island, N. Y., May 17, 1925
[C. N. C.] . Allotype : ?, Middle Island, Long Island, N. Y, May
30, 1931 [C. N. C.].

The male of delicata structurally resembles that of probosci-
dalis, differing in that the dorsum of abdomen is more completely
grayish pruinescent, thereby restricting the dorsocentral mark-
ing to lineal dimensions, and in that the wings are hyaline. The

female of delicata has distinct pruinescence on terga 1 + 2, 3 and

4. In both sexes the proboscis is not so notably enlarged as in
other species belonging to the group.

Hylemyia (Pycnoglossa) filicis, new species

Male, blackish with trace of brownish gray pruinescence, subshining ; inter-
f rontalia and paraf acials brownish to blackish tinged ; first and second
antenna] segments reddish or brownish tinged ; mesonotum, viewed from
above and in front, with two pale streaks, each placed between the acrostical
and dorsocentral series of bristles; abdomen with a series of subtriangular
marks and anterior incisures; wings, calyptrse and halteres yellowish.

Eyes at narrowest Avidth of frons separated by a distance slightly greater
than that between posterior ocelli exclusive, interfrontalia uninterrupted
caudad, cruciate setulae present; aristal hairs about as long as basal diameter
of arista ; acrostical bristles weakly developed, prealar bristle at least as long
as half length of following supraalar bristle; posthumeral bristle weakly
duplicated, sternopleural bristles arranged 1:2; processes of fifth abdominal
sternum slightly narrowed distad, sparsely clothed . with fine slender setae.
Fore tibia with a median anterodorsal and 2 slender posteroventral bristles,
apical posteroventral bristle setulose or lacking ; mid femur with no robust
setulae on distal half of anteroventral surface; mid tibia with or without
a weak anterocJorsal bristle, with 1 posterodorsal and 1 weak posterior and
posteroventral bristle; hind femur with a series of 4 or 5 longisli bristles on
distal two-thirds of anteroventral surface, and with a diverse series of slender
bristles and setulae on proximal two-thirds of posteroventral surface; hind
tibia with 2 to 4 anteroventral, 4 to 6 anterodorsal, 3 posterodorsal, and a
series of weaker bristles on median third of posteroventral surface, apical
posterodorsal bristle nearly as long as apical dorsal, apical posteroventral
bristle well developed. Costal thorns well formed.

Female similar to male except for sexual characters; abdomen unmarked,
more shiny, less densely pruinescent ; cruciate bristles well developed ; caudal
pair of ocellar bristles longish and directed outwards; mid tibia with a well
developed median anterodorsal bristle, hind femur with fewer posteroventral
bristles, hind tibia with a weaker apical posterodorsal bristle. Length,
5.25 mm.

Mar., 1949]

Huckett: Hylemia

Holotype and allotype : J', $, Hicksville, Long Island, N. Y.,
May 26, 1944 (H. C. Hnckett) [C. N. C.]. A series of 28 speci-
mens was collected on ferns in woods near Hicksville from May
18 to June 12, 1944.

The species filicis has a longish prealar bristle, a notably weak
or minnte apical posteroventral bristle on fore tibia, and has no
robust setulae on distal half of anteroventral surface of mid
femur.

Hylemyia (Pycnoglossa) pusillans, new species

Male, blackish, subshining, with scant pruinescence on mesonotum, slightly
denser on abdominal terga; mesonotum unmarked, abdomen with a broad
poorly defined dorsocentral marking; wings and calyptrse faintly yellowish
tinged; halteres faintly reddish tinged.

Eyes separated at narrowest width of frons by a distance about equal to
that between posterior ocelli exclusive, interfrontalia uninterrupted eaudad;
cruciate bristles present, 2 pairs of paraf rontal bristles ; aristal hairs slightly
longer than basal diameter of arista ; acrostical bristles weak, prealar bristle
short, sternopleural bristles arranged 1 : 2, scutellum bare on ventral surface ;
processes of fifth abdominal sternum proportionately broad throughout and
broadly rounded at apex. Fore tibia with 1 anterodorsal and 1 posteroventral
bristle, apical posteroventral bristle slender; mid femur with 1 or 2 weak
posteroventral bristles on basal region, with no robust setulae on distal half
of anteroventral surface; mid tibia with no anterodorsal bristle, 1 postero-
dorsal, 1 posterior, 1 posteroventral bristle, all short; hind femur with 5 to
8 anteroventral bristles, with 1 or 2 weak proximal posteroventral bristles;
hind tibia with 4 anteroventral, 2 long and 1 short anterodorsal, 2 postero-
dorsal bristles, with a few weak posteroventral bristles, apical posteroventral
bristle slender.

Female, abdomen shiny, unmarked ; cruciate bristles well developed, caudal
pair of ocellar bristles longish and directed outwards; one pair of presutural
acrostical bristles longer, sternopleural bristles arranged 1:1; mid and hind
femora devoid of posteroventral bristles; mid tibia with 1 anterodorsal
bristle. Otherwise similar to male except for sexual characters. Length,
3.5 mm.

Holotype and allotype : §, Hicksville, Long Island, New

York, May 26, 1944 (H. C. Huckett), in author’s collection.
Paratype: J', Ottawa, Ontario, June 25, 1946 (A. R. Brooks)

[c. n. a].

The species pusillans may be readily distinguished by the
presence of only two bristles on posterodorsal surface of hind

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVII

tibia, and in the male by the absence of an anterodorsal bristle
on mid tibia. The pubescence of arista is slightly longer than
in gleniensis, which it most nearly resembles on account of its
small size. The Long Island specimens were taken along with
filicis on ferns in woods near Hicksville.

Hylemyia (Pycnoglossa) stratifrons, new species

Male, black, lightly grayish pruinescent, subshining; parafrontals and
paraf acials pruinose, second antennal segment brownish ; mesonotum Un-
marked ; abdomen with a poorly defined dorsoeentral mark, which gradually
becomes wider basad; knees narrowly reddish or brownish tinged; wings
yellowish, and calyptrse faintly so.

Eyes at narrowest width of frons separated by a distance about equal
to diameter of anterior ocellus, parafrontals contiguous caudad, interrupting
interf rontalia, cruciate setulae present ; hairs of arista about as long as basal
diameter of arista ; acrostical bristles in two series, with one or two presutural
pairs longer, prealar bristle short ; sternopleural bristles arranged 1:2;
ventral surface of scutellum bare. Basal sclerite of hypopygium with fine
weak bristles; processes of fifth abdominal sternum broad, apical margin
broadly rounded. Fore tibia with 1 or 2 median posteroventral, and 1
anterodorsal bristle, apical posteroventral bristle weak, setulose; mid femur
with no robust setulae on distal half of anteroventral surface; mid tibia with
1 weak anterodorsal, 1 posterodorsal, and 1 weak posterior and postero-
ventral bristle; hind femur with a series of 6 to 8 shortish anteroventral
bristles, extending to prebasal region, bristles on proximal half of posteror
ventral surface weak or lacking; hind tibia with 4 to 6 weak anteroventral
bristles, with 2 longer and 2 or more shorter anterodorsal, 3 posterodorsal, and
a series of weak bristles on median half of posteroventral surface, apical
poster odorsal weak, apical posteroventral weak, setulose. Costal thorns well
developed.

Female similar to male except for sexual characters ; frontal vitta brownish
or reddish cephalad, second antennal segment yellowish brown; abdomen
blackish, more distinctly subshining, unmarked ; knees broadly reddish.
Cruciate bristles well developed, caudal pair of ocellar bristles longish and
directed outwards; lower bristle of caudal pair of sternopleurals weakly
developed. Mid tibia with a well developed anterodorsal bristle; postero-
ventral bristles on mid and hind femora weak and sparse. Length, 5 mm.

Holotype: Hull, Quebec, June 15, 1913 (C. H. Curran),

allotype, §, Buttonwoods, Khode Island, June 20-21, 1912 (C. W.
Johnson) [C. N. C.].

This species was recognized by Johnson (1925) as probosci-
dalis Mall., an error that caused me to apply the name to the
same species in my earlier study of the New York fauna (1924).

Mar., 1949]

Huckett: Hylemyia

The male of stratifrons may be readily distinguished from allied
forms by the contiguity of the parafrontals caudad and the
close approximation of the eyes at this point; in the female by
the yellowish brown second antennal segment. In both sexes
the knees are paler tinged, and apical posteroventral bristle on
fore and hind tibiae may be so weakly developed as to be
scarcely distinguishable.

Massachusetts: J1, Great Barrington, June 15, 1915 (C. "W.
Johnson) [A. N. S. P.]. Petersham, July 19, 1926 (A. L.
Melander) .

New York: Ithaca, May 15, 1915, 3 J1, Hempstead, Long-

Island, June 19, 1921, 5, Plandome, Long Island, May 21, 1921
(H. C. Huckett).

Ontario : <?, Ottawa, May 23, 1938 (G. E. Shewell) [C. N. C.] .

Pennsylvania: 2, Darby, June 4, 1904 [A. N. S. P.].

Quebec: J1, Hemmingford, Quebec, June 27, 1923 (C. H. Cur-
ran). [C. N. C.].

Rhode Island: J1, Buttonwoods, June 20-21, 1912 (C. W.
Johnson).

Vermont: $, St. Albans, June 21, 1913 (C. W. Johnson)
[A. N. S. P.].

Hylemyia ( Pycnoglossa ) cinerosa (Zetterstedt)

Aricia cinerosa Zetterstedt, 1845. Dipt. Scand., 4 : 1450.
Pycnoglossa luteipennis Ringdahl, 1937. Opus. Entom., 2 : 126.
Pycnoglossa cinerosa Ringdahl, 1939. Opus. Entom., 4 (3—4)':

147.

According to Ringdahl (1939) Zetterstedt ’s name Aricia cine-
rosa has been generally misapplied to denote another species, for
which Ringdahl proposed the new name setifemur. The latter
species, in my opinion, had been described earlier by Malloch
(1920) under the name Pogonomyza proboscidalis. The male
of cinerosa does not possess the robust postero-ventral bristles of
hind femur that serve to characterize proboscidalis^ In both
sexes of cinerosa there are one or more stoutish setulae on distal
half of anteroventral surface of mid femur, which are not evi-
dent in proboscidalis.

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVII

Massachusetts: Petersham, July 30, 1926 (A. L. Melander).

Michigan: J', Midland County, July 17, 1947, J, Missaukee
County, July 8, 1941 (R. R. Dreisbach).

New York: $, Ringwood, near Ithaca, July 13, 1920 (H. C.
Huckett).

Ontario: $, Grand Bend, July 11, 1939 (G. E. Shewell)
[C. N. C.].

Hylemyia ( Pycnoglossa ) flavipennis (Fallen)

Musca flavipennis Fallen, 1823. Muscides, p. 59.

Anthomyia crassirostris Meigen, 1826. Syst. Beschr., 5 : 107.
Hylemyia crassirostris Macquart, 1835. Hist. Nat. d. Ins., 2:
319. t

Aricia flavipennis Zetterstedt, 1845. Dipt. Scand., 4 : 1420.
Hylemyia flavipennis Schiner, 1862. Faun. Austr., 1 : 628. Stein,
1907. Kat. Palaark. Dipt., 3 : 691. Stein, 1916. Arch. f.
Naturgesch., (1915) 81 A (10) : 148. Seguy, 1923. Faune
de France, 6 : 95.

Pycnoglossa flavipennis Coquillett, 1901. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus.,
23: 613. Aldrich, 1905. Misc. Coll. Smithsn. Inst., 46:
570. Coquillett, 1910. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 37 : 598.
Malloch, 1924. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 9 14 : 513. Karl,

1928. Tierwelt Deutschlands, 13 Pt. 3 p. 177. Ringdahl,

1929. Ent. Tidskr., 51: 270. Seguy, 1937. Gen. Insect.,
205 : 121. Kloet and Hincks, 1945. List Brit. Ins., p. 425.

Hylemyia ( Pogonomyza ) flavipennis Schnabl and Dziedzicki,
1911. Abh. K. Leop. Carol. Deutsch. Akad. Naturforsch.,
95 (2) : 99.

Pogonomyza flavipennis Malloch, 1921. Can. Ent., 52: 78.
Huckett, 1924. N. Y. (Cornell) Agr. Exp. Sta. Mem. 77
(1923) p. 49. Johnson, 1927. Insect Faun. Biol. Surv. Mt.
Desert Region, p. 211.

Hylemyia ( Pycnoglossa ) flavipennis Johnson, 1925. Occ. Pap.
Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 7 : 235.

The species flavipennis may be readily distinguished from its
congeners by the long pectinate aristal hairs.

Maine: S. W. Harbor, June, 1927, 2 Machias, July 19, —

[A. N. S. P.].

Mar., 1949]

Huckett: Hylemia

Massachusetts: 2> Petersham, July, 1926 (A. L. Melander).

Michigan: J1, Alger County, July 4, 1946, 2, Ogemaw County,
June 30, 1946, 2> Wexford County, July 5, 1940 (R. R. Dreis-
bach). 2 J1, Copper Harbor, June 25, 1940, J', Carp Lake, July
16, 1938, 2> Gaylord, July 17, 1938 (C. W. Sabrosky) [Mich.
State Col.] .

New York: J', Malloryville, Tompkins County, June 18-20,
1904, 2, Freevide, July 4, 1904.

Nova Scotia: 2> Kentville, July 15, 1924 (N. A. Patterson),
J1, 2, Truro, July 13, 1913 (R. Matheson).

Ontario: 2, Chalk River, August 26-27, 1919 (R. N. Chrystal),
2, Mer Bleue, June 22, 1916, Kearney, July 8, 1926 (F. P.
Ide), 2, Ottawa, July 27, 1946 (A. R. Brooks), 2 J', Waubamick,
July, 1915 (H. S. Parish), J1, Severn, July 3, 1926 (C. H. Cur-
ran), J1, Washago, June 27, 1926, 4 J1, 3 2? Simcoe, June 6-19,
1939 (G. E. Shewell) [C. N. C.].

Pennsylvania: J1, Pocono Lake, July 22, 1912 [A. N. S. P.].
Quebec: J1, Covey Hill, June 25, 1924, 2 J', Lac Ste. Marie,
July 27, 1936 (F. A. Urquhart), Wakefield, June 20, 1946
(G. S. Walley), <?, Gracefield, June 14, 1937 (O. Peck),
Laniel, June 10, 1944 (A. R. Brooks) [C. N. C.].

Hylemyia1 {Pycnoglossa) gleniensis (Huckett)

Pogonomyza gleniensis Huckett, 1924. N. Y. (Cornell) Agr.
Exp. Sta. Mem. 77 (1923) p. 49.

Pycnoglossa gleniensis Leonard, 1928. N. Y. (Cornell) Agr.
Exp. Sta. Mem. 101 (1926) p. 839.

The species gleniensis, as indicated in keys, is most closely
associated with pusillans, from which it may be distinguished by
the bristling on posterodorsal surface of hind tibia. Further
comparisons between the two species may be found in the para-
graphs devoted to pusillans.

New York: Coy Glen, near Ithaca, May 14, 1922, type of

Pogonomyza gleniensis Huckett, 2, Stanley, May 17, 1920 (C. R.
Crosby).

Quebec : Old Chelsea, May 8 1938 (G. E. Shewed) [C. N. C.] .

Wisconsin: J1, Iowa County, May 19, 1937 (F. M. Snyder).

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVII

Hylemyia ( Pycnoglossa ) proboscidalis (Malloch)

Hylemyia cinerosa Stein not Zett., 1916. Arch. f. Naturgesch.,
(1915) 81 A (10) : 147.

Pogonomyza proboscidalis Malloch, 1920. Trans. Amer. Ent.
Soc., 46: 185. Malloch, 1921. Can. Ent., 53: 79. Frison,
1927. Bull. 111. Nat. Hist. Surv., 16 Art. 4 p. 208.
Pycnoglossa proboscidalis Malloch, 1924. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,
ser. 9 14: 513. Leonard, 1928. N. Y. (Cornell) Agr. Exp.
Sta. Mem. 101 (1923) p. 839.

Pogonomyza campestris Huckett, 1924. N. Y. (Cornell) Agr.
Exp. Sta. Mem. 77 (1923) p. 49.

Pycnoglossa cinerosa Karl not Zett., 1928. Tierwelt Deutsch-
lands, 13 Pt. 3 p. 178. Ringdahl, 1929. Ent. Tidskr., 51 :
270. Ringdahl, 1937. Opus. Entom., 2 : 127.

Pycnoglossa setifemur Ringdahl, 1939. Opus. Entom., 4 (3-4) :
147.

After examining specimens of this species from Europe and
North America I have come to the conclusion that proboscidalis
is none other than the species reported by Ringdahl (1939) to
have been generally mistaken for cinerosa of Zetterstedt, and
for which Ringdahl proposed the new name setifemur. The
male of proboscidalis possesses a series of strong bristles on
median section of posteroventral surface of hind femur, as is also
present in delicata. From the latter species proboscidalis may
be distinguished by a stouter proboscis, and in the male sex by
the wider abdominal marking and yellowish tinge of wings. In
the female of proboscidalis the abdomen is shining black, lacking
pruinescence, and the fifth tergum is polished.

Michigan : J1, Livingston County, June 6, 1943, J, same local-
ity, May 28, 1944 (R. R. Dreisbach).

New York: §, Montezuma Marsh, June 1, 1920 (H. C.
Huckett), type of Pogonomyza campestris Huckett.

Pennsylvania: lCf, J, Swarthmore, Delaware County, May 21,
1905, types of Pogonomyza proboscidalis Malloch. [A. N. S. P.] .

Hylemyia ( Pycnoglossa ) spinosissima (Malloch)

Hylemyia ( Pogonomyza ) spinosissima Malloch, 1919. Can. Ent.,
51: 95.

Mar., 1949]

Huckett: Hylemyia

Pogonomyza spinosissima Malloch, 1921. Can. Ent., 53: 79.
Huckett, 1924. N. Y. (Cornell) Agr. Exp. Sta. Mem. 77
(1923) p. 50.

Pycnoglossa spinosissima Malloch, 1924. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,
ser. 9 14: 513.

The males of spinosissima and flavipennis are armed with
notably stout bristles on posteroventral surface of mid femur,
and in the females of both species the abdomen is greyish pruin-
escent with a dorsocentral marking. However in spinosissima
the arista does not have the long plumose hairs of flavipennis.
In the male of spinosissima the inner margin of processes of
fifth abdominal sternum are distinctly fringed with minute hairs,
and in both sexes the knees are all reddish tinged.

Michigan : Midland, June 6, 1936, Bay County, June 2,

1940, J1, East Lansing, May 28, 1940 (C. AY. Sabrosky) [Mich.
State Col.].

Quebec: 2, Laniel, July 18, 1939 (F. P. Ide) [C. N. C.].

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVII

Plate VI

Male copulatory appendages, showing dorsal and lateral aspects of tergum
9, ventral aspect of sternum 5 and lateral view of processes with bristles
removed.

Figures 1, 4, 7, 7a. H. ( Pycnoglossa ) flavipennis (Fallen).

Figures 2, 5, 8, 8a. H. ( Pycnoglossa ) filids new species.

Figures 3, 6, 9, 9a. H. ( Pycnoglossa ) stratifrons new species.

(Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc.), Vol. LYII

(Plate VI)

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVI1

FIRST SCIENTIFIC BIBLIOGRAPHY

The first annual scientific bibliography in the United States
was compiled by Dr. Charles Girard and published by the Smith-
sonian Institution in 1851. It is entitled “American Zoological,
Botanical and Geological Bibliography for the Year 1851”. Of
its sixty-five pages, fifteen are devoted to entomology. Dr. Girard
was a physician who published principally on herpetology, ich-
thyology and helminthology. At one time he was an assistant to
Professor Agassiz, and to Professor Baird at the Smithsonian
Institution. — H. B. W.

ENTOMOLOGY DEFINED IN 1835

V Entomology is that branch of natural science which treats
of the history and habits of the insect tribes. Its subjects are the
most numerous and diversified of any of those topics which engage
the attention of the student of nature ; and as they exemplify in
a most surprising and admirable manner, both *by their structure
and instincts, the wisdom of the author and creator of all things,
and form a highly interesting department of human knowledge,
we deem their elucidation deserving of a lengthened disserta-
tion.’7 This definition of entomology is from the seventh edition
of the Encyclopaedia Britannica, 1835 and was written by James
Wilson.— H. B. W.

Mar., 1949]

Munroe: Nymphalidjs

A NEW GENUS OF NYMPHALIDZE AND ITS AFFINI-
TIES (LEPIDOPTERA, RHOPALOCERA)

By Eugene Munroe

In the course of a study of the West Indian butterfly fauna,
the relationships of the species commonly known as Mestra (or
Cystineura) teleboas came into question. Accordingly, an exami-
nation of the morphology of this and allied forms was under-
taken, in order to determine these relationships as far as possible.
It was concluded that teleboas is generically distinct from hyper-
mestra Hiibner, the genotype of Mestra, and cannot legitimately
be referred to any other described genus. A brief synopsis of the
genera studied is therefore presented, together with a description
of the new genus.

The genera under consideration belong to a small group of
Nymphalinae, distributed in the Neotropical, Ethiopian, and Ori-
ental regions, and characterized in the adult by the strong infla-
tion of the basal part of subcosta of the fore wing, without a
corresponding inflation of any other vein. The adults appear to
be similar in habits, in whatever region they may be found; the
known larvae are also similar, and all feed on Euphorbiaceae,
mostly on species of Tragia. The homogeneity of the group was
recognized by Doubleday and Westwood (1851), who, however,
included with it certain aberrant Satyrine genera under the
family name Eurytelidae. Schatz (1887) did not treat the group
as a unit, but included all its genera in the Nymphalinae, and it
remained for Aurivillius (1898) to erect the tribe Eurytelidi for
the African genera. Seitz (1921) pointed out the similarities
of the American genera to those of the Old World, and united
them under the tribal name Ergolini.

The following ten genera, which constitute the tribe Eurytelini
or Ergolini as understood by Seitz, appear, with the probable
exception of Biblis, to be closely related. They are certainly also
nearly allied to the other swollen- veined Nymphalinae ( Eunica ,
etc.), many genera among which feed on Euphorbiaceae, while the
group as a whole shows the same tendency toward specialization

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVII

of the eighth abdominal sternite of the male that is so character-
istic of the present tribe. There is something to be said for the
gathering of all the swollen-veined forms and their allies, includ-
ing even the highly specialized Hamadryas (Ageronia) , in a
single tribe ; whether this would be the most convenient arrange-
ment, the writer is not prepared to say : it would have the dis-
advantage, for instance, of obscuring the fact that the Ergolis
complex is the only part of the group which is generally dis-
tributed, all the remaining genera, with the one exception of
Crenis, being limited to tropical America.

The internal relationships of the Eurytelini are not entirely
clear, owing to the fact that the individual genera diverge rather
strikingly in structure and pattern within the limits defined by
the characters of the group. Several of the more striking charac-
ters, useful in generic diagnosis, appear to be distributed hap-
hazardly, without evident regard to true relationship. Nonethe-
less, certain affinities can be made out. The three genera Ergolis ,
Laringa, and Eurytela are closely allied, agreeing in the angular
wing form and in pattern (except in certain species of Ergolis ,
mimetic of Euploea), and also in some characters of the male
genitalia, notably in the gedoeagus, which is heavy and dorsiven-
trally flattened, or even trough-shaped, and in the valve, which
is emarginate ventrally and closely articulated with the lateral
process of the deeply bilobed juxta, so as to form a biramous
composite structure. Bylolia is evidently fairly close to these
genera, having the same heavy, flattened gedoeagus, but appears
to be more primitive in having rounded wings, and in having the
valve less intimately associated with the juxta. Neptidopsis,
Mesoxantha, and the new genus agree in having the valve reduced
ventrally but not closely associated with the juxta ; otherwise the
three genera are not particularly close in structure, although Nept-
idopsis and the new genus agree in pattern. This black and white
pattern is suggestive of the Limenitini, and may be the primitive
pattern of the group. The stout aedoeagus and heavily sclero-
tized genitalia of Neptidopsis are vaguely suggestive of Ergolis
and its associated genera, but Neptidopsis shows none of the
definite specializations which characterize them, so the resem-
blance may be illusory. Like Mesoxantha, Mestra and Vila have

Mar., 1949]

Munroe: Nymphalid^e

a long slender aedoeagus, but differ from all the other genera in
having the valve normally developed. Biblis is nniqne in having
the male palpi strikingly modified, and its male genitalia differ
markedly from those of the other genera here considered; in the
writer ’s opinion it cannot be included in the Eurytelini, and must
occupy a somewhat isolated, position in the general swollen-veined
group. *

Genus 1. Ergolis Boisduval

Ergolis Boisduval, 1838, pi. 4, f.4. Genotype and sole original
species: Papilio ariadne Johannson (1763).

Ariadne Horsfield, 1829, pi. 6, f.2. Genotype and sole original
species: Papilio ariadne Johannson (1763). Homonym of
Ariadne Savigny (1825).

Palpi long and porrect; eyes naked. Fore wing with cell
closed; lower discocellular sinuate (in merione and pupillata
almost straight), terminating posteriorly at the fork of M3 and
Cui. Hind wing with cell closed ; basal part of M2 (middle
discocellular) strongly curved; lower discocellular concave out-
wards, terminating at the fork of M3 and Cui. Male with prom-
inent sex scaling on the posterior half of the fore wing beneath
and on the anterior part of the hind wing above, in some species
also on the upper side of the fore wing. In E. obseura, M3 and
Cui of both fore and hind wings are stalked for a short distance.

Male genitalia showing considerable specific variation; some-
times highly specialized. Eighth tergite with a weak antero-
lateral process on each side. Eighth sternite variable, always
bilobed and spined posteriorly; in the genotype the lobes are
inconspicuous and rounded, in pupillata they are somewhat more
conspicuous and upturned, in enotrea they form long slender
processes, which bear a comb-like row of spines and a stout
terminal spine, and extend dorsad beyond the costa of the valve.
Saccus slender, straight or curved, length varying with the
species. Uncus rather broad, pointed, not clearly distinct from
tegumen. Valve rather slender, somewhat emarginate ventrally,
rounded or hooked at the tip. Juxta deeply divided, lobes closely
associated with ventral margin of valves. Aedoeagus variable;
in the genotype long, rather slender, and slightly decurved, with

New York Entomological Society

[Yol. lvii

a blunt tip, in other species much stouter, upcurved, and dorsi-
ventrally flattened or even trough-shaped.

A moderately large genus, distributed throughout the Oriental
and Ethiopian regions. The great variation in structure, even
among the few species examined, is striking, and a morphological
study of the full range of species should be most fruitful. It is
quite possible that the results of such a study would necessitate
the splitting of the genus, while they would certainly reveal
interesting interrelationships among the species.

Species examined: ariadne Joh., enotrea Cr., isoeus pupillaia
Fruhst., meriorie Cr., actisanes Hew., ohscura Fldr. (external
characters) ; ariadne Joh., enotrea Cr., isoeus pupillata Fruhst.
(male genitalia).

Genus 2. Laringa Moore

Laringa Moore, 1901 : 24. Genotype, by original designation :
Eurytela horsfieldii Boisduval (1833).

Palpi densely scaled, moderately long, porrect; eyes naked.
Cell of fore wing closed; lower discocellular gently concave ex-
ternally, ending at or slightly beyond the fork of M3 and Cui.
Hind wing with cell closed; M2 sharply angled shortly beyond
its origin from Mi, then rather gently curved ; lower discocellular
slightly concave outwards, terminating at fork of M3 and Cui.
Male differing from female in colour, in horsfieldii moderately,
in castelnaui strikingly. Male without conspicuous sex scaling.

Male genitalia of the Ergolis type, but less specialized. Eighth
sternite elongate, somewhat emarginate laterally, very moder-
ately bifid posteriorly, without spines. Saccus long and slender,
slightly upcurved anteriorly. Uncus simple, not sharply distinct
from tegumen. Subscaphram moderately well developed, con-
nected by lateral arms with the tegumen. Valve narrow, bearing
ventrally at the base a lobe belonging to the juxta. Aedceagus
heavy, depressed, upturned posteriorly.

This genus is closely related to Ergolis, with which it might
perhaps be united, but in certain respects it appears to mark a
transition to Eurytela. It is limited to tropical Asia.

Species examined: horsfieldii Bsd. (external characters and
male genitalia) ; castelnaui niha Fruhst. (external characters).

Mar., 1949]

Munroe: Nymphalhee

Genus 3. Eurytela Boisduval

Eurybela Boisduval, 1833 : 54. Genotype : Papilio dryope Cramer.
Doubleday (1844) selected a genotype by elimination; this
action was accepted as valid by Scudder (1875), who
formally designated dryope as the genotype.

Palpi very long, third joint porrect; eyes densely hairy.
Pore wing with cell weakly closed; lower discocellular very
gently concave, terminating beyond fork of M3 and Cui. Hind
wing with cell closed ; M2 arising just beyond fork of RS and Mi ;
lower discocellular straight, arising well beyond fork of Mx and
M2, terminating at fork of M3 and Cui ; fork Mx_2 nearer base
than fork Cui_2.

Male genitalia of the Ergolis type; eighth sternite moderately
elongate, trilobed posteriorly, but with posterior median portion,
including median lobe, very weakly sclerotized; lateral lobes
spined. Uncus simple, clearly distinct from tegumen. Sub-
scaphium well developed, connected with tegumen by a pair of
lateral arms. Saccus moderately long, tapering anteriorly.
Valve narrow, bearing ventrally at the base a lobe belonging to
the juxta. Aedoeagus stout, flattened, straight.

The only genus of the tribe with hairy eyes. Confined to the
Ethiopian region, where three species are known, alinda Mab.
certainly being distinct.

Species examined: hiarbas Dru. (external characters and male
genitalia) ; dryope Cr., alinda Mab. (external characters).

Genus 4. Byblia Hiibner

Byblia Hiibner, 1819 : 28. Genotype and sole original species:
Papilio ilitiiyia Drury (1773).

Hypanis Boisduval, 1833 : 55. Genotype : Papilio ilithyia Drury
(1773), designated by Scudder (1875), who believed the two
original species to be identical.

Palpi finely scaled, third joint very long and porrect; eyes
naked. Cell of fore wing weakly closed ; lower discocellular con-
cave outwards, ending just beyond fork of M3 and Cui. Hind
wing with cell closed ; M2 strongly curved at base ; fork RS-Mi
slightly nearer base than fork Cui_2 ; lower discocellular concave
outwards, ending at fork of M3 and Cui. As pointed out by

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVII

Aurivillius, in occasional specimens the hind wings have the cell
open.

Male genitalia: eighth tergite with an antero-lateral process;
eighth sternite long and heavy, somewhat upturned posteriorly;
posterolateral angles somewhat produced, bearing three or four
somewhat fusiform spines. Saccus long, slender, and curved.
Uncus very slender, pointed, and decurved, clearly distinct from
the tegumen ; the latter bears a small posteriorly directed process
on either side of the base of the uncus, representing the subsca-
phium, which is otherwise totally absent. V alve posteroventrally
emarginate. Juxta well developed, articulating with the lower
margin of the valve. Aedoeagus heavy, depressed, upturned
posteriorly.

A small genus, distributed throughout the tropics of the Old
World.

Species examined: acheloia Cr. (external characters and male
genitalia) ; ilithyia Dru. (external characters).

Genus 5. Neptidopsis Aurivillius

Neptidopsis Aurivillius, 1898: 155. Genotype: Papilio ophione
Cramer (1779), new designation.

Palpi long, finely scaled, porrect; eyes naked. Pore wing
with cell closed; lower discocellular gently concave externally,
ending at fork of M3 and Cux. Hind wing with cell open; fork
RS-Mj about opposite to fork Cui_2, both very close to base ; M?
strongly curved at base.

Male genitalia; eighth sternite long and slender, somewhat
bilobed posteriorly, each lobe bearing a single fusiform spine.
Eighth tergite with a strong antero-lateral process. Saccus long,
slender, and straight. Uncus pointed, not clearly distinct from
tegumen. Subscaphium well developed, connected by lateral
arms with the tegumen. Valve narrow. Aedoeagus long, heavy,
cylindrical, straight.

Distribution Ethiopian. Of the twTo species included by Auri-
villius, ophione is here selected as the type. •

Species examined: ophione Cr. (external characters and male
genitalia) ; f ulgur at a Bsd. (external characters).

Mar., 1949]

Munroe: Nymphalid^e

Genus 6. Mesoxantha Aurivillius

Mesoxantha Aurivillius, 1898 : 157. Genotype and sole original
species: Papilio ethosea Drury (1782).

Palpi rather slender, porrect, with bushy scaling ; eyes naked.
Fore wing with discocellular strongly concave externally, ending
slightly beyond fork of M3 and Cui. Hind wing with cell closed ;
middle discocellular straight, arising from fork RS-Ma, longer
than lower discocellular, the latter character being unique in the
tribe ; lower discocellular ending about midway between forks
Cui_2 and M3-Cu!.

Male genitalia : eighth sternite .slightly elongate, weakly
bilobed posteriorly, unspined. Saccus long, slender, and straight.
Uncus simple, distinct from tegumen. Subscaphium moderately
well developed, connected by lateral arms with the tegumen.
Valves somewhat emarginate postero-ventrally. Aedoeagus long,
slender except at base, pointed, bent upwards somewhat before
the middle.

The genus is confined to tropical Africa. The contrast be-
tween the primitive genitalia, which do not differ greatly from
those of Eunica, and the specialized wing venation is striking.
The venation has perhaps become modified in connection with
the development of Acraeine mimicry.

Species examined: ethosea Dru. (external characters and male
genitalia).

Genus 7. Archimestra new genus
Genotype: Argynnis teleboas Menetries (1832)

Palpi long and porrect ; eyes naked. Fore wing with cell closed ; R2 and R3
arising together before end of cell; lower discocellular strongly concave out-
wards, ending at fork of M3 and Cu^ Hind wing with cell Closed; M2
strongly curved at base, arising slightly beyond fork RS-M^; latter farther
from base of wing than fork Cu^o, but both fairly close; lower discocellu-
lar concave outwards ending between forks Cu^ and M^-Cu^

Male genitalia weakly sclerotized, with the parts somewhat reduced ; eighth
sternite not elongate, faintly bilobed posteriorly, without spines, though
with a rather stout apical seta on each lobe; eighth tergite with a weak
antero-lateral process. Saccus of moderate length, slender and slightly
sinuate, pointed anteriorly. Uncus simple, clearly distinct from tegumen.
Subscaphium absent, although the lateral arms articulating with the
tegumen are weakly represented. Valve narrow, ventral part reduced.

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVir

Juxta weak and bifid. Aedceagus short, weakly sclerotized, moderately
thick, upturned at about the middle.

The single species referred to this genus has been placed by
all recent authors in Mestra, usually under the synonymous name
Cystineura. The anomalous nature of the species has, however,
frequently been recognized, and Seitz (1921) suggested that it
might well be referred to Neptidopsis, in view of the similarity
in wing pattern and length of palpi, but did not go so far as to
make this revision himself. In point of fact, the detailed cor-
respondence in pattern between the two genera is not too good,
and, as already pointed out, the genitalia and wing venation are
not similar. From Mestra, the new genus is easily distinguished
by the closed cell of the hind wing, the sharply curved base of
M2 in the same wing, the absence of the subscaphium, and, super-
ficially, by the strongly contrasting wing pattern of black and
white. The absence of the subscaphium and the generally weak
development of the male genitalia are probably secondary; the
other characters of the genus may well be primitive. There is
no clear indication of an immediate relationship with either
Mestra or Neptidopsis.

Archimestra has a relict distribution, being confined to His-
paniola, where it is locally common. It no doubt represents an
archaic type — a conjecture which has suggested the name.

Species examined: teleljoas Men. (external characters and male
genitalia) .

Genus 8. Mestra Hiibner

Mestra Hiibner, 1825, vol. 2, pi. 45. Genotype and sole original
species: Mestra hypermestra Hiibner (1825).

Cystineura Boisduval, 1836, pi. 9. Genotype and sole original
species: Papilio hersilia Fabricius (1777).

Palpi moderately long, porrect; eyes naked. Fore wing with
cell closed ; R2 and R3 arising together at approximately the end
of the cell; lower discocellular bent rather sharply near its
posterior extremity. Hind wing with cell open ; fork RS-Mi
somewhat farther from base than fork Cui_2; M2 rather gently
curved at base.

Male genitalia : eighth sternite long, narrow, bilobed poste-
riorly; eighth tergite with a weak, downwardly directed antero-

Mar., 1949]

Munroe: Nymphalid.®

lateral process. Saccus long, slender, and straight. Uncus
simple, not clearly distinct from tegumen. Subscaphium mod-
erately well developed, connected by lateral arms with the tegu-
men. Valve of normal width, bilobed at tip. Juxta weak, en-
tire. Aedceagus pointed, slender except at base.

A Neotropical genus, with a small number of closely similar
species, whose precise limits are not yet fully understood.

Species examined: hypermestra Hbn., amymone Men., dorcas
F. (external characters and male genitalia).

Genus 9. Vila Kirby

Yila Kirby, 1871 : 217. Genotype : Olina azeca Doubleday
(1848), automatically, as this name was proposed to replace
Olina Doubleday, of which azeca is the type.

Olina Doubleday, 1848, pi. 31. Genotype and sole original
species: Olina azeca Doubleday (1848). Homonym of
Olina Robineau-Desvoidy (1830).

Palpi moderately long, porrect, with third joint rather short;
eyes naked. Fore wing with cell closed; lower discocellular
straight, ending between forks M3-Cui and Cu!_2. Hind wing
with cell closed; fork RS-Mi somewhat farther from base than
fork Cui_2 ; M2 rather strongly bent at base ; lower discocellular
strongly concave outwards, ending basad of fork M3-Cu!.

The above description was made from V. ccecilia ; V. emilia
agrees with it; V. cacica differs in having the cell of the hind
wing open and that of the fore wing very weakly closed, while
V. azeca, the genotype, has the cell open in both wings. These
species are otherwise very similar in structure, and the differ-
ences mentioned do not appear to be of more than specific value.

Male genitalia (V. azeca) : abdomen with very wide mem-
branous pleural region ; behind tergites 4 and 5 are conspicuous
invaginated and presumably eversible mid-dorsal pockets, con-
taining long, black scales. Eighth tergite with a long antero-
lateral process. Eighth sternite very long, extending anteriorly
into segment 6 ; at the anterior extremity it is slender and fur-
cate, posteriorly it is prolonged into two long, upwardly directed
processes, bearing a comb-like row of long spines on the posterior
margin. Saccus slender, of moderate length, bent upwards an-

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVII

teriorly. Tegumen broad and heavy, with a slender lateral
process articulating with the valve. Uncus stout, spatulate, not
clearly distinct from tegumen. Subscaphium prominent, lateral
arms connecting with tegumen rather short. Valve slender,
hairy, simple in outline, rather deeply emarginate basally be-
tween dorsal and ventral articulations. Juxta bilobed. Aedoe-
agus fairly thick, upturned before middle, pointed distally.

V. ccecilia differs in having a third pouch of scales behind the
sixth abdominal tergite, in having the eighth sternite only mod-
erately expanded and bilobed posteriorly, the lobes being thickly
set internally with short spines, in having the uncus slender and
pointed, in the valve being provided with a hand-shaped ex-
pansion distally, and not being emarginate basally between the
articulations, in the saccus being long, slender, and straight, and
in the form of the juxta. Other species would no doubt show
correspondingly great differences.

The genus is Neotropical in distribution.

The data concerning the original publication of Olina Double-
day are taken from Scudder (1875) ; the plate cited bears no
date. Whether or not it antedated the corresponding text is
immaterial from the present standpoint, as azeca remains the
genotype in the latter event, on the basis of Scudder ’s designa-
tion. Those interested in this question may consult Brown
(1941) and Hemming (1941).

Species examined: azeca Dbl., ccecilia Fldr. (external char-
acters and male genitalia) ; emilia Cr., cacica Stgr. (external
characters).

Genus 10. Biblis Fabricius

Biblis Fabricius, 1807 : xi, no. 14. Genotype, by absolute
tantonymy: Papilio biblis Fabricius (1775).

Zonaga Billberg, 1820 : 7. . Genotype and sole original species :
Papilio biblis Fabricius (1775).

Palpi long, those of female very long; in the male the third
joint is considerably modified, being short, compressed, and
rounded at the tip; in the female this joint is of normal form,
moderately long, and pointed at the tip. Eyes naked. Fore
wing with cell closed ; lower discocellular very gently convex out-

Mak., 1949]

MUNROE: NYMPHALID2E

wards, ending distinctly basad of fork M3-Cui. Hind wing with
cell open; M2 strongly curved at base, arising well beyond fork
RS-Mi, which is opposite fork Cui_2. Male with a conspicuous
oval patch of modified scales on the under side of the fore wings,
just anterior to A2.

Male genitalia highly modified; .eighth tergite without an
antero-lateral process ; eighth sternite heavily sclerotized, greatly
expanded, especially at front, with anterior and posterior angles
heavily spined; saccus moderately long and stout; uncus deeply
bifid, distinct from tegumen; subscaphium long and broad, boat
shaped, with short and very broad lateral arms, which narrow
rapidly toward the tegumen; valve of normal width, pointed at
tip ; juxta strongly bilobed ; sedoeagus long, slender, tubular and
straight, pointed at tip.

'The genitalia differ in almost every important character from
those of the Ergolini, and there is little probability of a direct
relationship. The single species is Neotropical.

As pointed out by Scudder (1875), D ’Almeida (1942), and
Comstock (1943), the type of Didonis is a Satyrine, and the name
cannot legitimately be used for the present genus.

Species examined : hyperia Cr. (= biblis F.).

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

The writer is greatly indebted to Dr. Wm. T. M. Forbes of
Cornell University, and to Mr. Wm. P. Comstock of the American
Museum of Natural History for permission to examine and dissect
material in the collections of those two institutions. In addition,
Dr. Forbes was kind enough to read preliminary manuscript of
this paper, and offered some valuable suggestions as to arrange-
ment and terminology.

LITEEATUEE CITED

D ’Almeida, E. Ferreira. 1941. Algumas observances sobre a fauna de
Lepidoptera da America. Arq. de Zool. do Estado de Sao Paulo, 2:
299-318.

Aurivillius, C. 1898. Ehopalocera Aetliiopica. Kongl. Svensk. Vetenskaps-
Akad. Handl., 31 (5).

Billberg, G. J. 1820. Enumeratio insectorum in museo Billberg. Stock-
holm.

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVII

Boisduval, J. B. A. 1833. Lepidopteres de Madagascar. Nouv. Ann. Mus.
Hist. Nat., 2: 149-270, 7 pi.

. 1836. Species general de Lepidoteres. Paris.

Brown, F. M. 1941. Some notes on four primary reference works on
Lepidoptera. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., 34: 127-138.

Comstock, Wm. P. 1942. The name Biblis, generic and specific. Bull.
Brookl. Ent. Soc., 37 : 89-90.

Doubleday, E. 1848. The genera of* diurnal Lepidoptera, pi. 31. London.
Doubleday, E. and J. O. Westwood. 1851. Eurytelidae, in The genera of
diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 2. London.

Fabricius, J. C. 1807. Systema Glossatorum. Braunschweig.

Hemming, F. 1941. The types of genera established by Doubleday (E.) in
“the genera of diurnal Lepidoptera” and by Westwood (J. O.) in the
continuation thereof. Jour. Soc. Bibl. Nat. Hist., 1: 413-446.
Horsfield, T. 1829. A descriptive catalogue of the Lepidopterous insects
contained in the museum of the Honourable East India Company, Part 2.
Hubner, J. 1819. Verzeichniss bekannter Schmett[er]linge. Signature 2.
Augsburg.

. 1825. Sammlung exotischer Schmetterlinge, vol. 2. Augsburg.

Kirby, W. F. 1871. A synonymic catalogue of diurnal Lepidoptera.
London.

M£netries, E. 1832. Catalogue de quelques lepidopteres des Antilles avec
la description de plusieurs especes nouvelles. Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat.
Moscou, 5: 291-316.

. 1834. Notice surquelques lepidopteres des Antilles. Nouv. Mem.

Soc. Imp. Nat. Moscou, 3 : H’3-133, pi. 10, 11.

Moore, F. 1901. Lepidoptera Indica, vol. 5. London.

Schatz, E. 1887. Exotische Schmetterlinge, II Theil: Die Familien und
Gattungen der Tagfalter Systematisch und analytisch bearbeitet. Fiirth,
Bavaria.

Scudder, S. H. 1875. Historical sketch of the generic names proposed for
butterflies. Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts and Sci., 10: 91-293.

Seitz, A. 1921. Ergolidi, in Macrolepidoptera of the World, Fauna Ameri-
cana, vol. 5.

Vol. LVII

JUNE, 1949

j ■■ > . i

Journal

of the

No* 2

New York Entomological Society

Devoted to Entomology in General

Published Quarterly by the Society
N. QUEEN ST. AND MeGOVERN AVE,
LANCASTER, PA.

NEW YORK, N. Y.

JUN

Publication Committee

HARRY B. WEISS JOHN D. SHERMAN, Jr*

17 ™ TEALE

ouoscnpnon $5*00 per

B. WEISS

1949

CONTENTS

___________

Physiological Effects of Induced Hemorrhage in Japanese
Beetle Larvae

By Eaimon L. Beard 79

Book Notice 92

Distinctive Features of the Larvae of Aedes alleni Turner
(Diptera: Culicidae)

By Osmond P. Breland 93

Experiments on the Colony Foundation of European Ants

By Dr. Arnulf Molitor 101

The Identity of Two Introduced Clover Seed Weevils
(Coleoptera: Curcuiionidae)

By H. E. Milliron 109

Drosophila in New England

By Eliot B. Spiess 117

Book Notice 132

Notes on Oregon Coccinellidae (Coleoptera)

By Borys Malkin 133

Organic Insecticides 134

Observation on the Courtship of Brenthis anchorago L.
(Coleoptera: Brenthidae)

By Borys Malkin 135

Book Notice 138

Color Discrimination by Eristalis tenax 140

Insects and Slang 140

NOTICE: Volume LVII, Number 1, of the Journal of
the New York Entomological Society was published
on February 26. 1949.

Entered as second class matter July 7, 1925, at the post office at Lancaster, Pa.,
under the Act of August 24, 1912.

Acceptance for mailing at special rate of postage provided for in Section 1103.
Act of October 3, 1917, authorized March 27, 1924.

JOURNAL

OF THE

New York Entomological Society

Vol. LVII June, 1949 No. 2

PHYSIOLOGICAL EFFECTS OF INDUCED
HEMORRHAGE IN JAPANESE
BEETLE LARViE

By Raimon L. Beard

Connecticut Agricultural Experiment Station

In the course of studying various aspects of Japanese beetle
( Popillia japonica Newm.) larvae infected with Bacillus popillice
Dutky (Beard, 1945) it was observed that blood (hemolymph)
samples could be taken repeatedly from individual grubs without
apparent ill effects. Since the size of the samples was relatively
large on Occasion, rapid replacement of blood was indicated.
Confirmation of this was the primary objective of the observa-
tions reported here.

These investigations were made upon third instar larvae of the
Japanese beetle, incubated in soil with sprouting grass seed for
food and maintained at a constant temperature of 80°F.

In interpreting the effects of loss of blood induced by punctur-
ing the integument, it is important to know the normal blood
volume present in an individual grub. The total blood volume
of insects is difficult to determine with accuracy because of unsat-
isfactory techniques. Approximations can be made, however,
using several methods (Richardson et al, 1931; Yeager and
Tauber, 1932; Yeager and Munson, in press). As much as 29
per cent of the body weight of a third instar J apanese beetle grub
has been lost at a single bleeding, so the total blood volume must
exceed this figure at least in some individuals.

; HIM on

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVII

The method of Richardson et al., (1931) for determining blood
volume, in which the animal is cut open and the blood taken up
with filter paper, yielded values ranging from 25.1 per cent to 40.8
per cent of the body weight, the mean of ten determinations being
31.9 per cent . Since these figures are little more than can be
obtained by draining blood from punctured grubs killed by im-
mersion in water heated to 60° C., the values are undoubtedly
low. The difficulties with this method lie in the facts that blood
in the legs, head, and other inaccessible places, is not removed,
and on the other hand, as blood is removed, the fat body and
other soft, loosely attached tissues may be taken out inadvert-
ently.

Although the dye dilution method of determining blood volume
is the simplest and is suitable for some insects (Yeager and Mun-
son, loc. cit.), it is not usable for Japanese beetle larvae. The dyes
most useful for this purpose — Amaranth or Ponceau 3 R — when
injected into beetle grubs, are not circulated promptly, but ap-
pear to be taken up locally by other tissues. Moreover the in-
jection irritates the insect to the extent of inducing the grub to
bite itself, thus causing hemorrhage. Attempts to artificially
circulate the dye by gently massaging the grub while under
carbon dioxide anaesthesia, have not been successful because the
gut usually ruptured with such treatment.

The injection of chloride (as NaCl) and its subsequent de-
termination after dilution by the blood likewise did not prove
feasible. With this technique the chief difficulty is in the lack of
a precise end-point when the chloride is titrated with silver ni-
trate. Neither the method of Yeager and Munson (loc. cit.) nor
the adsorption indicator method described by King (1947)
yielded reliable results with this species of insect.

Another technique, which is peculiarly adapted to determining
the blood volume in Japanese beetle larvae, has several advantages
but certain technical disadvantages. This method depends upon
the presence of bacterial spores (Bacillus popilliaz) in the blood.
Infected individuals can be found in the field or infection can be
induced readily by rearing grubs in inoculated soil. The tech-
nique assumes that the spores are resident only in the blood and
that their distribution in the blood is uniform. Both of these as-

June, 1949]

Beard: Hemolymph

sumptions are entirely reasonable in view of observations re-
ported previously (Beard, 1945). The results obtained, however,
must be expressed in terms of infected individuals, for at present
it is not known if the presence of the bacteria otherwise affects
the blood volume of the insects. The method, then, is to de-
termine the number of spores in a given quantity of blood and
also the total number of spores present in the grub. From these
data the blood volume can be calculated simply. The concentra-
tion of spores in the blood is determined by making suitable dilu-
tion and counting with a hemocytometer. The total number of
spores present is found by macerating the grub, suspending the
brei in water, and counting the spores in representative samples,
using the counting chamber. The spores have a characteristic
shape and usually can be distinguished from the other particles
in the suspension. The procedures involved are relatively simple,
but two factors make for inaccuracy. One is that the spores are
so numerous that great dilution is required for counting. This
means that large sampling errors may occur. The other is that
even though the spore is characteristic in shape, it cannot always
be distinguished with certainty from other bits of tissue of the
macerated grubs. A different type of counting than is usually
employed, however, tends to reduce the personal error and makes
possible a statistical check on the reliability of the sampling
method, (Bliss, 1948). Instead of making only a total numerical
count of the spores present within a given number of squares of
a counting chamber, the number of squares containing 0, 1, 2, 3,
. . . n spores is recorded for a total of 80 squares in each of four
fields sampled separately. Agreement with Poisson distribution
then serves to check on the randomness of the sample and sub-
samples. Bliss {loc. cit.) has described a method for using a
truncated Poisson distribution, in which the squares of the count-
ing chambers would be recorded in terms of those containing 0,
1, 2, 3, and 4 or more spores. While this simplifies somewhat the
actual recording of data, it seems more satisfactory to record the
entire series for greater precision, and in some respects, for
greater ease of both execution and calculation. As might be ex-
pected, this technique demonstrated that the determination of
the number of spores per unit volume of blood was more accurate

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LYII

than the determination of the total number of spores present in
the grub. The technique can be used, however, to yield figures in
which some confidence can be placed. The time required for
making the determinations and calculations was great enough
that, when a simpler method, described below, presented itself,
no more determinations were made than were required to estab-
lish the validity of the technique.

A third dilution technique differing from those mentioned
above was employed successfully by taking advantage of the
spectrographic method of analysis. A known amount (7
lambda1) of a 3 per cent solution of manganese chloride was in-
jected into a beetle grub of known weight anaesthetized with
carbon dioxide. After a definite time interval, the grub was
killed by immersion in water heated to 60° C. to inhibit blood
coagulation, and a sample of blood (20 lambda) was withdrawn
and absorbed on filter paper. The filter paper was then ashed,
the residue taken up in 1 ml. of water, and samples were tested
spectrographically2 for manganese. This element was chosen be-
cause it is a normal constituent of the blood of this insect and
because its spectrographic lines are very sensitive. Blanks and
standards were prepared simultaneously by adding a known
volume of MnCl2 to known volumes of pooled blood. Samples
(20 lambda) of these were absorbed on filter paper and analyzed
in the same way as the other blood samples. By this means the
normal manganese of the blood was taken into account without
further correction. The standards prepared yielded reliable and
reproduceable curves with which the unknowns could be com-
pared and calculated in terms of blood volume. Determinations
were made on three groups of nine grubs each, samples being
taken after killing the grubs five, 10, and 20 minutes after injec-
tion. This was done because the time required for circulation,
and hence good distribution, of the injected material was not
known. Too short a time- interval would be expected to give er-
ratic results, whereas too great a time interval might permit the
injected material to be taken up by other tissues, excreted, or
possibly even induce dilution of the blood if the osmotic balance

1 (= .007 ml.)

2 The writer gratefully acknowledges the assistance given by Mr. W. T.
Mathis in designing this technique and executing the spectrographic analyses.

June, 1949]

Beard: Hemolymph

was appreciably upset by the MnCl2. The volume of blood found
for each grub was converted to volumes per cent based on body
weight, the means being as follows :

TABLE 1

Mean blood
vol. per cent

Standard

error

Grubs killed 5 min. after injection

38.91

1.62

Grubs killed 10 min. after injection

42.85

2.03

Grubs killed 20 min. after injection

40.91

2.34

All determinations

40.89

1.16

Although the lower figure might suggest that five minutes was
not sufficient time for the MnCl2 to circulate, the difference be-
tween the mean of this group and that of grubs killed 10 minutes
after injection is not statistically significant. It would appear,
then, that the mean of all determinations could serve as a reason-
able figure for the average blood volume of a Japanese beetle
larva.

Although the hemolymph of the Japanese beetle grub coagu-
lates promptly upon exuding from a wound, this coagulation has
little effect in reducing hemorrhage, chiefly because there is an
immediate and copious outflow of blood when the integument is
punctured. This is borne out by the following experiment. Each
of ten grubs was pricked with a needle and as the blood flowed
out it was taken up with absorbent paper before it coagulated.
Another series of ten grubs was similarly pricked, but the blood
was allowed to coagulate before it was wiped off. Weight
measurements before and after bleeding indicated the amount of
hemorrhage. In the former group the loss of blood per grub
ranged from 8.86 per cent body weight to 23.89 per cent with a
mean of 15.74 per cent. Among the grubs whose blood was al-
lowed to coagulate, the blood loss ranged from 5.72 per cent to
25.44 per cent, with a mean of 14.08 per cent. These differences
are not significant. Bleeding tends to be less in quiet individuals
which maintain good muscle tonus. The wounds in flaccid in-
dividuals do not seem to close as promptly as in others, and those

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LY1I

highly active tend to “pump out’* blood by their body move-
ments. It has also been observed that the activity of grubs when
removed from soil may open up old wounds, indicating that
coagulation has not formed an efficient plug before tissue growth
has healed the wound.

The maximum amount of blood a given grub can lose at one
time without fatal results is, of course, impossible to determine.
Among different grubs the amount that flows freely from an in-
duced wound, without external pressure being applied, varies
within broad limits. It has already been noted that in one in-
stance 29 per cent of the body weight was lost, and among 200
grubs punctured with a needle, the loss of blood ranged from 1.3
milligrams to 59.7 milligrams, or from 0.9 per cent to 22.5 per
cent of the body weight. Several observed grubs have survived
losses of blood in excess of 20 per cent of their body weight, in-
dicating that possibly as much as 50 per cent of their total blood
volume might be lost at one time without fatal effects.

The effect of a single bleeding upon subsequent growth as
measured by body weight was observed by wounding a series of
grubs and comparing the body weights with those of uninjured
grubs incubated under the same conditions. If the initial weight
is taken as a point of reference, the uninjured larvas followed the
more or less expected sigmoid growth curve. Among the punc-
tured grubs, the loss of blood, of course, resulted in an immediate
reduction in body weight. This was followed by a slight further
reduction in weight which may have been associated with inter-
rupted feeding activity, as it has been observed that normal grubs
when taken from abundant to restricted pasture may similarly
lose weight temporarily. Although the weaker grubs continue to
lose weight and eventually die, the tendency is toward a recovery
of the original weight within three days after injury and a con-
tinued increase in body weight at a rate depending upon the vigor
of the individual. The most vigorous individuals gain weight
more rapidly than the uninjured controls, but the general tend-
ency is to parallel the growth rate of the controls with a definite
time lag. Depending upon the amount of blood lost, pupation
may be delayed two or even three weeks.

Similar observations were made on the effect of repeated hem-

•June, 1949]

Beard: Hemolymph

orrhages in terms of the body weight changes during a period of
two weeks. Groups of grubs were punctured one, two or three
times each week, or two, four or six times during the period of
observation. Individual weight records were kept and the
amount of blood lost was noted. The data obtained from the
grubs surviving treatment are summarized in Table II, which
indicates the changes in body weight based upon the means within
each group and expressed in terms of the per cent of the initial
weight. The net increase represents the body weight changes ex-
clusive of the blood removed, whereas the gross increase includes
the weight of the blood lost as this is tissue formed by the insect,
but withdrawn from it. Data on one individual are included to
indicate an extreme case.

TABLE 2

Mean Changes in Body Weight

Number of
wounclings

Number of

Per cent of initial weight

insects

n , Net increase

Blood lost , , ,

body weight

Gross increase
body weight

-17

Although these summary data obscure the individual variation,
it is apparent that the greater the loss of blood, the slower is the
rate of increase of net body weight. In other words, blood re-
placement is made at the expense of other tissue formation. It is
significant, however, that 50 per cent or more of the body weight
can be lost as blood in a two week period and there still be an
increase in net body weight. This means that the volume of blood
lost probably more than equalled the normal blood volume pre-
sent at one time, considering the normal blood volume to be the
40.89 per cent mentioned above. In an extreme case of the one
individual indicated, which lost 68 per cent of its body weight as
blood in six hemorrhages, replacement of this loss was made at
the expense of maintaining its initial body weight. Even so, if

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVII

this blood is included as tissue formation, the gross increase is
more than equal that of the mean of the uninjured controls.

As might be expected not all grubs can withstand the drastic
treatment imposed upon them in the above test, and the mortality
reflects the severity of hemorrhage. This is evidenced by the
mortality figures of three series of observations involving a total
of 160 grubs — 40 in each of the groups indicated below.

TABLE 3

Number of
grubs

Number of
hemorrhages

Per cent mortality at
end of two weeks

17.5

37.5

35.0

52.5

In this series the higher value of 37.5 per cent over 35.0 probably
has no significance.

It is doubtful if infection was responsible for any of this in-
crease in mortality attending wounding. Although fatal infec-
tion invariably occurs if the gut is punctured, it has rarely been
observed that infection from soil bacteria has resulted from
wounding. Beard (1945) has given experimental evidence that
preliminary wounding does not increase the infection rate among
grubs exposed to heavy spore concentration of Bacillus popillice,
a bacteriemic parasite of this insect.

Although the above experiments suggest a fairly rapid quanti-
tative replacement of blood following hemorrhage, a somewhat
more direct estimate of the time required for the blood volume
to return to normal can be made. Actual volume determinations
using the manganese dilution technique would of course be the
most precise, but a simpler method can be used for comparative
purposes in determining the time factor, if not the actual volume
relationships. If grubs are heat-fixed to prevent blood coagula-
tion, it is found that considerably more blood can be drawn from
normal grubs than from grubs that have been wounded pre-
viously. Accordingly, by determining the amount of blood that
can be drawn from wounded grubs at various times after hem-

June, 1949]

Beard: Hemolymph

orrhage in comparison with that from intact controls, the ap-
proach to normal can be approximated. In such a test, the
wounded grubs yielded 67 per cent of that from uninjured con-
trols seven hours after hemorrhage, 88 per cent 24 hours after
hemorrhage, and 91 per cent after 48 hours. Of course these
figures definitely exaggerate the difference in terms of the true
values because of the residual blood that cannot be drained. Al-
though the return to normal is probably more or less asymptotic,
these data tend to support the impression gained in the above
experiments that normal blood volume is essentially restored
within two to three days after hemorrhage.

Some consideration was given to the qualitative effects of in-
duced hemorrhage.

Specific gavity determinations were made on samples of blood
taken from grubs seven, 24, and 48 hours after wounding, using
a falling drop technique essentially that of Barbour and Hamil-
ton (1926). Similar determinations were made on samples taken
from intact grubs handled under the same environmental condi-
tions. Successive samples could not, of course, be taken from the
same grub, so for each time interval, groups of 5 larvae each were
tested independently. The mean specific gravity for each group
was found to be as follows :

TABLE 4

Mean loss of
blood (mg/gm

Specific gravity
Hours after hemorrhage

body weight)

24 48

Wounded grubs

45.6

1.0294

95.2

1.0308

61.4

1.0311

Intact controls

0.0

1.0408

1.0346 1.0338

As compared with the controls, the specific gravity of blood
from the test grubs was significantly less among the samples taken
seven hours after hemorrhage but, as time went on, it gradually
approached the normal control, the differences being not statis-
tically significant at the 24 and 48 hour intervals. It will be
noted, however, that the reduction of the difference between the

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVII

groups is due less to an increase in specific gravity of the test in-
sects than it is to a decrease in the specific gravity of the blood
from the control grubs. The reason for the latter is not known,
but it may be associated with the change in pasture, since all
grubs were removed from a common rearing container to indi-
vidual containers for each group with a replenished source of food.
The fact that the second group of wounded grubs lost an appreci-
ably greater amount of blood than the other groups does not seem
to affect the recovery trend.

Spectrographic analyses were made* of pooled samples of
blood taken from grubs seven, 24 and 48 hours after hemorrhage
induced by wounding. Similar analysis was made of blood from
comparable controls, duplicates being run of both series. The
spectrographs of all samples were similar in most respects and,
while certain slight variations appeared, these could not be attri-
buted to the effect of loss of blood prior to sampling. The lines
representing aluminum, copper, magnesium, and phosphorus
were remarkably uniform. Those of sodium, calcium, manganese,
and iron showed more variation, but the control samples varied
as much among themselves as with the samples from bled grubs.
One notable difference appeared, however, in both of the dupli-
cate blood samples taken seven hours after hemorrhage. This was
a difference in the potassium lines, indicating a definite reduction
in the blood K, which was not apparent in the samples taken 24
and 48 hours after injury. It would seem that chemical balance
is restored within 24 hours, but following bleeding there is a
depletion of blood K due either to a selective withdrawal of
K by other tissues, or what is more likely in view of the reduction
in blood density, to a slower replacement of K than of the other
common elements at the time the internal water balance is being
restored.

From previous observations, both published and unpublished,
it is known that the blood cell counts of Japanese beetle larvae
may vary within wide limits even under apparently normal con-
ditions. It is not surprising then, to find that blood cell counts
taken approximately six hours after induced hemorrhage do not
differ significantly from those of grubs not wounded, as judged

* These analyses were made through the kindness of Mr. W. T. Mathis.

June, 1949]

Beard: Hemolymph

by four determinations in each group. The data obtained are as
follows :

TABLE 5

Blood cells per mm3 in

Wounded grubs

Intact grubs

6,200

10,450

8,600

14,825

19,600

19,300

34,950

33,100

Mean 17,337

19,419

Although the accumulation of a larger mass of data might dem-
onstrate a statistically significant reduction in the number of
blood cells in wounded grubs, it seems apparent from these few
figures that there is no very striking difference and additional
counts do not seem called for in an attempt to prove a difference.

Concluding from a single test series, there is no apparent
change in the blood pH following hemorrhage, as measured by a
quinhydrone electrode designed to measure pH of single drops
of fluid. Six hours after hemorrhage was induced by punctur-
ing the integument, determinations were made on the blood of
each of five wounded grubs and of five intact grubs as controls.
Although too much confidence should not be placed in the results
because of the technique employed, the variation among the grubs
within a group was great enough to indicate no statistical differ-
ence between the groups. The pH of normal blood exposed to
air may be taken to be approximately 7.2.

Discussion : From the data presented, it is obvious that al-

though loss of hemolymph is not uniformly tolerated, surpris-
ingly large volumes may be drained from a grub, particularly if
repeated wounds are inflicted. Comparatively little is known
about hemotopoiesis in insects, although it is generally believed
that new blood cells are formed from those in circulation. The
wide variation in numbers of hematocytes normally found make
it difficult to learn much about blood replacement from them,
but in view of the various functions of the blood, perhaps the
plasma relationships are more important. The diminished spe-

New York Entomological Society

[Yol. LVII

cific gravity of the residual blood following wounding suggests
that other tissue fluids are poured into the circulating fluid which
is thereby diluted, but this cannot be adequate in meeting the
loss because the total blood volume remains subnormal for a
period of two to three days. Apparently this is not restored until
ingestion of succulent food and the accumulation of metabolic
water make up the loss. There also appears to be a rapid mo-
bilizing of the common inorganic constituents with the exception
of potassium, the replacement of which is delayed. Undoubtedly
the picture would be clearer if quantitative determinations had
been made of the organic constituents of the blood, particularly
those of glucose, glycogen, and amino acids. In any case it seems
certain that when tissue fluid replaces that lost from the circula-
tion, various constituents are contributed more or less independ-
ently and at different rates before the “normal” balance is re-
stored.

Summary.- The mean volume of blood in a third instar Japa-
nese beetle larva was estimated to be approximately 40 volumes
per cent body weight, as determined by a manganese dilution
technique using spectrographic analysis.

Coagulation has little effect in reducing hemorrhage induced
by puncturing the integument, and in some individuals an es-
timated 50 per cent or more of the blood volume can be lost at
one time without fatal results. Hemorrhage results in a loss of
body weight greater than the weight of the blood lost, but this
tends to be restored within two to three days following injury.
Thereafter body weight increases tend to parallel the growth
rate of uninjured controls, but with a definite time lag. Pupa-
tion may be delayed two to three weeks, depending upon the
amount of blood lost. Repeated hemorrhage causes mortality
in direct relation to the extent of bleeding, but among the sur-
vivors of such treatment, 50 per cent or more of the body weight
can be lost as blood in a two week period and there still be an
increase in net body weight.

Quantitatively, blood replacement approaches completion two
to three days following hemorrhage. Qualitatively, the specific
gravity of the blood becomes less following hemorrhage, but
approaches the normal after 24 hours. Similarly there is a de-

June, 1949]

Beard: Hemolymph

crease in blood potassium following loss of blood, but this is re-
stored within 24 hours. Other elements tested appear to be un-
affected by this type of injury. The pH of the blood and the
number of blood cells per unit volume appear to be relatively
unchanged as a result of bleeding.

LITERATURE CITED

Barbour, H. G., and W. F. Hamilton. 1926. The falling drop method for
determining specific gravity. Jour. Biol. Chem., 69: 625-640.

Beard, R. L. 1945. Studies on milky disease of Japanese beetle larvae.
Conn. Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull., 491.

Bliss, C. I. 1948. Estimation of the mean and its error from incomplete
Poisson distributions. Conn. Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull., 513.

King, E. J. 1947. Micro-analysis in medical biochemistry. Grune &
Stratton, New York.

Richardson, C. H., R. C. Burdette, and C. W. Eagleson. 1931. The de-
termination of the blood volume of insect larvae. Ann. Ent. Soc.
Amer., 24: 503-507.

Yeager, J. F., and S. C. Munson. Blood volume of the roach, Periplaneta
americana determined by several methods. In press.

Yeager, J. F., and O. E. Tauber. 1932. Determination of total blood
volume in the cockroach, P. fuliginosa with special reference to
method. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., 25: 315-327.

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVII

BOOK NOTICE

Coleoptera or Beetles East of the Great Plains. By J. Gordon
Edwards. Lithoprinted by Edwards Brothers, Inc., Ann
Arbor, Michigan. 1949, 181 pp.

This book consolidates much information that will be of nse
to students of Coleoptera. Illustrated and simplified keys are
given to the families of beetles occurring east of the Great Plains
(east of the Mississippi River), and a general discussion is given
of each family and in some instances of the genera and species
in these families. The latest family nomenclature has been
followed and, although the families have been arranged alpha-
betically throughout most of the book, a phylogenetic list based
primarily upon the morphology of the beetle larvae is presented.
A glossary of terms used in the book is included for the use of
the beginning student and a list of important supplementary
references follows the discussion of each family. An interesting
tabulation of the 136 families occurring in the United States,
based on Leng’s catalogue, reveals that in the area east of the
Mississippi River there are approximately 8,346 species and 553
varieties described to date. In the area west of the Mississippi
River there are known to be some 15,371 species and 1,548 varie-
ties. The book will be a valuable addition to the libraries of
beginning students and amateur coleopterists, — Mont A. Cazier.

June, 1949]

Breland: Culichle

DISTINCTIVE FEATURES OF THE LARViE OF AEDES
ALLENI TURNER (DIPTERA: CULICID-E)1’ 3

By Osmond P. Breland2
The University of Texas

INTRODUCTION

The adult of the mosquito, Aedes alleni Turner was described
in 1924 from insects reared from larvae collected in a rot cavity
of a willow tree at Mission, Texas (Turner 1924) . The larva was
described during the same year from specimens taken at the
same locality (Dyar 1924). Since the original description, the
collection of the species has been reported several times in the
literature, but it has not been collected in large numbers, and
has been considered relatively rare. The mosquito is now known
to occur in Texas, Oklahoma and Kansas (Jenkins and Carpenter
1946). According to Jenkins and Carpenter (1946), willow is
the only kind of tree from which larvae had been collected at the
time their paper was published, although these authors state that
larvae have been found in artificial containers.

In reported collections, A. alleni larvae have usually been asso-
ciated with Aedes triseriatus (Say), another tree hole breeding
form. The adults of these two species are relatively easy to
distinguish, one of the outstanding differences being the white
banded tarsi of A. alleni as opposed to the dark tarsi of A. tri-
seriatus. The larvae of the two species, however, have been con-
sidered to be almost identical, although various structures have
been reported to distinguish them. Within the past few years
it has become increasingly evident that at least some previously
used criteria cannot be relied upon for the separation of the two
species.

During the past several years the writer and his associates
have made a large number of collections of tree hole breeding mos-

1 Supported by The University of Texas Research Institute.

2 The writer greatly appreciates the assistance of Mr. Orin Wilkins, who
helped with the collections of the larvae discussed in this paper, and of Mrs.
Roland Schmitt who made the drawings.

s Considered by some to be a Synonym of Aedes zoosophus Dyar & Knab.

New York Entomological Society

[Yol. LV1I

quitoes from central Texas. Aedes alleni occurs in fair numbers
in this area, but it is considerably outnumbered by A. triseriatus.
Numerous larvae of both species have been studied with the ob-
jective of finding constant distinguishing features between the
two species. In the writer’s collections Aedes alleni has usually
been associated with A. triseriatus, and it is conceivable that this
almost invariable association has been one reason for the con-
fusion now existing regarding distinguishing features of the two
forms. Workers may have studied a mixed population, believing
that it consisted of only a single species.

Larvae of A. alleni have been collected from tree holes in sev-
eral species of trees including live oak ( Quercus virginiana) , post
oak ( Quercus stellata), blackjack oak ( Quercus marilandica)
and elm ( Ulmus crassifolia) . The writer has not collected the
mosquito from artificial containers.

METHODS

Larvae of Aedes alleni and A. triseriatus were collected and
brought into the laboratory for rearing. They were placed in
individual staining dishes and reared at laboratory temperature
in tree hole water which was replenished by water from an arti-
ficial pond as it evaporated. Some of the water was so dark that
the larvae could not be seen, and in such cases clear water was
added until the insects could be distinguished. When the adults
emerged, the fourth larval skins were checked for distinguishing
features. As soon as such structures were discovered, living
larvae were then isolated on the basis of these features, and the
distinctions confirmed by rearing the larvae to adults.

The conclusions to be presented are based upon a study of a
large number of living larvae, freshly killed specimens, mounted
and preserved larvae and larval skins from which known adults
have been reared. More than 50 larvae and larval skins of each
species from several localities have been studied in detail, and
certain structures have been checked on many more specimens.
Larvae of A. alleni have been studied from many collections near
Austin, Texas, and the conclusions confirmed by reared speci-
mens from Round Rock, Stephenville, Bartlett and Fredericks-
burg, Texas. Larvae of A. triseriatus have been examined from

June, 1949]

Breland: Culicid^

Austin, Luling, Round Rock, Stephenville, Bartlett and Mar-
quez, Texas. Since numerous specimens from several localities
have been examined, it is believed that the most important varia-
tions in the populations of this general area have been noted.
Additional collections from distant localities may reveal other
variations.

LARVAL FEATURES STUDIED

The following larval features were studied with the results
indicated below.

Head Hairs.- According to Dyar (1928) the larvae of A. tri-
seriatus have two branches in the lower head hairs while those of
A. alleni have four. However, there is considerable variation in
both upper and lower head hairs. In the majority of both spe-
cies, the upper head hairs are single, but in some cases the upper
head hairs are double, and in a few specimens one hair is single
while the other is double. Double upper head hairs occur more
often in A. alleni than in A. triseriatus. Lower head hairs vary
from two to four in both species, and the number may be differ-
ent on opposite sides of the head. Two larvae of A. triseriatus
were seen that had only one branch in one lower head hair and
two in the other, while a single larva of the same species was
examined in which both lower head hairs were single.

Subventral Tuft ( Siphoual Tuft ) : The majority of both
species in this area have a subventral tuft of two branches with
an occasional specimen having three. Two larvae of A. triseriatus
were examined with a single hair, but no single-haired A. alleni
were discovered.

Comb Scales: Matheson (1944) distinguishes the two species
on the basis of shape of comb scales. There is some average vari-
ation in the number, arrangement and shape of the comb scales,
but the differences are slight and overlapping occurs. In both
species the comb scales may be different on the two sides. In A.
triseriatus the number of comb scales vary from 6 to 14 on one
side, and they form a partial double row in most cases. In a few
specimens with a low number of comb scales, the structures occur
in a single row. The individual scale of A. triseriatus is usually
somewhat more slender and thorn-like than in A. alleni, but these
differences are not invariable. The larvse of A. alleni have from

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVII

6 to 12 comb scales, sometimes arranged in a partial double row,
and in other cases forming a single essentially straight row.
More larvae of A. alleni than A. triseriatus have been examined
in which the comb scales are arranged in a single row.

Lateral Hair Abdominal Segment: Dyar (1928) indicates
that 4 branches occur in this hair in A. alleni while larvae of A.
triseriatus have 7. The number of branches in the writer’s
specimens varies from 2 to 8 in A. triseriatus , and from 3 to 7 in
A. alleni. The number of branches is frequently different on the
two sides. As will be indicated more in detail later, the position
of attachment of this hair to the dorsal plate differs somewhat in
the two species.

Dorsal Brush : Matheson (1944) states that larvae of A. alleni
have a dorsal brush consisting of 1 long hair plus 6 shorter hairs
on each side, as opposed to 1 long hair and 7 shorter hairs in A.
triseriatus. Jenkins and Carpenter (1946) report specimens of
A. alleni with 7 or 8 short hairs in addition to the long one. In
this area, larvae of A. alleni that were studied have a dorsal brush
that varies from 4 to 8 short hairs plus the long hair. More
specimens have 5 short hairs than any other number. A. tri-
seriatus varies from 4 to 8 short hairs with 6 being the most com-
mon number. The number of short hairs may be different on
opposite sides in both species.

Siphon : As a rule, the siphon of A. alleni is somewhat stouter
than that of A. triseriatus, but the distinction is slight and over-
lapping occurs so that the feature is of doubtful value in separat-
ing the two species.

Color: All larvae of A. alleni that have been seen are almost
white in color, the head, siphon, dorsal plate of the abdominal
segment and comb scales usually being the only dark parts. The
thorax is occasionally of a light brown color, but the abdomen is
frequently semi-transparent so that tracheae, parts of the diges-
tive tract and other structures can be seen through the body wall.
The dorsal posterior margins of the abdominal segments are
usually obscure, and no specimens have been noted in which the
abdomen contained dark pigment.

Most larvae of A. triseriatus are dark or black in color, but
some appear almost as light as A. alleni when they are examined

June, 1949]

Breland: Culicid^e

with the unaided eye. Under the binocular microscope, how-
ever, even these light specimens usually exhibit some dark pig-
ment near the dorsal posterior edges of the abdominal segments
so that the margins can be easily distinguished. So far as could
be determined, pigmentation differences are not influenced by
the color of the water in which the larvae are developing. Both
light and dark specimens may occur together in clear as well as
in very dark tree hole water.

It is thus frequently possible to separate tentatively living
larvae on the basis of color,, but this feature is not as reliable as
structural differences to be noted later. Pigmentation differ-
ences are frequently not of value in distinguishing preserved or
mounted specimens.

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVII

Dorsal Plate Anal Segment: This plate is the only struc-
ture in which invariable differences between the two species
of larvaB have been found. The larvas of A. alleni have a definite
depression in this plate on each side near the ventral margin
(Pig. 1). The appearance of these depressions varies consider-
ably. In some specimens it is large, almost round, and under

the low power of a dissecting microscope the area is so transpar-
ent that it appears to be a hole. In other larvaB of A. alleni, the
depressions are not obviously thinner than the surrounding areas
of the plate. A dark margin about each depression. causes it to
be noticeable. Details of structure of these depressions are diffi-
cult to distinguish. If the dorsal plate is removed from the anal

June, 1949]

Breland: CuLiciDiE

segment, a thin membrane, very difficult to dissect away, adheres
closely to the under surface of the plate. It appears, however,
that in some instances the depressions completely penetrate the
plate, but not the membrane, while in other cases true depressions
rather than holes are formed.

These depressions do not occur in A. triseriatus (Fig. 2), al-
though the lower margin of the plate may be irregular or notched.
The dorsal plate frequently extends farther ventral in A. alleni,
and the attachment of the lateral hair of the abdominal segment
in this species is usually near the center of the posterior border
of the plate. The attachment of the lateral hair in A. triseriatus
is near the ventral edge of the plate in most cases.

The writer does not have any suggestions as to the possible
function of these depressions, but it appears that the structures
may have arisen by one of two possible methods. A single mu-
tation may have resulted in the depressions appearing fully de-
veloped, or they may have arisen by a series of steps. The de-
pressions have never been found in A. triseriatus, although a
notch frequently occurs near the center or the ventral margin
of the plate on each side. A mutation causing an extension of
the plate on each side of and ventral to the notch, could conceiv-
ably have resulted in the condition now present in A. alleni.
This later theory would be more tenable if it could be demon-
trated that notches and depressions in the dorsal plate have more
survival value than plates with smooth ventral margins.

SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS

1. A study has been made of series of larvae of Aedes alleni
Turner and Aedes triseriatus (Say) collected from tree holes at
several lbcalities in central Texas. The objective of this study
was to determine if there are distinct morphological differences
of practical value for distinguishing between the larvae of the
two species. Distinctive features were discovered by rearing the
larvae individually and by studying the fourth instar larval skins
of known adults.

2. It was found that criteria used in the past are of doubtful
value in distinguishing the species, since in a large series over-
lapping occurs; or the differences are so slight that their use is
impractical for one unfamiliar with the two species. Previous

100

New York Entomological Society

[Yol. LVII

records of A. alleni based only upon larval determinations are
thus open to question. Records of A. triseriatus from larval
determinations are not as doubtful, since A. triseriatus is much
more common than A. alleni, and in most instances, collections
of A. alleni have also yielded A. triseriatus larvae.

3. All larvae of A. alleni that have been examined are light in
color, while most of A. triseriatus are dark to black. The two
species may thus be tentatively distinguished on the basis of
color, but this feature alone is not as reliable as certain struc-
tural differences. Some larvae of A. triseriatus are almost as
light as those of A. alleni, and pigmentation differences are not
as evident in preserved or mounted specimens.

4. The structure of the dorsal plate of the anal segment
has been found to be different in all larvae of the two species that
have been examined. In A. alleni there is a definite depression
near the ventral margin of the plate on each side. Larvae of A.
triseriatus do not have these depressions, although the ventral
margins of the plate are frequently notched or irregular. The
lateral hair of the abdominal segment is usually attached near
the center of the posterior edge of the plate in A. alleni, while in
A. triseriatus the attachment is most often farther ventral. The
dorsal plate frequently extends farther ventral in A. alleni than
in A. triseriatus, and in some instances the plate almost sur-
rounds the segment in the former species.

5. This study emphasizes that a large series of larvae may ex-
hibit considerable individual variation, and that such structures
as hairs and comb scales may be different on opposite sides of the
same specimen.

LITERATURE CITED

Dyar, Harrison G. 1924. The larva of Aedes alleni Turner. Inseeutor
Inscitiae Menstruus, 12: 131.

Dyar, Harrison G. 1928. The mosquitoes of the Americas. Carnegie
Institute of Washington, publication number 387.

Jenkins, Dale W. and Carpenter, Stanley J. 1946. Ecology of the tree
hole breeding mosquitoes of nearctic North America. Ecological
Monographs, 16: 33-47.

Matheson, Robert. 1944. Handbook of the mosquitoes of North America.

Comstock Publishing Company, Ithaca, New York.

Turner, R. L. 1924. A new mosquito from Texas. Inseeutor Inscitiae
Menstruus, 12: 84.

June, 1949]

Molitor: Ants

101

EXPERIMENTS ON THE COLONY FOUNDATION
OF EUROPEAN ANTS1

By Dr. Arnulf Molitor

Perchtoldsdorf bei Wien, Austria

Since experiments on colony foundation in general have been
needed for a long time, and since I have been able to work with
only a few species and individuals up until now I am quite aware
in presenting the following observations of the impossibility, at
this time, of drawing from them conclusions that are relatively
broad in their significance. I offer these observations to the public
nevertheless, since as Eidmann2 has pointed out, “Each success
[of such an experiment] is to be marked down as a lucky in-
cident, ’ ’ upon whose repetition we must not count with certainty.
Above all, I hope to interest younger American myrmecologists
in similar experiments, especially with the American races of the
European species treated in this paper, since these races may
show some degree of deviation in their behavior and may there-
fore deter us from making hasty generalizations.

1. Messor barbarus struct or (Latr.)

This species is common in this vicinity. For some years I
have observed as early as April, but never much later, numbers
of the young wingless queens following the nuptial flight. This
seems strange inasmuch as the mating of the other Myrmicinag
i TRANSLATOR ’S FOOTNOTE: This paper was translated from the
manuscript of Dr. Molitor, which was entitled: “Versuche betreffend die
Koloniegriinding Europaischer Ameisen. ’ ’ Inasmuch as there is a critical
paper shortage in many parts of Europe, few workers can now publish the
results of their work. I was happy therefore to help Dr. Molitor in the
matter of translating the present paper.

I wish here to express my appreciation to Miss Doris Sharpe of the De-
partment of English for her kindness in eliminating some of my errors of
English from the preliminary manuscript. Many thanks are also due my
wife who kindly consented to type the final manuscript. — Prof. M. W. Wing,
North Carolina State College of Agriculture and Engineering of the Uni-
versity of North Carolina, Raleigh, North Carolina.

2“Weitere Beobachtungen fiber die Koloniegrfindung einheimischer
Ameisen’’, Zeitschr. vergleich. Physiologie, 7. Band, 1. Heft, 1928.

102

New York Entomological Society

[Yol. lyii

does not take place before the beginning of the astronomic sum-
mer (at the earliest, in late June for Tetramorium ; at the latest,
August to the end of October for Solenopsis) . And furthermore
the nuptial flight of Messor struct or, a so-called “xerothermie
species” of decidedly more southern distribution, would be ex-
pected in a warmer season. The mating takes place in November
in the Mediterranean region, at least in the Balearic Islands,
according to information received from Prof. Eidmann. In the
vicinity of Vienna the sexual forms of our species are to be found
from the end of August in the nests, where they overwinter.
The riddle then is solved very simply by the assumption that the
seemingly very early nuptial flight is in actuality a delayed one
caused by the comparatively colder autumn weather of our region
where, after the emergence of the males and the queens in a given
year, nothing more can take place.

Concerning the colony foundation of M. structor, there exist
so far as I know only the experiments of E. Meyer3, who on this
subject states among other things: “The nutrition of the young
ant family and the mother ant herself, while they are still shut
off from the outer world occurs . . . above all at the cost of the
eggs laid by the queen, and also to a certain degree other im-
mature stages (larvae).” Prof. Eidmann is inclined, and I think
correctly, to associate this kind of ant nutrition with the in-
dependent4 method of colony foundation. If it occurs in M.
structor (a grain ant), which lives principally on vegetable food,
then it certainly must occur in carnivorous ants.

My own experimental plan varied from that of Meyer, with
which I was not then acquainted, in that I placed together in a
roomy glass container furnished with some moist earth, two
young wingless queens which had just been collected on the sur-
face of the ground. The queens were fed with rice, dough, and
seeds. The result was that they soon began to lay eggs, from
which larvae hatched. By the beginning of the summer these
larvae had developed into large and small workers. Messor work-

3 1 1 Die Ernahrung der Mutterameise und ihrer Brut wahrend der solitaren
Koloniegriindung ’ Biol. Zentralbl. Band 47, 1927. Cited from the above-
mentioned work of Eidmann.

4 That is, colony foundation by a lone queen, without the help of workers
of her own or of another species.

June, 1949]

Molitor: Ants

10;

ers are typically dimorphic. The two queens lived at complete
peace with each other not only before the appearance of the
workers, but also for a long time thereafter. During this time I
never observed fights between them, but one day I found the body
of one of the queens without the head. It lay nearby, appearing
to have been bitten off. Unfortunately, it was impossible to de-
termine whether the other queen or perhaps some of the workers
were the culprits.

In one of the cases which Meyer reported a M. structor queen
lived 396 days without food, but did not succeed in founding a
colony. She had replenished the dwindling reserve materials
of her body by eating her own brood. It should not, however,
be assumed that the success of colony founding is dependent
upon food. On the contrary, according to the accounts of Prof.
Eidmann, which, of course, deal with other species also char-
acterized by independent colony foundation, it appears that the
feeding of the queen before the emergence of the first workers
tends to endanger the outcome.

2. Tetramorium ccespitum (L.)

About four or five young dealated queens were captured at
the end of June last year. They were all put into a glass con-
tainer like the one mentioned above. They received moist sand5
for nest material, but they were not fed. After a relatively
short time, still in the month of July, I found adhering to one
another in this nest a sizable group of eggs, which the queens,
who were completely friendly, were tending together. Unfor-
tunately I lost this colony because of my lack of attention and
my forgetfulness. I neglected it when it should have been
watered. Whether the artificial Pleometrosis (in the sense of
Wasmann) would have continued is difficult to say. Since I
collected the queens all in close proximity to one another and
at the same time, approximately within one or two hours, it is
quite possible that they all came from the same nest. The pos-
sibility of their all having the same common nest odor may have
accounted for their friendly association with one another. In

s Sand is especially suitable for this purpose, since it becomes moistened
throughout, does not mold, and allows the ants to dig and build with ease.

104

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVII

nature I have never found more than one queen in a Tetra-
morium nest.6

3. Formica fusca rufibarbis Fabr.

In June of last year I found a young queen that was crawl-
ing over the surface of the ground after the nuptial flight. I
put her in a broad glass medicine bottle, which was partially
filled with moist sand and was closed with a metal screw cover.7
On the first of July I saw the first eggs which she had laid;
there were about half a dozen of them in all. About two weeks
later there were four small larvse, which had pupated by July 27.
These cocoons were the smallest I have ever observed for rufi-
barbis. The workers emerged in August. I kept only occa-
sional notes on this colony and not a really complete record,
and therefore I cannot say with certainty that some eggs, or
the larvas that hatched from them, were not at times devoured
by the queen. I believe, however, that it was no more true than
with my comparable experiments of this year. At least I was
unable to note any difference in this behavior.

Again on June 21 I found a rufibarbis queen and put her in
a bottle of the type mentioned above. By digging in the sand
she made a cavity in one corner of the bottle, which was square
in cross-section. On July 4 I noticed about six to ten eggs
stuck together in this brood chamber, which was open above.
On July 8 the eggs were still stuck together, and apparently
their number had neither increased nor decreased, but they
were no longer in their corner. The queen had moved them,
presumably because of the disturbance made when the cover
was unscrewed. The eggs had hatched at the latest by July 14.
By July 19 the small larvae had grown visibly, and after a few
days they were no longer in the brood chamber, but rather were

6 In order to capture the queens, large flat stones are laid suitably on the
soil nest in question. This is best done in the early spring during the late
afternoon hours. Later on in the season toward summer, it is best done in
the evening hours, particularly after long rains. The stones are turned over
after a few days. Not only is the queen usually found, but also the greater
part of the brood and, above all, the myrmecophiles (beetles, etc.). This
method can also be used profitably with other species which build earth nests.

7 This screw-type cover is advantageous if the cover is not closed so as to
exclude all air, but is rather used to slow down a too rapid evaporation.

June, 1949]

Molitor: Ants

105

piled in a small heap on the surface of the sand near the open-
ing. The queen remained by them constantly.

On July 24 all the larvae had pupated. The pupae rested in
relatively very small cocoons ; they were approximately the size
of Lasius cocoons. By August 9 there were no changes; the
queen seemed quite lively and vigorous. This was also the
case on August 12. On August 15 the first worker emerged.
The duration of the pupal period was about three weeks, as in
the previous year. Up to the time of the emergence of the first
workers, the queen was not fed. From that time up to August
29 there were no changes in this colony, which seemed to be in
the best of health. Particularly worthy of note is the fact that
the queen laid no more eggs in so far as I was able to observe,
even though I often looked with a magnifying glass.

4. Formica rufa rufa L. and Formica rufa pratensis Betz.

The colony founding of this species, and of the species group
in general, is known to be “dependent”; that is, the young fer-
tilized queens require the help of workers of their own or of a
closely related species. Usually Formica fusca subserves this
function, and then there results at first a “temporarily mixed”
colony (in the sense of Wasmann) of rufa and fusca or of pra-
tensis and fusca , which later becomes a pure rufa or a pure
pratensis colony following the dying off of the fusca workers.
I am aware, of course, of the fairly common case in which a
young rufa queen is accepted in a colony of her own species.
This is about the way myrmecological literature represents the
matter. Since I was trying to duplicate these relationships as
faithfully as possible, following their nuptial flight, I placed the
young dealated queens, which I had captured in various places,
on the surface of the ground (May to June), in containers with
fusca workers. In order to facilitate the acceptance of the
queen, I first bathed her so as to free her as much as possible
from the foreign fusca nest odor and of the species odor, or in
the latter case at least to weaken it temporarily. Furthermore,
I isolated her for a period of at least a day in a container with
nest material from the fusca nest in question. Also I always
used only a small number of fusca workers on the supposition
that they would be less belligerent than a large group, and I

106

New York Entomological Society

[Yol. lyii

introduced them one at a time and gradually (at least for all
the later experiments) into the queen cage. These fusca work-
ers were without brood — only workers. In spite of all of these
precautions, I never did get anything in the way of positive re-
sults. If the rufa and pratensis queens were not attacked, as
occasionally occurred, then they were merely tolerated, without
being adopted in any true sense of the word. I never ob-
served feeding of the queen by the workers, and always after a
few days I found the queen dead. I was unable to account for
the persistent failure of these experiments.

5. Formica sanguinea Latr.

At first I was unable to get any better results in comparable
experiments on this species until I decided to furnish the queens
with pupas, not workers, of a different species, I found two
young dealated queens crawling on the surface of the ground
on June 26 and put each one of them into a separate glass con-
tainer of the type already described for rufibarbis. Each one
of the queens received a small number of pratensis pupae, which
were thrown in to them irregularly. They immediately took
the pupae and carefully made a little pile out of them. On
July 4 and 5 the first pratensis workers emerged. I noticed on
July 19 in one of the culture bottles, that had obviously become
too moist, a heavy growth of mold, which had killed all of the
pratensis workers. However, the sanguinea queen was left safe
and sound. She was changed to another culture bottle, which
contained only rufibarbis pupae, the first of which began to
emerge on August 14. On July 25 the queen had laid a few
eggs, which, however, had disappeared a few days thereafter. It
is possible that they were eaten. Up until August 31 there were
no changes which could be detected in either of these colonies;
particularly there were no more eggs laid. On occasions I ob-
served the feeding of the queen by the pratensis workers.

The normal slave ant of F. sanguinea in Europe is F. fusca
and its race rufibarbis, occasionally and by way of exception (in
this vicinity at least) F. fusca gagates. There are, however,
naturally occurring mixed colonies of sanguinea and rufa and
also of sanguinea and pratensis. Since pratensis is much more
common in certain localities, sanguinea is more likely to locate

June, 1949]

Molitor: Ants

107

this race. My experiments were not intended to demonstrate
this possibility, but rather to clarify the beginning stages of a
sanguined colony, particularly in comparison with those of a
colony of Polyergus rufescens.

6. Polyergus rufescens (Latr.)

On July 24 I captured a young queen of this species after
the nuptial flight, and on the following day I placed her in an
observation nest. It contained likewise a small number of pra-
tensis worker pupae, to which she, however, quite unlike the
sanguined queens, gave no attention at all. A few days there-
after I found her dead. The usual slave ant of Polyergus is
F. fusca and rufibarbis. However, according to Wasmann, nat-
urally occurring mixed colonies of Polyergus rufescens and For-
mica rufa pratensis, which I had wanted to duplicate, are occa-
sionally found. The fact that the Polyergus queen did not pay
any attention to the pratensis pupse may have had its basis in
that it is not the normal slave species. In my experiments,8 on

8 I am borrowing material on this subject from my daily notebook: On
July 27 I took from their nest a considerable number of Polyergus workers
and some of their slave ants {rufibarbis) . About ten steps away from this
nest, I poured out onto the ground a small pile of pratensis worker pupae
and, since it was not easily avoidable, also a few pratensis workers them-
selves. Then I poured the Polyergus together with their few slave ants on
them. Naturally at first there was a battle with pratensis, which, however,
did not result in any deaths. After a few minutes single Polyergus workers
seized a few pupae in their mandibles and carried them around in the tumult,
apparently without any plan or purpose, usually letting them drop again
soon. Also the rufibarbis joined in, only more effectively, and soon I noticed
two of them on the way toward their nest with pupae. To be sure, in the
grass their movements were rather meandering, but on the foot path,
which they had to cross, they moved with ‘ 1 purpose ” in a perfectly straight
line. About a quarter hour after pouring out the ants, these two had
reached the nest. After another quarter hour the rufibarbis had carried into
the nest two pupae, which I believed to be Polyergus although I could not
ascertain definitely; and like the previous rufibarbis workers, they moved
in a winding manner in the grass, but travelled in a straight line on the
foot path to the nest. Thirty-five to forty minutes after the beginning of
the experiment they had reached the nest with their burdens. At the place
where the ants were poured out, a few Polyergus were still running about,
some with and some without pupae.

On August 7 I repeated the same experiment with Polyergus workers
from the same nest. This time, however, I obtained fewer results. Only

108

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVII

the contrary, workers have carried off such pupae. Probably
more consistent with a true picture and with the former indif-
ference, if not the psychic inability of Polyergus to do nest-
work of all kinds (not merely brood care) is the assumption
that the queen of this species is completely incapable of founding
a colony in this way, but rather that such a fertilized queen re-
quires the help of slave ants. Does she break vigorously into
the nest and kill the queen, or is she taken into a queenless
colony in a friendly way by the workers? With F. sanguined,
on the other hand, it appears to me that according to the fore-
going experiments the queen normally appropriates by robbery
and brings up a small number of pupae of the slave ant, although
the other two above-mentioned possibilities should not be ex-
cluded. Only further experiments by a number of observers
in different regions can clarify these matters.* I * * * * * * * 9

a few workers seized the pratensis pupae and carried them about a little,
described Turner curves with them, but did not carry them to the nest.
Others seemed indisposed to bother with them, as if these pupae were too big
for them. They were, to be sure, particularly well-developed pupae, so
that it is, in fact, quite possible that the behavior of the ants, which differed
from the previous time, may be explained by this circumstance. Then

I placed directly on the spot for them a small pile of rufibarbis pupae, which
are considerably smaller than those described above. The ants immediately
seized them and very rapidly carried them to the nest, with fewer and

shorter curves. On August 8 I performed the same experiment once again,

but with workers from another nest. These ants seemed to struggle a great

deal with these large, heavy pratensis pupae, but they obviously could not
handle them any more than their colleagues of the day before could. None
succeeded in taking one of these pupae between their mandibles in the normal

manner. Immediately thereafter, I placed some F. fusca pupae before them;
these lay there quite unnoticed, although here the pupal size could play no
part. The Polyergus crawled over them again and again without making a

single attempt to seize them. In both of the nests here mentioned rufibarbis
was the slave ant. It almost seems as though in the last experiment the

usual species or race odor of rufibarbis, which differs from that of fusca,
had played the deciding role, although it still remains difficult to under-
stand why a like factor should not have value a fortiori for pratensis. This
is especially puzzling because in a region next to open country, such as
prevails, rufibarbis is clearly favored, occuring as the slave ant of P. rufe-

scens. F. fusca also occurs as the slave of P. rufescens, if only by way of ex-
ception, as for example, at the edges of woods, etc. Only further experi-
ments can clarify this matter.

9 It is possible that this behavior of ants is also regionally different.

June, 1949]

Millirgn: Curculionid.®

109

THE IDENTITY OF TWO INTRODUCED
CLOVER SEED WEEVILS (COLEOPTERA:
CURCULIONIDAE)1

H. E. Milliron
Glendale, West Virginia

Within recent years two introduced species of seed weevils have
established themselves in the United States and Canada as pests
of clover. Hitherto, these two species have been confused and,
to the present, their identity has not been clearly defined. Be-
cause the two weevils appear to have become increasingly more
important as pests in the clover seed producing areas of this
country, as well as in Canada, the limited study presented in
this paper was undertaken.

In North American curculionid literature the two species un-
der discussion have always been assigned to the genus Tychius,
which was established by Germar in 1817 (Mag. der Ent., vol. 2,
p. 340, No. 19). It is obvious that the two are generically dis-
tinct; one belongs in the above genus and the other must be
placed in Miccotrogus Schoenherr. Since the latter, as a generic
name, has never been applied to a species of these weevils in the
North American literature it seems advisable to elaborate slightly
on the status of the name.

Considering the species known to belong to this group of
weevils, Schoenherr in 1825 listed six in Tychius proper and
erected the subgenus Miccotrogus to which he assigned three
species, indicating M. cuprifer (Panz.) as the typical species.
In 1826 this same worker characterized the species assigned to
his subgenus as possessing only six segments in the funicle (the
term funicle includes the pedicel of the more generalized an-
tenna) whereas typical Tychius species have seven segments.
In a subsequent classic by the same author (1836) he used
Miccotrogus as the name of a small group of species within the
genus Tychius. But, in a later volume of the same work (1843,
p. 312) Schoenherr appears to have discontinued the use of the
name employed in the same sense as before and merely indicated

1 Paper No. 2418 of the Scientific Journal Series of the Minnesota Agricul-
tural Experiment Station, St. Paul, Minnesota.

110

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LYII

the group as follows “Grex II-Funiculus 6-articulatus. Micco-
trogus Schh. olim.” Schoenherr had never, therefore, employed
the name in a generic sense.

Stephens (1839) apparently was the first to use Miccotrogus
as a generic name ; in previous works he did recognize Miccotro-
gus and credited it to Schoenherr but actually did not assign
any species to it. Laporte (1840) also used the name in a
generic sense. Since that time in most of the numerous European
publications dealing with the Coleoptera the name Miccotrogus
has been recognized and applied to a group of species distinctly
different from Tychius.

Our North American literature has not been enlightening with
regard to the correct nomenclature of our two introduced clover
seed weevils, chiefly because they have been incorrectly identified
or confused by most workers. Although Blatchley and Leng
(1916) described specimens of a species that belongs in Tychius
they used the name of a species belonging to Miccotrogus. Leng
(1920) used Miccotrogus (cited in error by authors, not Schoen-
herr) as being synonymous with Tychius. This led to some con-
fusion because Detwiler (1923), dealing with a misidentified spe-
cies he called picirostris, stated ‘ ‘ It has been called Miccotrogus
picirostris by various authors, but not by Schoenherr, who es-
tablished the genus Miccotrogus and gives as references
Blatchley and Leng, and Leng. Baker (1934) correctly pointed
out that no such information was to be found in these sources.
He might have added that Schoenherr did include picirostris
Fab. in Miccotrogus. Apparently Detwiler ’s statement was the
result of some misinterpretation of information given under
Tychius in the Leng catalog.

The principal difference between Tychius and Miccotrogus is
that species of the former have a seven segmented funicle while
species of the latter have but six segments in the funicle. This
difference is at least generically significant, which has been
recognized by European wmrkers, for example Joy (1932) and
Kloet and Hincks (1945).

These two introduced clover seed weevils have been frequently
misidentified by both European and North American workers.
They are potentially serious pests particularly in clover seed
producing areas. For this reason it is important to establish as

June, 1949]

Milliron : Curculionid^

111

soon as possible their correct identity which is the purpose of
this paper. The synonymy as given for each species refers
almost entirely to the North American literature, being as com-
plete as possible and intended for use by interested workers in
this country.

Tychius stephensi Schoen.

1836. Tychius stephensi Schoenherr, C. J., Gen. et Spec. Cure.,
3 (1) : 412 (Emend, of stepheni, the orig. spelling).
1908. Tychius griseus Schaeffer, Chas., Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc.,
16 : 217, (New synonymy).

1915. Tychius ( Microtrogus ) picirostris Fabr., Schaeffer, Chas.,
Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 23 : 197.

1915. Tychius picirostris DuPorte, E. M., 47th Ann. Rpt. Ent.

Soc. Ont., pp. 49-50.

1916. Tychius picirostris Fabr., Blatchley, W. S. & C. W. Leng,

Rhyn. or Weevils, N. E. Amer., p. 246.

1916. Tychius picirostris DuPorte, E. M., 8th Ann. Rept. Que.
Soc. Protect. Pits., pp. 73-74.

1916. Tychius picirostris DuPorte, E. M., Jr. An. Behav., 6 :

138-149.

1917. Tychius picirostris Fabr., Felt, E. P., 32nd Rpt. St. Ent.

N. Y., p. 81.

1919. Tychius picirostris Fab., Herrick, Glenn W. & J. D.

Detwiler, Jour. Econ. Ent., 12: 209.

1920. Tychius picirostris (Fab.), Leng, C. W., Cat. Coleop.

Amer., p. 320 (No. 17074).

1923. Tychius picirostris Fab., Detwiler, J. D., Cornell Agr.
Exp. Sta. Bui., 420, pp. 20-27.

1925. Tychius picirostris Fab., Petch, C. E. and J. Armstrong,
17th Ann. Rpt. Que. Soc. Protect. Pits., p. 73.

1927. Tychius picirostris Fab., Criddle, N., 58th Ann. Rpt. Ont.

Ent. Soc., p. 98.

1928. Tychius picirostris Fab., Leonard, M. D., Cornell Agr.

Exp. Sta. Mem., 101, p. 498.

1931. Tychius picirostris Fab., Gorham, R. P., G. P. Walker &
L. J. Simpson, 62nd Ann. Rpt. Ont. Ent. Soc., p. 18.
1931. Tychius picirostris Fab., A.A.E.E. Comm, on Nomen.,
Jour. Ec. Ent., 24: 1310.

112

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVII

1937. Tychius griseus Schaeff., A.A.E.E. Comm, on Com. Names,
Jour. Ec. Ent., 30 : 560.

1940. Tychius picirostris F., Chagnon, G., Coleop. de la Prov.
de Que. Fasc., 6, p. 367.

1942. Tychius griseus Schaeff., Muesebeck C. F. W., Jour. Ec.
Ent., 35 : 101.

1947. Tychius griseus Schaeff., Muesebeck, C.F.W., Jour. Econ.
Ent., 39 : 448.

1947. Tychius griseus Schaeff., Stirrett, G. M., Can. Ins. Pest
Surv., 25: 17 (In part).

1947. Tychius griseus Schaeff., Arnott, D. A., and W. N. Cole-
man, Can. Ins. Pest Surv., 25: 131 & 155 (In part).
1947. Tychius griseus Schaeff., Arnott, D. A., Can Ins. Pest
Surv., 25: 210 (In part).

1947. Tychius griseus Schaeff., Arnott, D. A., Can Ins. Pest
Surv., 25 : 288.

Recently the writer strongly suspected that the species we
were calling griseus was in reality the same as tomentosus
Herbst. Ohio specimens of griseus were sent to the British
Museum (N. H.) and found to be identical with the authenti-
cally identified specimens of tomentosus Herbst (and stephensi
Schoen.). The fact that Herbst and Schoenherr were dealing
with the same species had not been generally realized by all
European coleopterists even though such was indicated as early
as 1843 by Schoenherr (p. 303) and 1849 by Gaubil. It happens
that Herbst ’s name is a homonym of Olivier’s tomentosus and
therefore has to be discarded. The next available name is
stephensi of Schoenherr which is clearly shown by Kloet and
Hincks (1945). Thus, the correct name for this species of clover
seed weevil hitherto known as griseus appears to be stephensi.

Available data indicate that T. stephensi was introduced into
eastern North America apparently sometime during the early
part of the present century. It first came to our attention in
New York in 1908 when Schaeffer described it as a new species.2
It has now spread westward at least as far as Edmonton, Alberta,
Canada and southward as far as southern Ohio. Since the rec-
ord from Alberta is associated with specimens captured in 1921

2 One specimen is known from Ithaca, N. Y., July 8, 1907.

June, 1949]

Milliron : Curculionid^e

113

it is not unreasonable to assume that an intensive search likely
would reveal that by now the species has extended its range all
the way to the Pacific Coast.3

Sufficient records are at hand to show that the species is widely
distributed in the following Canadian Provinces : Nova Scotia,
New Brunswick, Quebec and Ontario, and as already mentioned,
it is known to occur as far west as Alberta. Records in the
United States show it to be present in Maine, Massachusetts,
New Hampshire, New York, Michigan, Ohio, Wisconsin and
Minnesota. Undoubtedly it occurs in localized areas in the re-
maining New England states and very likely in several addi-
tional mid- Atlantic and mid-western states.

In Europe this species does not appear to cause serious damage
but in this country we are beginning to regard it as an impor-
tant pest of red clover. In Europe it attacks red clover, and
adults are said to occur on Melilotus, Fragaria, Crataegus and
vetch. Although adult weevils may have been taken on plants
other than Trifolium in North America, the species appears to
confine its attack entirely to red clover, Trifolium pratense L.
Apparently the only biological treatment of this species is the
very good account published by Detwiler (1923), under the
name Ty chius picirostris Fab.

Miccotrogus picirostris (Fab.)

1787. Curculio picirostris Fabricius, J. C., Mant. Insect., p. 101.
1825. Tychius ( Miccotrogus ) picirostris (Fab.), Schoenherr,
C. F., Isis v. Oken, col. 583.

1839. Miccotrogus picirostris (Fab.), Stephens, J. F., Man. Br.
Coleop., p. 229.

1934. Tychius picirostris Fab., Hyslop, J. A., Jour. Ec. Ent.,
27: 563.

1934. Tychius ( Miccotrogus ) picirostris Fab., Baker, W. W.,
Jour. Ec. Ent., 27: 1103.

1943. Tychius picirostris (Fab.), Venables, E. P., Can. Ent.,
75: 118.

1947. Tychius griseus Schaeff., Stirrett, G. M., Can. Ins. Pest
Rev., 25: 17 (In part).

3 The writer since has seen specimens of this species from the state of
Washington.

114

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVII

1947. Tychius griseus Schaeff., Arnott, D. A. & W. N. Coleman,
Can. Ins. Pest Rev., 25: 131 & 155 (In part).

1947. Tychius griseus Schaeff., Arnott, D. A., Can. Ins. Pest
Rev., 25 r 210 (In part).

1947. Tychius griseus Schaeff. (Ont. Mthly. Crop Rpt.) Can.
Ins. Pest Rev., 25 : 253.

M. picirostris appears to have been introduced into North
America on the West Coast. The first published record of its
occurrence here refers to specimens taken from clover in 1929
and 1931 at Puyallup, Washington, as recorded by Hyslop
(1934) and reported on by Baker (1934). Numerous subse-
quent adult collections showed that it not only occurred there
but also at Sumner, Graham, near Falls City and Monroe, all
in western Washington. It also has been taken at Clackman’s
Lake in Oregon. Authentic identification by Mr. W. J. Brown
of the Canadian Department of Agriculture, Ottawa, reveals
that the species was taken at Vancouver as early as 1920, and
later in southern British Columbia at Summerland, where it is
very abundant, and at Vernon. Other records indicate that the
species has spread eastward at least as far as southwestern
Ontario, Canada, in the counties of Kent, Lambton, Elgin,
Norfolk and Haldimand, where it is doing considerable damage
to alsike clover (D. A. Arnott, in litt.) Although the species
must occur generally through the intervening area, few records
are available. The writer has studied numerous specimens col-
lected from alsike clover, near Baudette, Minnesota, and has
collected specimens from mixed clovers at St. Paul. Some of
the latter appear to have infested white Dutch clover.

In Europe the species has been reported occurring on alsike
clover, Trifolium hybridum L., red clover, T. pratense L., spe-
cies of the genus Genista , and on plantain. However, there is
some question whether the identifications in all cases are correct.
Valle’s (1936) investigations indicate that this species has be-
come a pest of alsike clover in Finland.

Regarding the hosts of this species Baker (1934) stated “it
appears that here they prefer white, alsike and red clovers in
the order named. ’ ’ He also referred to adults being swept from
Bubus spp., Spiraea , a plantain, and a species of sedge, and ob-

June, 1949]

Milliron: Curculionid^

115

served others feeding in the blossoms of native strawberry, and
on the drupelets of the Evergreen blackberry where damage to
the fruit was noted.

Apparently nothing has been published on the biology of M.
picirostris.

DISTINGUISHING CHARACTERS OF THE TWO SPECIES
Superficially these two weevils are strikingly similar and this
has resulted in numerous misidentifications. The following dis-
tinguishing features are given to facilitate correct identification,
especially of specimens lacking antennae or where the segments
of the funicle are difficult to count due to awkward or con-
cealed position.

Tychius stephensi Schoen.

1. Scales above yellowish gray, to
ash gray especially on younger
specimens.

2. Scales on pronotum denser, those
on the extreme posterior margin
thicker and slightly wider but
otherwise not conspicuously dif-
ferent from those on the disk (ex-
cept center).

3. Most scales in striae anteriorly on
elytra at least \ as wide as inter-
stitial scales which are com-
pactly arranged in three very ir-
regular rows. Row of scales on
each side of 11 suture” whitish,
broad, and similar to those on
venter.

Miccotrogus picirostris (Fab.)

1. Scales above ash gray.

2. Scales on pronotum sparser, those
on extreme posterior margin con-
spicuously wider and thicker than
those elsewhere on pronotum.

3. Scales in striae on elytra more uni-
form in width and less than | as
wide as the interstitial scales
which are not especially compact,
and the majority are arranged in
what would appear to be two
very irregular rows. No broad,
whitish scales along the 1 1 su-
ture, ” except posteriorly.

In addition the beak of stephensi is nearly straight in lateral
aspect and is reddish from the antennal base to the tip ; whereas
the beak of picirostris is weakly curved, attenuate and frequently
reddish only at the tip.

Acknowledgements

The writer is indebted to several individuals who have ren-
dered assistance. Mr. J. Balfour-Browne, of the British Museum

116

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVII

(N. H.), London through the courtesy of Mr. R. B. Benson of
the same institution, kindly compared North American speci-
mens of stephensi with authentically identified European speci-
mens of that species as well as those of tomentosus Herbst. Mr.
W. J. Brown of the Canadian Department of Agriculture at
Ottawa, and Dr. D. A. Arnott at the Entomological Laboratory,
Chatham, Ontario supplied numerous distribution records of
these two species, both in Canada and the United States. And
Mr. Ray T. Everly, U. S. Bureau of Entomology and Plant
Quarantine, Columbus, Ohio contributed numerous specimens
of both species for study.

LITERATURE REFERRED TO IN TEXT

1934. Baker, W. W. Notes on the Occurrence of the European Weevil,
Tychius ( Miccotrogus ) picirostris Fab., in Western Washington.
Jour. Econ. Ent., 27: 1103-1104.

1916. Blatchley, W. S. and C. W. Leng. Rhynchophora or Weevils of
Northeastern America, pp. 1-682 (pp. 245-246).

1923. Detwiler, J. D. Three Little-Known Clover Insects. Cornell Agr.
Exp. Sta. Bui., 420, pp. 20-27.

1849. Gaubil, J. Catalogue Synonymique des Coleopteres d ’Europe et
d’Algerie. pp. 1-296 (p. 141).

1932. Joy, N. H. A Practical Handbook of British Beetles. Vol. 1,
XXVII + 622 pp. (pp. 218, 219, 221).

1945. Kloet, G. S. and W. D. Hincks. A Check List of British Insects.
LIX + 483 pp. (p. 213).

1840. Laporte, F. L. (Comte de Castelnau). Histoire Naturelle des
Insectes-Coleopteres. Vol. 2, 563 pp., 38 pis (p. 344).

1920. Leng, C. W. Catalogue of the Coleoptera of American, North of
Mexico. VIII + 470 pp.

1825. Schoenherr, C. J. Tabulae Synopticae Familiae Curculionidum, Isis
v. Oken, cols. 581-588.

1826. . Curculionidum Dispositio Methodica, Partem IV, x + 338

pp.

1836. . Genera et Species Curculionidum, 3(1): 1-505.

1843. . Ibid. 7(2): 1-453.

1839. Stephens, J. F. A Manual of British Coleoptera. XII + 443 pp.
(p. 229).

1936. Valle, O. Untersuchungen zui Bekampfung von Samenschadlingen
verschiedener Kleearten. Maataloust. Aikakausk., 8: 195-209 (In
R.A.E., 25: 306-307, 1937).

June, 1949]

Spiess: Drosophila

117

DROSOPHILA IN NEW ENGLAND

By Eliot B. Spiess

INTRODUCTION

With the current growing interest in genetic analysis of na-
tural populations of Drosophila, it has become important to fill
in the many gaps in our knowledge of distribution and seasonal
fluctuations of the numerous species of the genus. One of the
sections of the United States which has most urgently needed
collecting heretofore is the northeast.

This section is an interesting one because it lies in the north-
eastern part of the Transition Life Zone on the eastern edge of
the Canadian Life Zone. Conditions are particularly severe in
winter, and only a few species of the genus are actually able to
survive in the wild state. Just what species these are and what
adaptations they possess in order to establish themselves as na-
tive wild species are of particular interest. The limits of dis-
tribution of these species and those of more southerly distribu-
tion throughout the New England region cannot be definitely
Stated as yet.

MATERIALS AND METHODS OF COLLECTING

Collections were begun in 1946 in an effort to discover good
material for genetic studies. The collections cover the seasons
of 1946 and 1947. At the end of the second season the genetic
work was terminated, but the data obtained from trapping flies
should provide for possible future patterns of collecting for any
desired cytogenetic analysis.

During the 1946 season two methods of trapping were used,
and improvements were made from time to time so that by the
1947 season an efficient scheme was worked out. At first, pint
mason pars were used with molasses cornmeal agar food yeasted
to attract the flies. However, this trap, which was used during
April and May of 1946, proved to be too heavy and bulky.
Paper cups and fermenting banana mash were used from then
on.

Traps were left out for from three to five days depending on

118

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVII

the drying rate of the food surface. Fresh banana mash was
added, or new cups were set out whenever the surface of the
bananas became hard or unsatisfactory for collecting.

All specimens were etherized in the field in the following
manner : a flat finely meshed net which fitted snugly around the
top of a paper cup was used to prevent escape of flies; the cup
was turned so that etherized flies would not fall into the sticky
banana; ether was applied to the net, and after about thirty
seconds the flies could be collected into a vial.

In all cases traps were placed in areas of continuous shade.
It was found that most flies in summer occurred in large
wooded areas which were somewhat more cool and moist on hot
days than open country. Whenever more than one collection
was made on one day, it was always observed that more flies
were caught toward evening than during the sunny hours of
the day. Such behavior agrees with Dobzhansky’s observations
that D. pseudoobscura comes to traps in largest quantities just
after sunrise and just before sunset.

THE 1946 BREEDING SEASON

Collecting was started in the Arnold Arboretum, Jamaica
Plain, Massachusetts. A great deal of time was spent in de-
veloping technique in this locality, so that the data are not as
complete as could be desired. Also because the locality was
constantly being visited by crowds of sight-seers this was not
kept up as a trapping area after early July. The results of
this collection and subsequent collections are given in tables at
the end of the text.

The writer is very grateful to Mr. Gorden Allen who was
kind enough to set out a few traps at North Haven Island,
Penobscot Bay, Maine, during the last week in June.

The third collecting locality was Windham township, Ver-
mont, at an elevation of 1800-2000 feet in sugar maple, beech,
birch, and conifer forest. Human habitations in this area are
very few and were approximately one fourth to one half mile
from the trapping locality at the very nearest. Two collections
were made, one in late June and early July, the other in early
August.

June, 1949]

Spiess: Drosophila

119

A fourth area was in a woodland in Braintree, Massachu-
setts, during July, August, and September. This is a residen-
tial suburban district where houses are widely separated, and
open meadows and small woods are common. Collecting here
was done close to fruit trees where the last year’s fruit covered
the ground and also in the nearby small woodland of oak, birch,
and maple.

The last and most rewarding area from the standpoint of
numbers of individuals and species was the Gray Herbarium
Gardens located in Cambridge, Massachusetts. The gardens oc-
cupy an area of about seven acres which before the war had in-
cluded well-cultivated plots and groves of native and exotic
plants, but at present they are untouched and seldom visited by
outsiders. The gardens are fenced in and are located near a
residential suburban area.

THE 1947 BREEDING SEASON

The Gray Herbarium Gardens site was chosen for the 1947
season’s collection, and it was decided that the entire season
should be sampled in that area alone to discover which popula-
tions undergo significant seasonal fluctuations. In order to get
as accurate an estimate as possible of the species’ concentra-
tions, sampling was performed in the following manner : fresh
food or new traps were put out as needed approximately every
three to five days ; six traps were continually maintained in the
area; and samples were taken on convenient evenings about
twice a week (that is, on evenings when there had been no rain
nor considerable cloudiness during the afternoon). The tem-
perature and state of the weather were recorded at each collec-
tion. Taking the samples just prior to sunset each time should
have largely eliminated any variation in numbers coming to the
traps owing to diurnal periodicity in activity of the flies.

The weather data included in the table following are from
the Boston Weather Station. No significant differences were
found between temperature readings at the collecting area and
the readings given by the Boston Weather Station.

GEOGRAPHICAL OCCURRENCE OF SPECIES

From a total of about thirty species of Drosophila which have
been found in or near the New England area (that is, as far

120

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVII

west as Ohio or south to New Jersey) only seventeen species
were definitely identified by this writer during 1946-47 from
the localities mentioned above. However two species may be
added to this number : (1) B. narragansett was not distinguished
from B. athabasca in this work; yet because it is such a rare
species, it would not greatly alter the numbers given for atha-
basca. (2) A species in the quinaria group was found which
is either a subspecies of B. subquinaria or possibly a new spe-
cies.

Subgenus Hirtodrosophila

No members of this subgenus were found, although B. dun-
cani and B. chagrinensis have been reported in the past from
eastern Ohio.

Subgenus Borsilopha

B. busckii was found in small quantities in Cambridge, Mass.,
during July, 1946, and from July to October, 1947. This spe-
cies is unquestionably associated with human habitations and
probably does not overwinter in the wild state.

Subgenus Sophophora

(1) Melanogaster group. Either B. simulans or B. melano-
gaster or both occurs in every locality at which more than one
collection was made during the stated breeding seasons. It is of
interest, however, to note that in no case was a single individual
trapped prior to June 26 (the date of first occurrence in the
Cambridge, Mass., area for 1947). Also in the Windham, Ver-
mont, collection only one female was found in the middle of
August. Evidently the season is so short at that locality, and the
area is so isolated from any markets or stores that this group
has a difficult time establishing itself in a wild environment.
The town of Windham lies on the northeast side of one of the
Green Mountains of Southern Vermont in the Canadian Life
Zone and is evidently located in a region too severe for large
expansion of the melanogaster group.

(2) Obscura group. Certainly three of the members of the
affinis subgroup are found throughout this area and undoubtedly
constitute a native population. These are B. affinis, B. algon-

June, 1949]

Spiess: Drosophila

121

quin, and D. athabasca. A few athabasca individuals were re-
corded in the Gray Gardens which might have proved to be nar-
ragansett. From the results of the small collections within the
Canadian Life Zone it would appear that D. athabasca is the
most successful species in getting established there : it was the
most common species in the North Haven Island, Maine; the
Vermont; and the Mount Washington collections. Probably
D. algonquin holds an intermediate position between D. atha-
basca and D. affinis in regard to success in this area although
it is possible that D. algonquin and D. affinis are about equal
in their ability to withstand the adverse conditions of this region.

Sub genus Drosophila

(1) Quinaria group. Together with the affinis subgroup D.
quinaria, D. transversa, and possibly a third species (as yet
undescribed from this area intermediate between these two and
strikingly similar to D. sub quinaria in morphological characters)
form what seems to be the principal native population of the
genus in New England.

D. transversa is most common; it occurs in every collection
in which more than one species was found. It accompanies D.
athabasca into the Canadian Life Zone and is successful in all
the regions in which athabasca is established. D. quinaria is
much less common in all parts of the area; but possibly fewer
quinaria come to banana traps than to other fruits like tomato
for instance. Normal D. quinaria as described by Sturtevant
was not obtained in any of the Vermont collections (although
the numbers are so listed in the accompanying tables because
of undecided classification). A smaller fly which is interme-
diate in color pattern between quinaria and transversa was
present instead (four specimens). It is suggested that this
intermediate form is a subspecies of D. subquinaria or a new
species strongly resembling D. subquinaria. This type was
also found in the Arnold Arboretum, Boston, and in the Gray
Gardens, Cambridge. In the latter locality, however, normal
D. quinaria was much more common (22 D. quinaria specimens
and 3 D. subquinaria (?) specimens).

(2) Testacea group. D. putrida is about equal in numbers

122

New York Entomological Society

[VOL. LVII

of individuals to D. transversa among the native wild popula-
tions. This species occurs in almost every locality in which
transversa and athabasca are found. There seems to be a
slightly greater difficulty on the part of putrida in becoming
established in colder regions or colder seasons of the year than
in the case of the other two common species. Perhaps the fig-
ures are not too significant, but putrida is slightly less numerous
than transversa in the Vermont collection; it is not found at
all in the Maine island collection ; and it is more warm-weather-
loving in the Gray Gardens 1947 collections.

D. testacea is a rare fly which occurs in August in the Ver-
mont collection and in summer and fall in Cambridge. The
Vermont area may represent the borderline of its distribution
region.

(3) Melanica group. Perhaps the most common and suc-
cessful species of the genus in summer except for melanogaster-
simulans is D. melanica paramelanica. This subspecies is rare
in Vermont at the height of the summer, but it is very common
in lower country.

D. nigromelanica, on the other hand, is quite rare even in the
low regions. This species has been collected only around Boston.

(4) Robusta group. The last group which can be consid-
ered native is represented by D. robusta which occurs in small
numbers in practically every locality. It is as common as
transversa in Vermont where it can be found in deep forest of
conifers, maple, and beech. It was especially common near
small streams in the woods, showing that it prefers high humid-
ity and cool conditions. It is somewhat less common near Bos-
ton where summer heat is more intense and woodland is not so
denser The 1947 collection was unexpectedly deficient in this
species.

(5) Funebris group. D. funebris is not common in any lo-
cality and is quite spotty in distribution, having been found
only in Vermont (one specimen) and around Boston.

(6) Immigrans group. D. immigrans accompanies D. fune- *
bris in the discontinuity and rarity of its occurrence. There
can be no doubt that these two species do not overwinter in the
wild state here, and they represent a small percentage of the

June, 1949]

Spiess: Drosophila

123

genus which is associated with man but breeds in small quanti-
ties during the summer in the wild.

(7) Tripunctata group. It was a surprise to discover D. tri-
punctata in the Gray Gardens in August and September, 1947.
According to the latest distribution map (Patterson, 1943) it
had never been recorded farther north than New Jersey. It
is a fly of predominantly southern distribution, but it seems to
breed here for two or three generations during the summer
(Gray Gardens: Aug. 15, 2 specimens; Aug. 25, 1 specimen;
and Sept. 18, 1 specimen).

(8) Repleta group. Because the writer was chiefly interested
in obtaining flies in forested areas at some distance from human
habitation, D. repleta was of rare occurrence. At any rate it
was found only in collections near Boston, and is obviously not
a wild species.

THE UNCLASSIFIED SPECIMENS IN THE QUIN ARIA GROUP

In May, 1946, a male specimen of this group and intermedi-
ate in many key characters between D. transversa and D. quina-
ria was found at the Arnold Arboretum, Mass. The specimen
differed from ordinary male quinaria in the following charac-
ters : clouds on the apices of the second, third, and fourth longi-
tudinal veins were absent ; only two brown spots on tergite 6 ;
and the lateral marginal spots on each tergite were nearly ab-
sent.

Later on in Vermont four females were obtained, which were
of this intermediate type. No clouding at the apices of the
longitudinal veins was observed; the abdominal tergite spotting
was typical of quinaria in size except on tergite six where the
spotting was variable, usually reduced in size in comparison
with normal quinaria. The small lateral marginal spots typ-
ical of quinaria were greatly reduced or absent. Egg filaments
were characteristic of quinaria rather than transversa. Male
progeny from these females had only two spots on tergite six
and no definite marginal spots at all. These males surprisingly
had six or seven short recurved hairs on the median side of the
fore-tarsus as described by Sturtevant (1942) for D. sub quina-
ria rather than the long hairs in double row as in D. quinaria.
Ordinary D. quinaria females were larger and darker in color

124

New York Entomological Society

[Yol. LVII

than these specimens. A few attempts were made to cross
quinaria to the new type both in single pair matings and in
mass matings of about five parents each. No fertile eggs were
laid in any of the matings, but it is known to be difficult to
raise quinaria by itself in the laboratory.

Some single pair matings of D. quinaria and of the new sub-
species (or species) were made separately with interesting re-
sults: (1) In D. quinaria a few progenies lacked some or all
of the clouding at the apices of the longitudinal veins; often
reduction in size and number of abdominal tergite spots was
encountered ; that is, in females loss of lateral spots on the sixth
tergite and in males loss of both these and the median spots.
(2) In the progenies of the questionable specimens further re-
duction in spotting was quite common. Females often tend to
lose all spots on the sixth tergite while males often showed a
reduction or complete loss of lateral spots on the fifth tergite
as well. This latter pattern is the common type of D. trans-
versa, and shows that there is a possible breakdown here in the
taxonomic characters.

If the difficulties involved in breeding these flies can be sur-
mounted, it seems that a vast storehouse of easily recognizable
morphological variation is involved in these species.

It is evident that we are dealing either with a new species or
with an eastern subspecies of D. subquinaria. Since collecting
has not been extensively carried on north of this area in New
England heretofore, there remains the possibility that sub-
quinaria occupies the Canadian region and extends down into
the Canadian and Transitional Zones of New England. At any
rate we do know that some members of the affinis subgroup do
occupy the entire northern section of the country, and undoubt-
edly some members of the quinaria group accompany them.
This supposition will merit further investigation, and the
writer has reason to believe that specimens are not too rare for
adequate collecting of this type or species in the future.

FLUCTUATIONS OF DROSOPHILA SPECIES POPULATIONS

For the breeding season of 1947 it was decided that sampling
should be done for a single small area convenient to the labora-
tory at Harvard University. The Gray Herbarium Gardens,

June, 1949]

Spiess: Drosophila

125

appeared to be the best site, and continuous collecting was car-
ried on as often as possible from early April until late October.
(The methods of sampling this area have been given previously.)

If we consider only the fluctuations in species populations of
large enough size to be statistically significant, we can observe
some rather interesting facts. Also a comparison of results for
species with those obtained at the Aldrich Farm by Patterson
(1943) shows some interesting parallels.

A graph has been constructed (see supplementary material)
to show the maxima of each species during the season. In each

Figure 1. Gray Herbarium Gardens, Cambridge, Massachusetts, for 1947.
This graph shows the fluctuations of those species whose maxima occur in
the spring. Each point represents that per cent of the weighted number of
specimens which was collected in that month (considering the total number
for one species equal to 100 per cent.

species the data have been weighted to conform with the number
of collections each month. Each point in the graph represents
that per cent of the weighted number of specimens which was
collected in that month (considering the total number for one
species equal to 100%).

(1) The affinis subgroup together with D. transversa form a
definite peak in June, then fall off for the remainder of the
season. All of these species increase again slightly but not sig-
nificantly as temperatures get cooler in late summer and early
fall, but they fail to increase to their former proportions be-

126

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LYII

cause other more aggressive species are then present in great
number competing for space and food. The Aldrich Farm
data for affinis-algonquin for 1939-40 show a very significant
negative correlation with temperature (the writer has calcu-
lated r = -57.0 per cent. In New England too there is a very
real preference in the affinis group and in D. transversa for
mild temperatures. Temperature is apparently one of the most
effective ecological factors in the distribution of these popula-
tions.

Figure 2. Gray Herbarium Gardens for 1947, showing the fluctuations of
those species whose maxima occur in summer and early fall.

(2) During the month of July when temperatures average
highest for the summer D. putrida attains a moderate peak;
but probably this peak is not so much because of high tempera-
ture as because the previously dominant species have dropped
considerably in numbers so that competition is effectively re-
duced. The fluctuations in size of putrida populations have
always appeared somewhat enigmatical when compared with
the weather data. Patterson (1943) has stated that some of
the peaks of putrida in Texas coincide with rainfall peaks which
in turn tend to increase fungus growth. However the writer
has found no significant correlation between the rainfall data
and the number of putrida specimens collected at the Aldrich

June, 1949]

Spiess: Drosophila

127

Farm. On the contrary the only significant correlation found
from all the weather data given in the Patterson report was
negative between humidity and number of specimens (r =
- 64.3 per cent) . This correlation is more or less substantiated by
the evidence here in New England : August was the most humid
month but had the lowest number of putrida for the summer;
October was an unusually dry month with exceptionally low
rainfall, and putrida had its highest peak of the season. Prob-
ably D. putrida is a species which can increase in frequency
when other species are not successful under dry conditions.
It seems to be a mild temperature dry air fly; but when other
more dominant species occur in the same environment, putrida
is prevented from expressing much increase in size. It would
appear from the accompanying graph that competition with
larger species is a very important factor in the distribution of
putrida.

(3) D. melanica paramelanica succeeds in forming an almost
perfectly normal curve with its peak in August, the hottest
month of the season. This species certainly follows the mean
monthly temperature very well. Because it is a species which
probably does overwinter in Boston and environs, it gets started
early in the season and becomes well-established in the wild
after the cool-loving species have dropped in frequency and just
before the melanogaster-simulans complex becomes too nu-
merous.

(4) No members of the melanog aster group were found until
late June. As in the case of the Aldrich Farm collection me-
lanogaster males appeared first to be followed by simulans.
Simulans lagged slightly behind melanogaster for July and
August but then formed a tremendous peak in September.
Both species are quite significantly correlated with temperature
in the Aldrich Farm data (the writer calculates r = 79.0 per
cent), and unquestionably warm temperature is one of the chief
ecological factors effecting a peak here in New England as well.

Considerable variation may possibly be encountered from year
to year owing to changes in external conditions, but the pattern
described here for this single seasons’ fluctuations among the
more prominent northeastern species will in general remain
the same.

128

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVII

New England Collections — 1946

Gray Herbarium,
Cambridge, Mass.

July

August

September

Totals

No. of collections

B. afflnis

D. algonquin

B. athabasca

D. busclcii

B. immigrans

B. paramelanica

B. mel-simulans

119

B. nigromelanica

B. putrida

D. quinaria

B. robusta

B. testacea

D. transversa

New England Collections — 1946

Arnold Arboretum,
Boston, Mass.

April

May June July

Totals

No. of Collections

4 1

B. algonquin

1 1

B. immigrans

2 0

B. mel-simulans

0 0

' 3

B. putrida

6 1

B. quinaria

1 0

B. robusta

0 0

' 3

B. transversa

9 2

New England Collections — 1946

Windham, Vermont

June

July

August

Totals

No. of collections

B. afflnis

B. algonquin

B. athabasca

B. funebris

B. immigrans

B. mel-simulans

B. paramelanica

B. putrida

B. quinaria*

B. robusta

B. testacea

B. transversa

* All individuals of this species in the Windham collection are atypical.
See text.

June, 1949]

Spiess: Drosophila

129

New England Collections — 1946

Braintree, Mass

July

August

September

Totals

No. of collections

D. algonquin

D. athabasca

D. funebris

D. immigrans

D. mel-simulans

101

D. nigromelanica

D. paramelanica

D. putrida

D. repleta

D. robusta

D. transversa

Northhaven Island,
Penobscot Bay, Maine
D. algonquin
D. athabasca
D. transversa

4 1

June 23rd

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Dobzhansky, Th. and C. Epling. 1944. Taxonomy, geographic distribu-
tion, and ecology of Drosophila pseudoobscura and its relatives.
Carnegie Inst. Wash. Publ., 554: 1-46.

Patterson, J. T. 1943. The Drosophilidae of the Southwest. Univ. Tex.
Publ., 4313: 7-216.

Patterson, J. T. and R. P. Wagner. 1943. Geographical distribution of
species of the genus Drosophila in the United States and Mexico.
Univ. Tex. Publ., 4313: 217-281.

Spencer, W. P. 1942. New species in the quinaria group of the subgenus
Drosophila. Univ. Tex. Publ., 4213: 53-66.

Sturtevant, A. H. 1921. The North American Species of Drosophila.
Carnegie Inst. Wash. Publ., 301.

. 1942. The classification of the genus Drosophila with

descriptions of nine new species. Univ. Tex. Publ., 4213 : 5-51.

Gray Herbarium Collection — 1947

130

New York Entomological Society

t Vol. LVII

l> 03 M ^

rH O tH O O

O 03 05 03 03

O lO 50 lO

03 ^ ©

r>. © © CO 05

GO ©

03 00 CO O

CO O

rtf QO rti
©

P-I©05l0030305©©©a0
0 05 rH CO t-( 05 O

I© 03

i — I l — I tJH © i — I

CO O O O O H i — ICO

c3 co co © o

WH rH CO

©©03©©©©©©©©©

^ tH 03 © 03
Ph 03

©©©©©©©©©©©©©© GO

£ «0 Of

? oo

rC> "srs

e ss

e «

•s e

« ?

ss £

§ I

53 rS

§ g co

§ g S3

g ?

^ si l>

*0 <?0

<?o «o

1 1

^ §
si •«*
§: ^0

•g |

Sh "©
© ©
© PJ
g °

3 u

Boston Weather Data — 1947

June,

1949]

Spiess: Drosophila

131

H CJ CO

°° o o

oo i>
co oo co

C3 .rt
rld

o <J

ft jH
© °

<M. o O
CO Cl ■'ctf
N Oi W

ft cci
£

sl. o o
cH O OS
> Oi 1C

Ph rt

^ o O

io oi co
co oo

b- lO o

rti t>. CO

Ph .
oT

Fh O
® §
ft ©

1 a

2 3
.§ 2
X ‘h

C3 .rt

TiH o

lO o

rH «©

tH o

^ ^5 Ph ^ ^

<D & .M . +3 o

*-< Q > o o cj

o H g <j © ^ oq

o «

r© ©

^ EH

g £ S O

7 ^ -2 fc

jj ©

H £

1“

-M reJ

c$ Pi
c3

§ a

ft ©

£ O

female, although two collections had been made previously. The weather suddenly turned cold at the end of October
and no collections were made in November.

132

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LYII

BOOK NOTICE

A Century of Entomology in the Pacific Northwest. By Melville
H. Hatch. University of Washington Press, Seattle, 1949.
9x6 inches. V + 43 p. 9 pi. $1.50
This is a study of the progress of entomology in British Colum-
bia, Washington, Idaho and Oregon involving collectors, explor-
ing expeditions, laboratories, institutions, control work, im-
portant insect pests, and insect collections. Dr. Hatch begins
with 1834 and outlines the principal entomological happenings,
from that time until the present, with particular emphasis upon
outstanding individuals, their accomplishments, and their con-
tributions to the science of entomology. The author ’s interesting
and authentic narrative of the development of entomology in the
Pacific Northwest is an example of what is needed for other
regions of North America and a welcome contribution to the
literature on the history of entomology. Dr. Hatch’s account
concludes with a bibliography, a taxonomic index and an index of
names. Entomology, although a comparatively young science,
has enough of a historical background for entomologists to be
conscious of it and it would not be a bad idea for our two national
organizations to work out plans for a comprehensive national
history of it. — H. B. W.

June, 1949]

Malkin: Coleoptera

133

NOTES ON OREGON COCCINELLIDiE,
(COLEOPTERA)

By Borys Malkin

The following are the more interesting records of the beetles
of this family that came to the writer’s attention chiefly from
the collection of Mr. K. M. Fender of McMinnville, Oregon and
some from his own. New State records are indicated by an
asterisk preceding Leng’s catalogue number. These supple-
ment the published state list.1 Collectors names are given in
parentheses.

10873. Hyperaspis lateralis montanica Csy. Ten Cent Lake,
29 July, 1937 (Fender).

10972. Brachyacantha ursina (Fab.) Eugene, 6 June, 1942
(Malkin). This is the first record of this species from the west-
ern part of the state.

*10997. Nipus niger Csy. Siskyou Summit, 10 June, 1945
(Fender). This is only the second known record of the species.
Described from unique collection in Sonoma Co., north of San
Francisco.

* . Scymnus renoincus Csy. Government Camp, 5

July, 1942 (Malkin), Siskyou Summit, el. 3000 ft. 5 July, 1946
(Malkin), Crater Lake nr. Hq. 4 Aug., 1930 (Scullen).

*11044. Scymnus humboldti Csy. Eagle Point, 4 July, 1946
(Malkin), Talent, 21 April, 1933 (Gentner).

11079. Scymnus nanus Csy. Bear Spgs. 18 May, 1940
(Fender), Eagle Point, 19 October, .1939 (Gentner).

* . Scymnus sp. nov.f nr. cinctus. McMinnville,

May, 1931 (Fender).

11181c. Coccinella trifasciata subversa Lee. Redmond 2 May,
1940 (Scullen). This is the first record of this species from
eastern Oregon. Generally restricted to the western portion of
the state.

11185b. Coccinella transver so guttata nugatoria Muls. Harper
22 May, 1947 (Malkin), Middle Fork of the Willamette River,

1 Malkin B. 1943. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., Vol. LI. no. 3. p. 191-198.

134

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVII

22 May, 1947 (Malkin). Additional records of this uncommon
species.

11187a. Coccinella difficilis Cr. Malheur Lake 21 May, 1941
(Fender), Dnrkee 6 May, 1941 (Fender), Middle Fork of the
Willamette River, 22 May, 1947 (Malkin). All these are records
from the eastern portion of the state.

ORGANIC INSECTICIDES

Review No. 1, on “The Mode of Action of Organic Insecticides”
by Robert L. Metcalf has just been published by the Chemical-
Biological Coordination Center of the National Research Council.
This important review prepared at the request of the Entomology
Subcommittee of which Dr. Roger B. Friend is chairman sum-
marizes in 84 pages the major contributions to the literature of
organic insecticides. There are nine chapters each dealing with
such insecticdes as nicotine, pyrethrum, rotenone, organic thio-
cyanates, dinitrophenols, phenothiazine, DDT, benzine hexa-
chloride, and organic phosphates. For each material or class of
insecticides, there is a brief review of ts chemistry, relation of
chemical structure to toxicity, theories of toxic action, physio-
logical effects, biochemistry, etc. In view of the current interest
in organic insecticides this well organized and presented review
should gain the immedate approval of economic entomologists,
and credit is due also to the Entomology Subcommittee of the
Chemical-Biological Coordination Center for its sponsorship of
the study. — H.B.W.

June, 1949]

Malkin: Brenthid^

135

OBSERVATION ON THE COURTSHIP OF BRENTHIS
ANCHORAGO L. (COLEOPTERA, BRENTHID^)

By Borys Malkin

The following observations were recorded by the writer while
on a collecting trip in the vicinity of Tolosa, Oaxaca, in Mexico,
during the first two weeks of September 1947. Tolosa is located
on the Trans-Isthmian railroad on the Atlantic side of the
Isthmus of Tehuantepec about 10 miles south of the Vera Cruz
border. The country is low, the hills not exceeding 500 feet, the
average being less than 200 feet. There is some grassland but,
in the main, dense tropical rainforest covers the area.

The visit took place during the peak of the rainy season. The
rains fell throughout the night and also with interruptions dur-
ing the day. Only two days, in the four weeks that the writer
remained in the locality, could be considered as completely sunny.
On other days the sun appeared only sporadically.

Brenthis anchor ago L. is certainly the most common beetle of
the family Brentidce in the area, in fact it is probably the most
common of all Central American representatives of this group.
The beetles were numerous and gregarious. Sometimes as many
as 40 specimens would appear on a log or a portion of it. No
preference for any particular section of the log was observed.
However, exposure to direct sunshine was obviously avoided.
The beetles retreated to the shaded part of the fallen timber as
the sun’s rays fell upon them. The greatest activity was ob-
served during the morning hours, slackening toward noon until
most of the insects would gradually disappear in crevices or
under bark by 5 : 00 P.M.

The courtship activities of these insects may be summarized as
follows : The male is the active party while the females remain
passive at least until males appear in their vicinity. Occasion-
ally the female may remain unreceptive and walk away from the
approaching male. Usually, both male and the female in each
other’s presence show excitement in moving the antennae about

136

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LYII

rapidly and in their nervous, haphazard movements. Then the
male will wander about the female until he succeeds in placing his
proboscis upon her thorax or head. The male attempts to place
the proboscis as close to the head as possible. This apparently
stimulates the female who remains on the spot. The male then
proceeds to rub the proboscis against her thorax and head.
Should it slide, the male will promptly adjust the proboscis and
restore it to the former position.

This action may last for a considerable length of time. While
the average time ranged from 5 to 10 minutes, I observed certain
males continuing this action for much longer. This seems to be
preparatory to copulation which almost never takes place with-
out it. Unlike the copulation in some beetles, notably the Coc-
cinellidce, here it is brief. A number of observed pairs remained
in contact for 30 to 100 seconds with 45 seconds being the aver-
age. If the male is larger than the female they usually remain
in one spot. If smaller, which does not happen frequently, the
female may wander around carrying the male on her back.

As soon as the male mounts the female she begins boring into
the wood by moving her thorax up and down. This she usually
keeps on doing during the actual mating and after it has been
completed, seemingly ignoring the male’s presence. The court-
ship does not end with the copulation but continues after it has
been consummated. As in the initial approach the male attempts
to rub the female’s thorax or head with his proboscis. Some
pairs were observed courting for 15 minutes until the second
mating took place. Casual contacts with the female occur but
rarely. One pair may remain together for as long as half an
hour or longer. In one instance that much time elapsed between
the initial and the second copulation. This is in striking contrast
with the C occinellidce where the mating is long when compared
with the duration of the courtship.

Leaving the female, the male wanders away in search of other
partners. In the meanwhile the female will remain passive con-
tinuing her borings. These are very dense. On one side of a
log I counted from twenty to thirty to a square inch which shows
that one female makes several of them in a day. The use of
these I do not know. Very likely the eggs are deposited in them

June, 1949]

Malkin: Bkenthid^

137

although I have never observed this myself. Beeson* believes
that some of the Indian species of the family lay their eggs in
this manner.

The males usually do not attempt to mate with another male
unless the individual is already in contact with a female. Then
hurriedly and excitedly they crawl upon the back of a more suc-
cessful male and attempt to mate with either the male or female
indiscriminately. It seems that the smaller male will attempt
this more frequently as this is the time when they presumably
can approach the female unnoticed while the larger individual is
totally preoccupied with her.

In general, however, the size of the male seems to have little
effect on his ability to find a mating partner. In direct ap-
proaches to the female, large size is rather detrimental as the
larger male specimens are slower and clumsier in walking on the
rough surface of the log than the smaller ones. Their enorm-
ously developed thorax and proboscis are detrimental in this re-
spect. The male is inclined to the exclusive possession of the
female during the courtship and will drive off any competitor
that may come close to the scene. These fights are not intense
and consist chiefly of pushing each other with the proboscis until
one of them retires. The victorious male will follow the in-
truder occasionally as far as 10 inches from the female. Usually
the male, already in possession of the female, wins the contest.
Here it is that size seems to be of some advantage as the larger
male always succeeds in driving the competitor off. These in-
trusions are frequent. In one observed instance a large male
remained with the female for 38 minutes during which time he
had fought off four different males. Each time when the danger
had passed he returned to the female.

* Beeson C. F. C. Notes on the Biology of Brenthidce. Indian Forest
Records. Yol. XI. part. IY. p. 178-188.

138

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVII

BOOK NOTICE

Larvae of Insects. Lepidoptera and Hymenoptera. Part I. By
Alvah Peterson, Ph.D. Edwards Brothers, Inc. Ann Arbor,
Mich., Lithoprinted, 8J x lOf inches. 315 p. 84 pi.

For more than thirty-five years Dr. Peterson has been inter-
ested in the study and identification of immature stages of in-
sects. However, it was only during the past ten years or so that
he could devote much time to this interest, and this volume is
the long anticipated result.

The importance to agriculture and public health of recogniz-
ing many insects in their immature stages is accepted. And
insect taxonomists with interests in phylogeny are turning in
greater numbers to consult the larval, nymphal, and pupal stages
for answers to questions of identity and relationships, which they
may be unable to decide from study of adults alone. But the
problem of finding keys and illustrations to aid in their identifi-
cation is often discouraging. The present volume, part I of two
parts, will enable the student to get an excellent start toward the
recognition of representatives of larvae, nymphs and pupae of all
the orders of insects in North America except the Zoraptera and
Strepsiptera. About 100 illustrations are provided to aid in the
recognition of the orders. The volume then considers the Lepi-
doptera and plant infesting Hymenoptera with emphasis placed
upon those species of economic importance.

There is a detailed discussion with more than 100 illustrations
of larval structures in nearly all families of Lepidoptera in which
larval stages of one or more species are known. The keys to
families are first divided into four sections which combine some
characters such as size and habits with structure. Following
the keys the families are considered in alphabetical order with
an indication of the number of known North American species in
each, a discussion of the habits of the family, and a description of
fully grown larvaa. Once the family is known to which a larva
belongs, illustrations with accompanying explanations of figures
may be consulted for specific identification. There are separate
keys to the species of Pyralidse injurious to stored food products,

June, 1949]

Book Notice

139

and Pyralidae injurious to corn, sugarcane and related plants.
No other keys are provided to the species considered in each
family but the illustrations and explanations should enable one
to make the identification if the species is among those treated.
For each species figured, the scientific and common names are
given, length of fully grown larva, color and shape of living
specimen, morphological features, food habits, and frequently
citations to literature which describe larval stages. More than
220 larvae have been figured and there are approximately 650
illustrations of entire larvae or structural details.

The section on plant infesting Hymenoptera follows the pat-
tern used for the Lepidoptera. All the species considered belong
to the several families of sawflies and chalcidflies of which over
40 species are figured.

Throughout the book there is considerable supplementary in-
formation of value. There are separate lists of some common,
important or unusual species of Lepidoptera and Hymenoptera
as well as selected bibliographies for the two orders; a selected
general bibliography on nymphs and larvae of insects; and an
extensive glossary chiefly of morphological terms found in the
published literature on immature stages of insects. A general
index includes chiefly the common and scientific names of all
insects considered in this volume. — M. W. Sanderson.

140

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVII

COLOR DISCRIMINATION BY ERISTALIX TEN AX

In Nature, Vol. 163, p. 255, February 12, 1949, Dora Ilse,
reports on her successful training to colors of a solitary insect,
Eristalis tenax, for the first time, in the Department of Physiology
of the Medical School, Hospital Centre in Birmingham. These
drone flies were trained to find their food on flower models made
of colored papers, offered in a greenhouse. The flies were trained
to yellow and in order to determine if they recognized the specific
wave-length band reflected by the yellow paper or its special
degree of brightness they were offered without any food, models
in the training color along with two other shades of yellow, as well
as models in various shades of gray, ranging from black to white,
all exposed to full sunlight. The behavior of the flies in visiting
in abundance the yellow models which varied considerably in
reflectance indicated that they were influenced by wave-length
rather than brightness. Other experiments indicated that the
insects preferred their training color rather than red, green, blue
and violet. Incomplete experiments gave promise that the insects
could be trained to come to blue. — H.B.W.

INSECTS AND SLANG

To the expressions previously noted in Volume 56, p. 170 and
p. 250 of this Journal, Professor Minnie B. Scotland of the New
York State College for Teachers, Albany, N. Y., has supplied the
following, garnered from her students.

Cootie garage, a hair-roll.

Cute as-a-bug’s ear, self-explanatory.

Snug as a bug in a rug, cozy.

Stung, cheated.

Vest “vulchers, ” moths in clothing.

VoL LVII

No. 3

SEPTEMBER, 1949

Journal

of the

New York Entomological Society

Edited by HARRY B. WEISS

JOHN D. SHERMAN, Jr.
TEALE

$5.00 per Year

Published Quarterly by the Society
N. QUEEN ST. AND McGOVERN AVE.

LANCASTER, PA.

NEV YORK, N. Y.

1949

■ - '’/. viv' 'S- A'A^^r^tC '• S« ~kK;'"'^ <Fj ^ V*'"C '■' -.ii? ’!~&' 1 jr>'' ^ ' . ' Hv :• ('.•»• \ Tg'jJ-
•. . \r-:-^ \ 5 ' xfV^> ,;'L> y y-' y^ S'- s- 'v > •' • ->A

CONTENTS

Studies on the Fauna of Pacific Northwest Greenhouses
(Isopoda, Coleoptera, Dermaptera, Orthoptera, Gas-
tropoda)

By Melville H. Hatch 141

Pre-Columbian Aztec Grasshopper 166

The Effect of Summer Rainfall on Japanese Beetle Popu-
lations

By Ira M. Hawley 167

A New Species of Camponotus, Subg. Colobopsis from
Mexico (Hymenoptera: Formicidae)

By Marion R. Smith 177

Book Notice 182

The Old World Membracidae

By Frederic W. Coding 183

Proceedings of the Society 193

An Early New Jersey Insect Collection 202

i . y. ■ . , - : . - ' > . ' / j yy yy

NOTICE: Volume LVII, Number 2, of the Journal of
the New York Entomological Society was published
on June 2, 1949.

Entered as second class matter July 7, 1925, at the post office at Lancaster, Pa.,
under the Act of August 24, 1912.

Acceptance for mailing at special rate of postage provided for in Section 1103.
Act of October 3, 1917, authorized March 27, 1924.

JOURNAL

OF THE

New York Entomological Society

Vol. LYII September, 1949 No. 3

STUDIES ON THE FAUNA OF PACIFIC NORTHWEST

GREENHOUSES (ISOPODA, COLEOPTERA, DER-
MAPTERA, ORTHOPTERA, GASTROPODA)

By Melville H. Hatch

The present paper represents a contribution to the knowledge
of that interesting assemblage of animals (the synanthropes)
that in varying degrees have adapted themselves to conditions
provided by man. 'The author became interested in greenhouse
fauna in 1946 in connection with his study of isopods. Myria-
pods were collected extensively from the first and, it is hoped,
will be reported on separately by Mr. Ervin F. Dailey. The
Araneida will likewise be reported on later. At the beginning
beetles were collected only desultorily and it was not until the
1946 collections were studied that it was realized that they
presented features worthy of further investigation. The re-
sult was that the 1947 collections were more thorough, though
still only Isopoda, Myriapoda, Coleoptera, Araneida, snails,
and a few earwigs and crickets were collected. Sixty-seven
greenhouses in 45 localities in British Columbia, Washington,
Idaho, and Oregon were visited in 1946 and 25 additional green-
houses in 18 additional localities were visited in 1947.

I. ISOPODA

This report is supplemental to a previous one (Hatch 1947 :
182-184) in which eleven species of oniscoids were reported
from 67 greenhouses in 45 localities in the Pacific Northwest.
In 1947, 28 greenhouses (2 in British Columbia, 6 in Washing-

SEP 1 5 1949

142

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVII

ton, 20 in Oregon), 25 of which were not seen the previous
year, revealed 9 species of Oniscoidea. Of these 5 contained no
oniscoids, as opposed to one out of 67 in 1946. Three of these 5
were in the dry area east of the Cascade Mountains : Ephrata,
Wash. ; Bend and Klamath Falls, Ore. The other two were in
Coos Bay and Waldport, Ore. Of the remaining 25, 4 con-
tained one species; 9, 2 species; 5, 3 species; 3, 4 species; 1, 5
species; and 1, six species. Trichoniscus sp. and Cordioniscus
stebbingi Patience from Corvallis, Ore., Cylisticus convexus
DeG. from Pullman, and Trachelipus rathkei Br. from Seattle,
Wash, in 1946 were not taken in 1947. All 13 species of iso-
pods occurring in Pacific Northwest greenhouses may be intro-
duced with the dubious exception of Trichoniscus demivirgo
Blake and Porcellio scaber Latr.

Trichoniscus demivirgo Blake. This species, not found in
any greenhouse in 1946, was taken in greenhouses in Seattle,
Wash, and North Vancouver, B. C. It was likewise taken im-
mediately outside the greenhouse in the latter locality. This is
the first British Columbia record for this species.

Philo scia muscorum Scop. Taken in 2 greenhouses : Kelso
and Seattle, Wash.

Oniscus asellus L. Taken in 5 greenhouses, the only new
locality being Kelso, Wash.

Porcellionides pruinosus Br. Taken in 5 greenhouses: Lang-
ley Prairie, B. C. ; Seattle, Wash. ; Ashland, Grants Pass, Med-
ford, Ore.

Porcellio Icevis Latr. Taken in two greenhouses : Medford
and Koseburg, Ore. Not previously recorded from the Pacific
Northwest.

Porcellio scaber Latr. Taken in 16 greenhouses, new locali-
ties being Ashland, Albany, Canby, Coos Bay, Grants Pass,
Myrtle Point, Reedsport, Roseburg, Salem, and Woodburn, Ore.

Porcellio dilatatus Br. Taken in 7 greenhouses : Seattle,
Kelso, Ritzvelle, Wash. ; Ashland, Albany, Medford, Salem, Ore.
Occurred in 54 per cent of the greenhouses visited in 1946. Ab-
sent from most of the southwestern Oregon greenhouses. I
have recently received specimens taken outdoors near Garden
Grove, Cal. in 1948.

Sept., 1949]

Hatch: Greenhouse Fauna

143

Armadillidium nasatum B.-L. Found only at Langley Prai-
rie, B. C., where it has occurred since 1941.

Armadillidium vulgare Latr. Taken in 20 greenhouses, new
localities being: Kelso, Wash.; Ashland, Albany, Canby, Coos
Bay, Eugene, Grants Pass, Medford, Myrtle Point, Roseburg,
Salem, and Woodburn, Ore.

II. COLEOPTERA

In the following list of 61 species of Coleoptera, the 24 species
known likewise from Europe are starred and the 6 of these 24
not previously known from North America are double-starred.
In nearly every instance European material has been available
to help authenticate the identification of the European species,
the exceptions being Platysma ( Bothriopterus ) adstrictum
Esch. and Amara (s. str.) anthobia Vill. The previously re-
corded distribution of each species is indicated and the species
previously undescribed in the American literature are suffi-
ciently described so that it is hoped future students of the
Nearctic fauna will be able to recognize them.

The taxonomic interest in this list of beetles derives from
its introduction of five or six well-established European species
into our fauna. It must be emphasized, however, that the oc-
currence of these introduced species in greenhouses may be
only incidental, since in every instance except that of Bem-
bidion ( Metallina ) lampros Hbst. the newly reported species is
established outdoors, and I have reason to believe that the
Bembidion will eventually be found outdoors likewise.

Carabidae

Scaphinotus ( Brennus ) f idler i Horn. ORE. : Roseburg. A
western Oregon species.

*Carabus granulatus L. B. C. : Burnaby, Langley Prairie,
North Vancouver; WASH.: Lynden. The previous status of
this species in America has been traced by Hatch (1933: 117;
1946), Brown (1940: 69), and VanDyke (1945: 92, 128-129).
In Eurasia it occurs throughout Europe except the Iberian
Peninsula and southern Italy, and across northern Asia to
Japan (Apfelbeck 1904: 33; Porta 1923: 58; Jeannel 1941:
115). It is said to be native to the Transcaspian region and

144

New York Entomological Society

[Yol. LY1I

Persia (Schaufuss 1907 : 16). Andrewes (1935: 14) points out
that the fixation of the type of Cardbus by Curtis in 1833 as
C. violaceus L. (= Megodontus Solier 1848) has priority over its
fixation as C. granulatus L. by C. G. Thomson in 1875. Earlier
than this (1859: 2) C. G. Thomson had already designated C.
hortensis L. {= Euporocarabus Reitter) as the generitype. In
consequence of the above, I propose the subgenus Neocarabus
nov. for C. granulatus L.

*Carabus ( Archicarabus ) nemoralis Mull. WASH. : Aber-
deen, CleElum, Colfax, Ellensburg, Kelso, Port Angeles, Pull-
man. The status of this species in America is traced by Hatch
(1933: 117-118; 1946), Brown (1940: 69), and Van Dyke
(1945: 92, 129), and I have specimens taken outdoors previ-
ously unrecorded from Port Angeles, Olympia, Montesano,
Wenatchee, Cheney, and Vancouver, Wash, and McMinnville,
Ore. A native of northern and middle Europe (Jeannel 1941:
126-127).

Notiophilus sylvaticus Esch. ORE.: Coos Bay. Occurs from
northern California to south central Alaska (Fall 1906: 89).

*Bembidion ( Peryphus ) ustulatum L. ( f tetracolum Say).
B. C. : Langley Prairie, North Vancouver; WASH.: Everett,
Marysville, Seattle. I can detect no difference between North
American specimens and examples in my collection from Mora-
via in central Europe. I have similar specimens taken out-
doors from Toronto, Ont. ; Calumet, Mich.; North Vancouver,
B. C. ; Seattle and vicinity (Lake Forest Park, Bothell, Juanita
Beach, Renton, Redmond) and from Pacific City and Port An-
geles, Wash. In the Old World ustulatum occurs throughout
nearly the entire Palaearctic region (Jeannel (1941: 509) and
I am beginning to suspect it is introduced in North America.
If tetracolum Say 1823 is really a synonym, its introduction oc-
curred at an early date, but tetracolum may refer to a related
native species like substrictum LeC (= lucidum LeC.). My
suspicion of ustulatum’ s introduced status in this country is
due to its predominance in my experience in and near cities
and in cultivated fields and its general absence from ‘ ‘ natural ’ 7
habitats. Hayward’s (1897 : 80) record of it as “very widely
distributed, occurring locally throughout the greater part of the

Sept., 1949]

Hatch: Greenhouse Fauna

145

region east of the Rocky Mountains” (italics mine) would fit
in with this hypothesis.

Bembidion (. Peryphus ) substrictum LeC. ( lucidum LeC. nec
Fald.). WASH. : Ephrata, Ritzville. Occurs from Alaska (Van
Dyke 1924: 7) to Newfoundland, Illinois, Mexico, and Califor-
nia ( Csiki 1928: 114).

Bembidion ( Peryphus ) fusicrunv Mots. WASH.: Ritzville.
Occurs in Turkestan and Siberia and from Alaska ( Csiki
1928: 96) and Quebec (Brown 1930: 232) to New Mexico (Fall
and Cockerell 1907: 157) and eastern Washington. It has
probably not been introduced into North America by human
agency.

**Bembidion ( Metallina ) lampros Hbst. B. C.: Langley
Prairie, one specimen taken in 1946, seven in 1947, the latter
in the damp dirt on the floor under one of the tables. This
European and western Siberian species (Muller 1918: 58) has
not previously been recorded from North America.1

The subgenus Metallina Motsch. has not previously been rec-
ognized in America and may be defined as follows : Elytra with
marginal line angulate at humerus and attaining the base of
the fourth stria, the third interval with two dorsal punctures,
the striae strongly punctate, the discal striae obsolete towards
apex, the eighth stria more deeply impressed and narrowly
separated from the glabrous margin ; shining metallic ; frontal
striae simple, impressed, straight in front, arcuate behind; pro-
notum strongly cordate, the hind angles rectangular, the base
not or scarcely wider than the apex, the marginal seta in front
of the middle.

B. lampros Hbst. may be further described as follows :

Shining black, metallic, the legs and first four segments of
antennae more or less rufous; head with frontal striae single,
subparallel in front and sinuate and deeply prolonged behind
the anterior supraorbital seta and divergent behind, the eyes
large; pronotum strongly cordate, about three-fourths as long
as wide, widest just in front of middle, the base about nine-
tenths as wide as the apex, the side margins strongly arcuate

1 Not to be confused with the lampros Horn (1890; Hamilton 1894: 351)
nec Herbst muscicola Hayward 1897: 122-123).

146

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVII

in front, strongly constricted in front of the prominent rec-
tangular carinate hind, angles, the basal impressions deep and
bistriate and connected by a well impressed coarsely punctate
transverse impression; elytra with the first and eighth strise
entire and impressed, the second through the sixth striae feebly
impressed, obsolete towards apex, the first through the sixth
striae and the scutellar stria coarsely punctate, the seventh stria
obsolete, the eighth distinct from the margin, the third interval
with two dorsal punctures distant from the third stria, the
marginal line obtusely angulate at the humerus and inwardly
prolonged to the base of the fourth stria ; mentum with a large
entire tooth; length 2.5-4 mm. (3.25-4 in my series).

Belonging likewise to Metallina apparently is the B. dyschi-
rinurn LeC. of Hayward and the related forms described by
Casey ( aleneanum , perturbatum, agitabile, atrolucens). From
my extensive series of dyschirinum, lampros may be distin-
guished by its slightly more coarsely punctate elytral striae, the
punctures becoming obsolete behind the middle rather than
about at the middle as in dyschirinum. Moreover, the pro-
notum is slightly less cordate in dyschirinum , the base being
nearly equal to the apex in width, the transverse basal impres-
sion smooth and nearly obsolete at the middle.

Bembidion (s. str.) dubitans LeC. WASH. : Dayton. Oc-
curs from Alberta and British Columbia (Csiki 1928: 143) to
New Mexico (Fall and Cockerell 1907: 157).

* Trechus (s. str.) obtusus Er. WASH.: Everett, Seattle.
First reported from North America at Seattle by Hatch (1933:
119), this species has since been taken at Bothell, Kenton, Silver
Lake (Snohomish Co.), and Tacoma, all in western Washington.
It is a native of western Europe from Iceland and southern
Scandinavia to Albania, Sicily, Tunis, and Morocco (Jeannel
1927: 303-309). Western Washington specimens are said by
Jeannel (1941: 329) to belong to the form obtusioides Jeann.
from north Africa, Spain, and southern France. It may be
described as follows :

Rufo-testaceous, shining, impunctate, the legs flavous; head
with frontal sutures well impressed, extending from the clypeus
broadly arcuating behind the well developed eyes nearly to the

Sept., 1949]

Hatch: Greenhouse Fauna

147

gula; pronotum nearly five-sixths as long as broad, the apex
seven-eighths as wide as the base, the sides broadly snbevenly
arcuate, the basal margin within the hind angles narrowly
beaded but not at all flattened, the hind angles obtusely rounded
and very minutely prominent, the side margins narrowly re-
flexed, the basal impressions feebly impressed and separated
from the hind angle by a convex undifferentiated extension of
the pronotal disc ; elytra with eight sparsely evanescently punc-
tate striae, the first three well impressed, the first with a deeply
impressed apical portion recurving to near the apex of the fifth
stria, the third with two dorsal punctures and an apical punc-
ture at its confluence with the second, the sixth and seventh
striae evanescent, the eighth evanescent except at its apical third
where it is sulciform; length 3.75-4.25 mm.

Distinguished from chalybceus Dej. and ovipennis Mots., the
native Pacific Northwest species of the genus, by the hind angles
of the pronotum, which in these species are rectangular or
subrectangular with the side margin more or less slightly sinu-
ate in front of the hind angles, the basal impressions larger
than in obtusus , the basal margin just within the hind angles
appreciably but narrowly flattened.

Platysma ( Hypherpes ) herculaneum Mann. WASH. : Ev-
erett. Occurs from southeastern Alaska to Oregon west of the
Cascade Mountains and in northeastern Washington and north-
ern Idaho.

Platysma ( Hypherpes ) algidum LeC. WASH.: Everett,
Kelso, Port Angeles, Seattle. ORE.: Grants Pass, Roseburg.
Occurs from south central Alaska to Oregon west of the Cas-
cade Mountains, the most abundant species of the genus.

Platysma ( Poecilus ) occidentale Dej. ORE.: Grants Pass.
A single specimen appears to belong to this southern Califor-
nian and Nevadan species. I am not familiar enough with the
fauna of southern Oregon to say whether or not it occurs out-
doors in that area.

Platysma (Poecilus) lucublandum Say. WASH. : Walla
Walla, Yakima. This species ranges from Alaska (Csiki 1930:
601) and Quebec (Chagnon 1917: 170) to Oregon, Utah, and
District of Columbia (Ulke 1902: 6).

148

New York Entomological Society

[VOL. LVII

*Platysma ( Omaseidius ) vulgare L. B. C. : Burnaby, Lang-
ley Prairie, North Vancouver. WASH. : Ellensburg, Everett,
Mt. Vernon, Port Angeles. First reported from North America
by Hatch (1933: 120) from various localities in western Wash-
ington and northwestern Oregon, this species has since been
taken outdoors at the following additional localities: B. C. :
Burnaby, North Vancouver, Vancouver, Victoria; W. Wash.:
Alpha, Bellingham, Blaine, Bothell, Custer, Friday Harbor,
Olympia, Port Townsend, Redmond, Renton, Snoqualmie Falls;
E. Wash.: Wenatchee. Jeannel (1942: 785) records this spe-
cies from central and northern Europe and Siberia. It may be
described as follows:

Black, shining, finely alutaceous, the tarsi and palpi piceous;
pronotum seven-tenths as long as wide, the apex about ninety-
five per cent as wide as the base, the sides arcuate in front of
the very briefly prominent bluntly rectangular hind angles, the
side margins evidently flattened, the basal impressions well im-
pressed rugoso-punctate bistriate, a prominent convex carina
between the outer stria and the side margin, median line fine
and entire; elytra with a scutellar and eight discal well im-
pressed sparsely evanescently punctulate striae, the intervals
convex, the third interval with two dorsal punctures adherent
to the second stria, the eighth stria with about fifteen ocellate
punctures, the humeri rounded and not dentate ; venter im-
punctate, sparsely punctate towards the sides of the meso- and
metathorax; male with protarsi dilated and with one anal seta
on either side of the last abdominal sternite ; female with pro-
tarsi narrow and two anal setae; tarsi with last segment with
two or three setae along the lower margin ; length 14-19 mm.

This member of the subgenus Omaseidius Jeannel (1942: 781,
782, 784) (generitype vulgare L.) (= Omaseus auct. nec Steph.
— Jeannel 1942: 755) runs to Lophoglossits LeC., but is distin-
guished therefrom by the two or three setae on the lower sur-
face of the last tarsal segment. It is likewise distinguished by
its more roughly sculptured basal pronotal impressions. From
Melanius Bon. (= Omaseus Casey nec Steph.) it is distinguished
by the same tarsal character as well as by its more broadly flat-
tened pronotal side margins.

Sept., 1949]

Hatch: Greenhouse Fauna

149

Platysma ( Parargutor ) atrolucens Csy. WASH. : Seattle.
ORE. : Salem. Atrolucens is distinguished from the Californian
lust runs LeC. by its averagely larger size and its posterior tho-
racic angles, the side margins curving out almost directly from
the hind angles and not perceptibly in front of them, as in lus-
trans. Widely distributed throughout Washington and north-
ern Oregon.

*Platysma ( Bothriopterus ) adstrictum Esch. WASH.: Mt.
Vernon, Port Angeles. Many years ago Fall (1926: 135)
opined that “nearly all the names under Bothriopterus of the
Leng list apply to more or less trifling variations of this ubiqui-
tous northern species.” The species is nearly circumpolar, is
common throughout the Pacific Northwest, and I know of no
reason to believe that it is introduced.

Amara ( Curtonotus ) jacobina LeC. ORE.: Klamath Falls.
Washington and California (Hayward 1908: 22-23) to Idaho,
Colorado (Wickham 1902: 236), and Arizona (Hayward) .

Amara ( Percosia ) obesa Say. WASH. : Ellensburg. Widely
distributed in Canada and the United States north of Oregon
(Horn 1892: 26), Oklahoma, and the District of Columbia
(Horn).

Amara (Celia) calif ornica Dej. WASH.: Port Townsend.
ORE.: Eugene, Medford. California and New Mexico (Horn
1892: 27-28) to Washington.

Amara (s. str.) impuncticollis Say. WASH.: Walla Walla.
ORE.: Grants Pass, Medford, Woodburn. Alaska (Csiki 1929:
418) and Quebec ( Chagnon 1917 : 171) to Alabama (Lodirig
1945: 18) and Oregon.

** Amara (s. str.) anthobia Vill. Wash.: Marysville (1946),
Seattle (1947). My first two specimens of this European spe-
cies are dated June 1945 from Lake Forest Park (north of
Seattle, collected by Arnie Brown). Additional specimens have
been taken at Bothell in 1946 and 1947. This species is dis-
tributed throughout southern Europe and Asia Minor (Jeannel
1941: 912) to England (Fowler and Donisthorpe 1913: 7),
Netherlands (Everts 1903: 83), and southern Germany (Reitter
1908: 161). It has not previously been reported from North
America. Mj^ identification is not based on comparison wTith

150

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVII

European examples, but my specimens fit so perfectly the de-
scriptions of anthobia that I am virtually certain of my identi-
fication. It may be recognized as follows.

Above aeneous, shining, nearly impunctate, very finely and
feebly alutaceous ; below shining black, nearly impunctate ; legs
and first three or four antennal segments clear rufo-flavous, the
second and third segments not carinate, the outer antennal seg-
ments piceous; pronotum about two-thirds as long as broad,
broadest at about the basal third in front of which the sides are
broadly arcuate to the broadly rounded anterior angles and be-
hind which the sides are just visibly convergent to the narrowly
rectangularly rounded posterior angles ; pronotum with the
apex nearly truncate and about two-fifths as wide as the base,
the disc convex and with a finely impressed median line not at-
taining either apical or basal margins, the side margins and the
basal margin at either side finely beaded, the inner basal im-
pression strongly impressed and linear, the outer impression
feeble, the side margin with the anterior seta-bearing puncture
at apical third, the posterior one in the hind angles closer to the
basal than to the lateral margin; elytra with a scutellar and
eight discal striae finely impressed (more strongly impressed at
extreme apex) and evanescently punctulate, the scutellar stria
more or less interrupted and with a seta-bearing puncture at its
base, the intervals nearly flat (convex at extreme apex), the lat-
eral and apical margin with about sixteen seta-bearing punc-
tures, the apical margin sinuate ; male with first three protarsal
segments dilated, the inner surface of the distal portion of the
metatibia pubescent, the prosternum smooth, the last abdominal
sternite with a single anal seta on either side; female with the
protarsi and metatibise unmodified, with two anal setae; length
5.5-7 mm.

Anthobia runs to impuncticollis Say and its allies from which
it is distinguished by its smaller size, its uniform rufo-flavous
legs, and its nearly truncate pronotal apex.

*Amara (s. str.) familiaris Duft. (humilis Csy.). B. C. : Bur-
naby. WASH.: Enumclaw, Vancouver. ORE.: Woodburn.
This widely distributed Palaearctic species was first recorded
from North America in 1918 by Casey (1918: 302) under the

Sept., 1949]

. Hatch: Greenhouse Fauna

151

name humilis Csy. on the basis of specimens from Rhode Island
and Long Island. According to Mr. L. L. Buchanan, who has
been so kind as to look into the matter for me, the Long Island
specimens were taken in 1915, the Rhode Island specimens at
an undetermined date. Mr. Buchanan likewise reports speci-
mens in the United States National Museum from West Point,
N. Y., 1913, and Mt. Vernon and Seattle, Wash., 1943. Dar-
lington (1936: 20) established the true identity of American
material, reporting familiaris common in eastern Massachusetts
and New Hampshire, and Mr. C. A. Frost writes me he has it
from eastern Massachusetts from 1919 or before. I collected
specimens in central (Onondaga Co., 1923) and northern NewT
York (Cranberry Lake, 1922). The species is common in the
Pacific Northwest, my earliest material being a male from Seattle
taken in 1913. I have additional males taken since 1928 from
Ariel, Auburn, Camano Is., Cedar Mt., Barrington, Evans
Creek, Juanita Beach, Kent, Moclips, Mora, Mt. Vernon, North
Bend, Oak Harbor, Olympia, Panther Lake (King Co.), Posses-
sion, Puyallup, San Juan Is., Seattle, Snoquahnie Falls, and
Tacoma, all in western Washington; from Walla Walla (1942)
in eastern Washington; and from Cannon Beach (1937) in
western Oregon.

**Calathus (s. str.) fuscipes Goeze. B. C. : North Vancouver
— a single specimen, 1946. Additional specimens were secured
outside the same greenhouse in 1946 (2), May 1947 (2), and
July 1947 (2). Mr. G. Stace Smith has two specimens taken in
North Vancouver in 1928 (G. H. Larnder collector) and there
are seven additional specimens in the Ralph Hopping collection,
same place, same year, same collector. This European-Medi-
terranean species (Schaufuss 1908: 96; Jeannel 1941: 850) has
not previously been reported from North America. It may be
recognized as follows.

Black, shining, finely alutaceous, the elytra somewhat more
alutaceous and less shining (male) or opaquely alutaceous (fe-
male) ; legs, mouthparts, and antennas piceous to rufous, the
basal antennal segment frequently evidently paler; pronotum
about four-fifths as long as wide, very feebly deplanate at sides,
more strongly so towards the hind angles which are variably

152

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. lvii

slightly punctate in the position of the “ outer” and '‘inner”
basal impressions which are feebly impressed, the apex emar-
ginate and about seven-tenths as wide as the base, the sides
broadly arcuate in front, nearly parallel to very slightly con-
vergent behind the basal half or third, the posterior angles
rounded, the base feebly broadly emarginate at middle, the disc
with impressed median line not attaining either margin; elytra
with finely impressed finely punctate scutellar and nine discal
striae, the scutellar stria with an ocellate puncture at its base,
the second (especially behind), third, fifth, and eighth striae
set with numerous larger seta-bearing punctures ; length 10-14
mm. (10.5-12 mm. in my material).

This species is distinguished from the previously known
* North American species of Calathus by the series of punctures
on the second, third, and fifth elytral striae.

*Lcemostenus (s. str.) complanatus Dej. WASH.: Enum-
claw. ORE. : Canby. The World and American status of this
Mediterranean species has been detailed by Gray and Hatch
(1941: 13-14) and Hatch (1942: 1211). It is a subcosmopoli-
tan predator said to be associated primarily with stored grain,
but its occurrence in two greenhouses may suggest other asso-
ciations as well.

Agonum (Melanagonum) fossigerum Dej. WASH.: Chehalis.
ID. : Moscow. California to Washington, along stream margins.

Chlcenius tricolor Dej. WASH.: Dayton. This is one of a
group of species represented likewise by Harpalus caliginosus
F. (which does not, however, get beyond the extreme eastern
margin of Washington) and H. pennsylv aniens DeG., which, ex-
tending all the way to the Atlantic Ocean, do not in Washing-
ton surpass the barrier of the Cascade Mountains.

Harpalus (Megapangus) caliginosus F. WASH.: Rosalia —
a single dead specimen. My only other Northwestern speci-
mens are from Almota, Wash, and Homestead, Ore.

Harpalus (Harpalomerus) amputatus Say. WASH.: Pull-
man. Occurs from South Dakota and British Columbia east of
the Cascade Mountains to Wyoming and Arizona.

Harpalus ( Pardileus ) pennsylv anicus DeG. WASH.: Clarks-
ton, Kennewick, Sunnyside, Wenatchee. ORE. : Grants Pass,,
Medford. See note under Chlcenius tricolor Dej.

Sept., 1949]

Hatch: Greenhouse Fauna

153

Harpalus cautus Dej. WASH.: Seattle. ORE.: Salem.
The commonest species of the genus west of the Cascade Moun-
tains.

Harpalus sp. WASH. : Prosser, Sunnysicle.

Harpalus fraternus LeC. WASH. : Ephrata. British Co-
lumbia to northern California and Wyoming (Casey 1914: 118).

Anisodactylus consobrinus LeC. ORE. : Ashland. Northern
California (Casey 1914: 187) to eastern Washington.

Anisodactylus calif ornicus Dej. WASH.: Chehalis, Clarks-
ton, Seattle, Wenatchee. ORE. : Dayton, Eugene, Grants Pass,
Reedsport, Roseburg. Middle California (Casey 1914: 189) to
British Columbia and Idaho. The commonest species of the
genus in the Pacific Northwest.

Anisodactylus semipunctatus LeC. ID. : Moscow. Northern
California (Casey 1914: 186) to Washington and Idaho.

## Anisodactylus binotatus P. B. C. : Burnaby (1946), Lang-
ley Prairie (1946). This widely distributed common Palae-
arctic species has not previously been reported from America.
My first specimens were taken by Mr. M. J. Forsell in 1944 at
Seattle, Bothell, Redmond, Mt. Vernon, and Conway, all in
western Washington (Apr. 30-Aug. 19, 19 specimens). I have
two specimens from Seattle taken in 1946 and one taken in 1947,
and two specimens from Bothell taken in 1947. It may be de-
scribed as follows.

Black, a transverse rufous spot between the eyes, the first
two and one-half segments of the antennae conspicuously paler;
head shining, minutely punctulate ; pronotum nearly two-thirds
as long as wide, widest just before middle, apex emarginate and
five-sixths as wide as base ; sides of pronotum broadly arcuate,
oblique before the minutely prominent hind angles; disc of
pronotum shining, minutely punctulate, slightly more coarsely
punctate along apical margin, the sides, and the base, the basal
impressions conspicuously punctato-rugose ; elytra shining, alu-
taceous (more opaquely so in female), obscurely punctate (more
obscurely so in female), the scutellar and nine discal striae en-
tire, impressed, impunctate, the intervals feebly convex, the
third interval with a single dorsal puncture behind the middle
at or near the second stria, the two outer intervals and the api-

154

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVII

cal third or fourth (female) or sixth or seventh (male) with
minute seta-bearing punctures; venter shining minutely aluta-
ceous, the metepisterna punctate, the sterna and first two ab-
dominal sternites pubescent especially towards their median
portions, the male with the median portion of the metasternum
in front of the antecoxal piece and of the first two abdominal
sternites glabrous ; male with the first four segments of the pro-
and mesotarsi dilated and spongy pubescent beneath; length
10-11.5 mm.

Distinguished from the other American species of Anisodac-
tylus s. str. known to me by its conspicuously paler two
and one-half basal antennal segments, the other species having
only the basal segment paler. From all our species except
semipunctatus LeC. and related forms it is distinguished by its
pubescent lateral and apical elytral margins. From semipunc-
tatus it is distinguished by its slightly smaller size, nearly fiat
elytral intervals, and the fact that in semipunctatus the pro-
notum is throughout more or less uniformly punctate rugose and
the median portions of the sterna and first two abdominal ster-
nites are pubescent in both sexes.

Stenocellus nubicollis Csy. WASH. : Dayton. ORE. : Eu-
gene, Grants Pass. California (Casey 1914: 253) to Washing-
ton. Nubicollis differs from such eastern species as rupestris
Say and debilipes Say by the very much less, almost evanescent,
minutely prominent pronotal angles.

Stenolophus conjunctus Say. ORE. : Grants Pass. Rhode
Island to California (Casey 1914: 281) and Washington.

Silphidae

Necrophilus hydrophiloides Mann. B. C. : North Vancouver.
Southeastern Alaska to central California west of the Cascade
Mountains.

Staphylinidae

Lathrotropis jacobina LeC. ORE. : Roseburg. Southern
California and Nevada (Casey 1905: 116) to Washington.

Gyrohypnus liamatus Say. WASH. : Seattle. Rhode Island
and California (Casey 1906: 39) to Washington.

**Xantholinus linearis Oliv. ID. : Lewiston. This generally

Sept., 1949]

Hatch: Greenhouse Fauna

155

distributed Palaearctic species has not previously been reported
from America. My first specimen was taken in Seattle in 1931,
from which locality I have 21 other specimens dated from 1932
to 1941. Additional specimens are from McDonald Lake,,
Bothell, and Cedar Mt. in King Co., and from Tacoma, Wash.,
and from Portland and Cornelius, Ore, (1934). It may be de-
scribed as follows :

Black, shining ; legs, mouthparts, and antennae reddish brown ;
head and pronotum sometimes somewhat microstrigulate ; elytra
frequently brownish; head quadrate, about five-sixths as broad
as long, slightly wider before the arcuate hind angles where it
is subequal to the apex of the pronotum in width, the frontal
punctures about as distant from each other as from the eyes,
which are circular and separated from the neck by about four
times their diameter; surface of head shining, smooth along
mid-dorsal line, punctate towards either side and below, the
sides evenly rounded with an irregularly delimited smooth
area extending back from the eye, the gular sutures confluent
behind middle; maxillary palpi with the fourth segment nearly
as long as the third, pointed at apex, obviously narrower than
third segment at base ; neck three-sevenths as wide as head ;
pronotum seven-tenths as wide as long, obliquely narrowed be-
hind, the angles broadly rounded, the disc with a series of about
12 to 14 punctures on either side of the median line with scat-
tered punctures laterally, especially towards the front angles;
elytra together about four-fifths as wide as long, the surface
with seta-bearing punctures some of which are faintly linear
in arrangement; abdomen finely sparsely punctulate and pubes-
cent; length 5-8.5 mm.

Distinguished from Xantholinus picipennis LeC. of Casey by
the evenly rounded not densely opaquely punctate lateral sur-
face of the head.

*Philonthus fuscipennis Mann. ORE.: Woodburn. This
Palaearctic species (Ganglbauer 1895: 447) was first reported
from America from North Carolina by Horn (1884: 186) under
the name of politus P. Horn had not seen any specimens. Leech
(1947 : 23) reported it from southern British Columbia, 1931 to
1938. My Seattle records go back to 1910. It is one of our

156

New York Entomological Society

[Yol. lvii

common species and I have specimens from : Ballinger L. (Sno-
homish Co.), Bellingham, Bothell, Duvall, Elwa, Evans Cr.
(King Co.), Montesano, Mora, Mt. Vernon, Point Koberts, Port
Townsend, Kenton, Richmond Beach, Tacoma, Tokeland, Vashon,
Washougal River, all in western Washington; Walla Walla and
Yakima Co., eastern Washington; Harrison Hot Springs and
Ocean Falls, B. C. ; Dayton and Lostine, Ore.

Philonthus hepaticus Er. WASH. : Bellingham — a single fe-
male. Widely distributed throughout the Nearctic region
(Horn 1884: 189).

* Philonthus sordidus Grav. ORE.: Bend. Holarctic (Horn
1884: 209), Chile (Ganglbauer 1895: 451). At present I be-
lieve it is impossible to say whether or not this species has been
introduced into North America through human agency.

* Philonthus nigritulus Grav. WASH.: Ephrata. ORE.:
Bend, Corvallis, Waldport. Females, possibly of this species,
from B. C. : Langley Prairie; WASH.: Kelso; ORE.: Eugene.
Europe, Mediterranean, Siberia, Chile, Australia (Ganglbauer
1895: 460) ; New England to Arizona and British Columbia
(Horn 1884: 216). It is impossible to say whether or not this
species has been introduced into North America through human
agency.

*Stapkylinus ( Ocypus ) globulifer Fourc. B. C. : Burnaby.
WASH. : Seattle. This widely distributed Palsearctic species
(Ganglbauer 1895: 436) was first recorded in North America
from Montreal, Que. by Chagnon (1936: 116) from three speci-
mens taken in 1935. In addition to the two specimens from
greenhouses, I have 16 specimens from western Washington:
North Creek near Bothell (1925), Vashon (1930), Seattle (1932-
1946), Bothell (1938) ; also one specimen from Burns, Ore.
(1938). Chagnon has given a short description. It is placed
in the subgenus Ocypus in Ganglbauer ’s table by its slender
mandible without a tooth on the inner margin.

Staphylinus ( Tasgius ) nigrellus Horn. ORE.: Canby.

Northern California (Horn (1879: 188) to Washington. I have
used Ganglbauer’s table (1895: 424) in assigning this species to
the subg. Tasgius Steph., in which the mandibles have a single
large tooth along the inner margin.

Sept., 1949]

Hatch: Greenhouse Fauna

157

*8taphylinus ( Tasgius ) ater Gray. ( Ocypus auct.) . WASH.:
Bellingham, Chehalis, Dayton, Port Townsend, Walla Walla.
ORE.: Dayton. This Holarctic species (Ganglbaner 1895:
435) is said to be rare in Eurasia. Such is hardly true in
North America. I have specimens from New York, Michigan,
and Utah. From western Washington I have taken outdoors
164 specimens from 32 localities as well as specimens from Walla
Walla in eastern Washington and Corvallis and Dayton in
western Oregon. It is especially common on but not confined
to salt water beaches in western Washington, and I know of no
particular reason for regarding it as introduced into North
America through human agency. It was first reported in this
country by Say in 1834 (p. 452).

**Quedius (s. str.) fuliginosus Grav. WASH.: Seattle — 2
specimens, 1947. This European and Mediterranean species
(Ganglbauer 1895: 403) has not previously been reported from
North America. In addition to the two specimens from green-
houses, I have eight specimens from Seattle taken in 1939, 1941,
1942, and 1946, and a single specimen from near Renton, just
south of Seattle taken in 1946. The species may be described
as follows.

Black, shining, the antennae, palpi, tibiae, and tarsi rufo-
piceous, the abdomen iridescent ; head above with a puncture at
base of antennae, a pair of frontal punctures on either side in
line with the anterior ocular puncture, two punctures along the
posterior margin of the eye, and one or two punctures obliquely
between the inner posterior ocular puncture and the distinct
nuchial line ; labrum broadly arcuate ; eyes separated from
nuehial line by less than one-third their length; head below
with well developed subocular carina, the posterio-ventral mar-
gin of the eye with three large punctures behind which are a
number of small bristle-bearing punctures; pronotum nearly as
long as wide, broadly arcuate at sides and behind ; the an-
terior portion of pronotal disc with 2 to 4 (usually 3) punc-
tures on either side of the median line lateral to which are
about 6 discal punctures, some of which may be lateral or sub-
lateral, the extreme margins with sparse smaller punctures;
scutellum impunctate, finely alutaceous; elytra and abdomen

158

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVII

moderately densely punctato-pubescent ; male with fifth ventral
abdominal segment feebly and the sixth deeply broadly emargi-
nate behind, the emarginations bordered by crescent shaped
flattened impnnctate areas; length 10-16 mm.

Distinguished from the other European and Nearctic species
of the subgenus by the impunctate scutellum.

Quedius ( Distichalius ) marginalis Makl. ( brunneipennis
Mann, of Casey). ORE.: Dayton. Alaska (Casey 1915: 406)
to Oregon, west of the Cascade Mountains.

Quedius ( Microsaurus ) limbifer Horn. WASH. : CleElum.
Vancouver Is. to California (Casey 1915: 406).

* Quedius ( Microsaurus ) mesomelinus Marsh. ( groenlandicus
Zett.). WASH.: Seattle. ORE.: Ashland. Europe, Peru,
Australia, New Zealand (Ganglbauer 1895: 400); New York,
Iowa, California, British Columbia (Casey 1915: 411); Wash-
ington (Seattle).

* Quedius ( Microsaurus ) fulgidus P. ( iracundus Say of
Casey). WASH.: Ephrata. Europe, Mediterranean Region,
Atlantic Islands, India, Australia, New Zealand (Ganglbauer
1895: 399); Iowa, Indiana (Casey 1915: 411); eastern and
western Washington. I am unable to follow Casey (pp. 411,
416) in separating iracundus from fulgidus. American speci-
mens match very closely European specimens in my collection
from Austria and Moravia. Fulgidus may be distinguished
from mesomelinus by its reddish elytra as pointed out by Horn
(1878: 159) and Casey, but the difference in chsetotaxy men-
tioned by Ganglbauer (1895: 394) is somewhat more satisfac-
tory. In mesomelinus the group of thoracic punctures laterad
to the submedian series of 3 punctures is anterior to the level
of the large sublateral puncture ; in fulgidus these punctures
extend to behind the level of the large sublateral puncture.
At present it is impossible to say whether or not mesomelinus
and fulgidus are introduced in North America. My Washing-
ton specimens were taken under conditions which make me
feel they may possibly be introduced.

Elateridse

Drasterius dorsalis Say. ORE. : Grants Pass. A widely dis-
tributed Nearctic species.

SEPT., 1949]

Hatch: Greenhouse Fauna

159

Tenebrionidse

Eleodes (Blapylis) nunemacheri var. verrucula Blais.
WASH. : Kennewick, Sunnyside. Widely distributed in the
Pacific Northwest east of the Cascade Mountains.

Scarabaeidse

*Pleurophorus ccesus Creutz. ORE. : Grants Pass. The dis-
tribution and present status in North America of this probably
native European species is given by Hatch (1946a: 80). It
occurs outdoors in eastern Washington and western Oregon.

Curculionidas

*Brachyrhinus (N ormotianus) sidcatus F. WASH. : Sunny-
side. ORE. : Canby — a single specimen from each locality.
This species is reported as injurious in greenhouses in Penn-
sylvania, especially to cyclamen (Smith 1932). Its general
status is discussed by Smith (1932), Essig (1931: 187-192),
and Wilcox et al. (1934: 72-76). Essig opines that “this
weevil was early introduced into North America, probably upon
potted plant material from Europe.2

*Brachyrhinus ( Zustalestus ) rugosostriatus Goeze ( rugifrons
LeC. et Horn nec Gyll.). WASH.: Centralia. The status of
this species in North America has been discussed by Essig
(1931: 184-187) and Wilcox et al. (1934: 63-71). Its discon-
tinuous distribution in North America is partial evidence in
favor of its introduction by human agency.

III. DERMAPTERA

Both the following species are introduced.

Anisolabris annulipes Lucas. ORE.: Medford. Well estab-
lished and numerous in a greenhouse near Medford. The Ne-

2 Eleven species constitute the entire Nearctic fauna of Brachyrhinus in
contrast with more than a thousand species in Europe. All these eleven spe-
cies are likewise found in Europe. It is extremely probable, therefore, that
all of the Nearctic species are migrants from the Palsearctic region. The
only question, therefore, is whether they arrived before or after the advent of
European man. Downes (1922) suggests that the presence of B. ovatus L.
in British Columbia 1 1 on rocky islands away from settlements where it could
not possibly have been introduced artificially ” is evidence against the in-
troduced status of at least this one species.

160

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVII

arctic status of this “cosmopolitan” species is given by Blatch-
ley (1920: 47-48) and Buckell (1929: 16-17). In the Pacific
Northwest the species has been previously known only from a
colony established since 1927 in the gardens of the Empress
Hotel in Victoria.

Forficula auricularia L. ORE.: Grants Pass, Klamath Palls,
Medford, Woodburn. Probably elsewhere, but not collected.
The American status of this native western Palsearctic species
is given by Crumb et al. (1941: 2-3). It is generally distrib-
uted throughout the Pacific Northwest.

IV. ORTHOPTERA
Tettigoniidse

Both the following species are native.

Ceuthophilus agassizii Scudder. ORE. : Salem. Central
British Columbia and northern Idaho to middle Oregon (Hub-
bell 1936: 135).

Stenopelmatus longispina Bruner. ORE. : Roseburg. British
Columbia and Wyoming to New Mexico, Mexico and California
(Essig 1926: 97).

Y. GASTROPODA

Oxychilus draparnaldi Beck. B. C. : Langley Prairie, North
Vancouver. WASH. : Dayton, Seattle, Walla Walla, Wenat-
chee. ORE. : Coos Bay, Klamath Palls, Medford, Salem. Taken
outside greenhouses in North Vancouver, B. C. and Seattle,
Wash. This species is a native of Europe, western Asia, and
north Africa, but is widely distributed in the United States
where it was introduced before 1850 (Pilsbry 1946: 251). I
am indebted to Mr. Charles B. Wurtz of the Academy of Nat-
ural Sciences of Philadelphia for naming my material.

YI. DISCUSSION

About 92 Pacific Northwest greenhouses were visited. The
greenhouse species that are the subject of the present report
constitute 13 species of Isopoda, 61 species of Coleoptera, two
species each of Demaptera and Orthoptera, and one species of
Gastropoda. Of these only 5 species of Isopoda can be con-
sidered as in any sense common greenhouse inhabitants : Arma-

Sept., 1949]

Hatch: Greenhouse Fauna

161

dillidium vulgare taken in 74 greenhouses, Porcellio scaber in
52, Porcellio dilatatus in 43, Porcellionides pruinosus in 20,
and Oniscus asellus in 17. Of the other species eight ( Oxy -
chilus draparnaldi in 10 ; Anisodactylus calif ornicus in 9 ; Cara-
bus nemoralis and Platysma vulgare in 7 ; Platysma algidum,
Harpalus pennsylvanicus, and Staphylinus ater in 6 ; Bembi-
dion ust ulat uni in 5) occurred in from 5 to 9 greenhouses, 6 in
4, 3 in 3, 18 in 2, and 43 in a single greenhouse.

Noteworthy is the preponderance of beetles in three carabid
genera (Amara, Harpalus, and Anisodactylus) which are un-
usually phytophagous in their habits for carabids. Perhaps this
is correlated with an abundance of plant food in the greenhouse
habitat.

From another point of view, the species may be classified as
follows :

( 1 ) Species peculiar to the greenhouse : Porcellio dilatatus,
Cordioniscus stebbingi, Trichoniscus sp., Armadillidium nasa-
tum. Bembidion lampros has been taken so far only in a single
greenhouse in British Columbia. The general biology of the
species indicates, however, that it probably likewise occurs or
will occur outdoors in our region. Porcellio Icevis and Platysma
occidentale are Californian species that have been taken in the
Northwest only in greenhouses in southern Oregon. They may
be, but probably are not, confined to greenhouses in that region.
Only more extensive collecting in southern Oregon can decide.
Anisolabris annulipes would fall in this same first category, ex-
cept that it occurs outdoors at Victoria, B. C.

(2) Species living both in greenhouses and outdoors: all the
rest.

A peculiarity of the greenhouse fauna is the high percentage
of introduced species, by which is meant species introduced into
the United States and Canada by human agency. These in-
clude all or nearly all of the 13 Isopoda, over a third of the 61
Coleoptra, both the Dermaptera, and the single gastropod.
The explanation of this preponderance of European species in
Northwestern greenhouses is, I believe, to be understood in
terms of the somewhat similar conditions prevailing in and
around greenhouses in the two regions, and the lines of com-

162

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVII

munication open between the greenhouses in the two areas. It
Is simply a special case of the more general question as to why
a preponderance of introduced species are synanthropic (asso-
ciated with man) rather than otherwise. Since man is the
agency for the spread of such species, it is only natural that
most of the species so distributed should be closely associated
wdth some phase of his activity. If analogous channels of dis-
persal were open to carrion-inhabiting, stream-side, carvernico-
lous, aquatic, or alpine species such as are open to the synan-
thropic ones, we might well witness a similar influx of foreign
species into such situations.

There are three ways in which a greenhouse may become in-
habited : directly from the surrounding outdoor habitats,

through the introduction of plant materials or soil from some
distant location, or through the introduction of similar mate-
rials from another greenhouse.

Porcellio dilatatus demonstrates the great facility with which
a properly adapted species can spread from greenhouse to green-
house without being able to live in the surrounding situations.
This species has been taken in 46 per cent of the greenhouses
visited and does not occur outdoors in our area. Therefore, it
secures entry to a greenhouse only on materials from another
greenhouse or from a region like middle or southern California
where it lives outdoors. Porcellio dilatatus also suggests a
manner in which greenhouse species that are able to live out-
doors as well may be spread.

The greater portion of the Northwest greenhouse fauna, how-
ever, consists of species living in adjacent outdoor habitats.
The city lot, the nursery, or the cultivated field where the
greenhouse is located provide the inhabitants, some of whom
find the greenhouse a suitable abode. And, vice versa , some of
the greenhouse forms find their way into the surrounding en-
vironment.

To the extent to which greenhouse species are introduced, it
is probable that the shipment of nursery stock and other plant
materials have played an important if not exclusive role in their
dispersal. And some of these species may first have found
their way into this country through the medium of greenhouse
shipments.

SEPT., 1949]

Hatch: Greenhouse Fauna

163

In this connection it may be noted that in the genera Platys-
ma, Harpalus, and Anisodactylus the commonest of the native
species in western Washington (P. algidum, H. cautus, A. cali-
fornicus ) in each casfe is involved in the greenhouse list, and
the first and last of them are among the commonest of the green-
house beetles. Species are common in part by virtue of their
ability to adapt to varying conditions. It is possible that some
of these species are in the course of becoming synanthropes and
may eventually be carried elsewhere by commerce just as for-
eign species have been carried here.

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Andrewes, H. E. 1935. On the genotypes of British Coleoptera — II. Ann.
Mag. Nat. Hist., (10), 16: 12-25.

Apfelbeck, Viktor. 1904. Die , Kaferfauna cler Balkenhalbinsel mit
Beriicksichtigung Klein-Asien und der Insel Krete. Erster Band :
Familienreihe Caraboidea. 422 pp.

Blatchley, W. S. 1920. Orthoptera of North-Eastern America. Indiana-
polis 1920, 784 pp., 286 figs.

Brown, W. J. 1930. Coleoptera of the north shore of the Gulf of St.
Lawrence. Can. Ent., 66: 231-237, 239-246.

. 1940. Notes on the American distribution of some species of

Coleoptera common to the European and North American continents.
Can. Ent., 72:65-78.

Buckell, E. R. 1929. The Dermaptera of Canada. Proc. Ent. Soc. B. C.,
26: 9-27.

Casey, Thomas L. 1905. A revision of the American Paederini. Trans.
Acad. Sci. St. Louis, 15:17-248.

. 1906. Observations on the Staphylinid groups Aleoeharinae and

Xantholinini chiefly of America. Trans. Acad. Sci. St. Louis, 16:
125-434.

. 1914. A revision of the Nearctic Harpalinse. Mem. Col., 5:

45-305.

; . 1915. Studies in some Staphylinid genera of North America.

Mem. Col., 6: 395-450.

. 1918. Studies among some of the American Amarinae and

Pterostichinae. Mem. Col., 8: 224-393.

Chagnon, Gustave. 1917. A preliminary list of the insects of the Province
of Quebec. Part III — Coleoptera. Queb. Soc. for the Protection of
Plants, pp. 159-277.

. 1936. The European beetle, Staphylimis globulifer Fourc., in

Eastern Canada. Can. Ent., 68:116.

Criddle, Norman. 1928. The Entomological Record 1927. 58th Ann. Rep.
Ent. Soc. Ont., for 1927: 92-103.

164

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVII

Crumb, S. E., P. M. Eide, and A. E. Bonn. 1941. The European earwig.
TJ. S. Dept. Agric. Tech. Bull., 766, 75 pp., 27 figs.

Csiki, E. 1928-31. Carabidae: Mormolycinae, Harpalinae I — V. Junk-

Schenkling Col. Cat., 97 : 1—1022.

Darlington, P. J. 1936. Two recently introduced species of Amara (Cole-
optera: Carabidae). Psyche, 43:20.

Downes, W. 1922. The strawberry root weevil with notes on other insects
affecting strawberries. Can. Dept. Agric., Pamphlet 5, n. s.

Essig, E. O. 1926. Insects of Western North America. New York, 1035
pp., 766 figs.

. 1931. A history of entomology. New York, 1029 pp., 263 figs.

Everts, Jhr. Ed. 1903. Coleoptera Neerlandica, I, 677 pp. ; II, 798 pp.,
viii pi.

Fall, H. C. 1906. A review of the North American species of Notiophilus.
Psyche, 13 : 79-92.

. 1926. A list of the Coleoptera taken in Alaska and adjacent

parts of the Yukon Territory in the summer of 1924. Pan-P. Ent.,
2: 127-154, 191-208.

and T. D. A. Cockerell. 1907. The Coleoptera of New Mexico.

Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 33: 145-272.

Fowler, W. W. and Horace St John Donisthorp. 1913. The Coleoptera
of the British Islands, Yol. VI (Supplement), 351 pp., 20 pi.

Ganglbauer, Ludwig. 1892-1904. Die Kafer von Mitteleuropa, I, 1892,
557 pp.; II, 1895, 881 pp.; Ill, 1899, 1046 pp.; IY, 1904, 286 pp.

Gray, Barbara and Melville H. Hatch. 1941. The Coleoptera of Wash-
ington: Carabidae: Agonini. Univ. Wash. Publ. Biol., 10: 5-46, 35
figs.

Hamilton, John. 1894. Catalogue of the Coleoptera common to North
America, northern Asia, and Europe, with distribution and bibliogra-
phy. Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., 21: 345-416.

Hatch, Melville H. 1933. Notes on Carabidae. Pan-P. Ent., 9: 117-121.

. 1942j The biology of stored grain insects. Bull. Assoc. Oper-
ative Millers, July 1942: 1207-1211.

. 1946. Note on introduced species of Carabus in North America.

Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc., 41: 71.

. 1946a. Notes on European Coleoptera in Washington, including

a new species of Megasternum. Pan.-P. Ent., 22: 77—80.

. 1947. The Chelifera and Isopoda of Washington and adjacent

regions. Univ. Wash. Publ. Biol., 10: 155-274, 234 figs.

Hayward, Roland. 1897. On the species of Bembidium of America north
of Mexico. Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., 24: 32-158.

. 1908. Studies in Amara. Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., 34: 13-65.

Horn, George H. 1878. Synopsis of the Quediini of the United States.
Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., 7 : 149-167.

. 1879. Synopsis of the species of Staphylinus and the more

closely allied genera inhabiting the United States. Trans. Am. Ent.
Soc., 7: 185-200.

Sept., 1949]

Hatch: Greenhouse Fauna

165

. 1884. Synopsis of the Philonthi of Boreal America. Trans. Am.

Ent. Soc., 11: 177-244.

. 1890. [Bembidion lampros in America.] Ent. News, 2: 100.

. 1892. A study of Amara s. g. Celia. Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., 19 :

19-40.

Hubbell, Theodore Huntington. 1936. A monographic revision of the
genus Ceuthophilus (Orthoptera, Gryllacrididse, Rhaphidophorinse) .
Univ. Fla. Publ. Biol. Sci. Ser., 2 (1) : 1-551, xxxvii pi.

Jeannel, R. 1926-1928. Monographie des Trechinse. L’Abeille, 32, 1926,
pp. 221-550 ; 33, 1927, pp. 1-592; 35, 1928, pp. 1-808.

. 1941-1942. Faune de France, 39-40 Coleopteres Carabiques.

1173 pp., 2137 figs.

Leech, Hugh B. 1947. List of some Philonthus from British Columbia.
Proc. Ent. Soc. B. C., 43 : 23-24.

Loding, Henry Peter. 1945. Catalogue of the beetles of Alabama. Geol.
Surv. Alab., Mon. 11, 172 pp.

Muller, Josef. 1918. Bestimmungstabelle der Bembidion- Arten Europas
und des Mittelmeergebietes. Kol. Rund., 7 : 26-117.

Pilsbry, Henry A. 1946. Land Mollusca of North America (North of
Mexico). Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., Mon. 3, Vol. II, Pt. 1, 520 pp., 1 pi.,
280 figs.

Porta, Antonio. 1923. Fauna Coleopterorum Italica, Vol. I — Adephaga.
285 pp., 278 figs.

Reitter, Edmund. 1908. Fauna Germanica Kafer, I, 248 pp., 40 pi.

Say, Thomas. 1834. Descriptions of new North American insects and ob-
servations on some already described. Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc., 4:
409-470.

Schaufuss, Camillo. 1907-1916. Calwer’s Kaferbuch, ed. 6, 88+ 1390
pp., 244 figs., 3 + 48 pi.

Smith, Floyd F. 1932. Biology and control of the black vine weevil.

U. S. Dept. Agric. Tech. Bull., 325, 45 pp., 16 figs.

Smith, John B. 1910. Catalogue of the insects of New Jersey. Ed. 3,
Ann. Rep. N. J. St. Mus., for 1909, 888 pp.

Tanner, Vasco M. 1928. The Coleoptera of Zion National Park, Utah.

Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., 21 : 269-281.

Thomson, C. G. 1859. Skandinaviens Coleoptera., 1:1-290.

Ulke, Henry. 1902. A list of the beetles of the District of Columbia.

Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 25 (1275) : 1-57.

Van Dyke, Edwin C. 1924. The Coleoptera collected by the Katmai Ex-
peditions. Nat. Geog. Soc. Contrib. Tech. Papers, 2(1) : 1-26.

. 1945. A review of the North American species of the genus

Carabus Linnaeus. Ent. Amer., 24: 87-137, 24 figs.

Wickham, H. F. 1902. A catalogue of the Coleoptera of Colorado. Bull.

Lab. Nat. Hist. St. Univ. Iowa, 5: 217-310.

'Wilcox, J., Don C. Mote, and Leroy Childs. 1934. The root-weevils
injurious to strawberries in Oregon. Ore. St. Agric. Coll. Agric. Exp.
Sta. Bull., 330, 109 pp., illus.

166

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVII

PRE-COLUMBIAN AZTEC GRASSHOPPER

In a note in Isis, (No. 86, Vol. XXXII (2), June, 1949), Dr.
George Sarton, calls attention to a gigantic, monumental repre-
sentation of a grasshopper, of red stone, weighing 48:(/2 pounds,
Aztec style (XlV-XVth cent.), that was borrowed from the
Museo Nacional of Mexico City for the Exhibition of Pre-
Columbian Art, arranged by the Peabody and Fogg Museums
of Harvard University (Jan.-Feb. 1940). He supposes that it
had a religious significance and his note is accompanied by a
photograph of it. In the same note he mentions the enormous
scarab of Amenophis III (1411-1375) which he saw in November,
1931 near the Sacred Lake of Karnak. This granite scarab was of
considerable weight. Another Egyptian scarab of monumental
size, in the British Museum, is of green granite, 5 feet long and
3 feet high, and weighs about 43 cwt. — H. B. W.

Sept., 1949]

Hawley: Japanese Beetle

167

THE EFFECT OF SUMMER RAINFALL ON JAPANESE
BEETLE POPULATIONS

By Ira M. Hawley
U.S.D.A., Agr. Bes. Adm.,

Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine

The amount of rainfall during the summer is an important
cause of year-to-year fluctuations in the abundance of the
Japanese beetle ( Popillia japonica Newm.). Such fluctuations
are often independent of long-time trends, which may be brought
about, in part at least, by the action of biotic factors, such as
pathogenic microorganisms (9)*, insect parasites and predators,
and nematodes. Hawley and Dobbins (7) have given a compre-
hensive account of changes in beetle abundance from 1935
through 1943 ; the reducing effect of summer droughts on beetle
populations and the increase in numbers resulting from unsually
favorable rainfall conditions are also discussed.

* In the large eastern section of the country now* infested by the
Japanese beetle, summer rainfall is sufficient in average years
to ensure survival and, in most places, to permit an increase in
the number of beetles. When precipitation is deficient, how-
ever, the soil may become so dry that certain of the soil-inhabit-
ing stages are killed. As pointed out by Fox ( 1 ) , summer rain-
fall has such an important effect on Japanese beetle populations
that this insect would not be expected to survive in certain parts
of the western United States if accidentally carried there.

STAGES OF THE JAPANESE BEETLE SUSCEPTIBLE
TO DESICCATION

According to Ludwig (2), Japanese beetle eggs increase in
weight during the incubation period from about 0.86 to 2.4 milli-
grams, chiefly by the absorption of moisture through the egg
shell from the surrounding soil. If there is not sufficient mois-
ture, the eggs will not complete their embryological development,
but will perish. A dry soil condition is also unfavorable to the
newly hatched larvae. According to Fox (1), the body wall of
the newly hatched larva is only lightly chitinized and not

* Numbers in parentheses refer to Literature Cited.

168

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVII

adapted to conserve moisture. Furthermore, the soft-bodied
small grub is unable to dig long distances through the soil to
find food to replenish its body moisture.

Older larvte of the Japanese beetle are resistant to desiccation
under conditions of low soil moisture. As Ludwig (3) has
shown, larvae in all three instars may be reduced to about 50
per cent of their initial weight and still survive if returned to a
favorable soil moisture condition. The prepupae and pupae are
also able to stand considerable desiccation.

SEASONAL OCCURRENCE OF STAGES AFFECTED BY LOW
SOIL MOISTURE CONDITIONS

In an average year in the Philadelphia area, soil surveys have
indicated that eggs and first instars of the Japanese beetle occur
in the soil from July 1 through September 30. Data on these
surveys, which consisted of 13,413 square-foot diggings made
in turf between June 21 and September 30 during an 11-year
period, are given in table 1.

TABLE 1

Frequency Distribution of All Eggs and First Instars of Japanese
Beetles Found in Soil Surveys in the Philadelphia Area,

1926 to 1936, Inclusive

Period

Eggs

(per cent)

First instars
(per cent)

June 21—30

1.2

0.0

July 1-10

14.1

0.5

11-20

38.0

3.4

21-31

30.2

19.7

Aug. 1-10

11.8

30.9

-11-20

3.1

24.3

21-31

1.2

13.6

Sept. 1-10

0.4

5.2

11-20

0.1-

1.7

21-30

0.0

0.5

All the viable eggs were found in the period shown in the
table. First instars were found throughout the year, but 99.7
per cent of them occurred between July 1 and September 30.

Sept., 1949]

Hawley: Japanese Beetle

169

The data in table 1 apply only to conditions in the Phila-
delphia area. South of this point, events in the seasonal cycle
occur earlier, and at points further north, later. At Richmond,
Ya., the beetle season normally begins about 10 days earlier than
at Philadelphia; at Washington, D. C., 3 days earlier; at New
York City, 5 days later; and at New Haven, Conn., Boston, Mass.,
and Cleveland, Ohio, 10 to 12 days later than at Philadelphia.
At the extreme northern range of the insect in New Hampshire,
beetles and eggs often continue to be found late in the fall (5).'
For this reason, a severe drought in late summer or fall would
have more of an adverse effect on beetle populations in New
Hampshire than it would further south.

BAINFALL DEFICIENCIES AND THEIE EFFECT
ON JAPANESE BEETLE POPULATIONS

The Japanese beetle was first found near Philadelphia in 1916
(4), and for 15 years or more the general infestation was re-
stricted to a comparatively small area having much the same
climatic conditions. In determining the effect of rainfall defi-
ciencies on the beetle in this area, the records of the Philadelphia
office of the United States Weather Bureau have been used.
During a 75-year period, rainfall has averaged 12.01 inches at
this station for the three summer months of June, July, and
August. In 11 of the 30 years since 1916, summer rainfall was
below 10 inches, as may be seen from table 2. The rainfall for
July alone is also given since this is the month when rainfall
has the greatest influence on egg survival in that area as is evi-
dent from table 1.

Rainfall in the summer of 1916, the year beetles were first
found, and 1918 (table 2), was considerably below normal. If
these years had been more favorable for the survival of eggs
and small larvae, the Japanese beetle would probably have built
up more rapidly at the time that it was becoming established in
the United States. The summer of 1929 has been mentioned as
one in which rainfall was markedly deficient in the Philadelphia
area (1). From July 1 through August .10, the critical period
for eggs, the rainfall was only 2.29 inches. Since 94 per cent
of all eggs are usually found in this period, the marked reduc-
tion in the beetle population in 1930 was not surprising.

170

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LYir

Summer rainfall from 1932 through 1937 (table 2), was gen-
erally unfavorable for the survival of eggs and small larvae of
the J apanese beetle, since in all but two of these years there had
been less than 10 inches of rain. In addition, the winter of
1935-36 was the only one, since the beetle first became estab-
lished in this country, in which larval mortality is known to

TABLE 2

Years With Less than 10 Inches of Summer Rainfall,
1916-45, Philadelphia, Pa.

Year

Rainfall

June, July, August
(inches)

Rainfall
July alone
(inches)

1916

7.17

3.40

1918

7.96

2.43

1923

8.42

3.51

1925

8.16

4.99

1929

7.49

1.53

1932

8.71

2.25

1934

9.69

2.18

1936

9.86

2.60

1937

8.77

1.16

1943

8.06

4.26

1944

5.27

0.73

have been high (6). As a result of the action of these unfavor-
able conditions, the beetle population in the Philadelphia area
by 1937 had fallen far below that in the summer of 1932. In
soil surveys made near Philadelphia in the spring of 1937, larvas
averaged only 1.7 per square foot as compared with 16.0 per
square foot in 1932. The beetles continued to be present in re-
duced numbers in this area until 1946, but the continued low
population was probably due as much to the action of biotic
agents as to climatic influences.

The drought of 1944 was general throughout most of the con-
tinuously infested area, which by this time extended from Massa-
chusetts to Virginia, but the greatest rainfall deficiency was in
the area running from eastern Massachusetts through Rhode
Island and southern Connecticut to the New York City area.

Sept., 1949]

Hawley: Japanese Beetle

171

In this latter area rainfall was especially deficient on Long
Island and in northern New Jersey. Rainfall was also markedly
reduced in eastern Pennsylvania, southern New Jersey, northern
Delaware and parts of Maryland, and at some points in the
Middle West. The severity of the drought is apparent when
summer rainfall in 1944 is compared with the normal summer
precipitation for various places in the beetle infested area; this
comparison for a few selected locations is as follows : Boston,
Mass., 47.8 per cent of the normal amount; Providence, R. I.,

34.0 per cent; New Haven, Conn., 23.7 per cent; Setauket, N. Y.,
48.9 per cent; New Brunswick, N. J., 44.6 per cent; Moorestown,
N. J., 52.3 per cent; Cape May, N. J., 44.0 per cent; Coatesville,
Pa., 45.0 per cent; Millsboro, Del., 51.0 per cent; Elkton, Md.,

58.0 per cent; Frederick, Md., 60.6 per cent; Salisbury, Md., 52.1
per cent; and Indianapolis, Ind., 61.2 per cent. The deficiency
was less pronounced in central Delaware and in the adjoining
part of Maryland than elsewhere in the southern part of the
area of general distribution. Rainfall was normal only at cer-
tain inland points in New England, in the upper Hudson River
Valley, at some points in' Lancaster and York Counties in Penn-
sylvania, and at isolated colony sites in Virginia and North
Carolina.

At most places in the 1944 area of low rainfall fewer beetles
were found in 1945. A marked drop in beetle populations oc-
curred in Rhode Island, southern Connecticut, on Long Island,
in New Jersey, eastern Pennsylvania, most of Delaware, and
in parts of Maryland, all of which are in the zone where rain-
fall was most deficient in 1944. Less marked reductions were
observed at other points. The only parts of the infested area
that maintained their previous population densities, or where
numbers increased in 1945, were those already mentioned where
rainfall was close to the normal or higher. In some places, such
a£ the Berkshire section of Massachusetts, rainfall was far above
normal, and the beetles greatly increased in numbers.

THE EFFECT OF RAINFALL DEFICIENCIES ON
GRUB POPULATIONS

Variations in the abundance of the Japanese beetle from year
to year may be estimated in several ways. The degree of brown-

172

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVII

ing of favored food plants (8) may be used to judge the density
of beetle populations, but the most accurate method is to make
a series of soil surveys to determine the abundance of the soil-
inhabiting stages. If a large number of scattered diggings are
made at the same time and place each year, an accurate indica-
tion of population trends may be obtained.

In a few specific locations reductions in grub populations
could be traced to the deficient rainfall in 1929 and 1932. On
a golf course at Merchantville, N. J., soil surveys showed that
the larval population per square foot decreased from 17.1 in the
spring of 1929 to 2.0 in the spring of 1930 (5), and at Moores-
town, N. J., from 9.4 to 1.9 in the same period. On a golf course
at Jenkintown, Pa., there was a drop from 24.9 larvae per square
foot in 1932 to 8.9 in 1933. The evidence of reductions else-
where as determined by soil surveys was not always so clear as
in these cases, owing perhaps to local variations in rainfall that
did not show up in the records of Weather Bureau stations, or
to the action of other influences.

THE EFFECT OF ABUNDANT RAINFALL ON .

BEETLE POPULATIONS

Just as a deficiency in summer rainfall brings about a reduc-
tion in beetle populations so an excess of precipitation usually
results in a marked increase in numbers. The importance of
summer rainfall is especially apparent when two or more favor-
able years fall in succession. Beetles apparently reached their
peak of abundance in the Philadelphia area about 1929, follow-
ing three years with summer rainfalls of 15.54, 17.84, and 14.88
inches. This suggests that the normal summer rainfall for
Philadelphia, about 12 inches, may be slightly below the optimum
for the insect.

Summer rainfall was normal, or above, at most points in the
infested area in both 1945 and 1946. The precipitation at nine
key stations of the United States Weather Bureau in the heavily
infested area averaged 25.5 per cent above normal in 1945, and
14.3 per cent above in 1946. In 1945 the variation was frorn
1.2 per cent below normal to 54.6 per cent above, and in 1946,
from 19.1 per cent below normal to 51.8 per cent above at these

Sept., 1949]

Hawley: Japanese Beetle

173

nine stations. The high rainfall in these two years brought
about increased beetle populations in 1947 in most parts of the
infested area. This was true where the insect was already abun-
dant, as well as where it had become reduced in numbers, as in
the long-infested area about Philadelphia. Soil surveys in the
Philadelphia area in the fall of 1947 showed from 10 to 20 larvae
per square foot where the count had been 2 or less prior to 1946.
The trend was the same in most of the infested area and numer-
ous counts of 30 or more grubs per square foot were found in
the fall of 1947. It should be noted -that the increasingly high
grub populations favor the activity of milky disease organisms
and other parasitic forms, and that these factors will, in turn,
operate to reduce soil populations before emergence starts in
1948.

DISCUSSION

It has been pointed out that the normal summer rainfall is
about 12 inches at Philadelphia. It is also close to this amount
in much of the beetle-infested area in southern New England,
southeastern New York, the eastern half of Pennsylvania, New
Jersey, Delaware, and Maryland. At points in the Central
States, such as Saint Louis, Mo., Chicago, 111., and Indianapolis,
Ind., the normal summer rainfall is about 10 inches, and at
Cleveland, Ohio, it is only 9.5 inches. An infestation of the
Japanese beetle in Cleveland has been under observation by ento-
mologists of the Ohio Agricultural Experiment Station since
1939, and large increases in numbers had occurred there by
1944, following two years in which the summer rainfall was 11.68
and 11.89 inches; in both of these years it was plentiful during
the critical month of July. Rainfall in 1944, 1945, and 1946
w^as below normal, the totals for these three years being 8.01,
9.13 and 8.11 inches. The 1947 beetle populations were greatly
reduced.

It has been suggested that, because of the low summer rain-
fall, the Japanese beetle will never become so serious a pest in
the Central States as it has in the Eastern States (1). It is
obvious that years with less than 10 inches of summer rainfall
occur more frequently in the Central States. The beetle infesta-
tions in this area are still relatively new and small, but popula-

174

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. lvii

tion trends at Cleveland in recent years indicate that summer
rainfall may have a most important influence on population
trends in that area.

In July 1943 rainfall at Philadelphia totaled 4.26 inches, but
only 0.62 of an inch in August and 1.18 inches in September.
The soil became so dry that the grass turned brown and some
plants wilted. At the time of the drought most of the larvae had
developed to a point where they were resistant to desiccation
(3) and probably few were killed, though many appeared
shrunken and stunted. Except in certain northern areas, where
beetles and eggs are commonly found in the fall months,
droughts of this type are less critical to the Japanese beetle than
those in mid-summer.

At some nearby points in eastern Pennsylvania, there was less
rainfall in 1932 than at Philadelphia. The records of eighteen
United States Weather Bureau Stations show that at six of
these points the summer rainfall was lower than at the Phila-
delphia city office, and at eleven locations it was higher. At
twelve stations the summer rainfall was below 10 inches. There
was a variation of from 5.56 inches at Marcus Hook southwest
of the city to 14.02 inches at Neshaminy Falls north of Phila-
delphia. In July 1932 alone, the rainfall ranged . from 1.25
inches at Marcus Hook to 4.04 inches at Conshohocken north-
west of the city. These variations in rainfall are often due to
local thunderstorms, but differences as large as those experi-
enced at Philadelphia in 1932 are unusual. Such variations
result in wide differences in beetle populations in relatively
small sections of the infested area, with increases in numbers at
some points and reductions at others. It is evident that to cor-
rectly interpret the action of rainfall deficiencies on beetle pop-
ulations, it is necessary to have an exact knowledge of the pre-
cipitation at numerous points throughout an area.

CONCLUSIONS

Soil surveys carried out over a period of years have shown
that in dry summers the beetles tend to congregate their egg
laying in low places with favorable soil moisture where entrance
into the soil is comparatively easy. A concentration of larvae

Sept., 1949]

Hawley: Japanese Beetle

175

in these moist areas and low populations in the drier places is
the result. In years with abundant evenly-spaced precipita-
tion, the eggs are more generally distributed and the larval
populations are more uniform. When this condition prevails,
the number of larvae per square foot will be lower in the loca-
tions favored in dry years, even though there may be more
larvae in the area as a whole.

The distribution of summer rainfall is important. Mod-
erate amounts of rain evenly distributed are more favorable for
the survival of the Japanese beetle than several heavy showers
close together. In the latter case, much of the water runs off
and, beyond certain limits, contributes little to wetting the soil
where the immature stages occur.

Although summer rainfall is important, several other factors
are now acting to bring about changes in beetle abundance and
these must be considered in evaluating changes in numbers.
The effectiveness of the milky disease organisms in destroying
larvae is generally recognized and other biotic factors are known
to operate in restricted areas. The high grub populations of
1947 will aid in the distribution and build up of the milky
diseases, so that a favorable rainfall condition has a bearing on
the action of this and other biotic control factors.

The area infested by the Japanese beetle is now so large that
the amounts of summer rainfall will vary widely and popula-
tions will differ accordingly. As the beetle spreads into new
areas, it will encounter new rainfall conditions and differences
in ecological influences, such as soil type, food plants and the
nature of breeding areas, as well as new combinations of biotic
factors. All of these factors working together w7ill determine
whether the insect will build up and become a serious pest, or
wdiether it will only persist in small numbers and cause little
damage.

LITERATURE CITED

Fox, H. 1939. The probable future distribution of the Japanese beetle
in North America. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 47:* [105J-123.

Ludwig, D. 1932. The effect of temperature on the growth curves of the
Japanese beetle ( Popillia japonica Newman). Physiol. Zool., 5: 431-
447.

176

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVII

Ludwig, D. 1936. The effect of desiccation on survival and metamorphosis
of the Japanese beetle . (Popillia japonica Newman). Physiol. Zool.,
9: 27-42.

Hadley, C. H., and Hawley, I. M. 1934. General information about the
Japanese beetle in the United States. U. S. Dept. Agr. Cir., 332,
23 pp., illus.

Hawley, I. M. 1944. Notes on the biology of the Japanese beetle. U. S.
Bur. Ent. and Plant Quar., 615, 18 pp., illus. [Processed]

Hawley, I. M., and Dobbins, T. N. 1941. Mortality among hibernating
larvae of the Japanese beetle with special reference to conditions in
the winter of 1935-36. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 49: 47-56, illus.

Hawley, I. M., and Dobbins, T. N. 1945. The distribution and abundance
of the Japanese beetle from 1935 through 1943, with a discussion of
some of the known factors that influence its behavior. Jour. N. Y.
Ent. Soc., 53: [l]-20, illus.

Hawley, I. M., and Metzger, E. W. 1940. Feeding habits of the adult
Japanese beetle. U. S. Dept. Agr. Cir., 547, 31 pp., illus.

White, B. T, 1941. Development of milky disease on Japanese beetle
larvae under field conditions. Jour. Econ. Ent., 34: 213-215.

Sept., 1949 J

Smith: Formichme

177

A NEW SPECIES OF CAMPONOTUS, SUBG. COLO-
BOPSIS FROM MEXICO (HYMENOPTERA :
FORMICIDiE)

By Marion R. Smith

Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine, Agricultural Research
Administration United States Department of Agriculture

Ants of the genus Camponotus, subgenus Colobopsis Mayr,
occur in all zoogeographical regions of the world except possibly
the Ethiopian. They form small colonies of a few dozen to sev-
eral hundred individuals, nesting in culms of sedges, stalks of
plants, branches of trees and shrubs, insect galls, hollow nuts
and acorns, and crevices of wood. Some forms, if not all, may
be polydomous. Although most of them are diurnal, there are
also some that are nocturnal. Their food seems to be largely
honeydew and the flesh of arthropods.

In the species of this group there are dimorphic or feebly
polymorphic workers, the largest individuals of which are known
as soldiers and are easily recognized by the peculiarly shaped
subcylindrical head, the anterior portion of which is truncated
and very often concave. The head is well adapted for blocking
the small, circular openings of the nest to keep out intruders.
Although the soldier and female can be readily distinguished
from other forms of Camponotus, the worker and male are not
so easily recognized.

Camponotus ( Colobopsis ) mathildece is, so far as I am aware,
the second species to be described from Mexico, Emery having
described cerberulus from a female collected in the State of
Michoacan (1920, Bol. Soc. Ent. Ital. 52: 34). Wheeler (1934,
Bui. Mus. Comp. Zool. 77 : 214) described the soldier and male
of what he believes to be cerberulus. If Wheeler’s interpreta-
tion is correct, mathildece cannot possibly be synonymous with
cerberulus.

■ There is no described form of Camponotus, subgenus Colobop-
sis, known to me which has even a near affinity to mathildece.
This new species has so many excellent and easily recognizable

178

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVII

characters that one should have no difficulty in identifying it in
future collections. Since it has been intercepted on at least
three occasions on orchids originating in Mexico, it does not ap-
pear to be an especially rare form.

Camponotus (Colobopsis) mathildese, new species

Soldier. — Length 5.75 mm. (Fig. 2, anterior view of head; Fig. 3, profile
of body).

Head subeylindrical, longer than broad, widest anteriorly; posterior
border almost imperceptibly emarginate. Antenna 12-segmented; scape
flattened, narrowest at the base, widening apically, the apex distinctly
surpassing the posterior corner of the head; funiculus widening apically
but not forming a well defined club. Eye oblong, moderately convex, with
numerous facets; situated less than its length from the posterior corner of
the head. Frontal carinae distant from each other, divergent posteriorly.
Clypeus viewed from above, more than two and one-half times as wide as
long, with sharp, bimarginate anterior border. In profile, the truncated
surface of the head sloping anteroventrally ; viewed anteriorly, the trunca-
ted surface subeylindrical, slightly wider than high, and concave, with
sharply carinate lateral borders. Clypeus somewhat wedge-shaped, nar-
rowest ventrally, with sharply carinate, uneven lateral borders; divided
longitudinally, by a sharp, uneven carina. Mandible with 4 apical teeth and
an edentate basal portion. In profile, the posterior part of the prothorax
and much of the mesothorax moderately convex and almost on the same
plane. Mesoepinotal impression distinct but not noticeably wide or deep.
Base of epinotum meeting the declivity in an obtuse angle. From above, the
posterior portion of the proiiotum and epinotum with a distinct but not deep,
longitudinal impression. Legs moderately long, with somewhat incrassated
femora and tibiae, the femora of the anterior pair of legs more noticeably
incrassated than those of the other legs. Petiole, in profile, with a sub-
rectangular node; the node, from above, wider dorsally than ventrally and
with a distinct but not deep impression.

Anterior two-thirds or more of the head subopaque, more or less coarsely
rugose-reticulate with punctate interrugal spaces; the coarse sculpturing
extending on the dorsal surface of the head as far posteriorly as the termina-
tion of the frontal carinse ; remainder of head and body finely shagreened.

Hairs on the head yellowish, short, erect, obtuse, absent on the truncated
surface, extending on the sides almost to the eyes and on the dorsal surface
almost to the posterior border. The hairs slightly longer and less obtuse on
the front and vertex of the head. Antennal scape with a few, short, erect
hairs. Gaster with scattered, erect hairs in addition to the transverse row
of hairs near the posterior border of each segment; hairs on the venter and
at the apex longer than elsewhere.

Anterior two-thirds or more of the head light brown or yellowish brown;
borders of the mandibles, sides of the truncated surface, and clypeal carinse

Sept., 1949]

Smith: Formicid^

179

darker; remainder of head, body and appendages blackish to black, with
the exception of the tarsi.

Worker. — Length 5.37 mm. (Fig. 1, profile of body)

Head longer than broad, narrowest anteriorly, with rounded posterior
border and moderately convex sides. Eye of approximately the same shape
and position as that of the soldier. Scape proportionally longer than that
of the soldier exceeding by approximately one-fourth its length, the posterior
border of the head. Frontal carinse well separated, posteriorly divergent,
not as long as the greatest width between them; with a distinct but not
strongly developed frontal furrow extending their full length. Clypeus sub-
rectangular, approximately as wide as long, with a median carina extending
its full length. In profile, the thorax is highest where the anterior face of
the prothorax meets the dorsal surface of the pronotum. Mesoepinotal im-
pression extraordinarily deep and broad, with a distinct and very protuberant
spiracle on each side. Base of epinotum highest at the point where it meets
the declivous surface in a prominent angle. From above, both pronotum
and epinotum with a distinct but not deep, longitudinal impression, which in
some aspects, at least, gives the epinotum a somewhat bicarinate appearance.
Legs, petiole, and gaster not materially different from that of the soldier.

Anterior part of head not sculptured as in the soldier but with a few
small punctures on the mandibles, clypeus and cheeks ; remainder of body
and appendages shagreened as in the soldier.

Hairs on head yellowish, fairly short and erect ; confined to mandibles,
clypeus, front and vertex; lacking on the sides and ventral surface of the
head. Antennal scape with a few short, erect hairs. Gaster -with hairs
similar to those on gaster of the soldier.

Color somewhat lighter than that of the soldier, with head, thorax, and
petiole dark brown, and the gaster blackish. Mandibles and tarsi an even
lighter brown.

Type locality — Mexico (D. F.)

Described from a holotype soldier, a paratype soldier, and 14
paratype workers collected from orchids at Laredo, Texas on
Jan. 28, 1948 by H. R. Cary of the Division of Foreign Plant
Quarantines, Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine, U. S.
Department of Agriculture. These specimens bear Laredo In-
terception No. 46044. All have been placed in the United States
National Museum under U.S.N.M. No. 59300. There are two
other collections which I consider to be this same species: one
made at Laredo by the same collector and on the same date as
the type series, from orchids originating in the type locality,
and recorded under Laredo Interception No. 46043; and the
other made on July 31, 1948 by T. P. Chapman at Laredo, from
orchids originating in Tamazunchale, San Luis Potosi, Mexico,

180

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVII

recorded under Laredo Interception No. 46986. Except for the
fact that the ants were collected on orchids, nothing is known
concerning their habits. t

Paratype workers show considerable variation in the width
and depth of the mesoepinotal constriction, and also in the
height and acuteness of the angle formed by the base and decliv-
ity of the epinotum. The erect hairs on the antennal scape
vary in number from none to five or six. Workers under La-
redo Interception No. 46043 are much darker (almost black)
than the paratypes and also have the basal surface of the epino-
tum almost horizontal instead of ascending to meet the declivity.

The soldier can be distinguished from that of other species by
the shape of its head which is much widened anteriorly ; the con-
cave truncated surface with sharp lateral borders, the wedge-
shaped clypeus with sharp lateral borders and a sharp, longi-
tudinal carina dividing it into two equal parts, and by the dis-
tinct, longitudinal impression on the posterior part of the pro-
notum and epinotum.

The worker can be distinguished by an impression on the pro-
notum and epinotum similar to that of the soldier, by the wide
and deep mesoepinotal impression with a prominent spiracle on
each side, and by the basal surface of the epinotum meeting the
declivity in a high and prominent angle. The thorax of the
worker bears a striking similarity to that of some of the ants of
Camponotus, subg. Myrmocladozcus.

I take pleasure in naming this ant for Miss Mathilde M. Car-
penter, the very efficient and courteous librarian of the Division
of Insects, U. S. National Museum.

(Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc.), Vol. LYII

(Plate YII)

Camponotus (Colobopsis) mathildece, new species. Fig. 1, body of worker
in profile. Fig. 2, anterior view of head of soldier. Fig. 3, body of soldier
in profile. (Illustrations by Miss Addie Egbert.)

182

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LYII

BOOK NOTICE

The Insect World of J. Henri Fabre. With Introduction and
Interpretive Comments by Edwin Way Teale. Dodd, Mead and
Company, New York, 1949. 8x/2 x 5% inches, xvi + 333 p. $3.50.

After a lapse of many years Dodd, Mead and Company have
added another volume to the series of Fabre ’s works which they
liublished from 1912 to 1923. In the present, well-printed and
attractively bound volume, Edwin Way Teale, the well-known
naturalist, author and photographer, has brought together forty
of the best known of Fabre ’s studies and has prefaced them with
a concise and appreciative summary of Fabre ’s life and observa-
tions. Mr. Teale has followed Alexander Teixeira de Mattos’
original translation into English and Fabre ’s accounts will always
retain their original charm and interest. Although students of
animal behavior now operate on a different level, frequently with
complex laboratory apparatus, they are all indebted to the facts
harvested by Fabre and embedded in his “Souvenirs Entomolo-
giques”, after years of patient observation.

The works of Fabre need not be recommended to entomologists.
His basic observations are familiar to all of us, and it is likely that
all entomologists, at one time or other, have taken inspiration
from them. His experiments are classics of simplicity. As an
observer he was a genius. If we do not agree with his interpre-
tation of all his experiments, they are nevertheless always in-
teresting and worthy of study. Though many of his experiments
w^ere conducted in the late years of his long life, they were
pursued with the vigor and application of a crusader. For he
was one, who wanted his insects studied and understood, so that
they might be loved. His views on natural history education,
which caused him considerable embarrassment, have only recently
become established in our schools. Perhaps he could be called
the father of the “field trip” and the “summer camp.”

This book provides a generous and a very well chosen sample of
the prodigious work of a man who did much to establish the
entomological profession, and whose timeless accounts and lucid
prose will always be read and enjoyed by people who recognize
insects as living creatures of infinite interest. — F.A.S.

Sept., 1949]

Goding: Membracid^e

183

1(4).

2(3).

3(2).

4(1).

5(22).

6(17).

7(16).

8(13).

9(12).

10(11).

11(10).

12(9).

13(8).

14(15).

15(14).

THE OLD WORLD MEMBRACIDiE

By Frederic W. Goding

(Continued from Yol. XLVII, p. 349)

Key to Species

Suprahumerals inclined more or less forward, slightly elevated
above the scutellum then impinging upon margins of tegmina.

Suprahumerals porrect, short, posterior process sinuate ; tegmina
subhyaline, costal margin and tips black; reddish brown; 5x3
mm badius

Suprahumerals slightly inclined forward, twice as long as the
intervening space; tegmina pale tawny hyaline, base tawny;
ferruginous, yellow pubescent; 7 mm invarius

Suprahumerals transversely oblique or horizontal.

Posterior process extended beyond apex of clavus; median carina
percurrent.

Suprahumerals more or less oblique.

Suprahumerals at least as long as the intervening space.

Suprahumerals strongly oblique, distinctly longer than the space
between bases.

Posterior process sinuate, scarcely separated from the scutellum,
tips recurved; tawny or brown, pubescent.

Posterior process unicarinate, suprahumerals slender; tegmina
pale testaceous hyaline, base ochraceous ; 6—7 x 3.5 mm.

oneratus

Posterior process tricarinate, suprahumerals moderately broad;
tegmina semihyaline, base narrowly piceous; 5-6 x 3.5 mm.

elongatus

Posterior process straight, tricarinate, slightly elevated above
scutellum, suprahumerals broad, straight; castaneous, legs ochra-
ceous ; tegmina pale bronze brown, apical margins darker ;
7 x 4.5 mm ! albosignatus

Suprahumerals weakly oblique, about as long as space between
bases, posterior process slightly elevated above scutellum.

Fuscous brown, pilose; suprahumerals broad at base, tips obtuse,
posterior process unicarinate, robust, narrowed beyond middle;
tegmina pale hyaline, basal area fuscous ; 5x3 mm doddi

Black, legs brown ; suprahumerals hardly long as intervening
space, tips acute, posterior process tricarinate, slightly curved
at base, tip just passing apex of clavus; tegmina bronze ochra-
ceous, basal area, costal apical margin and first apical cell
black, costal margin narrowly testaceous ; 7 x 3 mm cavendus

184

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVII

16(7). Suprahumerals very short, long as one-fourth the intervening
space ; pronotum black, posterior process brown, sinuate, uni-
carinate, slightly separated from seutellum; legs ochraceous;

tegmina dull subhyaline, base black ; 5-5.5 x 2 mm. brevicornis

17(6). Suprahumerals horizontal or subhorizontal.

18(21). Apex of posterior process extended far beyond apex of clavus;
entirely brown.

19(20). Posterior process straight, hardly separated from seutellum, supra-
humerals half as long as the intervening space; tegmina dense

brown, veins indistinct ; 9x4 mm. midas

20(19). Posterior process slightly sinuate, tricarinate, slightly separated

from seutellum, suprahumerals slightly longer than half the in-
tervening space; tegmina pale shining ochraceous, base broadly
black enclosing large white spot, costal and inner apical margins

narrowly black ; 8x4 mm mimicus

21(18). Apex of posterior process slightly passing apex of clavus, sinuate,
tricarinate, one-half ochraceous, tip black, suprahumerals slender,
straight ; pronotum fuscous brown ; tegmina subhyaline, basal

angular area ochraceous ; 4 x 2 mm. trails versus

22(5). Posterior extended to not passing apex of clavus.

23(30). Suprahumerals horizontal or subhorizontal; median carina per-

current.

24(29). Black or piceous black; suprahumerals long as intervening space,
posterior process sinuate, slightly elevated above seutellum.
25(28). Tegmina pale bronze, destitute of a basal white spot.

26(27). Suprahumerals substraight, narrow; base of tegmina and legs

black ; 7-8 x 4 mm ammon

27(26). Suprahumerals strongly recurved; base of tegmina black with a
subbasal pale transverse area ; legs pale ochraceous, tips of

tibiae and tarsi black; 6 x 3-3.5 mm. karenianus

28(25). Tegmina shining ochraceous, basal angle and narrow costal margin
black, a large subbasal white spot; suprahumerals short; legs
pale brown, tips of tibiae and tarsi black; 5.5 mm. albomaculatus
29(24). Testaceous red, pilose; suprahumerals moderately long, tips and
tip of posterior process piceous ; tegmina pale bronze ochraceous,

base narrowly piceous ; ' 6 x 4-4.5 mm rufescens

30(23). Suprahumerals short, weakly oblique, posterior process straight,
tricarinate, slightly separated from seutellum; pronotum fuscous
brown; tegmina dull brown ochraceous, veins hirsute, two och-
raceous basal spots; 9 mm. campbelli

List of Species

badius Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. vi, App. p. 158. (1916). Nilgiri Hills,

India.

invarius Walker, List Horn. B. M. p. 621. (1851). ? China.

Sept., 1949]

Goding: Membracid^e

185

oneratus Walker, Ins. Saund. Horn. p. 78. (1858) ; Distant, Faun. Brit.

Ind. iv, p. 40. (1908). Common all over India.

lignicola Buckton, Mon. Memb. p. 224, pi. 49, tig. 6. (1903). Bani-

seram, Ceylon.

pallescens Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. iv, p. 41. (1908). Mainpura,

Bangalore, Bombay, India.

elongatus Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. iv, p. 41. (1908). Calcutta, Mysore,

Trivandrum, Travancore, India.

albosignatus Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. vi, App. p. 159. (1916). Nilgiri

Hills, India.

doddi Distant, Ann. Mag. N. H. xviii, p. 40. (1916). N. Queensland,

Australia.

cavendus Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. vi, App. p. 153, fig. 111. (1916).

Nilgiri Hills, India.

brevicornis Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. vi, App. p. 160, fig. 118. (1916).

Dehra Dun, Lahore, Punjab, India.

midas Buckton, Mon. Memb. p. 233, pi. 52, fig. 8. (1903). Perak, Sumatra,
mimicus Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. vi, App. p. 159, fig. 117. (1916). Nil-
giri Hills, India.

transversus Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. vi, App. p. 161. (1916). Lahore,

Punjab, India.

ammon Buckton, Mon. Memb. p. 233, pi. 52, fig. 6. (1903) ; Distant, Faun.

Brit. Ind. iv, p. 39, fig. 32. (1908). Nilgiri Hills, India,

karenianus Distant, Ann. Mag. N. H. xiv, p. 332. (1914). nom. nov.
pallipes Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. iv, p. 40. (1908). Karen Hills,

Burma.

albomaculatus Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. vi, App. p. 159. (1916). Nilgiri
Hills, India.

rufescens Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. iv, p. 40. (1908). Tenasserim, Myitta,
India; Burma.

campbelli Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. vi, App. p. 158. (1916). Nilgiri Hills,

India.

Eufrenchia

Goding, Mon. Aust. Memb. p. 24. (May 5, 1903) ; Ibiceps Buckton, Mon.
Memb. p. 239. (1903).

Key to Species

1(2). Bobust, piceous brown; suprahumerals with- apical fourth strongly
curved outward and lightly downward, extreme tips excavated,
posterior process strongly arcuate; 7-9x6 mm. falcata

2(1). Slender, dark ferruginous, head and basal area of metopidium
black ; suprahumerals with tips briefly curved outward, roundly
truncate, minutely acute at middle, posterior process nearly straight,
middle and apex lightly depressed ; 6x3 mm leae

186

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVII

List of Species

falcata Walker, List Horn. B. M. p. 622. (1851) ; Buckton, Mon. Memb.

p. 239, pi. 54, fig. 6. (1903). Tasmania; Murray Bridge, S.

Australia.

biturris Walker, List Horn. B. M. Suppl. p. 164. (1958). New Heb-

rides, Victoria, Australia. (Label in Walker’s handwriting).
curvicornis Stal, Bid. Memb. K. p. 287. (1869). Adelaide, S. Aus-

tralia.

leas Goding, Mon. Aust. Memb. p. 26, pi. 1, fig. 5. (1903). West Australia.

Cebes

Distant, Ann. Mag. N. H. xviii, p, 39. (1916).

Key to Species

1(4). Apex of posterior process passing tips of tegmina, substraight;

reddish testaceous, venation of tegmina testaceous.

2(3). Suprahumerals robust, obtusely narrowed at tips; tegmina subhya-
line; 6x4 mm. godingi

3(2). Suprahumerals short, acuminate, tips and marginal carinae piceous,
posterior process lightly arcuate and piceous on dorsum to tip,
piceous spot each side of chest; tegmina colorless hyaline; 6x3

mm tenuis

4(1). Apex of posterior process extended to tip of abdomen; tegmina
clear hyaline.

5(6). Pronotum piceous or dark ferruginous, suprahumerals paler, legs
ferruginous; venation toward base and surrounding third apical
cell, and spot beyond clavus piceous ; tip of posterior process

decurved ; 7x4 mm transiens

6(5). Pronotum ferruginous, legs yellowish, suprahumerals less diverging,
slender, sharp, compressed ; 6 mm paria

List of Species

godingi Distant, Ann. Mag. N. H. xviii, p. 39. (1916). Australia.

rubridorsi Distant, supra p. 40. nom. nud.
tenuis Goding, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. xxxiv, p. 245. (1926). Homebush,

N. S. W. ; S. Australia; Victoria, Australia,
transiens Walker, List Horn. B. M. p. 624. (1851). Unknown.

bicolor Walker, List Horn. B. M. p. 625. (1851). Unknown.

arolatus Goding, Mon. Aust. Memb. p. 23, pi. 1, fig. 3. (1903). Quean-
beyan, Braidwood, N. S. W. ; Victoria; S. Australia,
paria Fairmaire, *Rev. Memb. p. 513. (1846). East Indies.

Lubra

Goding, Mon. Aust. Memb. p. 28. (1903).

Sept., 1949]

Goding: Membracid.®

187

Key to Species

1(2). Tips of suprahumerals acuminate and curved inwardly on apical

area and contiguous, short spine exteriorly ; 7 x 4 mm. regalis

2(1). Tips of suprahumerals gibbous approaching but not contiguous,

short spine exteriorly ; 8x3 mm. spinicornis

* Judging from the description by Fairmaire this species can be included
in no other modern genus.

List of Species

regalis Goding, Mon. Aust. Memb. p. 30, pi. 4, figs. 4, 9. (1903). Brisbane,
Queensland, Australia.

spinicornis Walker, Jour. Ent. i, p. 316. (1862) ; Goding, Mon. Aust.

Memb. p. 29, pi. 1, fig. 22. (1903). Moreton Bay, Queensland;

Tweed and Clarence Rivers, N. S. W., Australia.

Sarantus

Stal, Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond. (3), i, p. 592. (1863).

Key to Species

1(4). Basal half of tegmina black or fuscous, apical half hyaline; pro-
notum black, legs brown, suprahumerals at least 3 mm. long.

2(3). Tips of suprahumerals slightly recurved; tegmina fuscous, apical area
vitreous, tips fuscous; 10 mm. ! wallacei

3(2). Tips of suprahumerals slightly curved outwardly, central carina on
upper surface; tegmina black, opaque, apical third vinaceous hya-
line; 10 mm. similis

4(1). Tegmina black or reddish brown, opaque, apical half paler semi-
opaque, apical margins partly hyaline; brown.

5(6). Black; tegmina black, apical half blackish brown, hyaline spot on
exterior apical margin; suprahumerals 1.5 mm. long, tips slightly
elevated, central carina on upper surface, posterior process lightly
sinuate; 8 mm. margin alis

6(5). Brown, head black; tegmina reddish brown, opaque, paler subopaque
apically, inner apical margins hyaline; suprahumerals 4 mm. long,
apical half curved upwardly; posterior process straight; 9.5 mm.

apicalis

List of Species

wallacei Stal, Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond. (3), i, p. 592. (1863); Walker, Jour.

Linn. Soc. x, p. 193, pi. 3, fig. 12. (1868). Waigiu Is., New

Guinea.

similis Schmidt, Soc. Ent. xl, p. 16. (1925). Kapaor, New Guinea.

marginalis Schmidt, Soc. Ent. xl, p. 15. (1925). Purari, New Guinea.

apicalis Schmidt, Soc. Ent. xl, p. 15. (1925).. Wokan, Aru Is.; Andai,,

New Guinea.

188

New York Entomological Society

[VOL. LTV II

Godingella

Distant, Ann. Mag. N. H. xviii, p. 31. (1916).

Key to Species

1(4). Posterior process distinctly longer than tegmina, suprahumerals 2.5
mm. long.

2(3). Shining purplish black; tegmina colorless hyaline with a broad lon-
gitudinal percurrent reddish stripe; 10 mm australensis

3(2). Piceous, body and legs ferruginous; tegmina pale vinaceous hyaline;

10 mm nqbilis

4(1). Posterior process extended to tips of tegmina, suprahumerals
4 mm. long, brown; tegmina pale bronze brown, apical third
purplish brown; piceous, legs ochradeous; 9-10 mm.

queenslandensis

List of Species

australensis Goding, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. xxxiv, p. 208. (1926). Brisbane,

Queensland, Australia.

nobilis Kirkaldy, Kept. Exp. Sta. Haw. Sug. PI. Assoc, p. 374. (1906).

Cairns, Queensland, Australia.

queenslandensis Distant, Ann. Mag. N. H. xviii, p. 32. (1916). North

Queensland, Australia.

Otinotoides

Distant, Ann. Mag. N. H. xvii, p. 321. (1916) ; Gondopharnes Distant,

Ann. Mag. N. H. xvii, p. 321. (1916)

Key to Species

1(22). Suprahumerals more or less oblique, posterior process tricarinate,
median carina percurrent.

2.(9). Suprahumerals distinctly oblique, well elevated.

3(8). Tegmina brown, or piceous, translucent, base and costal area
darker, opaque.

4(7). Suprahumerals long as width of pronotum, acute, posterior proc-
ess decurved; wings vitreous.

5(6). Pronotum shining purplish black, legs dark brown, tarsi paler;

suprahumerals straight ; tegmina brown, small decolored Spot
just behind apex of clavus; 7x4 mm acuticornis

6(5). Pronotum and legs black, knees ochraceous, tips of suprahumerals
recurved; tegmina purplish brown; 5.5x4 mm solomonensis

7(4). Suprahumerals much longer than width of pronotum, posterior
process straight; pronotum and chest piceous, abdomen and
legs pale luteus; tegmina piceous, wings blackish; 7 mm.

contractus

Sept., 1949]

Goding: Membracid^e

189

8(3).

9(2).

10(19).

11(18).

12(17).

13(16).

14(15).

15(14).

16(13).

17(12).

18(11).

19(10).

20(21).

21(20).

22(1).

23(28).

24(27).

25(26).

26(25).

Tegmina subhyaline, base and costal margin testaceous brown; pro-
notum, body and legs testaceous brown ; suprahumerals long as
■width of pronotum, tips recurved; posterior process decurved;
5x3 mm intermedius

Suprahumerals weakly oblique, lightly elevated, posterior process
tricarinate, median carina percurrent.

Tegmina yellowish hyaline.

Costal margin and base of tegmina black or brown.

Apical margin of tegmina more or less black or brown.

Pronotum black.

Suprahumerals long as width between bases, posterior process
weakly undulate, hind legs testaceous ; tegmina lurid ; 4.5 mm.

semilucidus

Suprahumerals one-third as long as the intervening space, pos-
terior process decurved, tarsi tawny; tegmina cinereous; 4.5
mm albidus

Pronotum and legs brownish ochraceous, suprahumerals black long
as width between bases, posterior process black except base,
decurved ; tegmina pale stramineous ; 5 x 3 mm. australis

Apical margin of tegmina concolorous yellow hyaline ; entirely
piceous ; suprahumerals long as half the width of pronotum,
posterior process decurved; 5 mm. brevivitta

Costal margin and base of tegmina with pronotum and legs pale
brown, densely pubescent; suprahumerals long as width between
bases, posterior process heavy, decurved ; 5.6 x 3.8 mm.

pubescens

Tegmina brown or piceous.

Entirely fuscous brown including tegmina; suprahumerals long
as width between bases, recurved, posterior process decurved;
6x4 mm. spicatus

Piceous, head, metopidium and abdomen black, legs red; supra-
humerals shorter than the intervening space, posterior process
straight with median gray band; tegmina piceous, incomplete
median and subapical bands and tips hyaline; 4 mm. piceus

Suprahumerals horizontal.

Tegmina lurid hyaline, base and costal margin black, two dis-
coidal cells.

Apical margin of tegmina more or less blaek.

Posterior process decurved, suprahumerals straight about half as
long as width of pronotum; black, legs pale yellow; 5-6 mm.

pallipes

Posterior process undulate, suprahumerals lightly curved much
longer than width between bases, tips recurved; black or dark
yellowish brown, hind legs testaceous ; tegmina with transverse
subapical brown fascia from costal margin ; 8-10 x 5-6 mm.

strigatus

190

New York Entomological Society

[Yol. lvii

27(24). Apical margin of tegmina concolorous hyaline; suprahumerals
short, posterior process undulate ; piceous, legs pale yellow ;

5 mm subflavipes

28(23). Tegmina mottled brown, subopaque, base and costal margin dark
brown, three discoidal cells; suprahumerals long as space be-
tween bases, posterior process heavy, much decurved, apical two-

thirds slender ; 6.8 x 5 mm. brunneus

List of Species

acuticomis Goding, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. xxxiv, p. 244. (1926). Kuranda,
Queensland, Australia.

solomonensis Distant, Ann. Mag. N. H. xviii, p. 41. (1916). Solomon Is.
contractus Walker, Jour. Linn. Soc. x, p. 188. (1868). Aru Is., New

Guinea.

intermedius Distant* Ann. Mag. N. H. xviii, p. 41. (1916). Large Bay,
N. S. W. ; Gayndah, Peak Downs, Queensland, Australia,
semilucidus Walker, Jour. Linn. Soc. x, p. 186. (1868), Waigiou Is.,

New Guinea.

tibialis Buckton, Mon. Memb. p. 238, pi. 54, fig. 3. (1903). Dory,

New Guinea.

albidus Walker, Jour. Linn. Soc. x, p. 188. (1868). Mysol Is., New Guinea,
australis Distant, Ann. Mag. N. H. xviii, p. 40. (1916). Queensland,

Australia.

brevivitta Walker, Jour. Linn. Soc. x, p. 189. (1868). New Guinea,
pubescens Funkhouser, Phil. Jour. Sci. xl, p. 115, pi. 1, fig. 7. (1929).

Amboina Is., Moluccas.

spicatus Distant, Ann. Mag. N. H. xviii, p. 42. (1916). Queensland,

Australia.

piceus Walker, Jour. Linn. Soc. x, p. 187. (1868). Batchian Is., Moluccas,
pallipes Walker, Jour. Linn. Soc. x, p. 185. (1868) ; Buckton, Mon. Memb.

p. 232, pi. 52, fig. 4. (1903). Batchian Is., Myson Is., New

Guinea.

tibialis Walker, Jour. Linn. Soc. x, p. 188. (1868). New Guinea.

ramivitta Distant, nom. nud; semilusus Distant, Nom. nud.
strigatus Walker, Jour. Linn. Soc. x, p. 184. (1868). New Guinea.

curvicornis Buckton, Mon. Memb. p. 250, pi. 57, fig. 3. (1903). Ste-

phansort, German New Guinea.

subflavipes Walker, Jour. Linn. Soc. x, p. 189. (1868). New Guinea,
brunneus Funkhouser, Kec. Aust. Mus. xv, p. 309, pi. 26, figs. 11, 12. (1927).
Lavoro Plantation, Guadalcanar Is., Solomon group.

Elegius

Distant, Ann. Mag. N. H. xvii, p. 152. (1916).

Key to Species

One black species with body and legs piceous, tegmina bronze brown,
the costal cell black; 7 mm merinjakensis

Sept., 1949]

Goding: Membracid^e

191

List of Species

merinjakensis Distant, Ann. Mag. N. H. xvii, p. 153. (1916) Mt.

Merinjak, Borneo.

Ceraon

Buekton, Mon. Memb. p. 228. (1903) ; Daunus Stal, Hemip. Afric. iv,

p. 87. (1866); Zanophara Kirkaldy, Entom. xxxvii, p. 279. (1904).

Key to Species

1(4). Posterior process long as tegmina, slightly sinuate, suprahumerals
slightly diverging.

2(3). Tegmina with central longitudinal brown stripe sometimes forked
at tip ; piceous or ferruginous, suprahumerals twisted, rarely

slightly inclined forward ; 6x3 mm vitta

3(2). Tegmina piceous toward base, without brown stripe; piceous, supra-
humerals twisted, tips dilated; 7 mm | contractus

4(1). Posterior process shorter than tegmina, straight.

5(8). Suprahumerals broadly diverging, tips not dilated.

6(7). Tegmina ferruginous, suboqaque; ferruginous yellow, median carina

eoncolorous ; 8x3 mm. succisus

7(6). Tegmina hyaline; fusco-ferruginous, suprahumerals darker, median

carina. reddish ; 8x3 mm rubridorsatum

8(5). Suprahumerals subparallel, tips slightly dilated; ferruginous brown
to black, legs reddish ferruginous; tegmina ferruginous, apical area
subhyaline; 8-9 mm. „ tasmaniae

List of Species

vitta Walker, List Horn. B. M. p. 626. (1851) ; Goding, Mon. Aust. Memb.

p. 32, pi. 1, fig. 25. (1903). Camden Haven, Penrith, Sydney,

Queanbeyan, Bungadore, N. S. W. ; South Australia; Tasmania.
contorta Walker, Ins. Saund. Horn. p. 66. (1858). Tasmania.
albovitta Kirkaldy, Kept. Exp. Sta. Haw. S. P. Assoc. Ill, p. 96.
(1907). Bundaberg, Queensland, Australia,
contractus Walker, List Horn. B. M. p. 622. (1851). New Holland,

Australia.

succisus Buekton, Mon. Memb. p. 226, pi. 50, fig. 3. (1903). Adelaide,

S. Australia.

rubridorsatum Buekton, Mon. Memb. p. 230, pi. 51, fig. 6 (1903). Ade-
laide, South Australia.

tasmaniae Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. p. 513, pi. 3, fig. 15. (1846) ; Goding,

Mon. Aust. Memb. p. 31, pi. 1, figs. 6, 20. (1903) ; Buekton, Mon.
Memb. p. 227, pi. 50, fig. 6. (1903). Hobart, Tasmania; Mel-

bourne, Gisbourne, Victoria; Brisbane, Queensland; New Holland,
Australia.

truncaticornis Walker, Ins. Saund. Horn. p. 81. (1858). Melbourne,

Victoria, Australia.

tumescens Buekton, Mon. Memb. p. 229, pi. 51, fig. 1. (1903). Tas-
mania.

192

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVII

contortum Buckton, Mon. Memb. p. 229, pi. 51, fig. 2. (1903). Tas-

mania.

leda Kirkaldy, Kept. Exp. Sta. Haw. S. P. Assoc. Ill, p. 90. (1907).
Mittagong, N. S. W., Australia.

Emphusis

Buckton, Mon. Memb. p. 256. (1903).

Key To Species

1(4). Posterior process long as tegmina, lightly sinuate, dorsum alti-
tude gradually decreasing.

2(3). Tegmina with base and costal cell black, central area hyaline,
apical fourth red with brown margin; metopidium slightly ad-
vanced upwardly without median carina; 8-10.5x7-8.6 mm.

bakeri

3(2). Tegmina entirely colorless hyaline; metopidium vertical, weakly
carinate ; 6.5-9 x 4.5 mm occidentals

4(1). Posterior process shorter than tegmina.

5(10). Tegmina brown, translucent or opaque, base and costal margin
black or brown or concolorous.

6(9). Pronotum obtusely elevated, concave posteriorly, seen from front
coarctate; suprahumerals moderately long, and slender, posterior
process moderately thick; tegmina with two discoidal cells;
ocelli equidistant.

7(8). Pronotum purplish brown, seen from front lengthily coarctate

two vertical tomentose fasciae each side; tegmina purplish brown,
base darker ; 9-10 x S mm •. ansatus

8(7). Pronotum black, rugose, seen from front gradually narrowed to
just below suprahumerals with one tomentose fascia each side;

tegmina bronze brown, base and costal cell black, hya-
line spot near apex of clavus; 9x5.5 mm. rugosus

9(6). Pronotum elevated in an enormous globular swelling inclined

forward, including basal half of posterior process, dark purplish
brown, reticulate, seen from front broadened from base to the
short suprahumerals, apical half of posterior process slender;
tegmina bronze, three discoidal cells ; ocelli nearer to eyes ;

7x5, alt. 5 mm globosus

10(5). Tegmina hyaline with brown or black markings.

11(18). Pronotum moderately elevated, seen from front the inferior mar-
gins of suprahumerals very little elevated above the eyes.

12(15). Suprahumerals acuminate, tips acute.

13(14). Dark purplish brown, median carina percurrent, suprahumerals
recurved, posterior process slightly separated from scutellum ;
tegmina ochraceous, base and costal cell purplish brown, apical
area tinged with brown ; 10 x 6 mm. agnatus

(To be continued)

Sept., 1949]

Proceedings of the Society

193

PROCEEDINGS OF THE NEW YORK
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Meeting of January 6, 1948

The annual meeting of the New York Entomological Society was held
January 6, 1948 in the American Museum of Natural History. President
Doctor Hagan called the meeting to order at 8 P.M.

Mr. Comstock reported as the delegate to the New York Academy of
Sciences. He said that the Academy is anxious to obtain new quarters and
that a drive for $3,000,000 for this purpose has been initiated. He reported
there had been no other action by the Academy during the year that would
affect the Society.

The secretary read a letter of thanks to the membership from the Brooklyn
Entomological Society in response to the letter from this Society on the
occasion of their 75th anniversary.

A second letter was read concerning the increase of 20 per cent in the cost
of printing the Journal.

The nominating committee submitted the following slate of officers for
1948.

President
Vice President
Secretary.

Assistant Secretary
Treasurer

Assistant Treasurer

Editor

Trustees

Dr. Harold E. Hagen
Dr. Mont A. Cazier
Mr. Frank A. Soraci
Mrs. Patricia Yaurie
Dr. James C. King
Mr. Leonard H. Sandford
Mr. Harry B. Weiss
Dr. James C. King
Dr. Mont A. Cazier
Dr. H. T. Spieth
Dr. Harold E. Hagan

Mr. E .W. Teale

Publication Committee Mr. Harry B. Weiss

Dr. Charles D. Michener
Mr. John D. Sherman, Jr.

Delegate to the N. Y. Academy of Sciences Mr. William P. Comstock
The entire slate was duly elected.

There being no further business, Dr. Hagan, the speaker of the evening,
presented his paper on “Viviparity in Insects. ’ ’ The following four types
of viviparity were described and discussed : 1, Ovoviviparity 2, Adenotrophie
viviparity 3, Metagonadic viviparity 4, Pseudoplacental viviparity. His
paper was published in the Journal, vol. LYI, p. 63.

Frank A. Soraci, Secretary .

194

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVII

Meeting of January 20, 1948

A regular meeting of the New York Entomological Society was held
January 20, 1948 in the American Museum of Natural History; President
Dr. Hagan in the chair. There w'ere 10 members and 9 visitors present.

Dr. Lucy Clausen reported for the field committee that one field trip was
held during 1947.

The treasurer, Dr. King, gave his annual report.

The program and field committees were then appointed by the president,
as follows:

Program Committee
Dr. J ames Forbes
Albro T. Gaul
Dr. Lucy W. Clausen

Field Committee
E. W. Teale
Chris E. Olsen
Dr. Lucy W. Clausen

Dr. Albert Hartzell then proceeded with the paper of the evening, titled,
*‘DDT, Its Proper Use as an Insecticide. ’ ’

He traced the history of this insecticide from the time it was first synthe-
sized in 1874, by Othmar Zeidler, a young chemistry student at Strasbourg,
Germany, to its appearance as a miracle drug during the recent war. The
insecticide reached this country through the Geigy Company which offered
it to the U. S. Army after rediscovering and proving it in Switzerland in
1938 and later. The remarkable insecticidal properties of the material were
proved by the U. S. Department of Agriculture and army authorities here, and
its effectiveness against lice was, in large part, responsible for the abatement
of the typhus epidemic of late 1943 and early 1944 in Italy. Since then it has
been used successfully in combating the insect vectors of cholera, malaria,
and other diseases in many parts of the world.

Dr. Hartzell spoke of the pharmacology of DDT, and of the precautions
which need to be taken in using this insecticide. He stated that cold blooded
animals are more susceptible than warm blooded animals to its effects.

Mention was made of the use for DDT in the garden and on ornamental
material. Some plants are injured by direct applications of DDT, while
others do not fare well in soil which has been heavily dosed. Far from being
a cure-all, DDT has proven valueless against some insects.

Frank A. Soraci, Secretary.

Meeting of February 3, 1948

A regular meeting of the New York Entomological Society was held
February 3, 1948, in the American Museum of Natural History; President
Dr. Hagan in the chair. There were 17 members and 13 visitors present.

Mr. Leon Siroto of the Hoboken Inspection House, U. S. Bureau of Ento-
mology and Plant Quarantine, was proposed for membership by Dr. Swain.

Dr. King, the treasurer, announced that there had been four resignations
within the last few weeks and that one member, Mr. Alfred Fenton, of Texas
had died.

SEPT., 1949]

Proceedings of the Society

195

There being no further business, the paper of the evening was given. Mr.
Albro T. Gaul spoke on “Economy and Labor in the Yespine Society.”

The observations of Mr. Gaul were made on a number of species of hornets,
notably Dolichovespula arenaria and Vespula maculifrons, whose nests he
had transferred indoors. He described in detail 8 categories of labor in the
colonies, the production of eggs, foraging for food, brood nursing, nest con-
struction, nest sanitation, the tending of tenerals, or not fully mature
queens, defense of the colony, and water collecting. Excellent colored slides
of a number of nests were shown.

Mr. Gaul ’s original observations and interesting topic provoked many ques-
tions and a long discussion followed.

Patricia Yaurie, Assistant Secretary.

Meeting of Feburary 17, 1948

The regular meeting of the New York Entomological Society was held Feb.
17, 1948 in the American Museum of Natural History, President Dr. Hagan
in the chair. There were 12 members and 5 visitors present.

Mr. Leon Siroto of 40-71 Elbertson St., Elmhurst, L. I., N. Y. was elected
to active membership.

Mr. Jack Colvard Jones of the Department of Entomology and Zoology of
the Agricultural Experiment Station at Auburn, Alabama was proposed for
membership.

The speaker of the evening Dr. Nellie Payne then gave her talk on “The
Yearly Round of Insect Pests in a Suburban Garden. ’ ’

On a garden plot of 60' x 30', surrounded by brambles and sod, she studied
horizontal and vertical migrations of insects. She found that a cold wet
spring results in the influx of large numbers of cut worms, Japanese
beetle grubs, Asiatic beetle grubs and native white grubs from the surround-
ing land through a 2' cleared strip around the garden, into the garden plot.
In dry years migration across the strip into the garden does not take place.

With regard to vertical migration, Dr. Payne observed that in bare soil
the greatest concentration of grubs occurs just below the frost line. Largest
numbers occurred in the 2 foot strip, between the sod and the garden.

Population studies in the garden plot were made on a number of insects.
Dr. Payne observed that the first annual appearance of some forms could be
accurately forecast. Certain ground beetles, flea beetles, millipedes and sow-
bugs were given as examples of this. The following succession had been
observed in her garden plot. The cabbage aphid was present and active on
broccoli during the months of Dec., Jan. and Feb. From March 15 to the
26 millipedes and sowbugs appear. In April the flea beetles appear. In
May and June, the various grubs were noticed. The adult Japanese beetles,
and Asiatic beetles are abundant in July. Then in August and September
an enormous increase in the population of various aphids occurs. Finally,
in late Sept, the garden reverts back to the millipedes and sowbugs.

Yarious types of population build-up were then described. Examples
given were :

196

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVII

(1) Tlie cabbage aphid. There are 3 to 5 of these insects per broccoli
head throughout the winter months. Then a slow increase with a spectacular
build-up to 25,000 or so aphids per head during Sept. In October the pop-
ulation decreases just as spectacularly to its spring level.

(2) Other aphids such as the potato aphid are not as predictable. With
this aphid a dry August means a build-up of the population. Otherwise
the population might remain more or less constant.

(3) The Mexican bean beetle. This population starts out with 2-5
beetles per leaf on the first crop of beans. On the 2nd crop of beans, 5-10
beetles are common. The third crop is the vanished crop for the population
has eaten itself out of food.

(4) The Japanese beetle. The downward trend in numbers during the
past 5 years indicates a secular swing.

(5) A wooly bear. This insect seems to build up to 5 per bean plant;
then stops. The population studies indicated that for this garden there
were 3 general patterns. (1) the constant population, (2) the population
with predictable fluctuations, (3) the population with unpredictable fluctua-
tions.

There was considerable discussion of Dr. Payne’s paper. The meeting
adjourned at 9:45 P. M.

Frank A. Soraci, Secretary.

Meeting of March 2, 1948

A regular meeting of the New York Entomological Society was held March
2, 1948, in the American Museum of Natural History. President Dr. Hagan
called the meeting to order at 8:00 P. M. There were 11 members and 17
guests present. Mr. Pallister introduced to the Society Miss John lecturer
in Zoology of Andra Christian College of India. Miss John spoke briefly
of her connection with that Lutheran institution and of the fine progress
which is being made in India along educational lines. She expressed her
gratitude for the fine spirit with which she has been received in her tour of
the various institutions in this country.

Mr. Jack Colvard Jones of the Alabama Agricultural Experiment Sta-
tion was elected to active membership.

There were three proposals for membership, as follows:

Barnard D. Burks, associate taxonomist, Illinois Natural History Survey.

A. C. Miller, Pittsburgh, Pa.

John P. Barrett, Armour and Company in Chicago.

A committee of Mr. William P. Comstock and John C. Pallister was ap-
pointed to draw up a formal resolution appointing C. F. dos Passos to serve
as the representative of this Society at the 13th International Congress of
Zoology in Paris and the 8th International Congress of Entomology in
Sweden, both to be held during the coming summer.

There being no further business, Dr. Brayton Eddy, curator of insects at
the Bronx Zoological Gardens presented the paper of the evening titled 1 1 In-

Sept., 1949]

Proceedings of the Society

197

sects Alive.” He spoke of the dependency of man upon insects for the
food he eats; of the estimate that only 1/2 of 1 percent of insects are in-
jurious to man, and that many insects are kept in check through the ef-
forts of other insects, i. e., the predators, parasites and scavengers.

Motion pictures of some of the live insects exhibits which he maintained
at a Rhode Island public park were shown. He also presented a group of
excellent color slides of popular interest.

After a discussion of Dr. Eddy’s talk the meeting was adjourned at
9:30.

Frank A. Soraci, Secretary.

Meeting of March 16, 1948

A regular meeting of the New York Entomological Society was held
March 16, in the American Museum of Natural History. President Dr.
Hagan called the meeting to order at 8:00 P. M. There were 16 members
and 18 visitors present.

The following new members were elected:

A. C. Miller, P. O. Drawer 2038, Pittsburgh, Pa.

John P. Barrett, Armour & Co., Chemical Research & Development De-
partment, Union Stock Yards, Chicago 9, 111.

Barnard D. Burks, Assoc. Taxonomist, State Natural History Survey
Division, Urbana, 111.

The following were proposed for membership :

Prof. Osmond P. Breland, Assoc. Professor of Zoology, Department of
Zoology, University of Texas, Austin 12, Texas.

Esmond B. Martin, 465 East 57th Street, New York 22, N. Y.

Mr. Chris Olsen offered the use of his home for the society field trip during
May. The president thanked him for this kind offer and expressed the hope
that many of the members might be able to partake of the Olsen hospitality
on that occasion.

There being no further business, Mr. Roman Vishniac speaker of the
evening proceeded with his talk on ‘ 1 Photographing Insects.” He spoke
of the many mysteries of the insect world, and of the fact that interest in
insects is growing. This growth is more than matched by the growth of the
insecticide industry, but he feels it would be a most desolate world if the
insecticides ever actually catch up with the insects. Of greatest interest to
Mr. Vishniac was the development of the insect from the egg through the
various stages, often unrecognizable one to the other, to the adult form.

In his photography, Mr. Vishniac has always made it his primary ob-
jective to picture the free insect. In captivity these animals do not perform
naturally and, when dead, they are a poor substitute for the real thing.

Mr. Vishniac then showed an excellent collection of slides in color, and
black and white, which were outstanding for their depiction of insect faces,
and especially eyes. He also showed some fine colored moving pictures of
insects in action.

Frank A. Soraci, Secretary.

198

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVII

Meeting of April 6, 1948

The regular meeting of the New York Entomological Society was held
April 6 in the American Museum of Natural History. President Dr. Hagan
called the meeting to order at 8:00 P. M. There were 12 members and 16
visitors present. The following men were elected to active membership,
Prof. Osmond P. Breland, Department of Zoology, University of Texas,
Austin, and Dr. Esmond B. Martin, 465 East 57th Street, New York.

The following were proposed for membership.

Prof. C. L. Fluke, Department of Entomology, University of Wisconsin,
College of Agriculture, Madison 6, Wisconsin.

Dr. Norman S. Easton, 458 High Street, Fall River, Massachusetts.

Mr. Chris Olsen offered the use of his grounds at West Nyack, N. Y. for
a Society field trip. His invitation was accepted for June 6.

Dr. Hagan welcomed Dr. Schneirla on his return from Panama. Dr.
Schneirla promised to talk to the society on his experiences at an early date.

Prof. Virgil N. Argo presented the talk of the evening titled “Ramblings
of a Biologist in Mexico. ” He related his many interesting experiences in
traveling by automobile from Laredo south to Mexico City and Vera Cruz.
His excellent photographs were of wide general interest.

Frank A. Soraci, Secretary.

Meeting of -April 20, 1948

A regular meeting of the New York Entomological Society was held April
20, 1948, at the American Museum of Natural History. President Dr. Hagan
called the meeting to order at 8: 00 P. M. There were 18 members and 38
visitors present.

The following men were elected to active membership :

Prof. C. L. Fluke, Dept, of Entomology, University of Wisconsin, College
of Agriculture, Madison, Wisconsin.

Dr. Norman S. Easton, 458 High Street, Fall River, Massachusetts.

The following was proposed for membership:

Dr. H. I. Wechsler, Dept, of Biology, Fordham University.

Mr. E. W. Teale offered the use of his grounds at Baldwin, L. I., for a
Society outing during August. His kind offer was accepted and the Field
Committee agreed to send proper announcements to the membership at a later
date.

There being no further business, Mr. Leon Siroto presented his talk on
“An Amateur Naturalist on the Amazon River.” Mr. Siroto made this
trip to satisfy his desire to see the jungle for himself. He also hoped to track
down the so-called “bush dog” of the Amazon. His interest in insects was
limited to the collection of the large, spectacular forms, primarily beetles.
Equipped only with those things which could be carried he proceeded by
boat to Belem, at the mouth of the Amazon river. He discarded his plan
of hiking from there to Rio de Janeiro when he found his map was in error,
in showing the presence of a road. Mr. Siroto finally settled for a trip up

■Sept., 1949]

Proceedings of the Society

199

the Amazon. He boated to Manaus in the state of Amazonas, and then up
to Fonte Boa by small boat. The speaker mentioned his difficulty in obtain-
ing food and his stay was not as long as he had planned for he found he was
not well adapted to starving. He was impressed with the many birds, and in
the Upper Amazon the birds of prey were especially abundant and interest-
ing. He was able to collect some Buprestidse and Cerambycidse at Fonte Boa,
but his mission, as it concerned the bush dog, was a failure. The trip from
Fonte Boa back to Manaus was made by plane, and the return to this
country by boat. Mr. Siroto hopes that he might be able to revisit the
Amazon, avoiding the many pitfalls that beset the explorer on his first trip
to the jungle.

Frank A. Soraci, Secretary.

Meeting of May 4, 1948

A regular meeting of the New York Entomological Society was held May
4, 1948 in the American Museum of Natural History. President Dr. Hagan
called* the meeting to order at 8:00 P.M. There was 20 members and 17
guests present.

Dr. Salvador de la Torre y Caldejas of Playa 75^ Matanzas, Cuba was
proposed for membership.

Dr. Harry I. Wechsler, 85 Central Avenue, White Plains, New York was
elected to active membership.

Miss Hoffman, daughter of Prof. Hoffman of Mexico City was introduced.
She spoke of her interest in ticks and chiggers and was appreciative of the
help extended her by various members of the museum staff.

Mr. John D. Sherman, Jr., read a note, prepared by Dr. Herbert Ruckes
concerning the death on May 2, 1948 of Jose Rollin de la Torre Bueno at
Tucson, Arizona. This note was spread on the minutes of the society and
the secretary was directed to mail a copy to the family.

There being no further business, Mr. Jay T. Fox of Seaford, Long Island,
proceeded with the paper of the evening titled “Entomological Photo-
macrography and Photomicrography. ’ ’

He stressed the importance of photography in depicting man’s activities,
then spoke briefly on the history of black and white and color photography.
The 3-color subtractive process of color photography was invented by Dr.
Fisher in Germany in 1914, and almost exactly duplicated by two Russian
musicians in 1921. The Eastman Kodak Company hired the musicians and
in 1936 Kodachrome appeared on the market. There has been considerable
improvement in color, so that slides in Mr. Fox’s collection which were made
some 8 years ago, show practically no fading at this time. Mr. Fox spoke of
the need for accurate exposures in color work and of the need for proper
adjustments for color temperature. In his work he corrects his exposures to
a half stop. He then showed a series of insect pictures, most of which were
taken from the collections of the American Museum of Natural History. His
equipment was set up for this work in such manner that photographs of the
specimens could be taken quickly and accurately.

200

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVII

Note on Torre-Bueno

Jose Rollin de la Torre-Bueno died at Ms home in Tucson, Arizona, on
Sunday, May 2nd, 1948, at the age of 76. By his passing American Ento-
mology has lost one of its outstanding personalities and leaders. A goodly
part of his life, prior to retirement to Arizona, was spent as Assistant to the
President of the General Chemical Company, but early in his career he found
time to become interested in the biology of the Hemiptera. He soon estab-
lished for himself an enviable reputation for his amateur standing in ento-
mology and it was not long before the now familiar initials J-R-T-B. were
universally recognized wherever Hemipterists gathered. Bueno ’s earlier
studies centered on the aquatic hemiptera in which he became a specialist.
Kirkaldy thought so highly of his work that he erected the genus Buenoa in
honor of our late confrere.

Torre-Bueno ’s aristocratic heritage dating from the time of the Spanish
Conquistadores marked him as one who had the courage of his convictions
and who strove to be a perfectionist in all his undertakings. Not all ento-
mologists were his friends, however, for he was a severe and bitter critic to
all who stepped beyond the bounds of accepted procedure. His caustic
editorials in the Brooklyn Bulletin and his sharp comments in other ento-
mological joqrnals are classics, and frequently were the cause for pause to
reconsider the validity of one ’s own decision. He was, on the other" hand,
a helping friend and 'adviser to many. The greatest aim of his entomologi-
cal career was to make available to all interested as much of the general
knowledge of the systematics of Hemiptera as possible. Thus in his later
life he undertook the herculean task of preparing and publishing his Synop-
sis of the families of Hemiptera of North America, a work that now is in-
complete and interrupted by his death.

Torre-Bueno ’s indefatigable energy, his devotion to his entomological
studies and his unselfish contribution of time and effort toward the editorial
work of the Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society and Entomol-
ogica Americana, have marked him as a man to be admired and to whom we
all owe a debt of gratitude. Another monumental contribution, his Glos-
sary, is the accepted hand book of all workers in our science.

In recognition of his achievements and his faithful service to them, the
members of the Brooklyn Entomological Society elected him Honorary Presi-
dent of their association.

Now that he has passed to his reward, we salute Torre-Bueno and say that
whoever made his acquaintance was a better man for having known him.

Herbert Rttckes,

Frank A. Soraci, Secretary.

Meeting of May 18, 1948

A regular meeting of the New York Entomological Society was held May
18, 1948 in the American Museum of Natural History. President Doctor
Hagan called the meeting to order at 8: 00 P. M. There were 15 members
and 11 visitors present.

Mr. E. W. Teale gave notice of the field trip which would be held on his
grounds on August 22.

Doctor Caldejas was elected to membership.

There being no further business, Mr. Herbert T. Schwarz, speaker of the
evening, gave a talk on “The Stingless Bees of the Western Hemisphere. ’ r

Some of the information presented in his recently issued Stingless Bees
(Meliponidae) of the Western Hemisphere was covered by Mr. Schwarz. He-

Sept., 1949]

Proceedings op the Society

201

pointed out that these bees belong to the small minority among the Apoidea
(perhaps only about 5 per cent) that are social in habit. Although they
live in colonies, they have, however, retained the technique, characteristic of
the solitary bees, of stocking a cell with provisions (the task of the workers),
of laying an egg thereon (the task of the queen), and then of sealing the
cell, with the result that the larva that emerges from the egg is shut
off from contact with the world until it issues from the cell as a winged
insect.

The speaker made some reference to the wide diversity — of size as well as
structure — among the different species of stingless bees, which range from
insects larger than the honeybee to creatures so tiny that they sometimes
get caught in the human eye when visiting it to lap its moisture. He also
spoke of the different components of the hive and pointed out that the sting-
less bee queen, like the honeybee queen, has undergone structural degenera-
tion concomitant with her relinquishment of certain of the functions per-
formed by the female in the case of the solitary bees.

Mr. Schwarz noted that stingless bees occur in the tropical parts of the
Old World as well as the New but that their distribution is discontinuous,
with a wide area unoccupied by them in the Pacific eastward of the Solomon
Islands, their last known outpost, until the west coast of South America is
reached. Stingless bees are known from all the states of South America
with the possible exception of Chile, and from all the Central American
states and Mexico, but they fail to reach even the southern limits of the
United States (although they have recently been artifically introduced into
Louisiana) and are absent from many of the West Indian islands.

Another phase of the subject was the nest and its structure, with emphasis
not only on the architecture but also on the choice of nest sites, to the in-
clusion of arboreal as well as subterranean nests, as well as nests erected in
the structures of other creatures, termites, ants, wasps, and even birds.
While many of the nests are of the standard pattern, horizontal story built
above horizontal story, other nests, more primitive in type, have the brood
cells arranged in clusters. As many as 35 or 40 stories may occur in nests
where this kind of architecture prevails. Honey and pollen are stored in
jars irregularly clustered.

Hue to limitations of time many phases of stingless bee biology had to be
omitted but brief reference was made to the many enemies of stingless bees,
including among the invertebrates especially bees, ants, wasps, cockroaches,
and saltidid spiders and among the vertebrates, in addition to man, many
mammals, birds, and reptiles. Against these enemies the bees have developed
defenses, partly architectural (for a stingless bee nest is a citadel as well
as a habitation) but largely individual. Acting in concert the individual bees
of a colony are capable of effective defense. Deprived of a sting, they
nevertheless resort to biting; some of them ( Oxytrigona ) discharge caustic
fluids; a few species have been observed gluing up small intruders of the
nest with a sticky substance, rendering them utterly impotent.

Prank A. Soraci, Secretary.

202

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVII

AN EARLY NEW JERSEY INSECT COLLECTION

In 1831 Professor Benedict Jaeger, a native of- Austria, visited
the United States and was engaged in 1832 by the College of New
Jersey, now Princeton University, to put the Zoological Museum
in good order. Later in that year he was appointed curator of the
Museum and Lecturer on Natural History at a salary of $200 per
year. He also taught German, Italian, and French, probably
for additional remuneration. In 1839 he offered his private cabi-
net of natural history including 2,000 specimens of insects to the
College, provided his salary was paid in advance. The Board of
Trustees agreed to this but he resigned in September 1811 and
his account with the College was left in confusion and it was
not until 1846 that a committee of the Board was appointed to
settle the controversy. The Princeton University Library has a
copy of his manuscript “Museum Neo-Caesariensis” dated 1832,
which is a catalogue of the natural history specimens in the col-
lege museum. The insects included 252 species in the Coleoptera,
Hemiptera, Lepidoptera, Neuroptera, Hymenoptera, Diptera and
Aptera, all collected at Princeton. Nothing remains of this col-
lection of insects. If any escaped the first fire in Nassau Hall,
they must have been destroyed by the second fire of March 10,
1855, when the entire interior was demolished. — H.B.W.

DECEMBER,

iNew iorK entomological Society

Devoted to Entomology in General

VoL LVII

No* 4

ur . < 1943

PubiichtiditjUpmmittee 4

4^AL MUStU*\,X

HARRY B. WEISS JOHN D. SHERMAN, Jr.

E. W. TEALE

j \ ~y"> '/U. •'./vv - :.,j v- he'i . \ j ■ y . >. <

: ; v h, r^-V ' ' ' >' ■' - • !,> ;V J $'.;<■ J ^ -

a Subscription $5.00 per Year

Published Quarterly by the Society
N. QUEEN ST. AND McGOVERN AVE.

LANCASTER, PA.

NEV YORK, N. Y.

B* WEISS

1949

" ■ -.vv-- . v v:V-v ..■,yy

u4 ■ m v\. v%Ty^: . />;

if t :v J ->J U'.

CONTENTS

The Activities o£ House Flies

By George W. Barber and Eleanor B. Starnes 203

Army-Ant Behavior 214

The Chloride Ion in the Hemolymph of the Large Milk-
Weed Bug, Oncopeltus fasciatus (Dallas)

By Janet L. C. Rapp i . 215

Book Notice 224 •

Insects Collected in the Dundas Marsh, Hamilton,
Ontario, 1947-48

By W. W. Judd 225

Book Notice 231

Notes on the Distribution, Habits, and Habitats of Some
Panama Cuiicines (Diptera: Culicidae)

By Ross H. Arnett, Jr 233

The Insect Motif in Glass Paperweights 252

Cabbage Worms Conjured 252

Records and Descriptions of Neotropical Crane Flies
(Tipulidae: Diptera), XXIV

By Charles P. Alexander 253

Sir John Maundevile’s Ants 266

... ■ ' :

The Old World Membracidae

By Frederic W. Goding 267

NOTICE: Volume LVII, Number 3, of the Journal of
the New York Entomological Society was published
on September 12, 1949.

Entered as second class matter July 7, 1925, at the post office at Lancaster, Pa.,
under the Act of August 24, 1912.

Acceptance for mailing at special rate of postage provided for in Section 1103.

Act of October 3, 1917, authorized March 27, 1924.

i l - r - ' ■■ / ' , ■: t ■ > .■ , - ■ i { H

: d ■■ r . I’ )&• ' ' : ^ y-

Sy- p : V

V i ' \ ' ' . .. ; " ' ! ' i Ji

; ■ ' ' . . , . ' ■

■ %>\M r: i . .V>*> ■ ■:>

% ; $ £ ■ - . $ ■■

JOURNAL

OF THE

New York Entomological Society

Vol. LVII December, 1949 No. 4

THE ACTIVITIES OF HOUSE FLIES1

By George W. Barber and Eleanor B. Starnes

Department of Entomology,

Rutgers University, New Brunswick, New Jersey

INTRODUCTION

The observations that are described herein were undertaken to
obtain a better understanding of the activities of house flies. It
was desired to keep a given fly under continuous observation for
periods of several hours at a time. Since it was impossible to
make such observations using free flies out-of-doors, it was neces-
sary to confine them in a cage small enough to enable the constant,
desired observations to be made.

DESCRIPTION OF PROCEDURE

Pairs of flies of known age and of normal size were confined in
a cage, each inside dimension of which was 12 inches, or which
was of one cubic foot capacity. The cage was constructed so that
it could be taken apart quickly to facilitate cleaning. The two
sides, the bottom and the back were of unpainted plywood; the
top was of wire screening of 16 mesh, and the front was of glass.
When in use the cage was placed on a table about four feet be-
low a light consisting of two GE Mazda Daylight Fluorescent

i Journal Series paper of the New Jersey Agricultural Experiment Station,
Rutgers University, Department of Entomology. Research carried out with
funds provided by the Office of the Quartermaster General, Department of
the Army.

203

DEC 2 0

204

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LYII

bulbs. The temperature was about 75° F. Two workers cooper-
ated, one who watched a fly continuously, using a stop-watch to
time the various activities observed, and dictated the observations
to a second worker who entered the information on prepared
forms. The activity of one fly of a pair was observed and re-
corded in this way for continuous periods ranging from 30 min-
utes to three hours. Information applicable to 22 females and 16
males was obtained and will be described in the following sec-
tions.

AGE OF FLIES AND LENGTH OF TIME OBSEEYED

The flies of each sex, that were observed, ranged in age from
newly emerged individuals to those that had emerged 11 days be-
fore. Although each observation was scheduled for a particular
length of time, it was never possible to account for exactly the
planned interval because short periods were unavoidably gained
or lost at each change of activity of a fly which, during the course
of one experiment, might result in several hundred separate ob-
servations to be entered on the data sheets. A compilation of the
data applicable to each fly gave the exact time for which observa-
tions were obtained, and these totals served as a basis for the cal-
culations given herein.

TIME SPENT IN SIX CATEGOEIES OF ACTIVITY

Prior observations of flies under the conditions of the experi-
ments showed that their activity could be divided into six cate-
gories. They spent much time in resting ; intermittently they
cleaned their feet, head, mouth parts, wings or abdomen; they
sought food with the proboscis extended ; they fed ; they regurgi-
tated the food — which evidently is a part of digestion, and they
walked or flew about without reference to food-seeking and, in
the males, this often consisted of advances to the female. There-
fore all the activities of the flies were classified under the follow-
ing categories: — 1, walking or flying; 2, searching for food; 3,
feeding; 4, regurgitating; 5, resting; and 6, cleaning. A sum-
mary showing the percentages of time observed that was spent by
each fly in each of these activities is given in table 1.

TABLE 1

Comparison of the Time Spent by House Flies in Each of Six
Categories into Which Their Activity was Divided

Age in
days

Time spent by individual flies in the following activities

Walking

flying

Searching
for food

Feeding

Regurgi-

tating

Resting

Cleaning

Per cent

FEMALES

0.1

68.2

31.7

2.8

10.6

20.1

51.2

5.2

10.1

1.1

82.4

16.5

2.3

10.0

4,4

76.1

7.2

1.0

7.7

5.9

45.1

12.5

27.8

0.2

0.8

90.5

8.5

0.8

27.9

3.2

19.5

6.3

42.3

3.7

7.3

2.0

78.1

0.7

8.2

94.1

5.9

1.7

2.2

89.6

4.8

6.0

1.3

4.9

74.3

13.5

2.6

1.3

1.4

23.3

57.2

14.2

5.0

7.4

1.2

66.9

8.3

11.2

1.6

83.7

14.7

0.4

37.1

3.2

35.0

6.9

17.4

4.6

36.4

43.6

15.4

10.4

14.7

63.3

11.6

15.3

0.2

2.8

34.0

26.1

21.5

4.8

5.0

3.1

57.6

13.5

16.0

4.4

3.0

54.0

29.0

9.6

29.9

10.9

40.9

18.3

Average

4.3

8.4

2.5

29.7

40.6

14.5

MALES

2.7

3.2

1.5

30.8

38.1

23.7

5.4

83.0

11.6

1.0

11.0

14.0

56.4

4.1

13.5

6.7

0.5

6.5

60.9

11.5

13.9

1.2

20.3

10.9

49.6

5.8

12.2

4.8

36.5

2.5

36.7

19.5

0.2

15.8

2.8

56.6

0.2

24.4

1.8

1.0

88.6

8.6

43.3

5.2

3.2

11.2

10.7

26.3

45.9

0.5

2.7

50.9

14.9

7.7

5.4

21.8

23.3

26.9

53.8

3.5

0.3

30.3

12.1

37.5

4.2

1.0

12.4

20.1

24.8

26.0

0.9

4.1

27.6

41.4

5.8

0.2

9.9

59.1

5.7

19.3

8.7

0.1

64.6

26.6

Average

16.2

8.1

4.1

23.0

27.9

20.7

206

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LYII

CHOICE OF EESTING PLACES

In the cage that has been described there was a choice of three
types of surfaces on which the flies could rest, including resting
during regurgitation. Observations showed that they preferred
to rest on the plywood and wire screening, but avoided the glass.
When cleaning the middle legs were used less often than the
others, and one middle leg rested on the surface at all times. The
tarsi of these legs were observed to slip on the vertical glass sur-
face indicating that it did not afford a secure foothold for the
flies and that they avoided it for this reason.

The avoidance of glass surfaces has been shown also by the
choice of resting places by flies in small rectangular cages in
which the sides, bottom and top were of glass, and the two ends
were of cloth. In these cages the flies carried on most of their
activities on the cloth, leaving it only to search for food or when
they were disturbed. In these cages this choice by the flies was
shown by the occurrence of excrement specks, which were found
much more abundantly on the cloth than on the glass. It was
indicated, therefore, that the relative smoothness of surfaces was
a factor in the choice of resting places by the flies and that they
avoided very smooth surfaces on which their foothold was inse-
cure.

FINDING OF FOOD AND THE DUEATION OF FEEDING

In these experiments the food provided for paired flies con-
sisted of milk on cotton in 10 cc. beakers placed in the center of
the bottom of a cage. The observations failed to show that the
flies were attracted to this food by odor. They seemed to find it
rather accidentally after searching for a shorter or longer period.
The length of time that previously unfed flies searched before
finding the food was, for 8 males from 8 seconds to 46 minutes,
37 seconds ; and for 7 females from 2 minutes, 28 seconds to 139
minutes, 15 seconds. The average searching time for the males
was 11 minutes, 14 seconds, and it was 31 minutes, 44 seconds for
the females. After the food was found the males fed for periods
ranging from 66 seconds to 3 minutes, 10 seconds, or an average
of 1 minute, 39 seconds, and the females fed for periods ranging

Dec., 1949]

Barber & Starnes: House Flies

207

from 40 seconds to 6 minutes, 55 seconds, or an average of 2 min-
utes, 15 seconds.

REGURGITATION

Heretofore it has been known that house flies regurgitated food,
but the details of the regurgitation and the probable reason for
this activity has been little understood. Regurgitation began
soon after feeding and continued for some time, probably depend-
ing on the amount of food that had been taken. When milk was
colored with red stain the regurgitated droplets at first were
colored identical with the colored milk, but as the process con-
tinued the color gradually became less intense until the droplets
were colorless. It was indicated, therefore, that regurgitation
is a process of digestion during which the food is brought up
from the crop bit by bit and is mixed with saliva before being
passed on to the digestive tract. Of the 679 regurgitated drop-
lets observed only one was dropped, indicating that fly specks
consist almost entirely of excrement.

The duration in time of individual exposed droplets at the end
of the proboscis varied from less than 15 seconds to more than
3 minutes for both males and females, as shown in table 2. The
average duration of droplets by male flies was 73.3 seconds and
for female flies it was 76.5 seconds. The total number of droplets
regurgitated by individual flies, which were observed for varying
lengths of time, ranged from 6 to 53, or an average of 32 for the
males and from 1 to 76, or an average of 32.6, for the females.

The length of time droplets were exposed ranged from 33.3 to
139.7 seconds for the females and from 34.3 to 188.8 seconds for
the males. For male flies 61.1 per cent of the droplets were ex-
posed for one minute or less, 21.2 per cent for from 1 to 2 min-
utes, 10.8 per cent for from 2 to 3 minutes, and 6.9 per cent for
more than 3 minutes. For female flies 56 per cent of the droplets
were exposed for one minute or less, 25.6 per cent, for from 1 to
2 minutes, 10.5 per cent for from 2 to 3 minutes, and 7.9 per cent
for more than 3 minutes.

In the case of female flies the duration of regurgitated droplets
of flies one day old was much greater than was the case with older

208

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LYII

05 05
CO*

CO o
co oo

"fH

CO o
O CM

CO to

CM CO

CO QO
.CO CM

05 05
XH TjH

05 CO
LO

rH CO
05 lO

i — I l — I

t- CM
05 CM'

Dec., 1949]

Barber & Starnes : House Flies

209

flies. The average number of droplets regurgitated by female
flies one day old was 46.5 and the average length of time they
were exposed was 99.2 seconds. For female flies from 3 to 6 days
old these figures were 24.5 droplets and 66.6 seconds, and for fe-
male flies from 9 to 11 days old they were 21 droplets and 34.9
seconds. Since a similar correlation was not observed in the case
of male flies it is probable that the observations noted as being
applicable to the females were related to the development of eggs
by the young females.

The process of regurgitation was frequently interrupted by
movements of the fly or by cleaning without other movement. It
occurred after the flies had moved away from the food and were
resting in any position on parts of the cage. Male flies regurgi-
tated from 1 to 18 droplets without movement and female flies
regurgitated from 1 to 32 droplets without movement. On an
average the male flies regurgitated 4.5 droplets without move-
ment and the females regurgitated 5.4 droplets.

CLEANING

Flies of each sex cleaned themselves intermittently, particu-
larly the males, which spent an average of 20.7 per cent of their
time in this way whereas the females spent an average of 14.6
per cent of their time in this activity. As in other respects the
flies were quite individualistic in their cleaning activities as may
be seen from the data given in table 3.

In this table the insect parts involved in cleaning are repre-
sented by symbols which are described in. the table. The various
combinations of symbols show when the flies used the indicated
parts in one cleaning operation. A total of 18 of these combina-
tions were represented in the data, and the table shows the per-
centage of the time devoted to cleaning when each combination of
parts was used.

The fore-legs were used 'with or without the middle legs to
clean the head and mouth parts, and the rear legs were used to
clean the wings and abdomen. The middle legs were used for
cleaning much less than either of the others and in no case was
more than one of them removed at a time from the surface on
which a fly rested. More time was devoted to cleaning the head

Comparison of the Time Spent by House Flies in Cleaning Their Several Parts

& .5

® g fi

a> *pH cS

S £

p-§ a

bn rt

-rH TO

<1 ra

rH iq 03 QO tq CO 03 05 O0 iq 03 03 t>; TfH rH «q
dcdtdtdodoiodldTHcdrHrHrHtdidrH

: 03

: lO

l>-

oo'

i—5

•: tjh

: ■ 1— 5

tq CD

CO 05 to CO

r— 1

03*

i—l

05* O0

03*

cd id id d

rH 03 03 03

: lO

rH*

j | 03*
' rH

r-.

05 OO

: lO rH

i — 1

cd'

CO* 03

rH*

! © id

03 iq CD

i> oo t>

CO GO 03

tH i : 03

CO I O

3.2

4.0

1.8

5.2

CD 05 00 05
lO CO CO o'

o tq

rJH 03'

GO Eq

r-5 rH*

lO rH

CD*

03*

o’

id 03*

to*

r-H

i—5

CO i— 1

CO lO

cq oo iq

©*

05 03*

03*

00 CD* i—5

CO*

1— 1

1 rH

03*

05*

03*

; 03

Cvl

1 to 1—

1 05

r— 1

05*

» o'

05*

05 CD lO OO

i — 1

rH*

1— 1

r— 1

i — i

rH*

05*

rH*

T— 1

r— 1

CD CO

GO CO 03 OO

i — 1

T— 1

1 rH

CD 03* oo CO*

03*

r— 1

i— i

i — i

T“

1 03

03 ’H1

i — i

I— IO3C0C0^lOCDCDt>

9 11.6 2.2 7.1 2.0 4.5 9.4 10.2 12.7 0.9 9.1 2.0 23.1 21.5

11 5.3 4.5 6.4 15.7 11.8 0.7 2.3 4.9 9.3 0.7 34.4 16.0

11 2.6 32.7 9.2 14.6 33.0 2.3 22.3 9.6

? 12.2 3.3 3.8 16.3 11.3 40.2 29.2 18.3

Average 15.6 6.3 11.5 8.0 5.3 6.6 3.3 8.6 0.1 0.2 0.6 1.2 1.4 0.8 5.6 1.3 18.3 4.3 1.0 14.6

Percentages of the time spent in cleaning that was devoted to cleaning the following body parts

£ ^

M pj a

G> -1"1 0$

: ^

a £ §

►ft -+-> .5

• rH W

H ns

00 GO GO

oo rH oi

03 03 t>-
CO tH id

OOOOOOWMIOOOCOH^NO

ojcoccodioddoidioNHi?

HHH CO ^ CO 03 H

50 CO N CD H H W LO 05
cd oi co oi oi CO 03* 03 oo*

00 rH
CO* d

00 03 CO 03

01 oo o io

rH lO 03 iq

00 -d 00 cd

: ‘p 'ft

lO rH

I <o id

cd rH

1-1

00 00

cd rH

rH rH

: ©

cd rH

j CO

Oi*

id. cd ad i h oi t> j t—h cd id cd cd td td

00 03 Oi 03
rH i — f CO CO

rH 03
id cd

rH ©
td rH*

10Wl>C0H(HC0NO

: T—H rH

Oi Oi 03

: CO

: Oi

i cd cd

id cd id

rH rH

j 03*
' rH

: t>- :

Oi | : : : : : : : O

03 j rH

; oo

j Oi j

I Oi co cq iq 03

: Oi

j oi |

i cd

i cd 03* rH id O
rH i— 1

: cd

• rH

rH*

: : : j j tH

: : Oi :

: : 03

i : : : : rH •

j o

! ©

tJH Jt>

cd -d

oo ©
cd rH

H CO 05 O lO OO rH

oo d o o cd d o'

oo cq t>. iq
cd cd oi cd

oooiOiHtnt^t^C3 0iOiOOicooqcoooo3
03 d rH* d td cd rH* id d -d oi 03* oi oi 03* 03
I0 03HHHH CO 03 COCO O H

OO03C3(M030303C0HlOI>00OOH

P-l 0)

g §3

H C3

fft PQ <!

bJD

br>r

ft ^

212

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. lvii

and proboscis and fore legs than other patts, as shown in the fol-
lowing summary :

Comparison of the Average Time Spent by House Flies in
Cleaning Parts of Their Bodies

Parts cleaned

Percentage of time devoted
to cleaning that involved
the use of the stated
parts

Males Females

Fore legs, head and mouth parts 42.97 41.30

Fore and middle legs, head and mouth parts 18.56 23.86

Involving the middle and rear legs 7.42 5.28

Bear legs, wings and abdomen : 29.50 29.55

Undetermined parts 1.53

Cleaning involving the use of the fore legs, the mouth parts
and head and the rear legs, wings and abdomen accounted for 91
per cent of the time devoted to cleaning by the males and 94.7 per
cent by females. The time devoted to cleaning by male flies
ranged from 8.6 to 50.9 per cent of the time they were observed,,
and for female flies this range was from 4.8 to 42.3 per cent.

ADVANCES BY THE MALES

The males were much more excitable than the females, as was
indicated by their much greater activity in walking and flying,
and after the first few days following emergence they made fre-
quent advances to the females, but they were usually rejected.
The data show that the males did not become interested in the
females until the second or third day after emergence. Their
interest became less from the 4th to the 6th day after emergence,
but it increased on the 7th to the 11th day.

During the course of the observations mating was seen in the
case of one pair of flies. A female that was one day old was ob-
served in copulation at 8 : 30 A.M. on July 18, and mating con-
tinued until about 9 : 50, thus lasting for about one hour, 20 min-
utes.

DEFENCE

The observations showed that the females were quite capable
of resisting the advances by the males, and that any fly was well
equipped for competition for food or mates with other flies.

Dec., 1949]

Barber & Starnes: House Flies

213

In cages where the mass of food was small in proportion to the
nnmber of flies, there were frequent clashes for feeding positions
about the food. These engagements were carried out by using
one or the other of the middle legs as weapons of defense or of-
fense. The appendage was raised high into the air where it was
poised until the encroaching fly was close : then it lashed out.
A well-placed blow could break several legs or tear a wing to
shreds.

A similar action was observed when a single male and female
were confined in a cage. After the female had become gravid
she fended off the approaches of the male by using one of her
middle legs in a similar way. By the fifth or sixth day the male
often was crippled in legs or wings or both. It had been noted
often that the males died sooner than the females, and that after
a few days they were much battered with frayed wings. It ap-
peared that much of this early mortality might be caused by the
females when resisting the rather frequent advances by the males.
Less frequently the female disturbed the male while he was feed-
ing or regurgitating, in which case he protected himself by the
same method.

SUMMARY

Pairs of house flies were confined in a cage in which milk was
provided as food. Each was watched continuously for varying
lengths of time; their successive activities were observed and
timed by use of a stop watch and the observations were entered
on forms.

Their activity was divided into six categories : walking or
flying, searching for food, feeding, regurgitating, resting, and
cleaning. There was much variation in the proportion of time
spent by individual flies in each of these activities. The males
spent more time in walking, flying and cleaning, and the females
spent more time in resting.

After feeding the flies spent much time in regurgitating the
food drop by drop. The first-exposed droplets were colored
identical with the food, but the color gradually disappeared and
the last exposed droplets were a clear liquid. Prom the obser-
vations it appeared that regurgitation was a process of digestion

214

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVII

wherein the food was brought up from the crop and mixed with
saliva before passing on to the intestines.

The fore legs were used with or without the middle legs to
clean the head and proboscis, and the rear legs were used to
clean the wings and abdomen. The middle legs were used for
cleaning much less than either of the others and in no case was
more than one of them removed at a time from the surface on
which the fly rested. More time was devoted to cleaning the
head and mouth parts than any other parts.

ARMY-ANT BEHAVIOR

The American Museum of Natural History has just published
the results of Dr. T. C. Schneirla’s behavior studies entitled
“Army-Ant Life and Behavior Under Dry-Season Conditions,
3 The Course of Reproduction and Colony Behavior” (Bull.
Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Vol. 94, Article 1, p. 1-82, 1949). The
observations on which the study is based extended over a period
of four and a half months in the dry season on Barro Colorado
Island in the Canal Zone and involved the species Eciton hama-
ium and Eciton burchelli. The purpose was to determine if the
general activities of army ants are materially affected by seasonal
dry conditions. Detailed observations of particular colonies for
a period of four months are presented together with records of
other colonies for shorter periods of time, the whole being fol-
lowed by an informative and interesting discussion of the varia-
tions in different phases of the behavior pattern of these ants.
Dr. Schneirla concludes that the cyclic system of events making
up the behavior pattern persists during both the rainy and dry
seasons and that such differences as occur during the dry season
are secondary and do not materially damage the orderly persist-
ence of the events. Dr. Schneirla’s present paper is another
in his series of authentic and erudite contributions, dealing with
the behavior of army ants, over many years. — H. B. W.

Dec., 1949]

Rapp : Hemolymph

215

THE CHLORIDE ION IN THE HEMOLYMPH
OF THE LARGE MILKWEED BUG,
ONCOPELTUS FASCIATUS
(DALLAS) x’ 2

By Janet L. C. Rapp
Department of Biology, Doane College3

Although the literature revealed some figures on the chloride
ion content of the hemolymph of a few insects, only one adult
insect, Dytiscus marginalis L., has been so studied. Most work-
ers bled a great many insects to obtain a sufficiently large sample
or chose a larva or pupa of a species with complete metamorphosis
relatively rich in hemolymph. The following table indicates
the species, life stage, chloride in milligrams per 100 ml. and
the investigator for all such references :

TABLE 1

Chloride Determinations in Hemolymph from the Literature

Species of Insect

Stage

Cl- mg./
100 ml.

Investigator

Prodenia eridania (Cramer)

larva

119.8

Babers (1938)

Apis mellifera Linne

larva

117.0

Bishop, Briggs, and
Ronzoni (1925)

Sphinx pinastri Linne

pupa

65.9$
58.1 $

Breeher (1929)

Deilephila eupliorbice Linne

larva

48.6

Heller and Moklowska
(1930)

Dytiscus marginalis Linne

adult

224.0

Portier and Duval (1927)

Saturnia carpini Schiffner

larva

42.5

Portier and Duval (1927)

Cossus cossus Linne

larva

6.69

Portier and Duval (1927)

Bombyx mori Linne

larva

51.6

Portier and Duval (1927)

Bombyx rubi Fabricius

larva

89.8

Portier and Duval (1927)

Sphinx ligustri Linne

pupa

53.4

Portier and Duval (1927)

Saturnia pyri Schiffner

pupa

62.5

Portier and Duval (1927)

Aedes cegypti (Linne)

larva

182.0

Wigglesworth (1938)

Culex pipiens Linne

larva

170.0

Wigglesworth (1938)

1 A portion of a thesis submitted in partial fulfillment of the requirements
for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy in Entomology in the Graduate
College of the University of Illinois, 1948.

2 This work was completed under a fellowship from the Graduate College
of Illinois. The work was directed by Professor William P. Hayes to
whom I wish to extend my thanks.

3 Present address Archem Corporation, Crete, Nebraska.

216

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVll

Of the six papers treating of. an analysis of insect hemolymph
for chloride, two, Heller and Moklowska (1930) and Portier and
Duval (1927) did not give the method of analysis. The rest,
including Wigglesworth ’s (1937), were all special modifications
of the Volhard determination of chlorides, a method dependent
on a colorimetric end point.

The method used involved a potentiometric determination of
the end point. Basically this method was first proposed by Cun-
ningham, Kirk, and Brooks (1941). In this present study there
were several modifications of the original methods, the most im-
portant being the substitution of a vacuum-tube voltmeter for
the potentiometer.

APPARATUS AND TECHNIQUES

1. Electrodes. A potentiometric method utilizing a bimetallic
system of electrodes was used. One electrode was of Number
23 silver wire soldered to a piece of Number 14 copper wire to
afford a good connection with the electrode holder. This elec-
trode was the indicator electrode. A small bulb was fashioned
in the end which dipped into the solution to furnish a good sur-
face for contact with the solution. The other electrode, which
was of Number 23 tungsten wire, served merely to complete the
circuit. Both electrodes were thoroughly cleaned with fine em-
ery paper at the beginning of a series of titrations to remove
any deposit of silver chloride. It was found that this had the
same effect on the silver electrode as dipping it in a solution of
nitric acid with a small amount of sodium nitrite added until
effervescence occurred as recommended by Cunningham, Kirk,
and Brooks (1941).

2. Vacuum-Tube Voltmeter. An instrument of this kind was
found to be more convenient than a potentiometer in determining
the difference in potential across the electrodes, because once set
there is no manipulation needed to determine the individual read-
ings, because the latter are read directly from a meter. Further-
more, the titration curve can be obtained more accurately in a
shorter period of time than by the use of a potentiometer, because
after each addition of silver nitrate a shorter or longer period of

Dec., 1949]

Rapp : Hemolymph

217

time elapses before equilibrium is reached. On a vacuum-tube the
needle continues to swing back and forth slowly until an equilib-
rium for that addition of silver nitrate is reached.

The vacuum-tube voltmeter was constructed from a diagram
given in ‘ 4 Radio Test Instruments” by R. P. Turner. The only
change which was made was the use of a d ’Arsonval galvanometer
instead of the 0-1 D. C. milliammeter suggested. The latter is not
sensitive enough to record the end point satisfactorily in all titra-
tions, since the magnitude of the break in potential may be greater
or lesser in several titrations, the important point being that it
corresponds with the equivalence point.

3. Burette. The burette, manufactured by Microchemical
Specialties in Berkeley, California, had a total capacity of 0-1
ml. which was divided into 350 divisions. Therefore, additions
could be made as small as 0.286 microliters without estimations.
Readings could be estimated to tenths of each division. The
burette was calibrated by the company and was similar to the one
described by Cunningham, Kirk, and Brooks (1941).

4. Stirrer. The solution being titrated was stirred rapidly by
means of a fine glass rod cemented by rosin to a copper wire which
in turn was soldered to the vibrator of an electric buzzer. The
speed of vibration was controlled by a rheostat inserted into the
circuit, the speed being cut down to the point where it did not
cause splashing of the solution.

5. Collecting of hemolymph. Although some workers have
stated that the hemolymph may be easily collected by cutting the
legs or by making a dorsal incision and allowing the hemolymph
to drip into a test tube, I have not found this to be true with the
large milkweed bug. A small droplet of hemolymph did appear
when an incision was made. However, this did not “drip” of its
own accord. It was necessary to touch the edge of the vessel to
the droplet in order to secure the hemolymph. A microvial which
is generally used in taxonomic studies, was employed to collect
the fluid. Since the hemolymph of the milkweed bug does not clot,
the insect did not have to be first dipped in hot water or treated
with acetic acid. In all cases the legs were cut off approximately
midway along the femur and the slightly yellow clear drops of

218

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVII

hemolymph which formed were touched with the collecting vial.
A small amount of pressure was placed on the abdomen to force
out an additional amount of hemolymph. However, care was
exercised in forebearing from collecting any fluid which appeared
turbid or in any way contaminated with another tissue. Pre-
cautions were also taken to avoid contaminating the collected
hemolymph with sodium chloride from the hands. The collecting
vial was washed in distilled water and dried inside and out with
fresh cotton before use and handled only with forceps. When
actually in use, it was inserted into a glass tube filled almost to
the top with paraffin. In this way one could hold the glass tube
instead of attempting to maintain the proper tension with forceps.
About five adults, sometimes one or two more for males and some-
times one or two less for females were needed to collect an ade-
quate amount to furnish a sample of 7.58 microliters. Approxi-
mately eight nymphs of the fifth instar and fifteen nymphs of the
fourth instar were required to obtain a volume of the same size.
In order to obtain 3.98 microliters in the neighborhood of twenty-
five to thirty individuals of the third, second and first instar had
to be bled. About ten minutes were required to bleed the adults ;
approximately twenty minutes to bleed the fifth and fourth in-
stars, and over thirty minutes for the third, second and first.
When a suitable amount was obtained, the hemolymph was taken
up with a calibrated pipette. The pipette could not be used
directly without the use of the collecting vial, because air tended
to be introduced with a subsequent misconception of volume.

6. Pipettes, The pipettes were made of soft glass with a fine
point on one end to insert into the collecting vial, a rounded bulb
to contain the bulk of the sample, and a -constricted area where the
capacity mark was made with a diamond marking pencil. This
was similar to an ordinary pipette except that it was made on a
smaller scale and it was in this respect that it differed from the
pipette employed by Cunningham, Kirk, and Brooks (1941) from
whose work the remainder of the pipette was designed. After
the constriction, the glass widened out. Into this area a Number
27 syringe needle was inserted and glued by means of rosin. A
0.1 ml. syringe was then inserted into the needle of this pipette to

Dec., 1949]

Rapp : Hemolymph

219

force hemolymph in and out of the measuring chamber. When a
syringe having a larger bore was used, the vacuum created was
too great and the hemolymph was moved past the capacity mark
into the needle of the syringe.

The pipettes were calibrated by weighing the amount of mer-
cury delivered on an analytical balance.

KNOWN CONCENTRATIONS OF CHLORIDE

The method was tested for accuracy by titrating various con-
centrations of silver nitrate against known amounts of sodium
chloride solutions, calculating on the basis of chloride ion content
rather than on the salt concentration. Using analytical grade
chemicals a 0.1 M solution of sodium chloride' and a 0.1 M solution
of silver nitrate were made up as primary standards by the use
of approved methods. Just before use^ these were carefully
diluted to the necessary concentration. Table 2 shows the
titrations of various concentrations of sodium chloride with
various concentrations of silver nitrate together with the ac-
curacy thereof.

In order to determine the applicability of the method to hemo-
lymph two samples of adult hemolymph were taken. One was
analyzed directly in the described manner. To the other a small
quantity of sodium bicarbonate was added. The sample was
then ashed. The ash was taken up in 40 microliters of distilled’
water and subjected to analysis in the same manner as the first
sample. The results of the two determinations were practically
the same.

HEMOLYMPH OF ONCOPELTUS FASCIATUS (DALLAS)

Adults of various ages, males, and females, and all five instars
of the nymphs were analyzed for chloride content of the hemo-
lymph. The molarity of the silver nitrate used for the adults
through the fourth instar nymphs was 0.005 ; for the first three
instars, 0.001. The results are shown in Table 3. The plasma of
adults and of the fifth instar nymphs was also analyzed, the re-
sults also appearing in Table 3.

Titrations of Known Concentrations of Chloride

[Vol. LVII

220

New York Entomological Society

1 s'S-g

m w 02 P

H o

02 P

Ph-H
H Sh
© ©

O ^
O) <D

P P

u £

g-3

S i

I § I |

4J 3

S r£

«!*

p©i o

H 5h
©

‘S'2!!3

P bo

p •

I> M CO t> 05

O O O O O

O O O O O*

05 05 05 05 05

« -<d) 05 tH

id id 10 10 id

co co co 00 co

N ^ O) l>
OOOOO

o’ d d d o’

QO (M CQ N CO

^ ^ ri| CO lO

id id id id id

co co co co co

1 — I O 1— I O 03
OOOOO

cd o o o o

t> © 10 © rH

Tj* TjH HH

id id id id id

co co co co co

OOOOO

O rH O CO !— I
OOOOO

o’ d d o' o’

O rH O

poo

OOO’

H <M CO

l> N l> t>. t>- I>-

N (M <M W (M 10*0101010 t> S l> h S

co co co co co

10 CO -H 10

<M C<1 CO <M <M

cd cd cd cd cd

CD CO CO CO co

CO CO CO
CO CO CO

TABLE 2 ( Continued )

Dec., 1949]

Rapp: Hemolymph

221

C1_I TZJ

o £.2

C3 —

S B 8 g

t3 g

?H O

^ d

>
02 ft

1 1
© 2
§ v

i a ! |

> ° .S »

bJO

1 -M tH d

o^5,2

„nd

M O ®

d £ '3

p ^ ^

; <ri ®

tH M l> l> CO

T-H o o o o

o o o o o

O Oi ffl 03 O)

in in io io io

CO CO CO CO CO

co co co cm co

N CO HI N rH

O 1— I o o o

o o o o o

oo oj m co m

rt< kO kO

in in in in in

i— I i— I O CM (M

O O O O O

o o © o o

o © © © ©

in s to oo Tf

tH tH tJC

in in in in in

- . rH CO CO

o o o o o

t>- ». fc" t>-

t> t> (>■ fr— t>- k>-

CO CO CO CO CO co co co coco

Hi co co in co

kO kO kO kO kO

CO CO CO CD CO

CO CO CD CO CO

•II

o m

d 2 2 \ .

O g7

O -P A &J0^

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVII

TABLE 3

No. of
Samples

Mean
Amt. Cl -
Milli-
grams/
100 Ml.

Mean

Deviation

Standard

Deviation

Standard
Error of
Standard
Deviation

Chloride in Whole Hemo-
lymph of Adults — Male
and Female

91.4

±0.114

0.0689

0.00975

Chloride in Whole Hemo-
lymph of Male Adults ...

91.2

±0.007

0.138

0.0309

Chloride in Whole Hemo-
lymph of Female Adults

91.1

±0.012

0.141

0.0315

Chloride in Whole Hemo-
lymph of Fifth Instar
Nymphs

91.5

±0.026

0.332

0.0743

Chloride in Whole Hemo-
lymph of Fourth Instar
Nymphs

91.5

±0.027

0.336

0.0751

Chloride in Whole Hemo-
lymph of Third Instar
Nymphs

91.4

±0.009

0.257 ,

0.0575

Chloride in Whole Hemo-
lymph of Second Instar
Nymphs

91.2

±0.008

0.367

0.0821

Chloride in Whole Hemo-
lymph of First Instar
Nymphs

91.2

±0.007

0.202

0.0452

Chloride in Plasma of
Adults

142.9

±0.008

0.494

0.111

Chloride in Plasma of
Fifth Instar Nymphs

143.0

± 0.009

0.496

0.111

CONCLUSIONS

1. A potentiometric method, utilizing a bimetallic system of
electrodes and a vacuum-tube voltmeter was established for
measuring the chloride ion content of a microsample of hemo-
lymph with an error of not more than 0.2 per cent down to 0.03546
micrograms of chloride per microliter.

2. The chloride ion content of the hemolymph of the large milk-
weed bug, Oncopeltus fasciatus (Dallas), was found to be 6.93

Dec., 1949] Rapp: Hemolymph 223

micrograms per 7.58 microliters or 91.4 milligrams per 100
milliliters.

3. No difference was determined in the chloride content of the
hemolymph between the sexes or between the adults and any one
of the five instars of nymphs.

4. The chloride ion content of the plasma alone was found to be
10.83 micrograms per 7.58 microliters or 143 milligrams per 100
milliliters.

5. There was no difference in the chloride content of the plasma
between the adults and fifth instar nymphs.

LITERATURE CITED

Babers, F. H. 1938. An analysis of the blood of the sixth-instar southern
armyworm ( Prodenia eridania) . Jour. Agr. Res., 57: 697-706.

Bishop, G. H., A. P. Briggs, and E. Ronzoni.' 1925. Body fluids of the
honeybee larva. II. Chemical constituents of the blood, and their
osmotic effects. Jour. Biol. Chem., 66: 77-88.

Brecher, L. 1929. Die anorganischen Bestandteile des Schmetterlings-
puppenblutes ( Sphynx pinastri, Pieris brassicce) . Yeranderungen im
Gehalt an anorganischen Bestandteilen bei der Yerpuppung ( Pieris
brassicce). Biochem. Z., 211: 40-64.

Cunningham, B., P. L. Kirk, and S. C. Brooks. 1941. Quantitative drop
analysis XIY. Potentiometric determination of chloride. Jour.
Biol. Chem., 139: 11-19.

Heller, J. and A. Moklowska. 1930. liber die Zusammensetzung des
Raupenblutes bei DeilepMla euphorbice und deren Yeranderungen im
Yerlauf der Metamorphose. Chemische TJntersuchungen uber die
Metamorphose der Insekten. YII. Biochem. Z., 219: 473-489.

Portier, P. and Marcel Duval. 1927. Concentration moleculaire et teneur
en chlore du sang du quelques inseetes. Compt. rend. soc. biol., 97 :
1605-1606.

Turner, R. P. 1945. Radio test instruments. Ziff-Davis Publishing Com-
pany. Pp. 33-35.

Yolhard, J. 1878. Die Anwendung des Schwefelcyanammoniums in der
Massanalyse. In Justus Liebigs Ann. Chem., 190: 1-61.

Wigglesworth, Y. B. 1937. A simple method of volumetric analysis for
small quantities of fluid : estimation in 0.3 p 1. of tissue fluid. Bio-
chem. Jour., 31 : 1719-1722.

. 1938. The regulation of osmotic pressure and chloride concentra-
tion in the haemolymph of mosquito larvae. Jour. Exp. Biol., 15:
235-247.

224

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVII

BOOK NOTICE

American Spiders by Willis J. Gertsch, Ph.D. D. Van Nos-
trand Company, Inc., Toronto, New York, London, 1949. x 5J
inches, xiii + 285 p. 32 col. pi. 32 black and white pi., 6 text
figs. $6.95.

Many entomologists know nothing about spiders although it
is virtually impossible to collect insects without coming into con-
tact with spiders. When I think of the hundreds of these inter-
esting creatures that I allowed to escape, unmolested, from my
sweep-net in the past, I am amazed at my neglect of this astonish-
ing group, whose predaceous activities, in enormous numbers, are
barely appreciated. However it is still possible for me to read
the extraordinary accounts of the life histories, habits, morphol-
ogy and peculiarities of these animals, of which Doctor Gertsch
has written, in fascinating detail, from his abundant knowledge
and studies.

His book which is admirably planned and executed begins with
statements about spiders in general, legendary beliefs, and their
place in nature. These are followed by a chapter on the life
of the spider which includes ballooning ; egg laying ; egg sacs ;
early development; molting; longevity; its ability to drop an
appendage, its habit of sucking the juice from the dropped ap-
pendage, and the subsequent regeneration of the appendage.
There are chapters on silk spinning, courtship, the evolution of
spiders, the tarantulas, the cribellate spiders, the aerial web
spinners and the hunting spiders together with accounts of their
economic and medical importance, the spider fauna of North
America, a glossary, and a brief bibliography.

, Although the book does not deal with identification, its excel-
lent colored and black and white illustrations, together with
textual statements, enable the reader to identify the most com-
mon species. Doctor Gertsch ’s book should do much to remove
the unwarranted enmity with which spiders are regarded by
most persons and its entertaining and informative text should
provide many with a new approach toward the study of this
comparatively neglected group. Everyone interested in natural
history, specialist and non-specialist will enjoy Doctor Gertsch 7s
skillful presentation and his authentic and extensive insight into
araneology. — H. B. W.

Dec., 1949]

Jitdd: Marsh Insects

225

INSECTS COLLECTED IN THE DUNDAS MARSH,
HAMILTON, ONTARIO, 1947-481

By W. W. Judd2
INTRODUCTION

In a previous paper (Judd, 1949) the writer reported upon
collections of insects made in the Dundas Marsh during the sum-
mers of 1946 and 1947 and upon studies of the times of appear-
ance of adults of aquatic insects emerging from the waters of the
marsh in 1947. During 1948 collections of insects on the marsh
were continued and they are reported upon herewith, together
with additional records from 1947. Some of the insects were
collected by sweeping the vegetation around the borders of the
marsh, some were collected from leaves and flowers of aquatic
plants and some were reached by canoe, being swept from their
resting places on the broad leaves of water lilies (Nymphcea odor-
ala Ait. and Nuphar advena Ait.) and the extensive mats of
duckweed ( Lenina minor L. and Spirodela polyrhiza (L.)
Scheld.) which formed in quiet stretches of the marsh. As re-
ported in the previous paper, insects emerging from the water
during 1947 were trapped in five cages set out at various loca-
tions. Cage 1 was about twenty feet from shore in a growth of
cat-tail, Typha latifolia L., cage 2 was set out over a growth of
submerged plants among which the bladderwort, TJtricularia
vulgaris var. americana Gray predominated, cages 3 and 5 were
placed over submerged plants, mainly coontail, Ceratophyllum
demersum L. and cage 4 was over a growth of the white water lily
Nymphcea odorata Ait. A fuller account of the plants occurring
in the cages is given in the previous paper.

INSECTS COLLECTED
PLECOPTERA
Nemouridte

Nemoura valljcularia Wu

Thirteen stoneflies were captured in flight or on the trunks of
trees about an inlet of the marsh on April 17, 1948. Of these,

1 Contribution from the Department of Zoology, McMaster University;
part of a project supported by funds from the Research Council of Ontario.

2 Assistant Professor of Zoology, McMaster University.

226

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVII

two males and one female are deposited in the collection of Dr.
W. E. Ricker, Indiana University.

NEUROPTERA

Hemerobiidae

Micromus 'posticus (Walker)

One specimen captured in flight, along border of marsh, May
13, 1947.

Hemerobius humulinus L.

Three specimens captured in flight along border of marsh,
April 29, May 15, July 28, 1947.

COLEOPTERA

Chrysomelidae

Donacia subtilis Kunze

Larvae and cocoons of the beetle were found on a plant of the
bur-reed, Sparganium eurycarpum Englm. growing in two feet
of water about fifty feet from shore. Seven brown cocoons were
stuck to the leaves, the ones highest up on the plant being about
two inches below the surface of the water and the others ranging
downward to the tops of the roots. Four of the cocoons con-
tained white pupge and the other three contained fully formed
adults. Seven larvae were found with their ends stuck into the
tissues of the plant, below the surface of the water, some being
attached to the outside of the leaves and others being lodged be-
tween the bases of the leaves. Hoffman (1939) reports the oc-
currence of larvae and eggs on various species of Sparganium and
other aquatic plants.

HOMOPTERA

Aphidae

Rhopalosiphum nymphece L.

Specimens were collected on November 5 and 8, 1948 from
plants of Typha latifolia L. close to the edge of the marsh.
These were the winged sexes of this species which was previously
reported from leaves of the water lily Nymphcea odorata Ait.
(Judd, 1949). They were found among the bases of the dead
leaves of the cat-tail and were interspersed with numerous cast-

Dec., 1949]

Judd: Marsh Insects

227

off skins. Although the leaves were frozen together and the
bases of the plants were surrounded with frost the insects moved
sluggishly when removed from the leaves.

DIPTERA

Orthorrhapha

Nemocera

Trichoceridee

Trichocera garretti Alex.

A single specimen was captured in flight on March 14, 1948
when the marsh was still frozen over and covered with snow and
the flowers of skunk cabbage were in bloom and producing pollen.

Tipulidae

Erioptera (Symplecta) cana (Walker)

One specimen was trapped in cage 1, July 31, 1947 when the
water depth was 32 inches, and another was captured in flight
April 15, 1948.

Mycetophilidag

Mycetophila punctata Meigen

Two flies were swept from vegetation at the border of the
marsh, May 13, 1947.

Brachycera

Stratiomyidae

Odontomyia vertebrata Say

Five adults of this fly emerged in the cages during 1947.
Four of these appeared in cage 1 : July 17 (water depth — 34
inches), Aug. 1 (water depth — 33 inches), Aug. 4 (water depth
— 33 inches) and Aug. 5 (water depth — 33 inches). The fifth
appeared in cage 5 on July 29 (water depth — 55 inches). These
records indicate that the adults emerge in the latter half of July
and the first part of August and that the larvae inhabit the shal-
lower weed-choked waters as at cage 1, but can be found in
deeper, more open water as at cage 5.

Tabanidae

Chrysops aberrans Phil.

One fly was captured on Aug. 3, 1947 and three were captured
on July 16, 1948. They were collected while settling on the
skin of workers on the marsh.

228

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVII

Dolichopidaa

Sympycnus lineatus Lw.

Seven adults were swept from vegetation around the marsh
during 1947: May 5 (1), May 6 (1), May 13 (4),' Aug. 11 (1).
Pelastoneurus vagans Lw.

One specimen was trapped in cage 4 (water depth — 58 inches) ,
July 17, 1947.

Cyclorrhapha

Syrphidse

Platycheirus quadratus Say

Two adults were swept from vegetation, May 22, 1947.

Drosophilidas

Chymomyza amoena (Lw.)

Two adults were swept from vegetation, May 13, 1947.

Chloropidse

Elachiptera bilineata Ad.

Flies were swept from vegetation on April 26 (2), April 29
(3), April 30 (5), May 21 (1), 1947.

Ephydridas

Discocerina obscurella (Fin.)

Three adults were swept from vegetation: June 28 (2), and
Aug. 11 (1), 1947.

Dichceta caudata (Fin.)

Three adults were swept from vegetation: April 28 (2), and
May 6 (1), 1947.

Pelina truncatus Lw.

Four adults were swept from vegetation: April 24, April 26,
April 29 (2) and one was collected from leaves of the water lily,
Nymphcea odorata Ait., June 25, 1947.

Se'ctacera atrovirens (Lw.)

Six flies were swept from vegetation Aug. 11, 1947.

Hydrellia griseola var. scapularis (Lw.)

Five flies were swept from vegetation on May 6 (1) and June
25 (4), and one from lily pads, Aug. 11, 1947.

Dec., 19491

Judd: Marsh Insects

229

Diopsidas

Sphyracephala brevicornis Say

One adult was swept from a growth of skunk cabbage, Sym-
plocarpus foetidus (L.) Nutt, April 30, 1947 and four were cap-
tured in flight about an inlet of the marsh on March 21, 1948.

Borboridas

Leptocera (Scotophilella) mirabilis (Coll.)

Two flies were swept from leaves of the lily, Nymphcea odorata
Ait., July 25, 1947. One specimen is deposited in the Canadian
National Collection, Ottawa.

Leptocera (Opacifrons) wheeleri Spul.

One fly was swept from vegetation June 28, 1947. The speci-
men is deposited in the Canadian National Collection, Ottawa.

Tetanoceridse

Sepedon fuscipennis Lw.

Adults of this species appeared in large numbers in the vege-
tation around the border of the marsh in the spring of 1947 and
the following specimens were captured: April 24 (4), April 26
(4), April 28 (2), April 29 (1). One was captured later on
Aug. 11, 1947. One appeared in cage 1 on Sept. 11, 1947 (water
depth — 26 inches, and one in cage 5 on July 19, 1947 (water
depth — 55 inches). Pupae have been reported by Johannsen
(1935) from the margin of a pond.

Elgiva rufa (Pz.)

This species occurred in company with Sepedon fuscipennis in
the vegetation about the marsh in 1947, the following specimens
being captured: Apr. 6 (7), April 28 (12), April 29' (5), April
30 (6), May 5 (2), May 6 (3). One specimen emerged in cage
5, Oct. 25, 1947 (water depth — 36 inches).

Melina schoenherri Pin.

Three flies were swept from vegetation, April 28 (2), May 5
(1), 1947. One specimen is deposited in the Canadian National
Collection.

Cordyluridae

Pyropa furcata Say

Adults were found in company with Sepedon fuscipennis and

230

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVli

Elgiva rufa in vegetation about the Marsh in 1947, the following
specimens being captured: April 26 (2), April 28 (5), April
30 (2).

Muscidae

Lispe albitarsus Stn.

Adults appeared in cages during 1947 as follows: cage 3 —
July 17 (1) (water depth — 51 inches) ; cage 4 — July 16 (1)
(water depth — 59 inches), July 17 (1) (water depth — 58
inches), July 22 (1) (water depth — 57 inches) ; cage 5 — July 5
(1) (water depth — 55 inches), July 15 (1) (water depth — 57
inches). These records indicate that this species emerges during
July from deeper waters away from the shore.

Scopeuma ster cor aria (L.)

One adult was captured from vegetation, May 22, 1947.
Helina rufitibia Stn.

One adult was captured on vegetation, April 26, 1947.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

The writer is grateful to Professor A. E. Warren, in charge of
the Marsh Research Project of McMaster University, for advice
and encouragement during the course of this work. I wish to
express my thanks to the staff of the Marsh Research Project
who have co-operated, and especially to Miss Mary Inksetter and
Mr. Arthur Rayner who aided daily, during the summers of
1947 and 1948 respectively, in collecting insects and recording
data. I am deeply obliged to the following specialists in the
taxonomy of various groups for their kindness in making and
checking the indentifications of insects: Dr. W. E. Ricker, In-
diana University (Plecoptera), Dr. P. M. Carpenter, Museum of
Comparative Zoology, Harvard University (Neuroptera), Dr.
A. A. Granovsky, University of Minnesota (Aphidae), Mr. G. E.
Shewell, Division of Entomology, Department of Agriculture,
Ottawa (Diptera), and Dr. C. P. Alexander, University of
Massachusetts (Trichoceridae, Tipulidae).

Dec., 1949]

Judd: Marsh Insects

231

LITERATURE CITED

1. Hoffman, C. E. Morphology of the immature stages of some northern

Michigan Donaciini ( Chrysomelidse ; Coleoptera). Papers Michigan
Academy of Science, Arts and Letters, 25: 243-290. 1939.^

2. Johannsen, O. A. Aquatic Diptera. Part II. Orthorrhapha-Brachy-

cera and Cyclorrhapha. Cornell Univ. Agric. Exp. Sta., Memoir 177.
1935.

3. Judd, W. W. Insects collected in the Dundas Marsh, Hamilton, Ontario,

1946-47, with observations on their periods of emergence. Canadian
Entomologist, 81 : 1-10. 1949.

BOOK NOTICE

The Life of William T. Davis. By Mabel Abbott. Cornell
University Press, Ithaca, N. Y. 1949. 9 \ x 6 inches, xv + 321

p. 26 illns. $3.50.

This is a book to be read, rather than written about. Follow-
ing an appreciative introduction by Edwin Way Teale, Miss Ab-
bott, in 20 chapters, presents a sincere, full length portrait of
William T. Davis. Most entomologists are unfortunate in their
biographers, if they have any at all and only rarely is the human
side of the subject presented. But this is not true of Miss
Abbott’s book which begins with the background and boyhood
of Mr. Davis and continues through his long life. Included
therein are chapters on his youthful reading habits, his numerous
friendships and correspondents, his helpfulness to many persons,
his continuous interest in cicadas and the natural history of
Staten Island, his travels, his financial worries, his diet, of which
he had to be careful, and his long active interest in the Staten
Island Institute of Arts and Sciences, and other cultural bodies
of the Island.

In her account Miss Abbott has included many extracts from
Mr. Davis’ “ Natural History Notes” a manuscript record, which
he kept for 56 years, of his observations, thoughts, and bits of
reflections, all indicating his philosophy and attitude toward life.
Although Mr. Davis, a lifelong resident of Staten Island, was

232

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVII

an authority on the Cicadidse and a student of the fauna and flora
of the Island, and of its history, his scientific and historical con-
tributions are not unduly stressed. Instead there emerges a
faithful portrait of Mr. Davis himself, his mild disposition, his
quiet humor, his unfailing kindliness, his long and fast compan-
ionships, his abounding and tireless interest in natural history,
his pleasure in the behavior of creatures of the field and woods,
and in little happenings which most of us fail to notice, his appre-
ciation of warm sunshine, the song of a chickadee, and a crow he
saw from a ferryboat. Mr. Davis was continually aware of the
ceaseless and varied animal and plant life that went on all about
him, from which he took much satisfaction and which filled his
life.

This is a biography of Mr. Davis as he lived, thought and
worked, a gentle, all-around naturalist, kindly disposed toward
everything, except perhaps the despoilation of his beloved Island
by so-called improvements. Miss Abbott has reproduced the
quiet flow of his life, interrupted at times by sadness and wor-
ries, but continuing as before bright and unruffled with no devia-
tion from his self-appointed tasks. Mr. Davis was fortunate in
his biographer. Excellent taste is evident in the format of this
biography which includes a list of Mr. Davis’ writings and an
index. — H. B. W.

POISONOUS PASTE

In the “ South Carolina Gazette” of September 11, 1762,
Richard Bird, upholsterer from London informed the ladies
and gentlemen of Charles-Town that he hung paper “with a
paste that has a peculiar quality of destroying all vermin in
walls.” About the same time John Webster in Philadelphia
another upholsterer from London advertised in the “Pennsyl-
vania Journal,” August 20, 1767 that he sold Webster’s Liquor
“for entirely destroying that offensive and destructive vermin
called Buggs. ” — H. B. W.

Dec., 1949]

Arnett: Culicid.e

233

NOTES ON THE DISTRIBUTION, HABITS, AND
HABITATS OF SOME PANAMA CULICINES
(DIPTERA: CULICID^)

By Ross H. Arnett, Jr.

Arlington, Va.

(Continued from Vol. 56, p. 193)

In the second part of this paper I discussed the distribution,
habits and habitats of some Panama Uranotcenia, Megarhinus,
Culex, and Deinocerites. I am continuing with the Panama Culi-
cines, Mansonia through the Sabethini.

PART III

Culicini (Cont.)

Mansonia Blanchard
Mansonia titillans (Walker)

Culex titillans Walker, Cat. Brit. Mus., Dipt., 1 : 5, 1848.
Distribution. — Alejuela (Busck) ; Miraflores, Ancon, Paraiso,
Camp Perdun, Frijoles, Gatun, Monte Lirio, Cano, Bas
Obispo, Darien (Zetek) ; Culebra (Dunn) ; Rio Grande,
France Field, Quarry Heights (Zetek) ; Cativa, Empire,
Margarita, Comacho (Shropshire) ; Fort Clayton (Baker) ;
Rio Trinidad (Busck) ; Gatuneita River (Zetek) ; Colon
(Chidester) ; Pital, Chiriqui (Dunn) ; Empire, Lake Gatun;
La Chorrera, La Joya, Chilibre, Nuevo Chagres, Pina, La-
garto, New Providence (Author).

Habits and Habitats. — The larvae breed attached to the roots of
Pistia. They are abundant in vegetation in rivers and in Gatun
Lake.

The adults are common in horse traps and on screens. They
readily bite man. They are distinctive in their large size, mot-
tled wings and absence of rings or bands of white on the legs.

This species breeds throughout the year. (Rare prior to the
Canal — Knab.) (The adults fly great distances and bite severely
— Dyar. )

234

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVII

Mansonia fasciolatus ( Arribalzaga)

Tceniorhynchus fasciolatus Arribalzaga, Rev. Mus. La Plata, 150,
1891.

Distribution. — Gatun (Jennings) ; Ancon, Cano (Zetek) ; Maja-
gnal, Cativa (Shropshire) ; Cano Saddle, Barro Colorado
Island (Shannon) ; Boca del Toro (McKenney) ; Porto Bello
(Jennings) ; Trinidad River (Busck) ; Caldera Island, Up-
per Peqnini River (Jennings) ; Panama (Ross) ; Colon
(Russell) ; Gamboa, Gatun Lake, La Joya, La Chorrera,
Pina, Lagarto, Salud (Author).

Habits and Habitats. — The larvse have not been collected.

The adults are very abundant in horse trap collections and on
screens. They will readily bite humans. This species and the
following species are important pest mosquitoes in the area. An
estimated 10,000 or more were seen on several occassions in horse
traps, about half of each species. Males are found in small num-
bers with the females. (Rare prior to the canal — Knab.)

Mansonia nigricans (Coquillett)

Tceniorhynchus nigricans Coquillett, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., 6 :
166, 1904. (Type Loc. : Panama).

Distribution. — Culebra, Ancon (Jennings) ; Frijoles, Monte
Lirio, Darien (Zetek) ; Paraiso (Dunn) ; Cano Saddle, Barro
Colorado Island (Shannon) ; Gamboa (Dyar & Shannon) ;
Panama (Ross) ; Trinidad River (Busck) ; Gamboa, Empire,
Lake Gatun, La Chorrera, Chilibrillo (Author).

Habits and Habitats. — (Larvae in roots of sedges in floating
islands, undescribed — Dyar).

The adults of this species have the same habits and habitats as
M. fasciolaUcs. They are abundant in horse traps and on screens.
They are vicious biters and are an important pest mosquito. The
two species may be recognized in the field. They may be told
from M. titillans by the smaller size and presence of white bands
on the legs. They may be distinguished from each other by the
presence of pale spots on the tibia of M. fasciolatus and the black
tibia of M. nigricans.

Dec., 1949]

Arnett: Culicid^e

235

Only one other Mansonia species recorded — Mansonia arribal-
zagoe (Theobald), which is unknown to the author. Recent
works indicate that M. indubitans Dyar & Shannon is here de-
termined as M. fasciolatus (Arribalzaga) in part.

Aedeomyia Theobald

One species only in the New World.

Aedeomyia squamipennis Lynch Arribalzaga
Aedeomyia squamipennis Lynch Arribalzaga, El Nat. Agr., 6 :
151, 1878.

Distribution. — Gatun, Ancon, Cano (Zetek) ; Bas Obispo (Shrop-
shire) ; Gamboa (Dyar & Shannon) ; Fort Sherman (Baker) ;
Trinidad River (Busck) ; Gamboa, Gatun Lake, La Chor-
rera (Author).

Habits and Habitats. — The larvae breed in floating river vege-
tation associated with Mansonia titillans. One record was made
of them occurring in a pothole at La Chorrera. They are seldom
seen at the surface of the water, but are found resting against
the roots of floating aquatic plants, but not attached.

The adults have been taken on screens at night and in human
bait traps. No record of them biting man. (Rare prior to the
Canal. Dependent on Pistia — Knab.)

Common.

Ortkopodomyia Theobald
Orthopodomyia fascipes (Coquillett)

Mansonia fascipes Coquillett, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., 7 : 192, 1905.
Distribution. — Tabernilla (Jennings) ; Fort Sherman (Dunn) ;
Majagual, Toro Point, Comacho, Empire, Mindi, Cativa,
Margarita, (Shropshire) ; Cano Saddle (Shannon) ; Gam-
boa (Dyar & Shannon) ; Fort Randolph, France Field
(Army Medical Museum) ; Trinidad River, Alhajuelo
(Busck); Rio Chagres (Author).

Habits and Habitats. — The larvae usually breed in tree holes.
The author has collected them in great numbers in a cement
sewage digestion tank.

Adults were collected resting inside of the latrine. They
made no attempt to bite.

236

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LYII

Collected in June and July. Uncommon.

One other species, Orthopodomyia phyllozoa Dyar & Knab re-
corded from Panama, but is unknown to the author.

Aedes Meigen

Subgenus Stegomyia Theobald
Aedes cegypti (Linnaeus)

Culex cegypti Linnaeus, Reise Nach, Palestina, 470, 1762.

Culex fasciatus Fabricius (nec Muller), Syst. Antliat., 36,
1805. (Syn. calopus Meigen, vide Dyar & Knab, Jour. N .Y.
Ent. Soc., 14: 196, 1906.)

Culex calopus Meigen, Syst. Beschr. Ent. Zwefl. (Syn. ar-
genteus Poiet, vide , Knab, Ins. Ins. Mens., 4: 59, 1916.)
(argenteus syn. cegypti L., vide, Dyar, Ins. Ins. Mens., 8:
208, 1920.)

Distribution. — Tabernilla, Pedro Miguel, San Pablo, La Boca
(Busck) ; Ancon, Bas Obispo, Gatun (Jennings); Corozal,
Matachin (Zetek) ; Cativa, Majagual (Shropshire) ; Fort
Davis (Baker) ; Cristobal (Vernes) ; Panama (Busck) ;
Porto Bello (Jennings) ; Tabago Island (Zetek) ; Fort Clay-
ton, Chiva Chiva, Gamboa, La Chorrera, Pina, Lagarto,
Nuevo Chagres, Salud (Author).

Habits and Habitats. — The larvae breed in artificial containers.
The adults are collected in horse traps, houses and on screens.
This is a well known domestic mosquito, common throughout the
tropics and subtropics and vector of yellow fever.

Subgenus Finlaya Theobald
Aedes terrens (Walker)

Culex terrens Walker, Ins. Saund., 429, 1859.

Distribution. — Paraiso (Zetek) ; Mandingo, Toro Point, Ma-
jagual, Margarita, Sweetwater, Empire, Comacho, Cunette
(Shropshire) ; Tabernilla (Jennings) ; Fort Sherman
(Dunn) ; Barro Colorado Island, Fort San Lorenzo (Dyar
& Shannon) ; Chagres River (Busck) ; Caldera Island (Tur-
ner) ; Alhajuela (Jennings) ; Empire, La Chorrera, La Joya
(Author).

Dec., 1949]

Arnett: Culicidje

237

Habits and Habitats. — The larvae breed in tree holes. Adults
will readily bite humans in the jungle; not found near human
inhabitations.

Subgenus Ochlerotatus Lynch Arribalzaga
Aedes angustivittatus Dyar & Knab

Aedes angustivittatus Dyar & Knab, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 15:
9, 1907.

Aedes trivittatus of authors (nec Coq.) (Syn. angustivitta-
tus Dyar & Knab, vide, Dyar, Carnegie Ins. Wash., Pub.
387, 162, 1928).

Distribution. — Las Caseadas, La Boca, Pedro Miguel, Alhajuela
(Busck) ; Tabernilla, Miraflores, Gatun, Pedro Miguel (Jen-
nings) ; Matachin, Port Sherman (Zetek) ; Panama (Zetek) ;
Colon (Chidester & Busck) ; Chiriqui (Dunn) ; La Chorrera,
Chilibra (Author).

Habits and Habitats. — The larvae breed in temporary shady
pools. The adults are collected in horse traps ; no record of them
biting humans; rest during the day in tall grass near breeding
place.

Aedes fulvus (Wiedemann)

Culex fulvus Wiedemann, Auss. Zweifl. Ins., 1 : 548, 1826.
Distribution. — Gatun (Jennings) ; Barro Colorado Island, Fort
Sherman (Dyar & Shannon) ; Prance Field (Baker) ; Trini-
dad River (Busck) ; Colon (Chidester) ; La Joy a (Author).
Habits and Habitats. — The larvae have not been collected in
Panama; live in temporary rain pools elsewhere. The adults
will readily bite humans during the day in the jungle.

Aedes serratus Theobald

Aedes serratus Theobald, Mon. Cul., 2 : 45, 1901.

Distribution. — Gatun, Pedro Miguel, La Boca (Jennings) ; Fort
Sherman, France Field (Zetek) ; Colon (Chidester) ; David
(Zetek) ; Chiva Chiva, Fort Clayton, La Joya (Author).
Habits and Habitats. — The larvae breed in small shady ponds,
also collected in an old, abandoned cistern. (Transient surface
pools in the jungle — Dyar.)

238

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVII

The adults will bite during the day in the jungle.

Aedes tceniorhynchus Wiedemann

Aedes tceniorhyncKus Wiedemann, Dipt. Exot., 1 : 43, 1821.
Distribution. — La Boca, Paraiso (Busck) ; Tabernilla, Ancon,
Pedro Miguel (Jennings) ; Matachin, Gatun, Balboa, Prance
Field (Zetek) ; Miraflores, Cardenas River, Monte Lirio,
Flemenco Island, Mindi, Coco Solo, Margarita (Shropshire) ;
Cabina, Tabago Island (Busck) ; Panama (Zetek) ; Colon
(Chidester) ; Farfan Beach, Gatun Lake, La Chorrera, La
Joya, Old Panama, Chilibre, Salud, Pina, Nuevo Chagres,
Lagarto (Author).

Habits and Habitats. — The larvae breed in salt marshes, tidal
flats and potholes, all brackish, as well as in fresh water in pot-
holes, flooded areas and small shallow lakes filled with grass.
Always breeds in sunlight, in sparse grass. It was also found in
a hole in the sand on the beach (see pool mentioned under Ano-
pheles albimanus, vol. 55, p. 195). (In brackish swamp —
Busck.)

This species is usually thought of as a salt marsh breeder and
is usually collected in such a situation. However, it will breed
in large numbers in fresh water habitats, although rarely.

The adults are present in great numbers throughout the low-
lands of Panama, and in April to June, depending on the ad-
vance of the rainy season, there are flights of this species, 'during
which time they are a great pest even in the Canal Zone towns.
(Flies 20 miles— Dyar.) It is common in horse traps at this
season and will of course readily bite.

The genus Aedes is poorly represented in Panama. In addi-
tion to the above, the following are recorded from Panama, but
are unknown to the author : Aedes quadrivittatus Coquillett, A.
septemstriatus Dyar & Knab, A. fluviatilis Lutz, A. leucotceniatus
Komp, A. thorntoni Dyar & Knab (syn. A. terrens Walk.?), A.
podographicus Dyar & Knab (syn. A. terrens Walk.?), A. euplo-
camus Dyar & Knab, A. hastatus Dyar, A. lithoecetor Dyar &
Knab, and A. nubilus Theobald.

Dec., 1949]

Arnett: Culicid^e

239

Hcemagogus Williston
Hcemagogus argyromeris Dyar & Ludlow

Hcemagogus argyromeris Dyar & Ludlow, The Mil. Surg., 48:
679, 1921.

Hcemagogus gladiator Dyar, Ins. Ins. Mens., 9 : 108, 1921.
(Type Loc. : Corozal, C. Z.) (Listed as syn. argyromeris
Dyar & Ludlow, vide, Dyar, Carnegie Ins. Wash., Pub. 387,
137, 1928.)

Hcemagogus regalis Busck (nec Dyar & Knab), Smith, Misc.
Colls., Quar. Iss., 52: 64, 1908. (Syn. argyromeris Dyar &
Ludlow, vide, Dyar, Ins. Ins. Mens., 9: 113, 1921.)
Distribution. — Paraiso, Corozal, Bas Obispo, Empire, Ancon,
Miraflores, Bohio (Jennings) ; Pedro Miguel, Corozal, Pa-
raiso (Zetek) ; Gatun (Trash and Zetek) ; Empire, La Pita
(Army Medical Museum) ^ Gold Hill, Bella Vista, Majagual,
Las Cascades, Mandingo, Toro Point, West Culebra, Perico
Island, Golden Green, Monte Lirio, Comacho, Margarita,
Cardenas River, Cerro Gordo, Naos Island, Cativa, Coco
Solo (Shropshire) ; Las Cascadas, Lion Hill (Busck) ; 'Cha-
gres River, Tabago Island (Busck and Jennings) ; Panama,
Caldera Island (Jennings) ; Chiva Chiva, Fort Clayton,
Gamboa, Panama, La Joy a, La Chorrera, Old PanamavRio
Aba jo (Author.)

Habits and Habitats. — The larvae are thought to breed prima-
rily in tree holes. However, many collections have been made
in other habitats such as artificial containers, bamboo joints,
stump holes, coconut shells and rock holes. One collection was
made in a small permanent pool, in the grassy part in direct
sunlight. (Tree hole, container, and old kettle — Jennings;
wooden box, old machinery and potholes — Busck.)

Adults are collected inside of native huts. They have been
observed biting humans standing in a banana grove.

Hcemagogus chalcospilans Dyar

Hcemagogus chalcospilans Dyar, Ins. Ins. Mens., 9: 110, 1921.

(Type Loc.: Caldera Island, R. de P.)

Distribution. — Ancon, Porto Bello (Jennings) ; Margarita

240

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVII

(Shropshire) ; Panama, Caldera Island (Jennings) ; Rio
Aba jo (Author).

Habits and Habitats. — The larvae are collected in coconut
shells. (Ground pools — Dyar; salt pools in rock and in old
kettle — J ennings. )

Adults have not been taken in the field.

Hcemagogus lucifer (Howard, Dyar and Knab)

Stegoconops lucifer Howard, Dyar & Knab, Carnegie Ins.
Wash., Pub. 159, pi. 23, fig. 164, 1912. (Type Loc. : Taber-
nilla, C. Z.)

Distribution. — Tabernilla (Jennings) ; Tabernilla, Gatun, Ahorca
Lagarto, Pedro Miguel, Las Cascadas, Lion Hill (Busck) ;
Toro Point, Empire, Mount Hope (Shropshire) ; Caldera
Island (Jennings) ; Chiriqui (Dunn) ; Empire, Chiva Chiva,
Fort Clayton, La Joya, Panama, La Chorrera, Rio Abajo,
Old Panama (Author).

Habits and Habitats. — The larvae and adults closely resemble
H. argyromeris both in appearance and habits. They have been
collected with this species in nearly every case.

Hcemagogus equinus Theobald

Hcemagogus equinus Theobald, Ent. 36 : 282, 1903.

Aedes affirmatus Dyar & Knab, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 19 :
164, 1906. (Syn. equinus Theobald, vide, Howard, Dyar &
Knab, Carnegie Ins. Wash., Pub. 159, 4: 871, 1917.)
Distribution. — Ancon, Miraflores (Jennings) ; Empire, Comacho
(Shropshire) ; Summit (Komp) ; Porto Bello (Busck) ; El
Valle de Anton (Author).

Habits and Habitats. — (Larvae in tree holes — Dyar.)

Adults were captured, both males and females swarming and
biting in sparse jungle. The males can be readily distinguished
from all other Panama Hcemagogus by the long palpi. All
other Panama species have short palpi in both sexes. (Adults
biting in swamp — Busck.)

There is only one other species of Hcemagogus recorded from
Panama, H. iridicolor Dyar, and it is unknown to the author.

Dec., 1949]

Arnett: Culicid^

241

Psorophora Robineau-Desvoidy
Psorophora s. str.

Psorophora lineata (Humboldt)

Culex lineata Humboldt, Voy. Reg. Equim., 7 : 119, 1820.

Psorophora sceva Dyar & Knab, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 19 :
133, 1906. (Listed as syn. lineata Humboldt, vide, Dyar,
Ins. Ins. Mens., 11: 180, 1923.)

Distribution. — Las Cascades (Busck) ; Tabernilla, Miraflores
(Jennings) ; La Chorrera (Author).

Habits and Habitats. — The larvae breed in large, shallow ponds
filled with grass. They are predaceous, feeding on Aed'es toenio-
rhynchus.

Adults were collected on screens in the evening. They were
also collected in a coconut grove biting, and in horse traps.

Subgenus Janthinosoma Lynch Arribalzaga
Psorophora ferox (Humboldt)

Culex ferox Humboldt, Voy. Reg. Equin., 7 : 119, 1820.

Culex posticata Wiedemann, Dipt. Exot., 1 : 43, 1821.
(Listed as syn. ferox Humboldt, vide, Dyar, Ins. Ins. Mens.,
11: 180, 1923.)

Distribution. — Culebra (Black) ; Las Cascadas, Lion Hill, Alha-
juela (Busck) ; Tabernilla, Gatun, Miraflores, Cristobal
(Jennings) ; Ancon, Matachin, Balboa, Paitilla, Pedro
Miguel, Camp Gaillard, Fort Sherman (Zetek) ; Toro Point,
Monte Lirio, Coco Solo, Margarita (Shropshire) ; France
Field (Dyar & Shannon) ; Chagres River, Tabago Island,
Trinidad River (Busck) ; Cascajal River (Jennings) ; Colon
(Dunn) ; David, Panama (Zetek) ; Chiva Chiva, Empire,
Gamboa, Cocoli, La Joy a, Empire, La Chorrera, Old Panama
(Author) .

Habits and Habitats. — The larvae breed in clear, shady pools.
(Newly flooded meadow and still pool — Busck; transient rain
pools — Dyar. )

The adults are common, found in horse traps and on screens
at night as well as biting during the day in the jungle.

The eggs of Dermatobia hominis, the “human” bot fly are laid
on the abdomen of the adult female of this species. The larvae

242

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LYII

crawl out of the shell while the adult mosquito is feeding. They
are prevalent in the jungle at La Joya; several of the author’s
associates became infected with the larvae of Dermatobia while in
the jungle. (See Dunn, Psyche, 37: 327-342, 1930 for an ac-
count of Dermatobia Jiominis infection in man.) (Adults bite
by day in the jungle — Dyar.)

Psorophora lutzi (Theobald)

Janthinosoma lutzi Theobald (nec Coquillett), Mon. Cul., 1 : 257,
1907.

Janthinosoma champerico Dyar & Knab, Proc. Biol. Soc.
Wash., 19 : 134, 1906. (Probably syn. lutzi Theobald, vide,
Dyar, Carnegie Ins. Wash., Pub. 387, 119, 1928.)
Distribution. — Tabernilla, Lion Hill, Alhajuela (Busck) ; Taber-
nilla (Jennings) ; Gatun, Port Sherman (Zetek) ; Cano
Saddle (Shannon) ; Barro Colorado Island, France Field
(Dyar & Shannon) ; Caldera Island (Jennings) ; Trinidad
River (Busck) ; Gamboa, La Joya, Salud (Author).

Habits and Habitats. — (Larvae breed in transient rain pools —
Dyar. )

Adults are common in horse traps. They are also taken biting
by day in the jungle. (Adults in jungle, bite by day — Dyar.)

Subgenus Grabhamia Theobald
Psorophora confinnis (Lynch Arribalzaga)

Tceniorhynchus confinnis Lynch Arribalzaga, Rev. Mus. de la
Platta, 2 : 149, 1891.

Janthinosoma columbice Dyar & Knab, Proc. Biol. Soc.
Wash., 19: 135, 1906. (Syn. confinnis L. Arrib., vide ,
Aiken, Rev. de Ent., 11: 677, 1940.)

Distribution. — Panama (Komp) ; Rio Abajo, Old Panama (Au-
thor).

Habits and Habitats. — The larvae breed in hoofprints, small
temporary pools and pasture marshes. It is collected in sun-
light among grass in foul water.

Adults were not collected in the field. (Will bite humans —
Dyar.)

This species is common during the rainy season.

Dec., 1949]

Arnett: Culicid^e

243

Psorophora cyanescens (Coquillett)

Culex cyanescens Coquillett, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 10 : 137, 1902.
Distribution. — La Chorrera (Author).

Habits and Habitats. — The adults were collected in a mangrove
thicket, biting during the day. (Larvae breed in transient rain
pools — Dyar. )

In addition to the above species, the following which are un-
known to the author are reported from Panama : Psorophora
cilipes (Fabricius), and P. cingulatus (Fabricius).

Sabethini

Trichoprosopon Theobald
Trichoprosopon s. str.

Trichoprosopon digit at urn (Rondani)

Culex digitatum Rondani, Baudi et Truqui, Studi Ent., 1 : 109,
1848.

Trichoprosopon wilsoni Ludlow, Psyche, 24: 66, 1918.
(Type Loc. : Las Cascadas, C. Z.) (Listed as syn. digita-
tum Rondani, vide, Dyar, Ins. Ins. Mens., 11: 175, 1923.)
Distribution. — Corozal, Barro Colorado Island (U.S.N.M.) ; Ta-
bernilla (Busck) ; Bohio, Gatun (Jennings) ; Culebra, Fort
Sherman (Zetek) ; Paraiso (Dunn) ; Ancon (Wilson) ; Maja-
gual, Comacho, Torro Point (Shropshire) ; France Field
(Baker) ; Upper Pequini River, Caldera Island (Jennings) ;
Porto Bello (Busck) ; Colon, Panama (Dunn) ; Caldera Is-
land, Cano Saddle, Erwin Island, Fort Davis (U.S.N.M.) ;
La Chorrera, La Joya (Author).

Habits and Habitats. — The larvae breed in coconut shells and
in tin cans. They are predaceous and cannibalistic.

The eggs are laid singly at the edge of coconut shells or tin
cans. (Coconut shells and bamboo, eggs in a boat-shaped mass
— Dyar.) The author captured a female of this species in the
act of egg laying. The eggs were deposited one at a time on the
surface of water in a tin can. These eggs were brought back to
the laboratory and reared. Individual rearings were made, the
larval skins and pupal skins preserved with the adults, and in
each case they proved to be T. digitatum. (14 days from egg to
adults — Busck.) (Adults in bamboo woods, biting — Busck.)

Common throughout the rainy season.

244

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. Lvir

Trichoprosopon compressum Lutz

Trichoprosopon compressum Lutz, Imp. Med., 13 : 151, 1905.
Joblotia trichorryes Dyar & Knab, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 15 :
206, 1907. (Type Loc. : Tabernilla, C. Z.) (Syn. compres-
sum Lutz, vide, Stone, Rev. de Ent., 15: 338, 1944.)
Distribution — Tabernilla (Busck) ; La Chorrera (Author).

Habits and Habitats. — The larvae breed in coconut shells.
(Bamboo — Busck.) (The eggs are laid singly and float on the
water — Busck. )

Adults have been captured on screens in the evening. (Adults
bite — Busck. )

Subgenus Hyloconops Lutz
Trichoprosopon longipes (Fabricius)

Culex longipes Fabricius (nec Macquart, Theobald), Syst.
Antliat., 34, 1805.

Lesticocampa ulopus Dyar & Knab, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash.,,
19: 137, 1906. (Syn. longipes Fabricius, vide, Howard,
Dyar & Knab, Carnegie Ins. Wash., Pub. 159, 3: 172, 1915.)
Lesticocampa culicivora Dyar & Knab, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc.,
15 : 207, 1907. (Type Loc. : Tabernilla, C. Z.) (Syn. longipes
Fabricius, vide, Dyar, Ins. Ins. Mens., 11: 124, 1923.)
Distribution. — Tabernilla, Lion Hill (Busck) ; Las Cascadas,
Gorgona, San Pablo, Gatun (Jennings) ; Paraiso, Corozal
(Zetek) ; Ancon, Empire (Dunn) ; Culebra (Army Medical
Museum) ; Miraflores, Monte Lirio, La Pita, Camp Gaillard,
Toro Point (Shropshire) ; Cano Saddle (Dyar & Shannon) •
Fort Clayton, Fort Davis (Baker) ; Boca del Toro (Oster-
haut) ; David (Zetek) ; La Joya (Author).

Habits and Habitats. — The larvae breed in the leaf bracts of
“Skunk Cabbage/’ (Breed in red flowered Heliconia and leaf
axils of Calladium. Predaceous on Wyeomyia pseudopecten, W.
ulcoma, W. chalcocephala and W. melanocephala. Leaf of
“ Monstera deliciosa ” and Heliconia — Busck.) (Larvae feed on
Wyeomyia pseudopecten and ulcoma in flower bracts of Heli-
conia— Dyar. )

Adults were not captured in the field.

In addition to these species, the following, which are unknown
to the author are other Trichoprosopon reported from Panama:

Dec., 1949]

Arnett: Culichle

245

Trickoprosopon digitatum var. townsendi Stone, T. compressum
var. mogilasium Dyar & Knab, T. espini Martini, T. magna Theo-
bald, T. leucopus Dyar & Knab and T . lampropus Dyar & Knab.

Wyeomyia Theobald
Wyeomyia s. str.

Wyeomyia scotinomus (Dyar & Knab)

Phoniomyia scotinomus Dyar & Knab, Jonr. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 15 :
209, 1907. (Type Loc. : Canal Zone.)

Wyeomyia leucopisthopus Dyar & Knab, Jour. N. Y. Ent.
Soc., 15 : 212, 1907. (Type Loc. : Tabernilla, C. Z.) (Syn.
scotinomus Dyar & Knab, vide, Dyar & Shannon, Ins. Ins.
Mens., 12: 88, 1924.)

Wyeomyia dymodora Dyar & Knab, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus.,
35: 68, 1908. (Type Loc.: Panama.) (Syn. scotinomus
Dyar & Knab, vide, Howard, Dyar & Knab, Carnegie Ins.
Wash., Pub. 159, 3: 158, 1915.)

Wyeomyia dbrachys Dyar & Knab, Smith. Misc. Colls., Quar.
Iss., 52: 263, 1909. (Type Loc.: Caldera Island, R. de P.)
(Syn. leucopistkepus Dyar & Knab, vide, Dyar, Ins. Ins.
Mens., 11: 173, 1923.)

Wyeomyia chesta Dyar & Knab, Smith. Misc. Colls., Quar.
Iss., 52: 263, 1909. (Type Loc.: Tabernilla, C. Z.) (Syn.
leucopistkepus Dyar & Knab, vide, Dyar, Ins. Ins. Mens.,
11: 173, 1923.)

Wyeomyia kapla Dyar & Knab, Smith. Misc. Coll., Quar.
Iss., 52: 265, 1908. (Type Loc.: Caldera Island, R. de P.)
(Syn. leucopistkepus Dyar & Knab, vide, Dyar, Ins. Ins.
Mens., 11: 173, 1923.)

Wyeomyia labesba Howard, Dyar & Knab, Carnegie Ins.
Wash., Pub. 159, 3: 106, 1915. (Type Loc.: Canal Zone.)
(Syn. leucopistkepus Dyar & Knab, vide, Dyar Ins. Ins.
Mens, 11: 173, 1923.)

Wyeomyia incana Dyar, Ins. Ins. Mens, 10 : 189, 1922.
(Type Loc.: Margarita, C. Z.) (Syn. leucopistkepus Dyar
& Knab, vide, Dyar, Ins. Ins. Mens, 11: 173, 1923.)
Distribution. — Tabernilla (Busck) ; Ancon (Jennings) ; Bas
Obispo, Gatun (Zetek) ; Empire (Dunn) ; Margarita, Ma-

246

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVII

jagual (Shropshire) ; Gamboa, Barro Colorado Island (Dyar
& Shannon) ; Baoquaron River (Busck) ; Caldera Island,
Coscojar River, Porto Bello (Jennings) ; Panama City
(Dnnn) ; Gamboa, La Chorrera (Author).

Habits and Habitats . — The larvae breed in bromeliads, both
smooth and spiny-leaved species. (Wild Pineapple, Tillandsia,
and spiny head, bromeliaceae ( Aechmea steigera Mart.) — Dyar.)
Adults were not collected in the field. This species breeds during
the rainy season and is common.

Wyeomyia celcenocephala Dyar & Knab

Wyeomyia celcenocephala Dyar & Knab, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash.,
19 : 140, 1906.

Phoniomyia chrysomus Dyar & Knab, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc.,
15: 208, 1907. (Type Loc. : Tabernilla, C. Z.) (Listed as
syn. celcenocephala Dyar & Knab, vide, Dyar, Ins. Ins. Mens.,
11: 172, 1923.)

Phoniomyia philophone Dyar & Knab, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc.,
15: 209, 1907. (Type Loc.: Tabernilla, C. Z.) (Syn. chry-
somus Dyar & Knab, vide, Dyar, Ins. Ins. Mens., 11 : 66,
1923.)

Wyeomyia megalodora Dyar & Knab, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus.,
35; 69, 1908. (Syn. celcenocephala Dyar & Knab, vide,
Dyar, Ins. Ins. Mens., 11: 172, 1923.)

Wyeomyia matcea Dyar & Knab, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 35 :
70, 1908. (Syn. chrysomus Dyar & Knab, vide, Dyar Ins.
Ins. Mens., 7 : 125, 1919.)

Distribution. — Tabernilla, Lion Hill (Busck) ; Gatun, Empire
(Jennings) ; Majagual, Seco Hill (Shropshire) ; Mount
Hope, Barro Colorado Island, Mindi (Dyar & Shannon) ;
Cano Saddle (Shannon) ; Porto Bello (Jennings) ; David
(Zetek) ; Tabago Island (Zetek, Busck and Jennings) ; Gam-
boa, Chiva Chiva, Port Clayton, La Chorrera (Author).
Habits and Habitats. — The larvae breed in bromeliads. {Til-
landsia species and Aedines setigera — Dyar. Flower bracts of
Heliconia — Shannon; Tillandsia — Busck.) Adults were col-

lected biting during the day. This species is collected during
the rainy season.

Dec., 1949]

Arnett: Culicid^e

247

Wyeomyia quasileoventralis (Theobald)

Dendromyia quasiluteoventralis Theobald, Mon. Cul., 3 : 317,
1903.

Wyeomyia charimon Dyar, Carnegie Ins. Wash., Pub. 387,
(addenda), 1928. (Listed as syn. quasiluteoventralis Theo-
bald, vide, Lane & Cerqueira, Arq. Zool. Estado Sao Paulo,
3: 557, 1942.)

Distribution. — Gatun (Bath); La Chorrera (Author).

Habits and Habitats. — -The larvse breed in bromeliads and
leaves of wild pineapple ( Ananas magdalence) .

Wyeomyia arthrostigma (Lutz)

Miamyia arthrostigma Lutz, Imp. Med., 13 : 311, 1905.

Wyeomyia bromeliarum Dyar & Knab, Proc. Biol. Soc.
Wash., 19: 138, 1906. (Syn, arthrostigma Lutz, vide, Lane
& Cerqueira, Arq. Zool. Estado Sao Paulo, 3: 561, 1942.)
Wyeomyia espartana Dyar & Knab, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash.,
19: 140, 1906. (Syn. bromeliarum Dyar & Knab, vide,
Dyar, Ins. Ins. Mens., 7 : 122, 1919.)

Wyeomyia panamena Dyar & Knab, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc.,
15: 210, 1907. (Type Loc. : Tabernilla, C. Z.) (Listed as
syn. bromeliarum Dyar, Ins. Ins. Mens., 11: 174, 1923.)
Distribution. — Tabernilla (Busck) ; Gatun, Margarita (Shrop-
shire) ; Ancon (Curry) ; Fort Davis, Corozal (Baker) ; Cal-
dera Island (Jennings) ; Las Sabahas (Army Medical Mu-
seum) ; Chiva Chiva, Fort Clayton (Author).

Habits and Habitats. — The larvae breed in bamboo joints and
occasionally in tin cans. (Tree holes if foul — Dyar.) This
species is common throughout the year.

Subgenus Dendromyia Theobald
Wyeomyia per sonata (Lutz)

Dendromyia personata Lutz (in Bourroul), Mos. Bras., 22, 1904.
Wyeomyia aporonoma Dyar & Knab, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc.,
14: 230, 1906. (Syn. personata (Lutz), vide, Lane & Cer-
queira, Arq. Zool. Estado Sao Paulo, 3: 602, 1942.)
Distribution. — Gatun (Busck) ; Tabernilla, Las Cascadas (Jen-
nings) ; Paraiso, Fort Sherman (Dunn) ; Pedro Miguel

248

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVII

(Zetek) ; Fort Randolph, Cerro Gordo, Golden Green, West
Cnlebra (Shropshire) ; Fort Clayton (Baker) ; Caldera Is-
land (Jennings) ; Porto Bello (Bnsck) ; Chiva Chiva, Fort
Clayton, Empire, La Chorrera (Author).

Habits and Habitats. — The larvae breed in bamboo joints, tree
holes, coconut shells, and tin cans. Adults were captured while
biting, during the day. This species breeds throughout the year
and is common.

W yeomyia pseudopecten Dyar & Knab

Wyeomyia pseudopecten Dyar & Knab, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash.,
19: 139, 1906.

Wyeomyia galoa Dyar & Knab, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 19 :
140, 1906. (Syn. pseudopecten Dyar & Knab, vide, Dyar
& Shannon, Ins. Ins. Mens., 12: 86, 1924.)

Wyeomyia eloisa Howard, Dyar & Knab, Carnegie Ins.
Wash., Pub. 159, 2, pi. 6, fig. 36, 1912.) (Listed as syn.?
pseudopecten Dyar & Knab, vide, Lane & Cerqueira, Arq.
Zool. Estado Sao Paulo, 3: 605, 1942.)

Distribution. — Culebra (Black) ; Miraflores, Tabernilla, Gatun-
eilla River (Jennings) ; Gatun (Dyar) ; Cano Saddle (Shan-
non) ; Gatuneilla River (Zetek) ; Colon (Chidester) ; Porto
Bello (Shannon) ; Caldera Island (Jennings) ; Fort Clay-
ton, Chiva Chiva (Author).

Habits and Habitats.- — The larvse breed in the leaf bases and
flower bracts of Heliconia. (Larvae can crawl up side of breed-
ing glass— Dyar.)

Adults were not collected in the field. This is a common spe-
cies during the rainy season.

Wyeomyia ulocoma (Theobald)

Dendromyia ulocoma Theobald, Mon. Cul., 3 : 313, 1903.

Wyeomyia onidus Dyar & Knab, Smith. Misc. Colls., Quar.
Iss., 52: 261, 1909. (Type Loc. : Tabernilla, C. Z.) (Syn.
idocoma Theobald, vide, Dyar & Shannon, Jour. Wash. Acad.
Sci., 14: 482, 1924.)

Wyeomyia pantoia Dyar & Knab, Smith. Misc. Colls., Quar.
Iss., 52: 265, 1909. (Type Loc.: Canal Zone.) (Syn. ulo-

Dec., 1949]

Arnett : Culicid.e

249

coma Theobald, vide , Dyar, Ins. Ins. Mens., 7 : 136, 1919.)
Wyeomyia cacodela Dyar & Knab, Smith. Misc. Colls., Qnar.
Iss., 52: 265, 1909. (Type Loc. : Canal Zone.) (Syn. ulo-
coma Theobald, vide, Dyar, Ins. Ins. Mens., 7 : 136, 1919.)
Distribution. — Tabernilla (Bnsck) ; Gorgona, San Pablo (Jen-
nings) ; Culebra (Zetek) ; Empire (Dyar) ; France Field
Dyar & Shannon); Golden Green, Fort Davis (Baker);
Porto Bello, Upper Peqnini River (Jennings) ; Fort Clay-
ton, Chiva Chiva (Author).

Habits and Habitats. — The larvae breed in the flower bracts of
Heliconia. There are several larvae to a bract.

The adults were not collected in the field. This species is col-
lected from August to October. It is uncommon.

Wyeomyia complosa (Dyar & Knab)

Dendromyia complosa Dyar, Carnegie Ins. Wash., Pub. 387, 74,
1928. (Type Loc.: San Juan de Pequini, R. de P.)
Distribution. — San Juan de Pequini (Curry) ; National Forest,
La Joy a (Author).

Habits and Habitats. — The larvae breed in “Skunk Cabbage.”
These species of Wyeomyia are all that are known to the
author from Panama. The following have been reported also
from Panama: Wyeomyia melanopus Dyar, 17. simmsi Dyar &
Knab, 17. guatemala Dyar & Knab, 17. codiocampa Dyar &
Knab, 17. florestan Dyar, 17. hosautus Dyar & Knab, 17. auto-
cratica Dyar & Knab ?, 17. ypsipola Dyar, 17. melancephala Dyar
& Knab, 17. circumcincta Dyar & Knab, 17. chalco'cephala Dyar
& Knab, 17. phrosa Howard, Dyar & Knab, W. clasoleuca Dyar
& Knab, and 17. jocosa Dyar & Knab.

Limatus Theobald
Limatus durhami Theobald

Limatus durhami Theobald, Mon. Cul., 2: 350, 1901.
Distribution. — Tabernilla (Busck) ; Ancon, Bas Obispo, Paraiso,.
Bohio (Jennings) ; Pedro Miguel, Fort Sherman (Dunn) ;
Gatun, Toro Point, Mindi, Miraflores, Gold Hill, Cerro
Gordo, Golden Green, Comacho, Culebra, Empire, Majagual
(Shropshire) ; Caldera Island (Jennings) ; Colon, David

250

New York Entomological Society

t Vol. LVII

(Zetek) ; Chagres River (Busck) ; Empire, Chiva Chiva,
Fort Clayton, Rio Aba jo, La Chorrera, Old Panama (Au-
thor).

Habits and Habitats. — The larvae breed in coconut shells, arti-
ficial containers, bamboo joints, and palm boats, either in sun-
light or in shade. (Tree holes — Dyar ; palm leaf, tin can, wooden
barrel — Busck.)

(The adults fly by day in the forest and will occasionally bite
man — Dyar. )

The larvae are common throughout the year.

Limatus asullepta Theobald

Limatus asullepta Theobald, Mon. CuL, 3 : 315, 1903.

Limatus methysticus Dyar & Knab, Smith. Misc. Colls.,
Quar. Iss., 52: 266, 1909. (Syn. asullepta Theobald, vide,
Bonne-Wepster & Bonne, Ins. Ins. Mens., 9 : 6, 1921.)
Distribution. — Fort Sherman, Corozal (Zetek) ; Gold Hill, Co-
macho, Empire, Cerro Gordo (Shropshire) ; Cano Saddle
(Shannon) ; Barro Colorado Island (Dyar & Shannon) ;
Caldera Island, Upper Pequini River (Jennings) ; Colon,
David, Bella Vista (Zetek) ; Empire, La Chorrera (Author).
Habits and Habitats. — The larvae breed in artificial containers,
coconut shells, and rock pools in the shade. (Tree holes, husks
and bamboo — Dyar; palm spathe — Jennings.) The adults were
not taken in trap collections. This species breeds throughout
the rainy season and it is uncommon.

These are the only two Limatus species thus far recorded from
Panama.

Sabethes Robineau-Desvoidy
Sabethes s. str.

Sabethes cyaneus (Fabricius)

Culex cyaneus Fabricius (nec Borroul.), Syst. Antliat., 35, 1805.
Sabethes locuples Robineau-Desvoidy, Mem. Soc. d’Hist.
Nat. Paris, 3 : 405, 412, 1827. (Syn. cyaneus Fabricius, vide ,
Knab, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., 11: 154, 1909.)

Distribution. — Empire (Simms, Shropshire) ; Gatun (Jennings) ;
Tabernilla, Paraiso, Alajuela (Busck) ; Culebra (Trask) ;
Corozal (Dunn) ; Fort Sherman (Shropshire) ; Cano Sad-

Dec., 19^9]

Arnett: Culicid^e

251

die (Sanders) ; Porto Bello (Schwartz) ; Rio Trinidad
(Bnsck) ; Chiva Chiva, Fort Clayton, La Chorrera (Author).

Habits and Habitats. — The larvae breed in tree holes. They
are predaceous ; laboratory reared specimens fed on Aedes cegypti
larvae Unfortunately, larval skins of this species were de-
stroyed. The larvae are undescribed. The pupae took seven days
to emerge. (Larvae in Spanish bayonet — Busck.) Adults were
captured biting by day and flying in a building.

Subgenus Sabethoides Theobald
Sabethes undosus Coquillett

Sabethes undosus Coquillett, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., 7 : 186, 1906.
Distribution. — Tabernilla, Lion Hill, Gatun (Busck) ; Taber-
nilla (Jennings) ; Porto Bello (Shannon) ; Fort Clayton
(Author).

Habits and Habitats. — The larvae breed in Bamboo, collected
in bamboo joints with no other species. This species was bred
in the laboratory and fed on Aedes cegypti larvae. (Bamboo —
Jennings, Busck; vegetable feeders — Dyar; predaceous — Busck.)
(Adults bite in bamboo woods, diurnal — Busck.)

In addition to these two species, Sabethes tarsopus Dyar &
Knab, S. chloropterus (Humboldt) and S. aurescens Lutz are
also known from Panama.

This completes the discussion of The distribution, habits and
habitats of the Panama Culicines.

(To be continued.)

252

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVII

THE INSECT MOTIF IN GLASS PAPERWEIGHTS

Among the various motifs depicted in old glass paperweights,
one finds insects, usually butterflies. In “Old Glass Paper-
weights’ 7 by Evangeline H. Bergstrom, there are two colored
illustrations of paperweights made in Baccarat, France. One
figures a butterfly resting upon a flower and the other a butterfly
within a circle of small conventionalized flowers. Another illus-
tration shows a Bristol (England) paperweight containing a
conventionalized butterfly on a sapphire blue background. The
skill, workmanship, and artistry that went into the making of
many of these old paperweights was of the highest, except appar-
ently when it came to entomological subjects. In these the
artistry disappeared. From an entomological viewpoint the two
Baccarat butterflies do not resemble butterflies at all, in form,
color or design. In this connection the craftsmen had paid but
fleeting attention to real butterflies. — H. B. W.

CABBAGE WORMS CONJURED

According to Gorres’ “ Historisch-Politische Blatter” for 1845
(Heft VII, p. 516) a man in Westphalia, whose garden was being
eaten by worms, against which the ordinary remedies were use-
less, employed a professional conjurer who walked among the
plants, muttering enchantments and touching them with a wand.
These actions were made fun of by several workmen who were
repairing the roof of a nearby stable and the conjurer threatened
to send the worms up on the roof unless they left him in peace.
This threat only increased their gayety which interfered with the
work of the conjurer, who in retaliation went to the nearest hedge
from which he cut some twigs. These he placed against the
wall of the stable and soon the worms began to leave the plants
and crawl up the twigs and the wall. In less than an hour the
men had to stop work because they were covered with cabbage
worms. — H. B. W.

Dec., 1949]

Alexander : Tipulid^e

253

RECORDS AND DESCRIPTIONS OF NEOTROPICAL
CRANE FLIES (TIPULIDiE: DIPTERA), XXIV

By Charles P. Alexander
Amherst, Massachusetts

The preceding part under this general title was published in
this JOURNAL (vol. 56: 137-148; September 1948). The nov-
elties described herewith are all from Pern where they were col-
lected by my friends Messrs. Jose M. Schnnke and Felix L.
Woytkowski, the latter assisted by his son George. The types of
the species are preserved in my personal collection of these flies.

Genus Epiphragma Osten Sacken

Epiphragma (Epiphragma) mithras new species.

Size small (wing, male, 9 mm. or less) ; praescutum conspicuously pat-
terned, chiefly covered by a Y-shaped brown area, the sublateral parts yel-
lowed; pleura yellow, striped longitudinally with brownish black; femora
yellow, with a single brown subterminal ring; wings pale yellow, with a
brown pattern that is partly ocellif orm ; basal half of cell Cu uniformly
darkened; abdominal sternites conspicuously patterned with yellow and dark
brown; outer dististyle terminating in a curved spine and with a subapical
flange.

Male. — Length about 7-8 mm. ; wing 8-9 mm. ; antenna about 1.8-2 mm.

Female. — Length about 7.5-9 mm. ; wing 7-9.5 mm.

Rostrum brown, palpi somewhat darker brown. Antennae short, as shown
by the measurements; scape and pedicel black, the former pruinose; basal
flagellar segments yellow, including the fusion-segment, the outer segments
deepening to yellowish brown; fusion segment involving three segments.
Head fulvous orange, the center of vertex slightly more darkened.

Pronotum and cervical sclerites buffy above, blackened on sides. Meso-
notal praescutum conspicuously patterned, chiefly covered by a dark brown
Y-shaped area, the fork or cephalic portion more reddish brown, the sub-
lateral parts yellowed, the color continued caudad onto the scutal lobes;
posterior sclerites of notum chiefly dark brown, the central area of scutum
and the scutellum sparsely yellow pollinose. Pleura obscure yellow, striped
longitudinally with brownish black, the complete dorsal stripe extending
from the cervical region to the postnotum, widened behind; ventral darken-
ing best indicated on the coxae and meral region, on the latter variegated
with paler. Halteres yellow. Legs with the coxae blackened basally, as
described, the tips broadly yellow; trochanters infuscated above, yellow on
inner face; remainder of legs yellow, the femora with a single brown ring

254

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVII

that is subequal to or a trifle wider than the pale tip. Wings with the
ground pale yellow, the costal region more saturated; a conspicuous brown
pattern that is in part ocelliform; pale costal interspaces very extensive;
dark ocelli centering at origin of Rs, cord, outer end of cell 1st M2 and fork
of M1 + 2- incomplete ocelli at arculus and marginally at ends of veins R5 to
Cux, inclusive; dark marginal areas of radial field, except as noted, solid;
more than the basal half of cell Cu uniformly darkened; outer end of cell
1st A with three, cell 2nd A with about six linear dashes, additional to those
at ends of the veins; veins yellow in the ground portions, clear light yellow
on cephalic third, brown in the patterned areas. Venation: S'c2 longer than
Scx, ending about opposite the fork of -E2 + 3 + 4; Rs square at origin; R2 + 3 + i
subequal to either R1 + 2 or R2 + s', ni-cu at near midlength of cell 1st M2.

Abdomen dark brown, narrowly paler at the impressed areas; sternites
dark brown, conspicuously patterned with obscure yellow, on the intermediate
segments including three areas, one basal and medial, the others apical in
position; on the outer segments these areas increase in size and finally be-
come confluent and more or less pruinose; hypopygium brownish -yellow.
Male hypopygium with the lobes of the tergite obtuse, narrower than the
median notch. Interbase with the inner rod slender, the tip abruptly re-
curved into a spine. Membranous notch on mesal face of basistyle unusually
deep and conspicuous. Outer dististyle terminating in a curved spine, with
a flange on lower margin at base of spine. Inner dististyle longer, appear-
ing as a flattened yellow paddle, the tip obtuse, on the disk with a group of
five or six strong setae.

Habitat. — Pern.

Holotype, J', Chinchao, Huanuco, on wooded hills, altitude
2500 meters, September 20, 1947 (George Woytkowski). Allo-
topotype, J, September 21, 1947. Paratopotypes, 10 §, Sep-

tember 14-27, 1947.

This unusually small and attractive member of the genus is
most similar to Epiphragma (Epiphragma) jurat or Alexander,
differing in the pattern of the body and wings and in the de-
tails of venation. The male of jurator is still unknown. The
Tropical American species of the genus have been listed in a
recent paper (Rev. de Ent., 19: 168-175, fig. 5; 1948).

Genus Teucholabis Osten Sacken

Teucholabis (Teucholabis) ludicra new species.

Allied to perangusta ; head above yellow with a brownish black median
stripe on vertex, terminating in a small more blackened tubercle on anterior
vertex ; thorax reddish, with a transverse girdle on the praescutum and
anepisternum ; femora yellow, with two narrow brown rings; wings whitish

Dec., 1949]

Alexander: Tipulhle

255

subhyaline, restrictedly patterned with brown, the apex narrowly darkened;
male hypopygium with the apical lobe of basistyle unusually long and slen-
der; appendage of style a gently curved rod that narrows gradually into a
black terminal spine.

Male. — Length about 10 mm.; wing 7 mm.

Eostrum darkened above, yellow on sides, about two-thirds as long as re-
mainder of head; palpi black. Antennae with scape yellow, pedicel brown,
flagellum black; flagellar segments oval to long-oval, shorter than the ver-
ticils. Front light yellow, remainder of head somewhat deeper yellow; a
brownish black median stripe on vertex, on the anterior vertex produced into
a small, more intensely blackened tubercle.

Cervical region and pronotum dark liver brown. Mesonotal praescutum
chiefly reddish, on either side with a transverse black line placed just be-
hind the pseudosutural foveae; remainder of notum reddish, each scutal lobe
extensively blackened; both the mediotergite and pleurotergite with large
brownish black areas. Pleura with central portion chiefly covered by a silvery
gray bloom; anepisternum darkened, being a continuation of the praescutal
darkened area; ventral pleurites more reddish. Halteres dark brown, the
base of stem and apex of knob obscure yellow. Legs with the coxae and
trochanters yellow; femora yellow, each with two narrow brown rings, the
outer one paler and subterminal in position; pale space between the dark
rings four or five times as extensive as the basal dark ring; dark rings of
posterior femora somewhat broader and darker; tibiae yellow, the tips nar-
rowly pale brown; basitarsi yellow, the remaining tarsal segments brownish
black; proximal fifth of posterior basitarsi dilated and provided with a
linear glandular area. Wings whitish subhyaline, restrictedly patterned with
pale brown, including the very narrow wing tip ; a somewhat wider band at
cord and a larger but more diffuse subbasal area; stigma darker brown;
veins pale brown to brownish yellow, the latter including the costa. Vena-
ton; Scx ending about opposite three-fifths Bs, the branches of the latter
parallel to one another for virtually their entire length; m— cu about one-
fourth to one-fifth its length beyond the fork of M.

Abdomen yellow, the intermediate sternites with a pair of linear brown
dashes, these diverging outwardly; basal sternites more extensively dark-
ened. Sternal pockets on segments five and six well developed, particularly
on the former, the more posterior setae of the pocket thickened and strongly
curved; pocket of sternite six including about a dozen powerful bristles on
either side, the more cephalic ones smaller. Male hypopygium with the
apical lobe of basistyle unusually long and slender, provided with numerous
setae, some of which are very long, subequal to or slightly longer than the
lobe; appendage of basistyle a gently curved rod that gradually narrows
into a black terminal spine, the lower face of the rod fringed with long
yellow setae ; mesal flange of basistyle coarsely and irregularly crenate
or serrate. Outer dististyle a simple darkened rod, provided along lower
margin and near apex with long coarse setae and a few microscopic serru-

256

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVII

lations. Inner dististyle with the usual apical blade narrow, terminating
in a single point; the usual basal lobe of the style of unusual size, much
larger than the blade, terminating in about four stout setae, with a few
other subterminal ones. Aedeagus at apex directed laterad into a slender
blackened spine; lower face below apex slightly protuberant and provided
with about 15 or 16 strong setae.

Habitat. — Pern.

Holotype, Cerro Azul, Loreto, April 20, 1947 (Jose M.
Schunke ) .

The most similar described species is Teucholabis ( Teucho -
labis) perangusta Alexander, which has the pattern of the body,
wings and legs somewhat the same. The present fly differs in
the hypopygial characters, particularly the unusually slender
apical lobe of the basistyle and the structure of the appendage
of the latter. The Tropical American species of Teucholabis
have been listed in a recent paper (Rev. de Ent., 17 : 375-400, 14
figs., 1947).

Teucholabis (Teucholabis) lauta new species.

Mesonotal praescutum reddish yellow, with three brownish black areas;
pleura yellow, conspicuously variegated with brownish black; anterior part
of head black, the posterior portion abruptly yellow; femora yellow, the tips
narrowly blackened; wings broad, pale yellow, very restrictedly patterned
with brown, including a small spot at end of vein 2nd A; abdomen bicolored,
dark brown, the incisures yellow; male hypopygium with the appendage of
basistyle short, broad-based; outer dististyle simple.

Male. — Length about 7.5 mm. ; wing 6.2 mm.

Rostrum, palpi and antennas black; flagellar segments oval. Head in
front black, the color continued onto the posterior vertex as far as the pos-
terior border of eyes, the remainder of head behind abruptly yellow.

Pronotum light yellow, narrowly darkened on sides. Mesonotal praescutum
reddish yellow, with three brownish black areas, the median one most exten-
sive; lateral areas elongate, occupying the outer borders of the lateral
stripes; humeral and lateral portions clearer yellow; scutal lobes reddish
yellow, the central region clearer yellow, crossing the suture onto the prae-
scutum, the lateral border of each lobe narrowly dark brown ; scutellum light
yellow, restrictedly darkened on either side; mediotergite yellow on anterior
half but narrowly infuseated behind the scutellum, the posterior half more
reddish brown. Pleura and pleurotergite pale yellow, variegated with brown-
ish black, the most conspicuous area being a slightly broken dorsal stripe
across the propleura, dorsal anepisternum, dorsal pteropleurite and the pleu-
rotergite, the last paler ; a further restricted darkening on the ventral sterno-
pleurite. Halteres yellow. Legs with all coxae and trochanters yellow; fe-

Dec., 1949]

Alexander : Tipulid^e

257

mora yellow, the tips narrowly blackened, the amount subequal on all legs,
involving about the outer sixth of the posterior femora; tibiae and basitarsi
yellow, the tips more narrowly blackened, remainder of tarsi black; posterior
basitarsi very feebly dilated on proximal fifth. Wings broad, pale cream
yellow, very restrictedly patterned with brown, including the subcircular
stigma and a very narrow seam over the cord, best indicated by a deepening
in color of the veins; a much paler brown cloud near outer end of vein
2nd A in cell 1st A; veins yellow, darkened as described. Venation: Sc long,
Sex ending nearly opposite two-thirds the length of Rs, Scx relatively long;
branches of Rs parallel for most of their lengths, R3 thence strongly de-
flected caudad, cell R4 at margin approximately two-thirds of cell R2; distal
section of vein M1 + 2 arcuated at origin; m-cu more than one-half its length
beyond the fork of M.

Abdomen conspicuously bicolored, the incisures, especially the apices of
the segments, yellow, the remainder broadly dark brown ; hypopygium yellow,
the basistyles chiefly darkened. Sternites five to seven, inclusive, with glan-
dular pockets, that on segment five largest and best developed, consisting
of a patch of microscopic spinulae interspersed with scattered strong setae;
on segments six and seven, the setae are long and delicate, in more or less
distinct longitudinal rows on either side of the broad median space. Male
hypopygium with the appendage of basistyle apical in positioh, short, broad-
based, with slightly less than the outer half narrowed into a straight black
spine, the expanded portion with setae; mesal flange inconspicuous. Outer
dististyle a simple rod that is about twice as long as the appendage of
basistyle, gradually narrowed to a short acute spine; surface of style with
coarse setae. Inner dististyle with the outer blade or beak produced into
two unequal points, the outer one longest; lobe of style low, with three or
four setae, the longest apical. Aedeagus terminating in a stout black spine
or lobe, oblique in position, the lower margin below the lobe with three long
setae.

Habitat. — Peru.

Holotype, Fundo Sinchono, Huanuco, altitude 1500 meters,
August 8, 1947 (Jose M. Schunke).

The present fly is not closely allied to any of the species so
far described. Superficially it suggests forms such as Teucho-
labis (T eucholabis) mendax Alexander, differing in all details
of body coloration and in the structure of the male hypopygium.

Teucholabis (Teucholabis) lineipleura new species.

Mesonotum brownish yellow, the pleura conspicuously striped with black;
rostrum yellow; femora obscure yellow, the tips blackened; wings with a
strong brownish tinge, the prearcular and costal fields more whitened ;
branches of Rs generally parallel to one another, cell R2 at margin being
fully three times as extensive as cell jS4; male hypopygium with the append-

258

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVII

age of basistyle subapical in position, a virtually straight spine that is
fringed with conspicuous yellow setae; outer dististyle a long sinuous simple
rod provided with strong setae, aedeagus terminating in a curved spine.

Male. — Length about 5.3— 5.5 mm. ; wing 5. 8-6.4 mm.

Rostrum yellow, of moderate length, approximately one-half the remainder
of head; palpi brownish black. Antennae black throughout; flagellar seg-
ments oval, shorter than the verticils. Head brownish black, opaque by a
sparse pruinosity.

Cervical region and pronotum brownish yellow. Mesonotum almost uni-
formly brownish yellow, the praescutum with a median black stripe, most
distinct on cephalic portion, narrowed or obsolete behind. Pleura with two
black stripes, the long dorsal one extending from the propleura through the
pleurotergite, the lower stripe occupying the ventral sternopleurite ; inter-
mediate region of pleura with a broad longitudinal yellow stripe, the surface
more or less silvery, especially behind. Halteres infuscated. Legs with the
coxae and trochanters yellow; femora obscure yellow, clearer basally, the tips
blackened, broadly and gradually so on the fore femora, narrowly on the
middle and posterior legs; fore tibiae and tarsi blackened; posterior tibiae
obscure yellow, the tips blackened; tarsi black, the posterior fourth of basi-
tarsus weakly dilated. Wings with a strong brownish tinge, especially on
the cells beyond the cord ; prearcular and costal fields more whitened ; stigma
oval, dark brown; veins brown, paler brown in the basal part of wing. Vena-
tion: Sc long, Sc1 ending about opposite two-thirds to three-fourths Bs, Sc2,
at near one-third the length of this vein; B2 subequal to or longer than
R2+3+4; branches of Rs parallel to one another for virtually their whole
length, slightly diverging at outer ends, cell B2 from three to three and one-
half times as extensive as cell R4; m-cu about one-third its length beyond
the fork of M.

Abdomen, including hypopygium, black, the proximal sternites a little
paler. Sternal pocket of segment five concentrated on posterior half of seg-
ment, the more cephalic part comprised of a transverse band of strong setae,,
directed caudad towards a transversely oval concentrated area near the pos-
terior border; on sternite six with a longitudinal row of about 18 strong
setae on either side, with a transverse elongated glandular area near the
posterior border of segment. Male hypopygium with the appendage of the
basistyle subapical, on the mesal face opposite the smooth mesal flange,,
appearing as a long slender spine, subequal in length to the basistyle, virtu-
ally straight, the apical fourth narrowed into a 'black spine, the remainder-
yellow with a lateral fringe of yellow setae. Outer dististyle a long sinuous
rod, narrowed to the apical spine, the entire outer surface of style with strong
scattered bristles. Inner dististyle with the beak terminating in two strong
unequal spines; lateral lobe terminating in a microscopic point that is sub-
tended by two strong bristles. Aedeagus flattened, terminating in a curved
black spine, before apex with three pairs of setae.

Dec., 1949]

Alexander: Tipulid2e

259

Habitat. — Peru.

Holotype, Fundo Sinchono, Huanuco, altitude 1500 meters,
August 12, 1947 (Jose M. Schunke). Paratopotypes, 3

The most similar species is T eucholalis (T eucholabis) spini-
gera Schiner, which differs in the coloration and especially in
all details of structure of the male hypopygium.

Teucholabis (Teucholabis) perbasalis new species.

General coloration light brown, the pleura yellow with a conspicuous
brownish black longitudinal stripe; rostrum black, relatively long; head
dark brown; femora yellow, the tips narrowly blackened; wings subhyaline,
the small oval stigma brown; abdomen bicolored, brown, the apices of the
segments yellow; male hypopygium with the appendage of basistyle un-
usually proximal in position; outer dististyle with the main blade terminat-
ing in a single point.

Male. — Length about 5.5 mm.; wing 4. 6-4.8 mm.

Rostrum black, unusually long, subequal to the remainder of head; palpi
black. Antennae black throughout; flagellar segments oval, verticils long
and conspicuous. Head dark brown or brownish black.

Cervical' region dark brown. Pronotum above light brown, more darkened
on sides. Mesonotum light brown, the pretergites yellow; scutellum some-
what clearer yellow. Pleura yellow with a conspicuous brownish black longi-
tudinal stripe over the dorsal sclerites. Halteres uniformly brownish black.
Legs with the coxae and trochanters yellow; femora yellow, the tips narrowly
blackened, the amount subequal on all legs, including about the distal eighth
of the posterior femora; tibiae obscure yellow, the tips more narrowly dark-
ened; tarsi black; proximal third of basitarsus conspicuously dilated. Wings
subhyaline, the small oval stigma brown; veins brown, more brownish yellow
in the prearcular field. Venation: Scx ending about opposite midlength of
Es, Sc2 a short distance from its tip; branches of Us nearly parallel for
most of their length, E5 thence diverging very strongly to the wing tip, cell
E± at margin a little more extensive than cell E2‘, m—cu approximately one-
half its length beyond the fork of M.

Abdomen bicolored, brown, the apices of the segments more narrowly yel-
low; hypopygium yellow. Sternal pockets developed on segments five to
seven, inclusive; on sternite five near posterior border with a darkened oval
area, with further more scattered rows of microscopic papillae but without
a well-defined setal pattern; on sternites six and seven with relatively few
stout setae on either side of a wide median space. Male hypopygium with
the appendage of basistyle unusually basal in position, appearing as a long
sinuous rod arising just beyond base of mesal face of style, more cephalad
than the low darkened mesal flange; appendage dilated on more than the
basal half, provided at near midlength with relatively numerous long yellow

260

New York Entomological Society

f Vol. LVII

setae, the apical fourth narrowed into a blackened spine. Outer dististyle a
stout simple rod with strong scattered setae, the tip obtuse or with a very
short and weak spine. Inner dististyle with the main blade or beak ter-
minating in a single point; lobe of style with four apical and one further
more basal seta. Aedeagus stout, apex truncated, the lower angle produced
laterad into a short blackened obtuse point; four strong setae beyond mid-
length of organ, with two weaker ones just back of tip. Proctiger with un-
usually long coarse setae.

Habitat. — Peru.

Holotype, Pucallpa, Loreto, altitude 180 meters, March 22,
1947 (Jose M. Schunke). Paratopotype, J', March 9, 1947.

The most similar species include Teucholabis (T eucholabis)
pleuralis Alexander and T. (T.) lineipleura new species, which
likewise have the thoracic pleura distinctly striped. The pres-
ent fly differs from all described species in the fauna by the un-
usually proximal position of the appendage of the basistyle, as
described.

Teucholabis (Teucholabis) hera new species.

General coloration black, the scutellum broadly yellow; fore femora black,,
the middle and hind pairs brownish yellow with darkened tips; posterior
tibia with a slight swelling before tip ; wings with cells before cord very
weakly darkened, beyond the cord more strongly so, especially the outer
fourth of wing; male hypopygium with the appendage of basistyle a slen-
der spine; outer dististyle distinctive, long and slender, the tip expanded
into an elongate pointed head, on mesal face at near midlength with two
unequal spines ; aedeagus a stout straight pale rod, the apex obtuse.

Male. — Length about 6.5 mm. ; wing 6.8 mm.

Eostrum black, about one-half as long as the remainder of head; palpi
black. Antennae black; flagellar segments oval, the more proximal ones
somewhat more elongate. Head black.

Pronotum reddish yellow; pretergites and dorsopleural membrane clearer
yellow. Praescutum and scutum polished black, the median region of latter
and adjoining part of the praescutum obscure yellow; scutellum extensively
light yellow, very narrowly darkened basally; postnotum black, the medio-
tergite sparsely pruinose. Pleura black, with a paler more silvery area ex-
tending from above the midcoxa, expanded behind. Halteres with stem
infuscated, knob obscure yellow. Legs with the fore coxae brown, the re-
maining coxae black; trochanters obscure brownish yellow, darker at tips;
fore legs black, only the femoral bases narrowly brightened; middle and
hind femora brownish yellow, the tips brownish black, involving about the
distal fifth or sixth; tarsi black; posterior tibia with a slight swelling be-
fore tip ; posterior basitarsus weakly dilated on more than the proximal third.
Wings with the cells before cord very weakly darkened, beyond the cord

Dec., 1949]

Alexander: Tipulid.®

261

more strongly so, especially the outer fourth of wing; stigma oval, dark
brown; a very narrow and ill-defined darkening over the anterior cord;
prearcular cells restrictedly yellow; veins brown. Venation: Sc relatively
long, Scr ending about opposite three-fifths the length of Rs; R1 + 2 a trifle
longer than R2\ branches of Rs extending nearly parallel to one another for
virtually their entire lengths, cell _R4 only a little widened at margin ; m-cu
shortly beyond the fork of M.

Abdomen, including hypopygium, black. Sternal pocket of segment five
triangular in outline, the point directed cephalad, the outer setae directed
inward ; on sternite six with a row of about a dozen setae on either side of
the broad median area. Male hypopygium with the spine of basistyle sub-
apical in position, slender, apparently with a smaller point at base. Outer
dististyle of distinctive form, long and slender, the tip expanded into an
elongate head, the extreme apex a spine; on mesal face at near midlength
the style bears two unequal spines from a common base; proximal half of
style dilated, provided with unusually long coarse setae, the outer margin
with microscopic serrulations. Inner dististyle with the outer blade or beak
blackened, its apex microscopically roughened; setiferous lobe small and
inconspicuous, provided with about three setae. Aedeagus a stout straight
pale rod, the apex obtuse.

Habitat. — Peru.

IXolotype, Utcuyacu, Tarma, Junin, altitude 1600-3000
meters, February 10, 1945 (Felix Woytkowski).

The only generally similar described species is Teucliolabis
( Teuckolabis ) ducalis Alexander, which has the male hypo-
pygium quite different in all details.

Genus Gonomyia Meigen

G-onomyia (Progonomyia) adela new species.

General coloration of mesonotum gray, the praescutum with three brown
stripes; antennae black, the proximal end of the first flagellar segment Avhit-
ened; thoracic pleura striped with black and yellow; knob of halteres
blackened ; legs black ; wings whitish subhyaline, with a heavy brown pat-
tern; Scx ending about opposite one-third the length of Rs.

Female. — Length about 6.8 mm.; wing 7.5 mm.

Rostrum and palpi black. Antennae relatively long for the female sex in
this subgenus, black, the basal fourth of the first flagellar segment white;
flagellar segments long-oval, a little shorter than the verticils. Front yel-
low; posterior portion of head dark gray, the anterior vertex extensively
blackened, relatively broad, nearly four times the diameter of scape.

Pronotal scutum blackened in front, light brown behind; scutellum and
anterior pretergites whitened. Mesonotal praescutum gray, with three brown
stripes that are more or less confluent behind, extended laterad along the

262

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVII

suture; pseudosutural foveae black, humeral region yellow, the lateral prae-
scutal border more obscure yellow; scutum brownish yellow, the lobes varie-
gated with brown; scutellum reddish brown, parascutella more blackened;
mediotergite black, the lateral borders of cephalic half conspicuously light
yellow ; pleurotergite black ventrally, the dorsal half testaceous yellow.
Pleura striped with black and yellow, the conspicuous black dorsal stripe
extending from the cervical region to the abdomen, more widened behind;
ventrad of this a slightly narrower yellow stripe, beginning behind the fore
coxse, passing beneath the halteres; ventral sternopleurite black, pruinose.
Halteres with stem light yellow, knob blackened. Legs with the coxae brown-
ish black, the tips restrictedly yellow, the surface pruinose; trochanters and
remainder of legs black throughout. Wings with the ground color whitish
subhyaline, with an unusually heavy brown pattern, as follows : A postarcu-
lar area in bases of cells B and M ; a major cloud at origin of Bs, not quite
reaching vein M behind; broad seams over cord; spots at outer fork of M
and near outer ends of veins Cu and 2nd A ; further diffuse clouds or washes
in cell M and in centers of cells 1st A and 2nd A; veins dark brown. Vena-
tion; Sct ending about opposite one-third the length of Bs, Sc2 a short dis-
tance beyond this origin; B3 + i present, about one-third vein B2 alone;
veins B3 and B± divergent, nearly straight; outer fork of M with a spur
backward from the point of angulation of m and outer section of vein M3 ;
m—cu just before or close to fork of M.

Abdomen black, the pleural membrane yellow ; genital shield blackened.

Habitat. — Peru.

Holotype, J, Chinchao, Huanuco, on wooded bills, altitude
2500 meters, September 20, 1947 (George Woytkowski).

Among the relatively few described species of the subgenus
having patterned wings, the present fly is closest to Gonomyia
( Progonomyia ) paramoensis Alexander and G. (P.) velutina
Alexander, especially the former. It differs in the distinctive
body coloration and in the unusually heavy pattern of the wings.
The Tropical American species of Gonomyia have been listed in
a recent paper (Rev. de Ent., 18: 83-99, figs. 17-29; 1947).

Gronomyia (Lipophleps) troilus new species.

Belongs to the manca group ; rostrum yellow ; general coloration of meso-
notum light brown; thoracic pleura reddish brown, variegated with yellow;
legs brown; wings with a dusky tinge, the stigma a trifle darker; male
hypopygium with the outer angle of basistyle produced into a stout sinuous
spine, its outer third setulif erous ; dististyle single, elongate; sedeagus elon-
gate, very slender, at apex dilated into a small blade.

Male. — Length about 3.2 mm.; wing 3.8 mm.

Rostrum yellow; palpi dark brown. Antennse black; flagellar verticils
very long. Head fulvous orange, vaguely patterned medially behind with
brown.

Dec., 1949]

Alexander : Tipulid^e

263

Pronotum and pretergites whitish yellow. Mesonotal praescutum almost
uniformly light brown, restrictedly darkened in front; seutal lobes light
brown, the median region obscure yellow; scutellum weakly infuscated at
base, the posterior border obscure yellow; mediotergite light brown, the
sides, with the pleurotergite, whitish. Pleura reddish brown, the propleura
and a ventral stripe from behind the fore coxae yellow, extended backward
to the base of abdomen. Halteres infuscated. Legs with, the coxae testa-
ceous, the fore pair darker ; trochanters testaceous ; remainder of legs brown.
Wings with a dusky tinge, the stigma a very little darker; prearcular and
costal fields yellow; veins pale brown. Venation: Sc1 ending a distance
before origin of Bs about equal to three-fourths the length of the latter;
cell 1st Mo conspicuously widened at outer end; m—cu at or close to fork of
M.

Abdomen brown, hypopygium more yellowed. Male hypopygium with the
basistyle relatively small, the outer apical angle produced caudad into a long
sinuous spine that narrows very gradually into an acute blackened point;
outer third or more of spine with abundant microscopic setulae. Dististyle
single, subterminal in position, a little more than one-half as long as the
spine of the basistyle, the extreme tip slightly pointed; two fasciculate setae
near apex, the more basal one stouter. Aedeagus elongate, slender, broad at
base, the apex dilated into a small blade.

Habitat. — Pern.

Holotype, J1, Utcuyacu, Tarma, Junin, altitude 1600-3000
meters, February 11, 1947 (Felix Woytkowski).

The most similar described species include Gonomyia ( Lipo -
phleps) orthomera Alexander, G (L.) reyesi Alexander, and
others, all of which differ evidently in the structure of the male
hypopygium.

Gonomyia (Lipophleps) tersa new species.

Belongs to the manca group; pleura pale brown, the silvery stripe well
indicated; Scx ending opposite or immediately beyond the origin of Bs} Sc2
removed from its tip; male hypopygium with the apical lobe of basistyle
nearly equal in length to the main body of style, provided with long setae;
dististyles of the two sides asymmetrical, one with two blackened points, the
other with three such points or spines; phallosome asymmetrical, provided
with two blackened spines and other projections.

Male. — Length about 3.5 mm.; wing 3.7 mm.

Rostrum obscure yellow; palpi black. Antennae black, the elongate flagel-
lar segments provided with a dense erect pale pubescence of unusual length,
additional to the scattered verticils. Head above variegated with dark
brown and obscure yellow.

Thorax almost uniformly dark plumbeous; median region of scutum and
the scutellum obscure yfcllow, the latter more darkened basally; mediotergite

264

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVII

obscure yellow, restrictedly darkened on posterior portion; pleurotergite
obscure yellow. Pleura pale brown with a broad more silvery gray stripe
that widens posteriorly. Halteres infuscated, the base of stem restrictedly
yellow. Legs with coxae and trochanters yellow; remainder of legs brown.
Wings with a weak brown tinge, the prearcular and costal fields more whit-
ened; stigma a little darker than the ground, inconspicuous; veins brown.
Venation: Sc±. ending opposite or immediately beyond the origin of Bs, Sc2
some distance from its tip, Sc± alone subequal to m-cu ; branches of Bs di-
vergent, more strongly so one the outer half, cell B± at margin approximately
three times cell B2 ; m-cu shortly before the fork of M.

Abdomen dark brown, the hypopygium somewhat paler. Male hypopygium
with the apical lobe of basistyle nearly as long as the main body, provided
with unusually long setae, especially on the outer portion. Dististyles of the
two sides asymmetrical, one with two short blackened spines, the other with
an additional elongate spine ; fasciculate bristles not or poorly differentiated.
Phallosome asymmetrical, with two blackened spines, the longest a curved
sickle from an enlarged setuliferous disk, besides the blackened point with
a slender elongate pale rod; main body of phallosome flattened, the trun-
cated apex at lower angle produced into a simple pale spinous point.

Habitat. — Peru.

Holotype, J', Pucallpa, Loreto, altitude .180 meters, March 16,
1947 (Jose M. Schunke).

There are rather numerous species of the group in Tropical
America that have the male hypopygium of this general type,
that is, with an elongate fleshy apical lobe on the basistyle and
with the phallosome asymmetrical. Such forms include Gono-
myia {Lipophleps) anduzeana Alexander, G. ( L .) dotata Alex-
ander, G. (L.) lustralis Alexander, G. ( L .) macs waini Alexander,
G. ( L .) petronis Alexander, G. (L.) philomela Alexander, G.
(L.) ramus Alexander, and others, all differing among them-
selves in the structure of the male hypopygium. G. (L.) car-
rerai Alexander falls in a different subgroup but has the disti-
styles on the two sides of the hypopygium even more dissimilar
than is the case in the various forms so far described. Of the
species above listed, some have symmetrical dististyles while
others have these modified and differing from one another in
various degrees.

Gonomyia (Lipophleps) vehemens new species.

Belongs to the manca group ; general coloration of thorax medium brown,
the pleura more reddish brown with a poorly indicated pale longitudinal
stripe; male hypopygium with the outer apical angle of basistyle produced

Dec., 1949]

Alexander: Tipulidje -

265

caudad into a long fleshy lobe; dististyles of the two sides symmetrical,
bilobed, the outer lobe a blackened spine; phallosome consisting of blades
and spinous points from a bell-shaped base.

Male. — Length about 3.5 mm.; wing 4.2 mm.

Bostrum and palpi black. Antennae black, relatively long, if bent back-
ward extending approximately to the wing root; more proximal flagellar
segments elongate, the four outer ones short; verticils of the elongate seg-
ments of unusual length. Head above obscure orange to yellow, the pos-
terior vertex extensively gray.

Pronotum and pretergites pale yellowish white. Mesonotal prsescutum and
scutal lobes medium brown; median region of scutum, posterior ends of
scutal lobes and the broad posterior border of the scutellum obscure yellow;
mediotergite weakly darkened. Pleura pale reddish brown with a poorly
indicated longitudinal pale stripe. Halteres infuscated. Legs with the
coxae pale reddish brown; trochanters obscure yellow; remainder of legs
dark b’rown. Wings with a brownish tinge, the stigma barely darker; pre-
arcular and costal fields pale yellow; veins brown, those in the yellow fields
paler. Venation: Sct endng opposite origin of Bs, Scx subequal in length
to vein m; Bs nearly as long as its anterior branch; m-cu a short distance
before the fork of M.

Abdomen brown; hypopygium brownish yellow. Male hypopygium with
the outer apical angle of basistyle produced caudad into a stout fleshy lobe
that is subequal in length to the remainder of style; lobe obtuse, provided
with relatively few but very long stout setae. Dististyles of the two sides
symmetrical, conspicuously bilobed, the outer lobe a blackened spine, the
subequal inner lobe a little broader, its tip narrowly blackened, obtuse, and
provided with microscopic setulae; face of inner lobe with several strong
erect setae; a single fasciculate bristle before the blackened tip. Phallosome
large, from a bell-shaped or calyx-like base, produced into two flattened,
slightly divergent blades, with a shorter heavily blackened bispinous struc-
ture at their base ; an additional more slender pale rod arising from the apex
of the calyx.

Habitat. — Peru.

Holotype, J1, Utcuyacu, Tarma, Junin, altitude 1600-3000
meters, February, 9, 1948 (Felix Woytkowski).

The present fly is most similar to species such as Gonomyia
( Lipophleps ) vindex Alexander, differing from this and all other
regional members of the subgenus in the structure of the male
hypopygium.

266

New York Entomological Society.

[Vol. LYII

Sir John Maundevile’s Ants

Sir John Maundevile ’s “Boke of Trauels, ” which was popular
during the fourteenth and fifteenth centuries contains some amaz-
ing statements about remote kingdoms, giants, pygmies, animals
and people, and hundreds of editions and versions have appeared
in various languages. According to Maundevile, on the island of
Taprobane, toward the eastern part of Prester John’s Land, there
were hills of gold kept by ants as large as hounds. These ants
refined the gold and devoured people who came to the hills. How-
ever some men outwitted these giant ants. When the weather was
hot and when the ants were resting in the earth the country folk
would take camels, horses and other beasts and carry off the gold
while the ants were in the earth. At other times when the
weather was not hot and when the ants were abroad, some people
would load mares with wide-mouthed, empty, low-hanging vessels,
and send them forth to pasture in the fields. When the ants saw
the vessels, their instinct being to allow nothing to remain empty,
they would fill them up with anything nearby and in this case it
was gold. The ants would tolerate all animals except man.
Some scholars claim that Maundevile never existed, or that if he
did, he was a collossal borrower and liar. Others believe that
his book was a compilation by a physician of Liege named Jehan
de Bourgogne who borrowed freely from the works of early
geographers and added the results of his imagination. — H. B. W.

Db<\, 1949]

Goding: Membracid^

267

THE OLD WORLD MEMBRACID^

By Frederic W. Goding

(Continued from Vol. LVII, p. 192)

14(13). Indigo black, no median carina on metopidium, suprahumerals sub-
straight, posterior process impinging upon seutellum; tegmina
almost colorless, base, costal and radial cells, and apical area
piceus ; 8-8.5 x 6-6.5 mm obesus

15(12). Suprahumerals broad, sides parallel, tips obtuse almost roundly
truncate; pronotum bluish black.

16(17). Tips of suprahumerals slightly curved, upwardly and recurved;

tegmina pale yellow, base and costal cell black, apical area
bronze brown ; 10 x 7 mm. perarmatus

17(16). Tips of suprahumerals straight or slightly decurved; tegmina lurid,
base and costal margin piceous, apical margin partly colorless,
tarsi ferruginous ; 8 x 5.5 mm. malleolus

18(11). Black, strongly bulbously elevated, seen from front broadened
upwardly, inferior margin of suprahumerals distant from eyes
tips acute, posterior process not touching tegmina ; tegmina
smoky hyaline, base black, costal and apical areas reddish
bordered with brown; 10x7.2 mm. bulbifer

List of Species

bakeri Funkhouser, Phil. Jour. Sci. x, p. 381, pi. 1, fig. 7. (1915). Iligan,
Mindanao, Philippines.

occidentalis Goding, Mon. Aust. Memb. p. 27. (1903). Swan R., West

Australia.

ansatus Bucktoii, Mon. Memb. p. 239, pi. 54, fig. 7. (1903). Mt. Alex-

ander, New Guinea.

Tyicornis Funkhouser, Rec. Aust. Mus. xv, p. 305, pi. 26, figs. 1, 2. (1927).
Elanagora, Koitaki, British New Guinea.

rugosus Funkhouser, Phil. Jour. Sci. xxxiii, p. Ill, pi. 2, figs. 7, 8. (1927).
Sibuyan Is., Philippines.

globosus Funkhouser, Phil. Jour. Sci. xviii, p. 683, pi. 1, figs. 5, 6. (1921).
Dapitan, Mindanao, Philippines.

agnatus Distant, Ann. Mag. N. H. xvii, p. 319. (1916). Chantaboun, Siam.

obesus Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. p. 518. (1846). Java.

malleator Walker, List Horn. B. M. p. 612. (1851). Java.
malleus Walker, List* Horn. B. M. p. 613. (1851); Distant, Faun.

Brit. Ind. iv, p. 37, fig. 29. (1908) ; Funkhouser, Biol. Memb.

pi. 34, fig. 12. (1917). Kalutara, Ceylon; Castle Rock, N.

Kanara, Bombay, India.

268

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVII

tumescens Buckton, Mon. Memb. p. 256, pi. 59, fig. 6. (1903). Sam-
arang, Java.

perarmatus Distant, Fann. Brit. Ind. vi, App. p. 156, fig. 114. (1916).

Trichur, Cochin State, British India.

malleolus Walker, List Horn. B. M. p. 614. (1851). Java.

bulbifer Funkhouser, Bui. Brook. Ent. Soc. xxii, p. 106, pi. 6, figs. 1-3.
(1927). Lubuksikaping, Sumatra.

Crlto

Distant, Ann. Mag. N. H. xviii, p. 43. (1916) ; Acanthuchus Kirkaldy,

Kept. Exp. Sta. Haw. S. P. Assoc. Bui. Ill, p. 89. (1907), part.

Key to Species

1(6). Suprahumerals horizontal, very short.

2(5). Tegmina pale yellow hyaline, base, costal and radial cells darker.

3(4). Brown, head, body, base of metopidium, median carina, and apex
of posterior process black, the latter tectiform from middle of
pronotal disk and slightly shorter than tegmina; ocelli nearer to
eyes ; 3-5 x 1.2 mm minutus

4(3). Entirely fuscous, posterior process long as tegmina; ocelli equidis-
tant ; 4x2 mm. interpositus

5(2). Tegmina bronze subhyaline, apical third pale brown, apical margin
purplish brown ; piceous, legs pale ochraceous, tips suprahumerals
acute, posterior process shorter than tegmina ; ocelli equidistant :
5-6 x 3 mm festivus

6(1). Suprahumerals moderately oblique, some longer, posterior process
long as tegmina; reddish piceous, legs yellow ferruginous; teg-
mina ferruginous ; ocelli slightly nearer to eyes ; 5-6 mm iasis

List of Species

minutus Coding, Mon. Aust. Memb. p. 28. (1903). Mosman’s Bay,
Clarence R., Tamworth, N. S. W. ; South Australia.

euryone Kirkaldy, Rept. Exp. Sta. Haw. S. P. Assoc. Bui. Ill, p. 90.
(1907). N. S. W., Australia.

eurynomus Kirkaldy, ibid. p. 91. (1907). Bundaberg, Queensland,

Australia.

bispinus Kirkaldy, ibid. p. 91. (1907). Cairns, Brisbane, Queensland,
Australia.

interpositus Buckton, ($), Mon. Memb. p. 231, pi. 52, fig. la. (1903).
Adelaide, S. Australia.

festivus Distant, Ann. Mag. N. H. xviii, p. 43. (1916). Queensland,
Australia.

interpositus Buckton, ($), Mon. Memb. p. 231, pi. 52, fig. 1. (1903).
Adelaide, S. Australia.

iasis Kirkaldy, Rept. Exp. Sta. Haw. S. P. Assoc. Bui. Ill, p. 90. (1907).
Kuranda, Cairns, Queensland, Australia.

Dec., 1949]

Goding: Membracid^e

269

Acanthusus

Stal, Hemip. Afric. iv, p. 87. (1866) ; Acanthusus Distant, Ann. Mag.

N. H. xviii, p. 27. (1916).

Key to Species

1(8). Suprahumerals directed more or less forward and oblique.

2(7). Posterior process shorter than tegmina; suprahumerals slightly
inclined forward.

3(6). Posterior process straight apical half strongly decurved; not
pubescent.

4(5). Greenish brown, rugose; suprahumerals straight, median carina
foliaceous behind them, posterior process nearly long as tegmina;
tegmina vinaceous hyaline, base and costal area yellow, opaque;
5.4 x 3 mm carinatus

5(4). Ferruginous, legs yellow; suprahumerals lightly recurved,
median carina angulate behind them, posterior process slightly
longer than clavus; tegmina sordid hyaline, base, costa and
apical spot ferruginous; 5x2.5 mm. conspurcatus

6(3). Posterior process strongly sinuate, almost long as tegmina, middle
of dorsum bright yellow, apical third piceous brown, decurved ;
ferruginous, suprahumerals piceous brown, tips depressed; teg-
mina pale vinaceous hyaline, broad base and costal margin
opaque dark ferruginous; 5x2.5 mm. flavidorsus

7(2). Head broader than long, strongly recurved below the eyes, base
arched, brown, finely punctate; eyes pale yellow, globular, very
prominent; ocelli vitreous, slightly nearer to and just above
a line through center of eyes ; margins of genae sinuate, small
lobule each side of clypeus which is long, narrow, tip rounded,
well extended beneath. Pronotum piceous brown, finely punctate,
not pubescent, median carina strongly percurrent; metopidium
vertical ; humerals large, prominent ; suprahumerals medium,
triearinate, flat, obliquely porrect, compressed, base broad,
gradually acuminate, tips curved outwardly, transversely carinate,
acute; posterior process slender, unicarinate, impinging upon
the scutellum, a slight rounded dorsal node at base, straight,
apical third testaceous, strongly decurved, longer than tegmina.
Sides of scutellum exposed. Tegmina two and a half times
longer than broad, finely wrinkled, vinaceous subhyaline, basal
third and costal area dark brown, opaque, punctate, two un-
equal discoidal and five apical cells their veins oblique, apical
angle acute ; clavus slightly narrowed to obtuse apex, two veins
the exterior vein curved to inner margin behind middle. Wings
with four apical cells. Sides of chest and abdomen beneath
densely white tomentose, legs simple, tibiae and tarsi yellow.
Type, female; long. 6, lat. int. sum. corn. 3 mm. ( Tepper ).
Coll. F. W. G. proclivus, new species

270

New York Entomological Society

[VOL. LVII

8(1).

9(18).

10(17).

11(16).

12(15).

13(14).

U(13).

15(12).

16(11).

17(10).

18(9).

19(22).

20(21).

21(20).

Suprahumerals transversely oblique or subliorizontal, not in-
clined forward.

Suprahumerals oblique, posterior process reaching or passing
apex of clavus.

Dorsum of pronotum with one elevation on median carina,
erect, angular or foliaceous, just behind suprahumerals.

Suprahumerals long as the intervening space.

Dorsal crest triangular, size variable, base broad as high, supra-
humerals recurved; pubescent, legs ferruginous.

Yellow brown; ocelli near eyes; dorsal very large, much higher
than tips of suprahumerals, gradually passing into the pos-
terior process, the latter thick, heavy, tip lightly decurved;
tegmina hyaline, base opaque brown; 7x4 mm. pyramidatus

Black; ocelli equidistant; dorsal crest very small, high as tips of
suprahumerals, posterior process straight, slender, thickest at
middle, tip lightly elevated; tegmina smoky hyaline, extreme
base opaque ; 7.5 x 3.5 mm minutispinus

Dorsal crest moderately long, slender, erect, tips suprahumerals
decurved, posterior process distinctly sinuate, apical area de-
curved; pronotum ferruginous; tegmina hyaline, base and tips
ferruginous; 5.5 x 2.5 mm. gracilispinus

Suprahumerals less than half as long as the intervening space,
dorsal crest a very small foliaceous elevation of median carina,
posterior process slightly separated from the scutellum, strongly
sinuate, apical are decurved ; ocelli nearer to eyes ; reddish
brown, distal half of tibiae whitish yellow; tegmina hyaline,
basal third, irregular transverse fascia beyond middle and apical
angle brown ; 6x2 mm brevicornis, new species

Dorsum of posterior process with two high acute erect spines, one
behind suprahumerals, another at middle; ferruginous, tips of
suprahumerals black, abdomen reddish or yellowish ; tegmina
pale tawny ; 6 x 4 mm rufiventris

Suprahumerals subhorizontal, median carina with one elevation,
foliaceous, angulate or produced in a spine just behind bases
of suprahumerals.

Posterior process almost as long as tegmina, dorsum gibbously
elevated in a rather large compressed crest-, basal area concave,
apical half convex; suprahumerals long as the intervening space;
ocelli equidistant.

Piceous, thickly pilose ; suprahumerals with tips recurved ; tegmina
bronze, base and costal area piceous, pilose; 3.5-4 x 2.5-3 mm.

nivialis

Reddish ochraceous, posterior process nearly to tip testaceous,
tibiae and tarsi stramineous, median carina in front and mar-
gins suprahumerals black ; tegmina bronze brown, subapical

Dec., 1949]

Goding: Membracid.®

271

costal spot and larger apical spot stramineous ; 4 x 2.5 mm.

festivus

22(19). Apex of posterior process reaching or slightly passing apex of
clavus, much shorter than tegmina, veins to apical cells irreg-
ularly curved.

23(26). Dorsal crest a slightly foliaceous or angular elevation of the
median carina, not produced in a spine; suprahumerals very
short.

24(25). Median carina elevated behind suprahumerals in a slight folia-
ceous crest, posterior process slightly sinuate; 4.5-5 x 2.5-3 mm.

bispinus

25(24). Median carina elevated behind suprahumerals in a small obtuse
angle, posterior process strongly sinuate; piceous brown, yellow
pubescent; ocelli near base and nearer to eyes; exterior discoidal
cell almost touching costa; 3.5-4 x 1-1.5 mm kershawi

26(23). Dorsal crest elevated in a strong acute spine; tips of suprahumerals
recurved, lightly depressed, posterior process strongly sinuate ;
tegmina hyaline, base ferruginous ; ferruginous brown ; 6x3
mm trispinifer

List of Species

carinatus Funkhouser, Rec. Aust. Mus. xv, p. 311, pi. 26, fig. 15. (1927).
South Australia.

conspurcatus Stal, Bid. Memb. K. p. 288. (1869). West Australia;

Tweed R., Blue Mts., N. S. W. ; Mt. Wellington, Huon R., Tas-
mania ; Victoria ; South Australia.

flavidorsus Goding, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. xxxiv, p. 244. (1926). Tweed

R. , N. S. W., Australia.

proclivus Goding, in this paper, supra, new species. South Australia.

pyramidatus Funkhouser, Rec. Aust. Mus. xv, p. 310, pi. 26, figs. 13, 14.
(1927). Wedge Bay, Tasmania.

minutispinus Funkhouser, Rec. Ind. Mus. xxiv, p. 323, pi. 10, fig. 1.
(1922). Sureil, Darjiling, E. Himalayas, India.

gracilispinus Stal, Bid. Memb. K. p. 289. (1869). Victoria; Tweed R.,

Clarence R., N. S. W. ; North Australia; South Australia; Bun-
bury, W. Australia.

brevicornis Goding, in this paper, supra, new species. Bruni Is., Tasmania.
trispinifer Goding, Mon. Aust. Memb. p. 15. (1903), part. Bruni Is.,
Tasmania.

rufiventris Walker, List Horn. B. M. p. 616. (1851).; Goding, Mon. Aust.

Memb. p. 14, pi. 1, fig. 13. (1903). Morton Bay, Queensland;

S. Australia.

nivialis Distant, Ann. Mag. N. H. xviii, p. 28. (1916). Kuranda, Bris-

bane, Queensland, Australia.

272

New York Entomological Society

t V ol. LVII

festivus Distant, Ann, Mag. N. H. xviii, p. 28. (1916). Queensland,

Australia.

bispinus Stal, Bid. Memb. K. p. 288. (1869). Homebush, Sydney, Tweed
R., Clermont, Maitland, Mittagong, Richmond R., N. S. W. ; Ger-
aldton, Pinjarran, Swan R., W. Australia; Largs Bay, N. Meck-
lenburg, S. Australia; Victoria; Tasmania.
obtusus Kirkaldy, Rept. Exp. Sta. Haw. S. P. Assoc, ix, p. 377. (1906).
Sydney, N. S. W., Australia.

kershawi Goding, Mon. Aust. Memb. p. 17. (1903). Thornleigh, Blue

Mts., N. S. W., Australia.

dromedarius Kirkaldy, Rept. Exp. Sta. Haw. S. P. Assoc, iv, p. 377.
(1906). Cairns, Brisbane, Queensland, Australia.

trispinifer Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. p. 515, pi. 7, fig. 35. (1846); Goding,
Mon. Aust. Memb. p. 15, pi. 1, fig. 7. (1903), part; Buckton,

Mon. Memb. p. 250, pi. 57, fig. 2. (1903). New Holland; Huon
R., Hobart, Mt. Wellington, Tasmania; Tweed R., Gloucester,
N. S. W.; Victoria; S. Australia.

Sertorius

Stal, Hemip. Afric. iv, p. 88. (1866).

Key to Species

1(6). Posterior process as long or almost as long as tegmina, the latter
vinaceous hyaline.

2(5). Costal area of tegmina concolorous hyaline; tips of suprahumerals
acute, recurved.

3(4). Posterior process long as tegmina, substraight, apical half abruptly
narrowed, decurved; piceous black, legs ferruginous, tarsi piceous;
female with brown spot near apex of clavus ; 6-7 x 4-3 mm.

australis

4(3). Posterior process shorter than tegmina, gradually acuminate from
base, suprahumerals more slender and longer; entirely, castaneous;
8 x 4.5 mm. castaneeus

5(2). Tegmina subhyaline base and basal half of costal and radial cells
black ; tips suprahumerals recurved, obtuse, posterior process a
little shorter than tegmina ; black, legs piceous ; 6x3 mm.

insularis

6(1). Posterior process extended to or slightly beyond apex of clavus,
much shorter than tegmina, apical half abruptly slender, decurved.

7(8). Base of posterior process straight; black, legs ferruginous; tegmina

cinerous vitreous, base piceous ; 7x3 mm. obstans

8(7). Base of posterior process slightly convex above scutellum; black,
legs yellowish; tegmina vitreous; 8x4.75 mm. hospes

(to be continued)

INDEX TO NAMES OF INSECTS AND PLANTS
IN VOLUME LVII

Generic names begin with capital letters. New genera, subgenera, spe
cies, varieties and new names are printed in italics.

Acanthusus

bispinus, 271
brevicornis, 270
carinatus, 269
conspurcatus, 269
festivus, 271
flavidorsus, 269
gracilispinus, 270

Ants, European, experiments on
colony foundation of, 101
Archimestra, 73
Armadillidium
nasatum, 143
vulgare, 143
Army ant behavior, 214

kershawi, 271
key to species, 269
minutispinus, 270
nivialis, 270
proclivus, 269
pyramidatus, 270
rufiventris, 270
trispinifer, 271
Aedeomyia

squamipennis, 235
Aedes

aegypti, 236
alleni, features of, 93
angustivittatus, 237
fulvus, 237
serratus, 237
taeniorhynchus, 238

Bacillus

popillae, 79
Bembidion

dubitans, 146
fusicrum, 145
lampros, 145
substrictum, 145
Biblis, 76
Brachyacantha
ursina, 133
Brachyrhinus

rugosostriatus, 159
sulcatus, 159
Brenthis

anchorago, courtship of, 135
Byblia, 71

terrens, 236
Agonum

fossigerum, 152
Amara

anthobia, 149
familiaris, 150
irnpuncticollis, 149
obesa, 149
jacobina, 149
Anisodactylus

binotatus, 153
californicus, 153
Anisolabris

annulipes, 159

Cabbage worms, conjured, 252
Calathus

fuscipes, 151
Camponotus

maihildeae, 178
Carabus

granulatus, 143
nemoralis, 144
Cebes

godingi, 186
key to species, 186
paria, 186
tenuis, 186
transiens, 186

273

274

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LVII

Ceraon

contractus, 191
key to species, 191
rubridorsatum, 191
succisus, 191
tasmaniae, 191
vitta, 191
Ceuthophilus

agassizii, 160
Champion, Gr. C., 1
Chloenius

tricolor, 152
Chrysops

aberrans, 227
Chymomyza

amcena, 228
Coccinella

difficilis, 134
transversoguttata
nugatoria, 133
trifasciata

subversa, 133
Coceinellidae, Oregon, 133
Coleoptera in Pacific Northwest
greenhouses, list of, 143
Collections, insect, in Dundas
Marsh, 225

Color discrimination by Eristalis
tenax, 140
Cordioniscus

stebbingi, 142

Courtship of Brenthis anehorago, 135
Crito

festivus, 268
iasis, 268
interpositus, 268
key to species, 268
minutus, 268
Culicidae, Panama, 233
Cylisticus

convexus, 142

Dermaptera in Pacific Northwest
greenhouses, 159
Dichata

caudata, 228

Discocerina

obscurella, 228
Donacia

subtilis, 226
Drasterius

dorsalis, 158

Drosophia in New England, 117

Elachiptera

bilineata, 228
Elegius

key to species, 190
merinjakensis, 190
Eleodes

nunemacheri, 159
Elgiva

rufa, 2'29, 230
Emphusis

agnatus, 192
ansatus, 192
bakeri, 192
bulbifer, 267
globosus, 192
key to species, 192, 267
malleolus, 267
obesus, 267
occidentalis, 192
perarmatus, 267
rugosus, 192
Epiphragma'

mitliras, 253
Ergolis, 69
Erioptera

cana, 227

Eristalis tenax, color discrimination
by, 140
Eufrenchia

falcata, 185
key to species, 185
leae, 185
Eurytela, 71

Fauna of Pacific Northwest green-
houses, 141
Forficula

auricularia, 160

Dec., 1949]

Index

275

Formica

fusca

rufibarbis, 104

rufa

pratensis, 105
rufa, 105
sanguinea, 106

Gastropoda in Pacific Northwest
greenhouses, 160
Godingella

australensis, 188
key to species, 188
nobilis, 188
queenslandensis, 188
Gonomyia

adela, 261
tersa, 263
troilus, 262
vehemens, 264

Grasshopper, Pre-Columbian Aztec,
166

Greenhouse fauna of Pacific North-
west, 141

Guatemala, insect collecting in, 1
Gyrohypnus

hamatus, 154

Hamagogus

argyromeris, 239
chalcospilans, 239
equinus, 240
lucifer, 240
Harpalus

amputatus, 152
caliginosus, 152
cautus, 153
fraternus, 153
pennsylvanicus, 152
Helina

rufitibia, 230
Hemerobius

humulinus, 226

Hemolymph, chloride ion in, 215
Hemolymph of Japanese beetle
grubs, 79

House flies, activities of, 203

Hydrellia

griseola

seapularis, 228
Hylemyia

cinerosa, 59
delicata, 55
filicis, 56
flavipennis, 60
gleniensis, 61
key to species, 53
proboscidalis, 62
pusillans, 57
spinosissima, 62
stratifrons, 58
Hyperaspis
lateralis

montanica, 133

Insect collecting in Guatemala, 1
Insect collection, early New Jersey,
202

Insect motif in grass paperweights,
252

Insects of Dundas Marsh, 225
Insects, greenhouse, list of, in Pa-
cific Northwest, 141
‘Insects and slang, 140
Isopoda in Pacific Northwest green-
houses, list of, 141

Japanese beetle, effect of summer
rainfall on, 167

Japanese beetle larvae, induced hem-
orrhage in, 79

Laringa, 70
Lathrotropis

jacobina, 154
Leptocera

mirabilis, 229
wheeleri, 229
Limatus

asullepta, 250
durhami, 249
Lispe

albitarsus, 230

276

New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LV1I

Lcemostenus

complanatus, 152
Lubra

key to species, 187
regalis, 187
spinicornis, 187

Mansonia

fasciolatus, 234
nigricans, 234
titillans, 233
Melina

schoenherri, 229

Membracidse, Old World, 183, 267
Messor

barbarus

structor, 101
Mestra, 74
Miccotrogus
• picirostris, 113
Micromus

posticus, 226

Milkweed bug, liemolymph of, 215
Mycetophila

punctata, 227

Necrophilus

hydrophiloides, 154
Nemoura

vallicularia, 225
Neptidopsis, 72
Nipus

niger, 133
NotiophiluS

sylvaticus, 144
Nymphsea

odorata, 228

Nymph alidse, genera of, 67

Odontomyia

vertebrata, 227
Oncopeltus

fasciatus, 215
Oniscus

asellus, 142

Oregon Coccinellidse, 133

Orthopodomyia
fuscipes, 235

Orthoptera in Pacific Northwest
greenhouses, 160
Otinotoides

acuticornis, 188
albidus, 189
australis, 189
brevivitta, 189
brunneus, 190
contractus, 188
intermedius, 189
key to species, 188
pallipes, 189
piceus, 189
pubescens, 189
semilucidus, 189
solomonensis, 188
spicatus, 189
strigatus, 189
subflavipes, 190
Otinotus

albomaculatus, 184
albosignatus, 183
ammon, 184
badius, 183
brevieornis, 184
campbelli, 184
eavendus, 183
doddi, 183
elongatus, 183
invarius, 183
karenianus, 184
key to species, 183
midas, 184
mimicus, 184
oneratus, 183
rufescens, 184
transversus, 184
Oxychilus

draparnaldi, 160

Panama Culicines, 233
Perlina

truncatus, 228

Dec., 1949]

Index

277

Philonthus

fuscipennis, 155
hepaticus, 156
nigritulus, 156
sordidus, 156
Pliiloscia

muscorum, 142
Plagodis

alcoolaria, 35
kempii, 37
fervidaria, 33

arrogaria, 34
kuetzingi, 24
phlogosaria, 28

approximaria, 32
intermedia, 31
iris, 31

keutzingaria, 30
purpuraria, 26

schuylkillensis, 27
revision of, 19
serinaria, 22
Platyeheirus

quadratus, 228
Platysma

adstrictum, 149
algidum, 147
atrolucens, 149
herculaneum, 147
lucublandum, 147
oecidentale, 147
vulgare, 148
Pleurophorus
ccesus, 159
Polyergus

rufescens, 107
Popillia

japonica, 167
Porcellionides

pruinosus, 142
Porcellio

dilatatus, 142
lsevis, 142
scaber, 142
Psorophora

confinnis, 242

cyanescens, 243
ferox, 241
lineata, 241
lutzi, 242
Pycnoglossa

key to species, 53
Pyropa

furcata, 229

Quedius

fnlgidus, 158
fuliginosus, 157
limbifer, 158
marginalis, 158
mesomelinus, 158

Rhopalosiphum
nymphea, 226

Sabethes

cyaneus, 250
undosus, 251
Sarantus

apicalis, 187
key to species, 187
marginalis, 186
similis, 186
wallaeei, 187
Scaphinotus
fuller i, 143
Scopeuma

stercoraria, 230
Scymnus

liumboldti, 133
nanus, 133
renoincus, 133
Sectacera

atro virens, 228
Sepedon

fuscipennis, 229
Sertorius

australis, 272
castanasus, 272
hospes, 272
insularis, 272

278

New York Entomologigal Society

[Vol. L VII

key to species, 272
obstans, 272
Sphyracephala

brevicornis, 229
Staphylinus
ater, 157
globulifer, 156
nigrellus, 156
Stenocellus

nubicollis, 154
Stenolophus

conjnnctus, 154
Stenopelmatus

longispina, 160
Stingless bees, 200
Sympyenus

lineatus, 228

Tetramorium

caespitum, 103
Teucholabis
her a, 260
lauta, 256
lineipleura, 257
ludicra, 254
perbasalis, 259
Torre-Bueno, J. R. de la,
death, 200

Trachelipus

rathkei, 142
Trechus

obtusus, 146
Trichocera

garretti, 227
Trichoniscus

demivirgo, 142
Trichoprosopon

compressum, 244
digitatum, 243
longipes, 244
Tychius

stephensi, 111

Vila, 75

Wyeomyia

ar thro stigma, 247
celsenocephala, 246
complosa, 249
personata, 247
pseudopecten, 248
quasileoventralis, 247
scotinomus, 245
ulocoma, 248

of Xantholinus

linearis, 154

)

JOURNAL

of the

NEW YORK ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Published quarterly by the Society at N. Queen St., and Mc-
Govern Ave., Lancaster, Pa. All communications relating to
manuscript for the Journal should be sent to the Editor, Harry
B. Weiss, 19 N. 7th Ave., Highland Park, New Jersey; all sub-
scriptions to the Treasurer, David Bigelow, American Museum
of Natural History, New York 24, N. Y. Orders for back issues
should be sent to the Treasurer, David Bigelow, American
Museum of Natural History, New York 24, N. Y. The society has
a complete file of back issues in stock. The Society will not be
responsible for lost Journals if not notified immediately of change
of address. We do not exchange publications.

Terms for subscription, $5.00 per year, net to the Society,
strictly in advance.

Please make all checks, money-orders, or drafts payable to
New York Entomological Society.

Twenty-five reprints without covers are furnished free to
authors. Additional copies may be purchased at the following
rates :

4 pp.

8 pp.

12 pp.

16 pp.

24 pp.

32 pp.

$4.34

4.68

1.20

$ 9.43
10.21
2.81

$ 9.89
10.86
3.71

$15.61

17.47

5.39

$17.15

18.59

5.79

$5.79

3.45

25 copies $4.34

50 copies iJ

Add ’1 100

Half-tone prints ;y 2 cents for each half-tone print.

Extra charge for special finished size reprints, additional material, etc.

The

i, ! , ; ; ■

New York Entomological Society

Organized June 29, 1892 — Incorporated February 25, 1893
Reincorporated February 17, 1943

—

; PAp).1'' / , ■/: —Vv- : At, tk

Annual dues for Active Members, $4.00; including subscription to the Journal, $6.00.
Members of the Society will please remit their annual dues, payable in January, to
the treasurer.

Officers for the Year 1949

President, DR. T. C. SCHNEIRLA American Museum of Natural History

Vice-President, DR. JAMES FORBES Fordham University, New York City, N. Y.

Secretary, FRANK A. SORACI p ..L.^.i... Allentown, N. J.

Assistant Secretary, MRS. PATRICIA VAURIE American Museum of Natural History

Treasurer, DAVID BIGELOW American Museum of Natural History

Assistant Treasurer, DR. LUCY W. CLAUSEN American Museum of Natural History

Editor , HARRY B. WEISS J.!/. 2 .1 —'1^. Highland Park, N. J.

Associate Editor, FRANK A. SORACI Allentown, N. J.

TRUSTEES

Dr. T. C. Schneirla E. W. Teale Dr. Mont A. Cazier

E. Irving Huntington Dr. Harold R. Hagan

lie. • -W i a p v , .*>’1 :v 'y

PUBLICATION COMMITTEE

Harry B. Weiss E. W. Teale John D. Sherman, Jr.

PROGRAM COMMITTEE

Dr. James Forbes Roman Vishniac Dr. Lucy W. Clausen

. . . ■'

;k , H ;; p p 1 y A ;; p- | ' .-'2

FIELD COMMITTEE

■

Samuel C. Harriott E. W. Teale James T. Farrelly

DELEGATE TO THE N. Y. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
Wm. P. Comstock

v 2; V-f 'lv;,; Vp^f-v ' -ir 1 ^ ^ J ■’ 1 i

h'M ■ . % ■ : ‘ : j| |yy . V

p -\ f

pel

♦avVvS

Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Books

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "Journal of the New York Entomological Society"

See other formats